Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2020UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington,WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FormFORM 20-F

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20192022

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report          

 

For the transition period from                 to

 

Commission file number:  1-13546

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)

 

Not Applicable

The Netherlands

(Translation of registrant’s

name into English)

(Jurisdiction of incorporation

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

The Netherlands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

WTC Schiphol Airport

Schiphol Boulevard 265

1118 BH Schiphol

The Netherlands

(Address of principal executive offices)

Jean-Marc Chery

39, Chemin du Champ des Filles

1228 Plan-Les-Ouates

Geneva

Switzerland

Tel:  +41 22 929 29 29

Fax:  +41 22 929 29 88

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:Act.

 

Title of Each Class:

Trading Symbol(s)

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registered:which registered

Common shares, nominal value €1.04 per share

STM

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:  Act.

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:report.

911,186,920903,865,763 common shares atoutstanding as of December 31, 20192022

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes        No  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes        No  No

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    days.  Yes        No   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes        No  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated“accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.


Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the

registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).  

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

 

Other

 

 

 

by the International Accounting Standards Board   

 

 

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17   Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes    No

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.  Yes    No

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

PART I

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

46

 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

46

 

Item 3.

 

Key Information

46

 

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

1823

 

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

3238

 

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

6467

 

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

85105

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

86106

 

Item 9.

 

Listing

87107

 

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

87107

 

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

100121

 

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

102124

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

104125

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

104125

 

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

104125

 

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

104125

 

Item 16.

 

 

 

 

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

107128

 

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

107128

 

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

107128

 

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

108129

 

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

108129

 

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

108130

 

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

109130

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

111132

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

111132

 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

111132

 

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

111132

 

 

13


Table of Contents

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

In this annual report on Form 20-F (the “Form 20-F”), references to “we”, “us” and “Company” are to STMicroelectronics N.V. together with its consolidated subsidiaries, references to “EU” are to the European Union, references to “€” and the “Euro” are to the Euro currency of the EU, references to the “United States” and the “U.S.” are to the United States of America and references to “$” and to “U.S. dollars” are to United States dollars. References to “mm” are to millimeters and references to “nm” are to nanometers.

We have compiled market size and our market share data in this Form 20-F using statistics and other information obtained from several third-party sources. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, all references to trade association data are references to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (“WSTS”). Certain terms used in this Form 20-F are defined in “Certain Terms”.

We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). We also report certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures (free cash flow and net financial position), which are derived from the amounts presented in the financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, we are required by Dutch law to report our Statutory and Consolidated Financial Statements, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and adopted by the European Union.  The IFRS financial statements are reported separately and can differ materially from the statements reported in U.S. GAAP.

Various amounts and percentages used in this Form 20-F have been rounded and, accordingly, they may not total 100%.

We and our affiliates own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks and trade names, including those mentioned in this Form 20-F, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products.

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements contained in this Form 20-F that are not historical facts, particularly in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “— Business Outlook” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended) that are based on management’s current views and assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those anticipated by such statements due to, among other factors:

 

changes in global trade policies, including the adoption and expansion of tariffs and trade barriers, that could affect the macro-economic environment and adversely impact the demand for our products;

 

uncertain macro-economic and industry trends (such as inflation and fluctuations in supply chains), which may impact production capacity and end-market demand for our products;

 

customer demand that differs from projections;

 

the ability to design, manufacture and sell innovative products in a rapidly changing technological environment;

 

changes in economic, social, public health, labor, political, or infrastructure conditions in the locations where we, our customers, or our suppliers operate, including as a result of macro-economic or regional events, geopolitical and military conflicts (including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine), social unrest, labor actions, or terrorist activities;

 

unanticipated events or circumstances, which may impact our ability to execute our plans and/or meet the objectives of our R&D and manufacturing programs, which benefit from public funding;

 

the Brexit vote and the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. may adversely affect business activity, political stability and economic conditions in the U.K., the Eurozone, the EU and elsewhere. The U.K. withdrawal from the EU took place on January 31, 2020 and the UK majority government is expected to complete Brexit even if no formal withdrawal agreement is in place with the EU by the end of the transition period running until December 31, 2020. The specific terms of the U.K. withdrawal from the EU are still uncertain and while we do not have material operations in the U.K.

2


Table of Contents

and have not experienced any material impact from Brexit on our underlying business to date, we cannot predict its future implications;

financial difficulties with any of our major distributors or significant curtailment of purchases by key customers;

4


Table of Contents

 

the loading, product mix, and manufacturing performance of our production facilities and/or our required volume to fulfill capacity reserved with suppliers or third partythird-party manufacturing providers;

 

availability and costs of equipment, raw materials, utilities, third-party manufacturing services and technology, or other supplies required by our operations;operations (including increasing costs resulting from inflation);

 

the functionalities and performance of our IT systems, which are subject to cybersecurity threats and which support our critical operational activities including manufacturing, finance and sales, and any breaches of our IT systems or those of our customers, or suppliers;suppliers, partners and providers of third-party licensed technology;

 

theft, loss, or misuse of personal data about our employees, customers, or other third parties, and breaches of global and localdata privacy legislation, including the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”);legislation;

 

the impact of intellectual property (“IP”) claims by our competitors or other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses on reasonable terms and conditions;

 

changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in tax rules, new or revised legislation, the outcome of tax audits or changes in international tax treaties which may impact our results of operations as well as our ability to accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and provisions and to realize deferred tax assets;

 

variations in the foreign exchange markets and, more particularly, the U.S. dollar exchange rate as compared to the Euro and the other major currencies we use for our operations;

 

the outcome of ongoing litigation as well as the impact of any new litigation to which we may become a defendant;

 

product liability or warranty claims, claims based on epidemic or delivery failure, or other claims relating to our products, or recalls by our customers for products containing our parts;

 

natural events such as severe weather, earthquakes, tsunamis, volcano eruptions or other acts of nature, the effects of climate change, health risks and epidemics or pandemics such as the novel coronavirus COVID-19 pandemic in locations where we, our customers or our suppliers operate;

 

increased regulation and initiatives in our industry, including those concerning climate change and sustainability matters and our goal to become carbon neutral by 2027;

potential loss of key employees and potential inability to recruit and retain qualified employees as a result of epidemics or pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, remote-working arrangements and the corresponding limitation on social and professional interaction;

the duration and the severity of the global outbreak of COVID-19 may continue to negatively impact the global economy in a significant manner for an extended period of time, and also could materially adversely affect our business and operating results;

industry changes resulting from vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors, and customers; and

 

the ability to successfully ramp up new programs that could be impacted by factors beyond our control, including the availability of critical third partythird-party components and performance of subcontractors in line with our expectations.

Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of our business to differ materially and adversely from the forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “are expected to”, “should”, “would be”, “seeks” or “anticipates” or similar expressions or the negative thereof or other variations thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. Some of these risk factors are set forth and are discussed in more detail in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this Form 20-F as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or forward-looking statements set forth in this Form 20-F to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, could have a material adverse effect on our business and/or financial condition.

35


Table of Contents

 

Part I

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3.

Key Information

Selected Financial Data

The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2019.2022. Such data have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019,2022, including the Notes thereto (collectively, the “Consolidated Financial Statements”), are included elsewhere in this Form 20-F, while data for prior periods have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements used in such periods.

46


Table of Contents

 

The following information should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this Form 20-F.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

(In millions except per share and ratio data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions except per share and ratio data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

9,529

 

 

$

9,612

 

 

$

8,308

 

 

$

6,944

 

 

$

6,866

 

 

$

16,083

 

 

$

12,729

 

 

$

10,181

 

 

$

9,529

 

 

$

9,612

 

Other revenues

 

 

27

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

52

 

Net revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

6,973

 

 

 

6,897

 

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

Cost of sales(1)

 

 

(5,860

)

 

 

(5,803

)

 

 

(5,075

)

 

 

(4,514

)

 

 

(4,561

)

 

 

(8,493

)

 

 

(7,435

)

 

 

(6,430

)

 

 

(5,860

)

 

 

(5,803

)

Gross profit(1)

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

3,861

 

 

 

3,272

 

 

 

2,459

 

 

 

2,336

 

 

 

7,635

 

 

 

5,326

 

 

 

3,789

 

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

3,861

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative(1)

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(1,095

)

 

 

(981

)

 

 

(907

)

 

 

(894

)

 

 

(1,454

)

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

(1,109

)

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(1,095

)

Research and development(1)

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

(1,398

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(1,331

)

 

 

(1,420

)

 

 

(1,901

)

 

 

(1,723

)

 

 

(1,548

)

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

(1,398

)

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

103

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

53

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related

closure costs

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

Operating income (1)

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

1,323

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

Interest income (expense), net(1)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(7

)

Other components of pension benefit costs(1)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(11

)

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

2

 

Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income on equity-method investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

Loss on financial instruments, net

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest(1)

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

953

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

4,486

 

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

1,389

 

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

21

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(520

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(96

)

Net income(1)

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

2,006

 

 

 

1,108

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,293

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

Net income attributable to parent company(1)

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,106

 

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

Earnings per share (basic) attributable to parent company

stockholders

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.43

 

 

 

0.91

 

 

 

0.19

 

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

4.37

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

 

1.24

 

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.43

 

Earnings per share (diluted) attributable to parent company

stockholders(1)

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.41

 

 

 

0.89

 

 

 

0.19

 

 

 

0.12

 

 

 

4.19

 

 

 

2.16

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.41

 

Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share

(basic)

 

 

894.3

 

 

 

899.4

 

 

 

884.7

 

 

 

881.2

 

 

 

876.5

 

 

 

905.6

 

 

 

904.3

 

 

 

894.6

 

 

 

894.3

 

 

 

899.4

 

Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share

(diluted)(1)

 

 

903.6

 

 

 

911.0

 

 

 

906.1

 

 

 

886.3

 

 

 

880.6

 

 

 

946.2

 

 

 

924.8

 

 

 

919.7

 

 

 

903.6

 

 

 

911.0

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2,597

 

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

1,771

 

 

 

3,258

 

 

 

3,225

 

 

 

3,006

 

 

 

2,597

 

 

 

2,266

 

Restricted cash

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities

 

 

133

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

330

 

Total assets

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

10,867

 

 

 

9,681

 

 

 

8,004

 

 

 

8,195

 

 

 

19,982

 

 

 

15,540

 

 

 

14,454

 

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

10,867

 

Net assets(1)

 

 

7,111

 

 

 

6,424

 

 

 

5,467

 

 

 

4,596

 

 

 

4,693

 

 

 

12,758

 

 

 

9,273

 

 

 

8,506

 

 

 

7,111

 

 

 

6,424

 

Short-term debt

 

 

173

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

795

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

146

 

Long-term debt(1)

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

1,421

 

 

 

2,542

 

 

 

2,396

 

 

 

1,826

 

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

1,764

 

Total parent company stockholders’ equity

 

 

7,043

 

 

 

6,359

 

 

 

5,404

 

 

 

4,535

 

 

 

4,632

 

 

 

12,693

 

 

 

9,209

 

 

 

8,448

 

 

 

7,043

 

 

 

6,359

 

Common stock and capital surplus

 

 

4,149

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

3,875

 

 

 

3,975

 

 

 

3,936

 

Common stock and Additional Paid-in Capital(1)

 

 

3,788

 

 

 

3,690

 

 

 

4,219

 

 

 

4,149

 

 

 

4,000

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend per share

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

0.24

 

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

0.240

 

 

 

0.240

 

 

 

0.168

 

 

 

0.240

 

 

 

0.240

 

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds from sales

 

 

(1,174

)

 

 

(1,262

)

 

 

(1,298

)

 

 

(607

)

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(3,524

)

 

 

(1,828

)

 

 

(1,279

)

 

 

(1,174

)

 

 

(1,262

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

1,869

 

 

 

1,845

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

1,043

 

 

 

846

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

3,060

 

 

 

2,093

 

 

 

1,869

 

 

 

1,845

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

854

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

696

 

 

 

736

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

 

1,045

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

854

 

 

 

791

 

Debt-to-equity ratio(2)

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

0.30

 

 

 

0.31

 

 

 

0.32

 

 

 

0.35

 

 

 

0.21

 

 

 

0.28

 

 

 

0.31

 

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

0.30

 

 

(1)

The comparative amounts as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were restated to reflectOn January 1, 2022, we adopted the new U.S. GAAP guidance adopted on January 1, 2018 on the presentation of net periodic benefit cost in the consolidated statement of income. See Note 16applicable to our Consolidated Financial Statements.2020 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds. Prior year comparative periods have not been restated.

(2)

Debt-to-equity ratio is the ratio between our total financial debt (short-term debt including bank overdrafts, and long-term debt) and our total parent company stockholder’s equity.

5

7


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry which Impact Us

We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, may be impacted by changes in, or uncertainty about, global, regional and local economic, political, legal, regulatory and social environments as well as climate change.

Changes in, and uncertainty about, economic, political, legal, regulatory and social conditions pose a risk as consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to factors such as curtailment of trade and other business restrictions, financial market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, shifts in inflationary and deflationary expectations, lower capital and productivity growth, unemployment, negative news, declines in income or asset values and/or other factors. Such global, regional and local conditions could have a material adverse effect on customer and end-market demand for our products, thus materially adversely affecting our business and financial condition.  

The ongoing geopolitical conflict between Russia and Ukraine has resulted in the U.S. and certain other countries imposing sanctions on Russia. Any further consequences of this conflict could include a risk of further sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on macro-economic conditions, currency exchange rates and financial markets. This could lead to further disruption to international commerce and the global economy, and could have a negative effect on our ability to sell to, ship products to, collect payments from, and support customers in certain regions based on trade restrictions, embargoes, logistics restrictions and export control law restrictions. We may also experience a shortage of certain semiconductor components and delays in shipments due to supply chain disruptions caused by geopolitical conflicts such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

The institution of trade tariffs globally, as well as the threat thereof, could negatively impact economic conditions, which could have negative repercussions for our business. In 2019, bothparticular, trade protection and national security policies of the U.S. Administration as well as several foreignand Chinese governments, including tariffs, trade restrictions, export restrictions and the placing of companies on restricted entity lists, have been undertaking significant trade policy changes,and may continue to limit or prevent us from transacting business with certain of our Chinese customers or suppliers; limit, prevent or discourage certain of our Chinese customers or suppliers from transacting business with us; or make it more expensive to do so. If disputes were to arise under any of our agreements with other parties conducting business in some cases followedChina, the resolution of such dispute may be subject to the exercise of discretion by legislativethe Chinese government, or executive action. For instance, the more recent phase one deal signed by U.S. and China in January 2020 still leaves in place a significant number of tariffs until the second phaseagencies of the deal is agreedChinese government, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we could face increased competition as a result of China's programs to promote a domestic semiconductor industry and there is no assurance that further tariffs would not be appliedsupply chains (including the Made in the future. China 2025 campaign).

Trade policy changes could trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, which could have a negative impact on our ability to do business in affected countries or lead to reduced purchases of our products by foreign customers, leading to increased costs of components contained in our products, increased manufacturing costs of our products, currency exchange rate volatility, and higher prices for our products in foreign markets. Further, protectionist measures, laws or governmental policies may encourage our customers to relocate their manufacturing capacity or supply chain to their own respective countries or other countries, or require their respective contractors, subcontractors and relevant agents to do so, which could impair our ability to sustain our current level of productivity and manufacturing efficiency.    

We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, face greater risks due to the international nature of the semiconductor business, including in the countries where we, our customers or our suppliers operate, such as:

 

instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war, military conflict, civil unrest, regime changes, mass migration and terrorist attacks;

 

natural events such as severe weather, earthquakes and tsunamis, or the effects of climate change;

 

epidemics or pandemics such as disease outbreaks or more recently the novel coronavirus COVID-19 pandemics and other health related issues;

 

changes in, or uncertainty about, laws, regulations (including executive orders) and policies affecting trade and investment, including following Brexit and including through the imposition of trade and travel restrictions, government sanctions, local practices which favor local companies and constraints on investment;

8


Table of Contents

 

complex and varying government regulations and legal standards, particularly with respect to export control regulations and restrictions, customs and tax requirements, data privacy, intellectual propertyIP and anti-corruption; and

 

differing practices of regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies, including with regards to the interpretation of laws, governmental approvals, permits and licenses.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the semiconductor industry can negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to significant downturns from time to time, as a result of global economic conditions, as well as industry-specific factors, such as built-in excess capacity, fluctuations in product supply, product obsolescence and changes in end-customer preferences. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused a significant contraction in the global economy, and there is considerable uncertainty as to its severity and duration. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry which Impact Us — We, and the semiconductor industry as a whole, may be impacted by changes in, or uncertainty about, global, regional and local economic, political, legal, regulatory and social environments as well as climate change.”

Downturns are typically characterized by reduction in overall demand, accelerated erosion of selling prices, reduced revenues and high inventory levels, any of which could result in a significant deterioration of our results of operations. Such macroeconomicmacro-economic trends typically relate to the semiconductor industry as a whole rather than to the individual semiconductor markets to which we sell our products. To the extent that industry downturns are concurrent with the timing of new increases in production capacity or introduction of new advanced technologies in our industry, the negative effects on our business from such industry downturns may also be more severe. We have experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in the past and expect to experience them in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

6The recent increase in inflation rates in the markets in which we operate may lead us to experience higher labor costs, energy costs, water costs, transportation costs, wafer costs and other costs for raw materials from suppliers. Our suppliers may raise their prices, and in the competitive markets in which we operate, we may not be able to make corresponding price increases to preserve our gross margins and profitability due to market conditions and competitive dynamics. Additionally, any such increase in prices may not be accepted by our customers.

The duration and the severity of the global outbreak of COVID-19 has impacted and may continue to impact the global economy and also could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities imposing, and businesses and individuals implementing, numerous measures to try to contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, shelter-in-place and stay-at-home orders, quarantines and social distancing guidelines. While to date we have not seen a significant impact on our manufacturing facilities or our supply chain – the ability of our suppliers to deliver on their commitments to us, our ability to ship our products to our customers and general consumer demand for our products may be negatively impacted by the pandemic and/or government responses thereto.

Many of our products and services are considered to be essential under national and local guidelines. As such, we have generally continued to operate in each of the jurisdictions where we are present. However, certain of our facilities have not been able to operate at optimal capacity and any future restrictive measures may have negative impact on our operations, supply chain and transportation networks. In addition, our customers and suppliers have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions in their operations and supply chains, which can result in delayed, reduced, or cancelled orders, or collection risks, and which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, and may result in a further prolonged period of regional, national, and global economic slowdown. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, governments across the world have and are expected to spend significant amounts to fund disease control measures, support healthcare infrastructure, support businesses and revive their economies. Governments could look to re-direct resources and implement

9


Table of Contents

 

austerity measures in the future to balance public finances, which could result in reduced economic activity. Any further economic downturn could reduce overall demand for our products, accelerate the erosion of selling prices, lead to reduced revenues and higher inventory levels, any of which could result in a significant deterioration of our results of operations and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to modify our business practices, including with respect to work-from home policies, employee travel, the cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events, and conferences, and social distancing measures. Although these changes have not led to a significant impact on our business or results of operations, we could be negatively affected in the future if government policies further restrict the ability of our employees to perform their functions or if our employees contract or are exposed to COVID-19. In addition, work-from-home and other measures introduce additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks. There is no certainty that such measures will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the virus, and illness and workforce disruptions could lead to unavailability of key personnel and harm our ability to perform critical functions.

The COVID-19 pandemic has led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets. Unanticipated consequences of this pandemic and resulting economic uncertainty could adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources in the future.

The degree to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including, but not limited to, the duration and severity of the pandemic, the actions taken to contain the virus or treat its impact, other actions taken by governments, businesses, and individuals in response to the virus and resulting economic disruption, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. We are unable to predict the extent of the impact of the pandemic on our customers, suppliers, vendors, and other partners, and their financial conditions, but a material effect on these parties could also materially adversely affect us.

Given the continued and substantial economic uncertainty and volatility created by the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to predict the nature and extent of impacts on demand for our products. For example, the increased demand for certain of our products that benefited as a result of work- and learn-from-home dynamics may not continue as the pandemic progresses or subsides. Similarly, even as the pandemic progresses or subsides, products for which sales have declined or where costs have increased could continue to experience lower sales or higher costs.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic can also exacerbate other risks discussed herein, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on us. Developments related to COVID-19 have been unpredictable, and additional impacts and risks may arise that we are not aware of or able to respond to appropriately.

We may not be able to match our production capacity to demand.

As a result of the cyclicality and volatility of the semiconductor industry, it is difficult to predict future developments in the markets we serve, and, in turn, to estimate requirements for production capacity. If our markets, start-up or ramp-ups in manufacturing operations are not efficiently executed, major customers or certain product designs or technologies do not perform as well as we have anticipated, or if demand is impacted by factors outside of our or our customers’ control, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, we risk unused capacity charges, write-offs of inventories and losses on products, and we could be required to undertake restructuring and transformation measures that may involve significant charges to our earnings. Furthermore, during certain periods, we have also experienced increased demand in certain market segments and product technologies, which has led to a shortage of capacity, an increase in the lead times of our delivery to customers and, in certain instances, being required to enter into agreements with our suppliers with onerous terms, such as take-or-pay arrangements.  See “Item 5. Operating

The global supply of semiconductor industry fabrication capacity is currently not sufficient to meet the demand for semiconductor products. Any shortage of our capacity and Financial Reviewthe capacity of our sub-contractors may lead to us being unable to service some of our customers, which may result in adverse effects on our customer relationships and Prospects — Resultsin liability claims. Further, as a result of Operations — Impairment, restructuring chargesthis supply imbalance, the industry in general has experienced a high level of profitability and other related closure costs”.gross margins, which may not be sustainable over the long-term.

10


Table of Contents

Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully if our product design technologies, process technologies and products do not meet market requirements. Furthermore, the competitive environment of the industry has resulted, and is expected to continue to result, in vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers, which may lead to erosion of our market share, impact our ability to compete and require us to restructure our operations.

We compete in different product lines to various degrees on certain characteristics, for example, price, technical performance, product features, product design, product availability, process technology, manufacturing capabilities and sales and technical support. Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if our products do not meet market requirements based on any of these characteristics, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Our competitors may have a stronger presence in key markets and geographic regions, greater name recognition, larger customer bases, greater government support and greater financial, research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical and other resources than we do. These competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in the business environment, to new or emerging technologies and to changes in customer requirements.

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and characterized by the high costs associated with developing marketable products and manufacturing technologies as well as high levels of investment in production capabilities. As a result, the semiconductor industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers.  Consolidation in the semiconductor industry could erode our market share, negatively impact our ability to compete and require us to increase our R&D effort, engage in mergers and acquisitions and/or restructure our operations.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Our high fixed costs could adversely impact our results.

Our operations are characterized by high fixed or other costs which are difficult to reduce, including costs related to manufacturing, particularly as we operate our own manufacturing facilities, and the employment of our highly skilled workforce. When demand for our products decreases, competition increases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we aremay be driven to reduce prices and we aremay not always be able to decrease our total costs in line with resulting revenue declines. As a result, the costs associated with our operations may not be fully absorbed, leading to unused capacity charges, higher average unit costs and lower gross margins, adversely impacting our results.

Our capital needs are high compared to those competitors who do not manufacture their own products and we may need additional funding in the coming years to finance our investments, to purchase other companies or technologies developed by third parties or to refinance our maturing indebtedness.

As a result of our choice to maintain control of a large portion of our manufacturing technologies and capabilities, we may require significant capital expenditure to maintain or upgrade our facilities in the event thatif our facilities become inadequate in terms of capacity, flexibility and location. We monitor our capital expenditures taking into consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor market, customer requirements and capacity utilization. These capital expenditures may increase in the future if we decide to upgrade or expand the capacity of our manufacturing facilities, purchase or build new facilities or increase investments supporting key strategic initiatives. For instance, we may be unable to successfully maintain and operate large infrastructure projects. Such increased capital expenditures associated with large infrastructure

7


Table of Contents

projects and strategic initiatives might not achieve profitability or we may be unable to utilize infrastructure projects to full capacity. There can also be no assurance that future market demand and products required by our customers will meet our expectations. We also may need to invest in other companies, in IP and/or in technology developed either by us or by third parties to maintain or improve our position in the market or to reinforce our existing business. Failure to invest appropriately and in a timely manner or to successfully integrate any recent or future business acquisitions may prevent us from achieving the anticipated benefits and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

11


Table of Contents

The foregoing may require us to secure additional financing, including through the issuance of debt, equity or both. The timing and the size of any new share or bond offering would depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of other factors. In addition, the capital markets may from time to time offer terms of financing that are particularly favorable. We cannot exclude that we may access the capital markets opportunistically to take advantage of market conditions. Any such transaction or any announcement concerning such a transaction could materially impact the market price of our common shares. If we are unable to access capital on acceptable terms, this may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our operating results depend on our ability to obtain quality supplies on commercially reasonable terms. As we depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials, equipment and technology, we may experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply, increase prices or experience material adverse changes in their financial condition.

Our ability to meet our customers’ demand to manufacture our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality materials on a timely basis and on commercially reasonable terms. Certain materials are available from a limited number of suppliers or only from a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. We purchase certain materials whose prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Although supplies for most of the materials we currently use are adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. For instance, epidemics or pandemics such as the novel coronavirus COVID-19 outbreakpandemic could cause disruptions from the temporary closure of suppliers’ facilities in China or delays and reduced export or shipment of various materials. Geopolitical conflicts such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine could also disrupt supply chains and cause shortages of certain semiconductor components and corresponding delays in shipments. Any such shortage may impact different geographical markets disproportionately, leading to shortages or unavailability of supplies in specific areas and higher transportation costs. In addition, the costs of certain materials may increase due to recent inflationary rates and market pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost increases to our customers.

We also purchase semiconductor manufacturing equipment and third partythird-party licensed technology from a limited number of suppliers and providers and, because such equipment and technology are complex, it is difficult to replace one supplier or provider with another or to substitute one piece of equipment or type of technology for another. In addition, suppliers and providers may extend lead times, limit our supply, increase prices or change contractual terms related to certain manufacturing equipment and third partythird-party licensed technology, any of which could adversely affect our results. Furthermore, suppliers and technology providers tend to focus their investments on providing the most technologically advanced equipment, materials and technology and may not be in a positionable to address our requirements for equipment, materials or technology of older generations. Although we work closely with our suppliers and providers to avoid such shortages, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter these problems in the future.

Consolidation among our suppliers or vertical integration among our competitors may limit our ability to obtain sufficient quantities of materials, equipment and/or technology on commercially reasonable terms and engage in mergers and acquisitions. In certain instances, we may be required to enter into agreements with our suppliers with onerous terms, such as take-or-pay arrangements. If we are unable to obtain supplies of materials, equipment or technology in a timely manner or at all, or if such materials, equipment or technology prove inadequate or too costly, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

8


Table of Contents

Our financial results can be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S. dollar.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of operations because our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, in which we receive the major portion of our revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a limited portion of our revenue and a significantly higher portion of our costs in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. A significant variation of the value of the U.S. dollar against the principal currencies that have a material impact on us (primarily the Euro, but also certain other currencies of countries where we have operations, such as the Singapore dollar) could result in a favorable impact, net of hedging, on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the U.S. dollar, or a negative impact, net of hedging, on our net income if the U.S. dollar depreciates relative to these currencies, in particular with respect to the Euro.

In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy has been to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars and to reduce the weight of

12


Table of Contents

the other costs, including depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other currencies. In order to further reduce our exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income,income, in particular with respect to a portion of the cost of sales, the majority of the R&D expenses and certain SG&A expenses located in the Euro zone. We also hedge certain manufacturing costs, included within the cost of sales, denominated in Singapore dollars. There can be no assurance that our hedging transactions will prevent us from incurring higher Euro-denominated manufacturing costs and/or operating expenses when translated into our U.S. dollar-based accounts. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and annually and may also differ significantly from our expectations or guidance.

Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to significant variability of our operating results from one period to the next. These factors include changes in demand from our key customers, capital requirements, inventory management, availability of funding, competition, new product developments, start of adoption of our new products by customers, technological changes, manufacturing or supplier issues and effective tax rates. In addition, in periods of industry overcapacity or when our key customers encounter difficulties in their end-markets or product ramps, orders are more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our ability to forecast the next quarter or full year production levels, revenues and margins. As a result, we may not meet our financial targets, which could in turn have an impact on our reputation or brand. For these reasons and others that we may not yet have identified, our revenues and operating results may differ materially from our expectations or guidance as visibility is reduced. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Backlog”.

If our external silicon foundries or back-end subcontractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect our business prospects.prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently use external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors for a portion of our manufacturing activities. If ourOur external silicon foundries or back-end subcontractors are currently unable to satisfy our demand as a result of an increase in demand across our industry and disruptions due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and we expect such limitation in capacity to continue through 2023. This limitation on our ability to satisfy our demand may extend beyond 2023, and our external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors may experience further inability to satisfy our demand as a result of competing orders, disruptions due to the COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise or may experience manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields,yields. Any limitation on the ability of our external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors to satisfy our demand may cause our results of operations and ability to satisfy customerthe demand couldof our customers to suffer. Likewise, if we are unable to meet our commitments to silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors, our results of operations could suffer. Prices for these services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at our external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors, quantities demanded and product and process technology. Such outsourcing costs can vary materially and, in cases of industry shortages, they can increase significantly, negatively impacting our business prospects.prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions or inefficient implementation of production changes or interruptions that can significantly increase our costs and delay product shipments to our customers.

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and increasingly costly equipment and are continuously modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and product performance and lower the cost of production.  

9


Table of Contents

Furthermore, impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or result in scrap. As system complexity and production changes have increased and sub-micron technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision have become even more demanding. We have from time to time experienced bottlenecks and production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems. There can be no assurance that we will not experience bottlenecks or production, transition or other difficulties in the future.

13


Table of Contents

In addition, we are exposed to risks related to interruptions of our manufacturing processes. If any of our property or equipment is damaged or otherwise rendered unusable or inoperable due to accident, cyberattack or otherwise this could result in interruptions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in decreased sales and operating margin and product liability or warranty claims.

We sell complex products that may not in each case comply with specifications or customer requirements, or may contain design or manufacturing defects, that could cause personal injury, property damage or security risks that could be exploited by unauthorized third parties hacking, corrupting or otherwise obtaining access to our products, including the software loaded thereon by us, our suppliers or our customers. Although our general practice is to contractually limit our liability to the repair, replacement or refund of defective products, we occasionally agree to contractual terms with key customers in which we provide extended warranties and accordingly we may face product liability, warranty, delivery failure, and/or other claims relating to our products that could result in significant expenses relating to compensation payments, product recalls or other actions related to such extended warranties and/or to maintain good customer relationships, which could result in decreased sales and operating margin and other material adverse effects on our business. Costs or payments we may make in connection with warranty and other claims or product recalls may adversely affect our results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining our relationships with customers with whom we incur quality problems. Furthermore, if litigation occurs we could incur significant costs and liabilities to defend ourselves against such claimsclaims. The industry has experienced a rise in premiums and ifdeductibles with regards to insurance policies. These may continue to increase and insurance coverage may also correspondingly decrease. If litigation occurs and damages are awarded against us, there can be no assurance that our insurance policies will be available or adequate to protect us against such claims.

 

Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers or distributors, and/or material changes in their strategy or financial condition or business prospects, could adversely affect our results of operations.

A substantial portion of our sales is derived from a limited number of customers and distributors. There can be no assurance that our customers or distributors will continue to book the same level of sales with us that they have in the past, will continue to succeed in the markets they serve and will not purchase competing products over our products. Many of our key customers and distributors operate in cyclical businesses that are also highly competitive, and their own market positions may vary considerably. In recent years, some of our customers have vertically integrated their businesses. Such vertical integrations may impact our business. Our relationships with the newly formed entities could be either reinforced or jeopardized by the integration. If we are unable to maintain or increase our market share with our key customers or distributors, or if they were to increase product returns or fail to meet payment obligations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Certain of our products are customized to our customers’ specifications. If customers do not purchase products made specifically for them, we may not be able to recover a cancellation fee from our customers or resell such products to other customers. In addition, the occurrence of epidemic or pandemic outbreaks such as the novel coronavirus COVID-19 could affect our customers. While the geographic spread of epidemics or pandemics such as the novel coronavirusCOVID-19 pandemic cannot COVID-19 be predicted and its future developments are uncertain, if its severity increases, the adverse public health impact on our customers could negatively affect our results.

We may experience delays in delivering our product and technology roadmaps as well as transformation initiatives.

Our industry adapts to technological advancements and it is likely that new products, equipment, processes and service methods, including transformation initiatives related to digitalization, are in the process of being implemented. Any failure by us to manage our data governance processes could undermine our initiatives related to digitalization and any failure by us to react to changes or advances in existing technologies and processes as we develop and invest in our product, technology and transformation roadmaps could materially delay the introduction of new solutions. If we are not able to execute on these roadmaps on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost this could result in loss of competitiveness of our solutions, decreased revenue and a loss of market share.

1014


Table of Contents

 

Our computer systems, including hardware, software, information and cloud-based initiatives, are subject to attempted security breaches and other cybersecurity threats, which, if successful, could adversely impact our business.

We have, from time to time, detected and experienced attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to our computer systems and networks. The reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and software, and our ability to expand and continually update technologies, including to transition to cloud-based technologies, in response to our changing needs is critical to our business. In the current environment, there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity, including criminal hackers, state-sponsored intrusions, terrorism, industrial espionage, employee malfeasance, vandalism and human or technological error. Computer hackers and others routinely attempt to breach the security of technology products, services, and systems, and those of our customers, suppliers, partners and providers of third partythird-party licensed technology, and some of those attempts may be successful. Such breaches could result in, for example, unauthorized access to, disclosure, modification, misuse, loss, or destruction of our, our customer, or other third partythird-party data or systems, theft of our trade secrets and other sensitive or confidential data, including personal information and intellectual property,IP, system disruptions, and denial of service.  

The attempts to breach our systems, including our cloud-based systems, and to gain unauthorized access to our information technology systems are becoming increasingly more sophisticated. These attempts may include covertly introducing malware tointo our computers, including those in our manufacturing operations, and impersonating unauthorized users, among others. For instance, employees and former employees, in particular former employees who become employees of our competitors or customers, may misappropriate, use, publish or provide to our competitors or customers our intellectual propertyIP and/or proprietary or confidential business information. Also, third parties may attempt to register domain names similar to our brands or website, which could cause confusion and divert online customers away from our products. In the event of such breaches, we, our customers or other third parties could be exposed to potential liability, litigation, and regulatory action, as well as the loss of existing or potential customers, damage to our reputation, and other financial loss and such breaches could also result in losing existing or potential customers in connection with any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our systems. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of responding to breaches and implementing remediation measures could be significant. As these threats continue to develop and grow, we have been adapting and strengthening our security measures.  

As a result of the social distancing measures and regulations enforced by governments in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, and the resulting work-from-home policies that we have undertaken, there has been additional reliance placed on our IT systems and resources. The resulting reliance on these resources, and the added need to communicate by electronic means, could increase our risk of cybersecurity incidents.

Geopolitical instability, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, have been associated with an increase in cybersecurity incidents. This may result in a higher likelihood that we may experience direct or collateral consequences from cybersecurity conflicts between nation-states or other politically motivated actors targeting critical technology infrastructure.

U.S. and foreign regulators have increased their focus on cybersecurity vulnerabilities and risks, and customers and service providers are increasingly demanding more rigorous contractual certification and audit provisions regarding cybersecurity and data governance. This may result in an increase of our overall compliance burden due to increasingly onerous obligations and leading to significant expense. There may also be shorter deadlines in which to notify the authorities of data breaches and ever-increasing fines and penalties for businesses that fail to respond swiftly and appropriately to cyberattacks. Any failure to comply could also result in proceedings against us by regulatory authorities or other third parties.

We continue to increase the resources we allocate to implementing, maintaining and/or updating security systems to protect data and infrastructure and to raising security awareness among those having access to our systems. However, these security measures cannot provide absolute security and there can be no assurance that our employee training, operational, and other technical security measures or other controls will detect, prevent or remediate security or data breaches in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to, or interruption of our systems and operations.  

We regularly evaluate our IT systems and business continuity plan to make enhancements and periodically implement new or upgraded systems, as for instanceincluding the transition and migration of our data systems to cloud-based platforms.platforms and critical system migration. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to different systems could adversely affect our ability to record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis.basis and could impact our operations and financial position. In addition, a

15


Table of Contents

miscalculation of the level of investment needed to ensure our technology solutions are current and up-to-date as technology advances and evolves could result in disruptions in our business should the software, hardware or maintenance of such items become out-of-date or obsolete and the costs of upgrading our cybersecurity systems and remediating damages could be substantial.  

We may also be adversely affected by security breaches related to our equipment providers and providers of third partyIT services or third-party licensed technology. As a global enterprise, we could also be impacted by existing and proposed laws and regulations, as well as government policies and practices related to cybersecurity, data privacy and data protection. Additionally, cyberattacks or other catastrophic events resulting in disruptions to or failures in power, information technology, communication systems or other critical infrastructure could result in interruptions or delays to us, our customers, or other third partythird-party operations or services, financial loss, potential liability, and damage to our reputation and could also affect our relationships with our customers, suppliers and suppliers.partners.

11


Table of Contents

We may be subject to theft, loss, or misuse of personal data about our employees, customers, or other third parties, which could increase our expenses, damage our reputation, or result in legal or regulatory proceedings.

The theft, loss, or misuse of personal data collected, used, stored, or transferredprocessed by us to run our business could result in significantly increased security costs or costs related to defending legal claims.  Global privacy legislation, including various EU regulations and directives regulating

Further, with increasing digitalization, data privacy and security, such as the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the transmission of content using the Internet involving residents of the EU, enforcement, and policy activity in this areaprivacy-related legislations are rapidly expanding and creating a complex compliance regulatory environment.  

In particular,evolving around the requirements of the GDPR impose a higher compliance burden on us and materially increase the maximum level of fines for compliance failures from their current levels relating to, among other things, consent to process personal data of individuals, the information provided to individuals regarding the processing of their personal data, the security and confidentiality of personal data, and notifications in the event of data breaches and use of third party processors. Costs to comply with and implement these privacy-related and data protection measures may increase and may necessitate changes to our business.  In addition, our failure to comply with local and international privacy or data protection laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others. Failure to comply with the GDPR or other data privacy regimes could subject us to significant fines and reputational harm.

Further, privacy-related legislation is rapidly evolvingglobe which may have a negative impact on our business if interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent from country to country and inconsistent with the current policies and practices of our customers or business partners. We may also have to change the manner in which we contract with our business partners, store and transfer information and otherwise conduct our business, which could increase our costs and reduce our revenues.  In particular, the requirements of the GDPR will impose a higher compliance burden on us and materially increase the maximum level of fines for compliance failures from their current levels. Costs to comply with and implement these privacy-related and data protection measures could be significant.  In addition, our failure to comply with local and international privacy or data protection laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others.

Our business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the industries and segments into which our products are sold and on our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones. A market decline in any of these industries, our inability to retain and attract customers, or customer demand for our products which differs from our projections, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The demand for our products depends significantly on the demand for our customers’ end products.  Growth of demand in the industries and segments into which our products are sold fluctuates significantly and is driven by a variety of factors, including consumer spending, consumer preferences, the development and acceptance of new technologies and prevailing economic conditions. Changes in our customers’ markets and in our customers’ respective shares in such markets could result in slower growth and a decline in demand for our products. In addition, if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as forecasted, our spending on process and product development ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers. In 20192022 our largest customer, Apple, accounted for 17.6%16.8% of our total revenues. While we do not believe to be dependent on any one customer or group of customers, the loss of key customers or important sockets at key customers could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  operations and financial condition.  

Our existing customers’ product strategy may change from time to time and/or product specifications may change on short-time product life cycles and we have no certainty that our business, financial position and results of operations will not be affected. Our business is also dependent upon our ability to attract new customers. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining new customers, or in adequately projecting customer demand for our products. Our failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial positioncondition and results of operations.

12


Table of Contents

Market dynamics have driven, and continue to drive us, to a strategic repositioning.

In recent years, we have undertaken several initiatives to reposition our business. Our strategies to improve our results of operations and financial condition have led us, and may in the future lead us, to acquire businesses that we believe to be complementary to our own, or to divest ourselves of or wind down activities that we believe do not serve our longer term business plans. Our potential acquisition strategies depend in part on our ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their acquisition, obtain approval by our

16


Table of Contents

shareholders and obtain required regulatory and other approvals. Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on our ability to compete and to identify the activities in which we should no longer engage, obtain the relevant approvals pursuant to our governance process and then determine and execute appropriate methods to divest of them.

We are constantly monitoring our product portfolio and cannot exclude that additional steps in this repositioning process may be required. Furthermore, we cannot assure that any strategic repositioning of our business, including executed and possible future acquisitions or dispositions, will be successful and will not result in impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs.

Acquisitions and divestitures involve a number of risks that could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition, including:  we may be unableincluding the inability for us to successfully integrate businesses or teams that we acquire with our culture and strategies on a timely basis or at all;all, and we may be requiredthe potential requirement for us to record charges related to the goodwill or other long-term assets associated with the acquired businesses. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the full scope of the benefits we expect from a particular acquisition, divestiture or investment. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer if we fail to coordinate our resources effectively to manage both our existing businesses and any acquired businesses. In addition, the financing of future acquisitions or divestitures may negatively impact our financial position, including our ability to pay a dividend and/or repurchase our shares, and credit rating and we could be required to raise additional funding.

Other risks associated with acquisitions include:include the assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed, associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;seller, potential inaccuracies in the financials of the business acquired;acquired, and our ability to retain customers of an acquired entity, its business or industrialize an acquired process or technology. Identified risks associated with divestitures include:include loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented our remaining businesses or operations;operations and loss of important services provided by key employees that are assigned to divested activities.

We depend on collaboration with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations, universities, customers and suppliers to further our R&D efforts, and our business and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances.

Our success depends on our ability to introduce innovative new products and technologies to the marketplace on a timely basis. In light of the high levels of investment required for R&D activities, we depend in certain instances on collaborations with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations, universities, customers and suppliers to develop or access new technologies.

13


Table of Contents

Such collaboration provides us with a number of important benefits, including the sharing of costs, reductions in our own capital requirements, acquisitions of technical know-how and access to additional production capacities. However, there can be no assurance that our collaboration efforts will be successful and allow us to develop and access new technologies in due time, in a cost-effective manner and/or to meet customer demands. If a particular collaboration terminates before our intended goals are accomplished we may incur additional unforeseen costs, and our business and prospects could be adversely affected. Furthermore, if we are unable to develop or otherwise access new technologies, whether independently or in collaboration with another industry participant, we may fail to keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the semiconductor industry, our participation in the overall semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market share.

We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing the IP rights of others.

We depend on patents and other IP rights to protect our products and our manufacturing processes against misappropriation by others. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and there can be no assurance that that we will receive patents from currently pending or future applications. Even if patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. In addition, effective IP protection may be unavailable or limited in some countries. Our ability to enforce one or more of our patents could be adversely affected by changes in patent laws, laws in certain foreign jurisdictions that may not effectively protect our intellectual propertyIP rights or by ineffective enforcement of laws in such jurisdictions. Competitors may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other IP and therefore either be unavailable to us or be made available to us subject to adverse terms and conditions. We have in the past used our patent portfolio to negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of our competitors

17


Table of Contents

enabling us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products, without concern of infringing patents held by such competitors. We may not in the future be able to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary IP on favorable terms for the conduct of our business, and such failure may adversely impact our results of operations. Such cross-license agreements expire from time to time and there is no assurance that we can or we will extend them.

We have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications alleging possible infringement of third partythird-party patents and other IP rights. Some of those claims are made by so-called non-practicing entities against which we are unable to assert our own patent portfolio to lever licensing terms and conditions. Competitors with whom we do not have patent cross-license agreements may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other IP rights and which may be unavailable to us or only made available on unfavorable terms and conditions. We may therefore become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents and other IP rights. See Note 26 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. IP litigation may also involve our customers who in turn may seek indemnification from us should we not prevail and/or who may decide to curtail their orders for those of our products over which claims have been asserted. Such lawsuits may therefore have a material adverse effect on our business. We may be forced to stop producing substantially all or some of our products or to license the underlying technology upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions or we may be required to pay damages for the prior use of third partythird-party IP and/or face an injunction.

The outcome of IP litigation is inherently uncertain and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and other specialized technical personnel. Such litigation can result in significant costs and, if not resolved in our favor, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules, new or revised legislation or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our results.

We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax regimes. Changes in tax rules, new or revised legislation or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on our results.

In 2021, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the G20 Inclusive Framework on base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) agreed to a two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalization of the economy. Pillar I is a set of proposals to revisit tax allocation rules in a changed economy. The intention is that a portion of a multinationals' residual profit is taxed in the jurisdiction where revenue is sourced.

Pillar II enforces a global minimum corporate income tax at an effective rate of 15% for large multinationals. On December 15, 2022, the Council of the European Union formally adopted the directive implementing the minimum taxation at EU level (“Pillar II Directive”). EU Member States will now have to transpose the Pillar II Directive into their national laws before December 31, 2023 and they will have to apply the Pillar II measures in respect of the fiscal years beginning on or after December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, none of the 137 Inclusive Framework member states has passed the model rules as part of their national laws. The tax impact of the Pillar I and II rules is currently being analyzed to determine the potential effect on our results and to ensure compliance when the legislation is effective. Sufficient information is not currently available to estimate the quantitative impact on the Company's tax position as per December 31, 2022.

Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating results within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently receive certain tax benefits or benefit from net operating losses cumulated in prior years in some countries, and these benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions or credits on net operating losses being no longer available due to either full utilization or expiration of the statute of limitations in such jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could increase and/or our benefits from carrying forward net operating losses could affect our deferred tax assets in certain countries in the coming years. In addition, the acquisition or divestiture of businesses in certain jurisdictions could materially affect our effective tax rate.

1418


Table of Contents

 

We evaluate our deferred tax asset position and the need for a valuation allowance on a regular basis. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate future taxable income that is sufficient to utilize in certain jurisdictions loss carry-forwards or tax credits before their expiration or our ability to implement prudent and feasible tax optimization strategies. The recorded amount of total deferred tax assets could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position, if our estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from available tax strategies are reduced as a result of a change in business condition or in management’s plans or due to other factors, such as changes in tax laws and regulations.  

We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures. We are also subject to tax audits in certain jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in resolving potential tax claims that result from these audits, which could result in material adjustments in our tax positions. We record provisions on the basis of the best current understanding; however, we could be required to record additional provisions in future periods for amounts that cannot currently be assessed. Our failure to do so and/or the need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial position.

Our operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets incurred in the course of acquisitions and equity investments, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due to changes in the business environment.

Our operating results can vary significantly due to impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and equity investments booked pursuant to acquisitions and the timeframe required to foster and realize synergies thereof, joint venture agreements and the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due to changes in the business environment. Because the market for our products is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, significant changes in the semiconductor industry, and the potential failure of our business initiatives, our future cash flows may not support the value of goodwill, tangible assets and other intangibles registered in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Overview —Prospects— Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates — Impairment of goodwill”, “— Intangible assets subject to amortization”, “— Tangible assets” and “— Income (loss)“Item 4. Information on Equity-method Investments”the Company — Property, Plants and Equipment”.

We receive public funding, and a reduction in the amount available to us or demands for repayment could increase our costs and impact our results of operations.

ToWe have in the past obtained public funding, primarily to support our proprietary R&D for technology investments and investments in cooperative R&D ventures, we have in the past obtained public funding and expect to obtain public funding in the future, mainly from French, Italian and EU governmental entities. The public funding we receive is subject to periodic review by the relevant authorities and there can be no assurance that we will continue to benefit from such programs at current levels or that sufficient alternative funding will be available if we lose such support. If any of the public funding programs we participate in are curtailed or discontinued and we do not reduce the relevant R&D costs, this could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, to receive public funding, we enter into agreements which require compliance with extensive regulatory requirements and set forth certain conditions relating to the funded programs. If we fail to meet the regulatory requirements or applicable conditions, we may, under certain circumstances, be required to refund previously received amounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If there are changes in the public funding we receive this could increase the net costs for us to continue investing in R&D at current levels and could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

A change in the landscape in public funding may also affect our business. For example, there are currently proposals within Europe to enact a European Chips Act, and similar proposals in other regions, which may provide public funding towards manufacturing activities of semiconductors. It is yet to be seen whether this would impact the amount of public funding currently available to us for our R&D investments and ventures, but any reduction in said funding could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, this may result in new or existing competitors benefitting from such funding and could also have an impact on the competitive landscape in our industry.

19


Table of Contents

Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could expose us to liability and increase our costs due to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or because of damage to the environment.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern various aspects, including the use, storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals, gases and other hazardous substances used in our operations. Compliance with such laws and regulations could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment, materials or greenhouse gas allowances, or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and emission disposal processes. Furthermore, environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. Failure by us to control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities.

15


Table of Contents

Climate change and related sustainability regulations and initiatives, including our commitment to become carbon neutral by 2027, could place additional burden on us and our operations.

As climate change issues become more pronounced, we may correspondingly face increased regulation and also expectations from our stakeholders to take actions beyond existing regulatory requirements to minimize our impact on the environment and mitigate climate change related effects. The semiconductor manufacturing process has historically contributed to direct greenhouse gas emissions by utilizing perfluorocarbons, which may lead to new or increased regulation of such compounds. In order to address such regulation, we may be required to adapt our production processes or purchase additional equipment or carbon offsets, leading to increased costs. As of the end of 2022, we are on track towards our goal to become carbon neutral by 2027, which includes two specific targets: compliance with the 1.5°C scenario defined at the Paris COP21 by 2025, implying a 50% reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to 2018, and the sourcing of 100% renewable energy by 2027 (as further explained below in “Item 4. – Environmental, Health and Safety Matters”).

To meet these additional requirements, we maywill need to continue to deploy additional equipment, introduce process changes, utilize alternative suppliers and materials, and take other similar actions, some or all of which may require us to incur additional costs which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial position.condition. In addition, if we fail to meet these expectations, or foster additional sustainability initiatives, we may experience reputational risk which could impact our ability to attract and retain customers, employees, and investors.

Further, our sites, as well as those of our partners along the supply chain, may be exposed to changing and/or increasing physical risks resulting from climate change that are either chronic (induced by longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as sea level rise or constraints in the availability of water, changing temperature, wind or precipitation patterns) or acute (event-drive such as cyclones, hurricanes or heat waves). In the context of the transition to a lower-carbon economy, we will likely be exposed to further policy, legal, technology, and market transition risks. We have already seen further policy developments in this area in the form of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 18, 2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (the “EU Taxonomy Regulation”), which entered into force on July 12, 2020. As a result of the EU Taxonomy Regulation, we must disclose information on how and to what extent our activities are associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Environmental, Health and Safety Matters”.

Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 14, 2022 amending Regulation (EU) No 537/2014, Directive 2004/109/EC, Directive 2006/43/EC and Directive 2013/34/EU, as regards corporate sustainability reporting (the “CSRD”), which entered into force on January 5, 2023 will strengthen the rules regarding social and environmental information that will be required to be reported. The CSRD seeks to provide investors and other stakeholders with access to the information they need to assess investment risks arising from climate change and other sustainability topics. The CSRD further makes it mandatory for us to have an audit of the sustainability information that we report on. If our disclosure metrics relating to climate change and other sustainability topics are lower than those of our peers in the industry, this may lead to reputational risk which may lead to onward financial repercussions such as a decrease in share price or difficulty in raising capital.

20


Table of Contents

Loss of key employees and the inability to continuously recruit and retain qualified employees could hurt our competitive position.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon our key executives and R&D, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other personnel. Our success also depends upon our ability to continue to identify, attract, retain and motivate highly trained and skilled engineering, technical and professional personnel in a competitive recruitment environment.environment, as well our ability to ensure the smooth succession and continuity of business with newly hired and promoted personnel. For instance, in highly specialized areas, it may become more difficult to retain employees. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, work-from-home arrangements and a limitation on social and professional interaction has expanded the competition in employee recruitment and retention.

Our employee hiring and retention also depend on our ability to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive workplace culture and be viewed as an employer of choice. We intend to continue to devote significant resources to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, however, we may not be able to attract, obtain and retain these employees, which may affect our growth in future years and the loss of the services of any of these key personnel without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on us.

The interests of our controlling shareholder, which is in turn indirectly controlled by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with other investors’ interests. In addition, our controlling shareholder may sell our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time.

We have been informedunderstand that as of December 31, 2019,2022, STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”), owned 250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued common shares. ST Holding may therefore be in a position to effectively control the outcome of decisions submitted to the vote at our shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to the appointment of the members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards.

We have been informed that ST Holding’s shareholders, each of which is ultimately controlled by the French or Italian government, are party to a shareholders agreement (the “STH Shareholders Agreement”), which governs relations between them. We are not a party to the STH Shareholders Agreement. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders”. The STH Shareholders Agreement includes provisions requiring the unanimous approval by the shareholders of ST Holding before ST Holding can vote its shares in our share capital, which may give rise to a conflict of interest between our interests and investors’ interests, on the one hand, and the (political) interests of ST Holding’s shareholders, on the other hand. Our ability to issue new shares or other securities giving access to our shares may be limited by ST Holding’s desire to maintain its shareholding at a certain level and our ability to buy back shares may be limited by ST Holding due to a Dutch law requiring one or more shareholders acquiring 30% or more of our voting rights to launch a tender offer for our outstanding shares.

The STH Shareholders Agreement also permits our respective French and Italian indirect shareholders to causedirect ST Holding to dispose of its stake in us at any time, thereby reducing the current level of their respective indirect interests in our common shares. Sales of our common shares or the issuance of financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements concerning a potential sale by ST Holding could materially impact the market price of our common shares depending on the timing and size of such sale, market conditions as well as a variety of other factors.

Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.

We have an option agreement in place with an independent foundation, whereby the foundation can acquire preference shares in the event of actions which the board of the independent foundation determines would be contrary to our interests, our shareholders and our other stakeholders and which in the event of a creeping acquisition or offer for our common shares are not supported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, our shareholders have authorized us to issue additional capital within the limits of the authorization by our Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (“AGM”), subject to the requirements of our Articles of

16


Table of Contents

Association, without the need to seek a specific shareholder resolution for each capital increase. Accordingly, an issue of preference shares or new shares may make it more difficult for a shareholder to obtain control over our General Meetinggeneral meeting of Shareholders.shareholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may materially adversely affect

21


Table of Contents

the market price of our ordinary shares and our investors’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders — Preference Shares”.

Any decision to reduce or discontinue paying cash dividends to our shareholders could adversely impact the market price of our common shares.

On an annual basis, our Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, may propose the distribution of a cash dividend to the general meeting of our shareholders. See “Item 8. Dividend Policy”. Any reduction or discontinuance by us of the payment of cash dividends at historical levels could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

We are required to prepare financial statements under IFRS and we also prepare Consolidated Financial Statements under U.S. GAAP, and such dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial reporting.

We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby providing our stakeholders and potential investors with a clear understanding of our financial performance. As we are incorporated in The Netherlands and our shares are listed in Europe on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa Italiana, we are subject to EU regulations requiring us to also report our results of operations and financial statements using IFRS.

As a result of the obligation to report our financial statements under IFRS, we prepare our results of operations using both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting can materially increase the complexity of our financial communications. Our financial conditionposition and results of operations reported in accordance with IFRS will differ from our financial conditionposition and results of operations reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could give rise to confusion in the marketplace.

There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of our controls.

There can be no assurance that a system of internal control over financial reporting, including one determined to be effective, will prevent or detect all misstatements. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance regarding financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of the results of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting into future periods are subject to inherent risk. The relevant controls may become inadequate due to changes in circumstances or the degree of compliance with the underlying policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Because we are subject to the corporate law of The Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S. company.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated in The Netherlands. The rights of our investors and the responsibilities of members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards under Dutch law are not as clearly established as under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore, U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards or our controlling shareholders than U.S. investors would have if we were incorporated in the United States.

Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, ST Holding and most members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to effect service within the United States upon us, ST Holding, or members of our Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons in U.S. courts, or to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against such persons in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States. This could be true in any legal action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.

1722


Table of Contents

 

We have been advised by Dutch counsel that the United States and The Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. With respect to choice of court agreements in civil or commercial matters, it is noted that the Hague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements entered into force in theThe Netherlands, but has not entered into force in the United States. As a consequence, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, will not be enforceable in The Netherlands.  However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in The Netherlands, such party may submit to The Netherlands court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. If The Netherlands court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court in the United States has been based on grounds that are internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures that are in accordance with the Dutch standards of proper administration of justice including sufficient safeguards (behoorlijke rechtspleging) have been observed, the court in The Netherlands would, under current practice, in principle give binding effect to the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States unless such judgment contradicts The Netherlands’ public policy and provided that the judgment by the foreign court is not incompatible with a decision rendered between the same parties by a Dutch court, or with a previous decision rendered between the same parties by a foreign court in a dispute that concerns the same subject and is based on the same cause, provided that the previous decision qualifies for acknowledgment in theThe Netherlands. Even if such a foreign judgment is given binding effect, a claim based thereon may, however, still be rejected if the foreign judgment is not or no longer formally enforceable.

Item 4.

Information on the Company

History and Development of the Company

STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 as a result of the combination of the semiconductor business of SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). We completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with simultaneous listings on the Bourse de Paris (now known as “Euronext Paris”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). In 1998, we also listed our shares on the Borsa Italiana S.p.A. (“Borsa Italiana”).

We operated as SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V. until May 1998, when we changed our name to STMicroelectronics N.V. We are organized under the laws of The Netherlands, with our corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and our head offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol, The Netherlands. Our telephone number there is +31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational offices are managed through our wholly owned subsidiary, STMicroelectronics International N.V., and are located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates, Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number there is +41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United States related to our registration under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is Corporation Service Company (CSC), 80 State Street, Albany, New York, 12207. Our operations are also conducted through our various subsidiaries, which are organized and operated according to the laws of their country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics N.V.

Business Overview

We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products including discrete and general purpose components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full‑custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications.  

Our diverse product portfolio benefits from a unique, strong foundation of proprietary and differentiated leading-edge technologies. We use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies, including complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductors (“CMOS”), bipolar and non-volatile memory technologies.  In addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce differentiated and application-specific products, including our pioneering fully depleted silicon-on-insulator (“FD-SOI”) technology offering superior performance and power efficiency compared to bulk CMOS, bipolar CMOS technologies (“Bi-CMOS”) and radio frequency silicon-on-insulator (“RF-SOI”) for mixed-signal and high-frequency applications, as well as a combination of Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS (“BCD”) and vertically integrated power (“VIPower”) technologies for smart power applications, silicon carbide (“SiC”) and gallium-nitride (“GaN”) for high-efficiency systems, Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”) technologies for sensors and Actuators, embedded memory technologies for our microcontrollers and differentiated Imaging Technologies for our imaging solutions.  For our 2019 Results of Operations, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — Segment Information”.

18


Table of Contents

Strategy

We are a global semiconductor leader, serving over 100,000 customers across a broad range of markets: automotive, industrial, personal electronics, and communications equipment, computers and peripherals. We develop industry-leading technologies that allow us to provide products and solutions that meet and exceed the needs and expectations of our customers now and into the future.

Our strategy focuses on long-term value creation for the Company and its affiliated enterprises and takes into account the short-, medium- and longer-term evolution of the markets we serve and the environment and opportunities we see.

We are focused on application areas which are expected to experience solid growth rates driven by broad, long-term trends in electronic systems. Key for us among these trends are Smart Mobility, power and energy applications, Internet of Things (“IoT”) and 5G. These trends require enablers such as autonomous systems, robotics, securely connected machines and personal devices, electrification of automobiles and infrastructure, advanced communications equipment and networks and more power efficient systems. These enablers drive in turn the demand for the electronic components we develop and manufacture.

Our products are used in a wide variety of applications for the four end-markets we address: automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals. For the automotive and industrial markets we address a wide customer base, particularly in industrial, with a broad and deep product portfolio. In personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals we have a selective approach both in terms of the customers we serve, as well as in the technologies and products we offer.offer, while leveraging our broad portfolio to address high-volume applications.

Our diverse product portfolio includes discrete and general purpose components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full‑custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. It benefits from a unique, strong foundation of proprietary and differentiated leading-edge technologies. We use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies, including complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductors (“CMOS”), bipolar and non-volatile memory technologies. In addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed

23


Table of Contents

 

Togetheradvanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce differentiated and application-specific products, including fully depleted silicon-on-insulator (“FD-SOI”) technology offering superior performance and power efficiency compared to bulk CMOS, bipolar CMOS (“Bi-CMOS”) and radio frequency silicon-on-insulator (“RF-SOI”) for mixed-signal and high-frequency applications, as well as a combination of Bipolar, CMOS and DMOS (“BCD”), vertically integrated power (“VIPower”), and intelligent integrated gallium-nitride (STI2GaN) technologies for smart power applications, Power MOSFET, silicon carbide (“SiC”) and gallium-nitride (“GaN”) for high-efficiency systems, Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”) technologies for sensors and actuators, embedded memory technologies for our microcontrollers and differentiated optical sensing technologies for our optical sensing solutions. For our 2022 Results of Operations, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — Segment Information”.

Strategy

At ST, we are over 50,000 creators and makers of semiconductor technologies mastering the semiconductor supply chain with state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities. As an integrated device manufacturer, we work with more than 200,000 customers and thousands of partners to design and build products, solutions, and ecosystems that address their challenges and opportunities, and the need to support a more sustainable world. Our technologies enable smarter mobility, more efficient power and energy management, and the wide-scale deployment of the Internet of Things (“IoT”) and connectivity. We are committed to achieving our goal to become carbon neutral by 2027.

Our strategy focuses on long-term value creation for the Company and its affiliated enterprises and takes into account the short-, medium- and longer-term evolution of the markets we serve and the environment and opportunities we see. It stems from key long-term enablers: Smart Mobility, where we provide innovative solutions to help our customers we enable smartermake driving by making vehicles safer, more environmentally friendlygreener and more connected.  Weconnected for everyone; Power & Energy: our technology and solutions enable customers to increase energy efficiency everywhere and support the use of renewable energy sources; IoT & connectivity supporting the proliferation of smart, industry helpingconnected IoT devices with products, solutions and ecosystems to make factoriesdevelopment fast and workplaces more efficient, more flexibleeasy for our customers.

We are focused on application areas which are expected to experience solid growth rates driven by broad, long-term trends in electronic systems. These trends require enablers such as autonomous systems, robotics, securely connected machines and safer.  We enable smarter homespersonal devices, digitalization and cities making houses, buildingselectrification of automobiles and city infrastructure, more efficient, move convenientadvanced communications equipment and networks and more secure.  We help make everything more intelligent, more connectedpower efficient systems. These enablers drive in turn the demand for the electronic components we develop and more secure. In doing this we ensure that ST is found everywhere microelectronics make a positive and innovative contribution to people’s lives.  By getting more from technology to get more from life, ST stands for life.augmented.manufacture.

Product Information

Semiconductors are electronic components that serve as the building blocks inside modern electronic systems and equipment. Semiconductors, generally known as “chips,”“chips” combine multiple transistors on a single piece of material to form a complete electronic circuit. With our portfolio of semiconductor products, we serve customers across the spectrum of electronics applications with innovative solutions.

We have a portfolio of power products and analog products, including sensors, signal channel devices and output power stages - discrete and/or integrated - as well as complete power management blocks. Our analog products, including both general purpose and application specific, can fulfill the needs of a wide range of designs and systems.  

We also have digital products that are at the heart of electronics systems, including microcontrollers and microprocessors, ASICs and specialized imaging sensors.optical sensing solutions. Our full set of microcontrollers and microprocessors includes one of the industry’s broadest ranges of general-purpose devices serving all market segments, microprocessors addressing the industrial market, secure microcontrollers for mobile devices, wearables, banking, identification, industrial, automotive and IoT markets and a series of embedded microprocessorsprocessing solutions for our strategic end-markets (automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals).

In addition, we have historically beenWe are one of the leading suppliers and innovators in the domain of semiconductor devices dedicated to automotive applications. We have a portfolio spanning complex power train, audio and infotainment devices and body and convenience dedicated and standard functions as well as a broad offering of components for advanced driver assistance systems (“ADAS”), dedicated automotive microcontrollers, MEMS automotive

24


Table of Contents

sensors and power driver,drivers, including SiC and GaN devices for hybrid and electric cars. The products designed and manufactured specifically for automotive applications are complemented by a large range of “automotive grade” standard products, both tested and guaranteed to perform under stringent automotive environmental conditions.

19


Table of Contents

On top of the product design R&D spending, our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on technology R&D as well as capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities, which are planned at the corporate level; therefore, our product groups share common R&D for process technology and manufacturing capacity for some of their products.

Our reportable segments are as follows:

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG), comprised of dedicated automotive ICs (both digital and analog)integrated circuits (“ICs”), and discrete and power transistor products for all market segments.products.

 

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS), comprised of low-power high-end analog, ICs (both custom and general purpose) for all markets, smart power, products for Industrial, Computer and personal electronics markets, Touch Screen Controllers, Low Power Connectivity solutions (both wireline and wireless) for IoT, power conversion products, metering solutions for Smart Grid, specialized imagingMEMS sensors and modules,actuators, and all MEMS products for sensors or Actuators.optical sensing solutions.

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG), comprised of general purposegeneral-purpose microcontrollers and secure microcontrollers, EEPROMmicroprocessors, connected security products (e.g. embedded secured elements and NFC readers), memories Digital ASICs, Aerospace(e.g. serial and Defense products including components for microwavepage EEPROM) and millimeter wave.RF and Communications products.

“Others” includes items such as unused capacity charges, impairmentEffective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS (within the Analog sub-group) to MDG (within the Microcontrollers and restructuring charges and other related closure costs, phase out and start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: management reorganization expenses, strategic or special research and development programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as operating earnings of Subsystems, assembly services and other revenue.Memories sub-group) with no significant impact on our segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.  

Below is a description of our main categories of products.

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

Dedicated Automotive ICs

We are a top automotive semiconductor vendor supplying innovative solutions to leading suppliers of carmakersthe automotive industry worldwide. We combine an unparalleled platform of advanced technologies with an unswerving commitment to quality, and a thorough understanding of the automotive market gained through close collaboration with leading customers. Our automotive-solutions portfolio is enabling the electrification and digitalization of the car and covers all key application areas in the car:including Powertrain, Chassis, Safety and Security, including ADAS, Body Electronics, Telematics & Infotainment and Connectivity.

For Powertrain, we provide silicon solutions for the full range of engine-management systems: from motorbikes and scooters to the most advanced drive-by-wire solutions. Developments in engine management are driven by both government emission regulations and energy concerns. We continue to work closely with major automotive OEMs, as we have for decades, to reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emission via advanced technologies such as Variable Valve Timing and Gasoline Direct Injection and Battery Management for hybrid and full electric cars. Due to the cooperation with certain leading car makers, our microcontrollers are currently in the electrical engines of leading hybrid and electric cars. The first automotive microcontrollers to feature multiple Arm® Cortex®-R52 cores with on-chip non-volatile memory for safe, real-time performance, our Stellar microcontrollers provide advanced connectivity and security features to support the transition to service-oriented automotive system architectures.

With regards to Chassis, we provide a broad range of solutions to increase vehicle-occupant safety, including devices for airbags, anti-lock brakes, traction control, electric power steering and active suspension systems. We are a leading supplier of chips for automotive airbags and anti-lock braking systems, which currently represent the largest portion of automotive safety electronics.

We are a leading player in ADAS that help avoid or minimize the severity of traffic accidents. We manufacture leading-edge products for vision and radar (both short range 24GHz24 GHz and long range 77GHz)77 GHz) based systems that assist the driver with capabilities such as lane-departure warning, forward-collision warning, vision/radar fusion and pedestrian detection including specific modular solutions for the mass market. We produce vision based ADAS solutions fully compliant with level 2+ and level 3 autonomous systems and we are prototyping ASICs fully compliant with level 4 autonomous systems. We also produce V2X (vehicle to vehicle and vehicle to infrastructure) connectivity solution, and we are working on our first-generation modular offering for V2X (vehicle-to-vehiclesolutions to grant full connectivity using multiple channels such as Wi-Fi, radar and vehicle-to-infrastructure) as society progresses toward semi- and fully-autonomous vehicles and Imaging Technologies for vehicles.GNSS.

25


Table of Contents

Today’s car body electronics involve a myriad of inter-networked electronic systems, from dome and door-zone controls, HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning) systems, and seat controls to wiper and lighting controls. The penetration of electronics in the car is increasing, all the time, as are the requirements for improved reliability and diagnostic capabilities. We address the concept of the “smart” junction box, which is an intelligent power and switching center for the vehicle that integrates functions and features from exterior and cabin lighting to wipers, with a comprehensive architecture that consists of upgradable hardware and software modules. With our proprietary VIPower silicon technology and thorough application knowledge, we have become a market leader in automotive lighting electronics, offering solutions for both exterior and interior lighting, from incandescent bulbs to LED- or HID -based systems.

20


Table of Contents

Our car infotainment and navigationtelematics portfolio includes complete turnkey solutions for digital radio, navigation and telematics, and wireless connectivity in the car. We have leveraged our experience of more than 30 years, at the forefront of AM/FM radio technology to lead in digital radio. We produce all of the semiconductor components for car radios — from the tuner through the baseband to multimedia processing and playback. Our car-radio systems are optimized for harsh reception environments and minimized power consumption. Our portfolio of products for navigation also includes a family of System-on-Chip solutions capable of receiving signals from multiple satellite navigation systems including BeiDou, GPS, GALILEO, GLONASS and QZSS, to improve user position accuracy and navigation in poor satellite visibility conditions, such as in urban canyons.

Discrete and Power Transistor

Discrete and power transistors families include both power products and protection devices serving our strategic end markets (automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals).

Leading-edge power technologies for both high-voltage and low-voltage applications combined with a full package range and innovative die bonding technologies exemplify our innovation in power transistors. Our portfolio includes silicon MOSFETs ranging from 35V12 to 18001700 V, SiC MOSFETs from 650 to 2200 V featuring the industry’s highest temperature rating of 200 °C,200°C, IGBTs with breakdown voltages ranging from 350 V300 to 13001700 V and a wide range of power bipolar transistors and, more recently, GaN–on- silicon components to address the 5G market.transistors. We are expanding our offering based on wide bandgap materials with a full range of GaN-based power device solutions targeting a wide variety of applications. Our portfolio of protection devices supports all industry requirements for electrical overstress and electrostatic surge protection, lightning surge protection and automotive protection. Our protection devices have passed all certifications, meeting or exceeding international protection standards for electrical hazards on electronics boards found in the demanding automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals.

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

Analog, Smart Power, Low Power RF, Touch Screen Controllers

We develop a broad range of innovative Power, Smart Powerpower, smart power and Analoganalog ICs, to serve markets such as those relating to smart grid, cloud computing, automation, portablepersonal electronics and power conversion. These product families include:  include Industrial ASICs and ASSPs,, covering motion control, power and energy management and automation; factory automation, General Purpose Analog Products,, which includes high end analog front-end products as well as RF ICs;standard interfaces and Custom Analog ICs,, mainly power management ICs (“PMIC”) for data storage, servers and portable power management devices. In 2019,2022, we made a large inroad in the market offurther deployed wireless charging ICs forsolutions and enlarged our offering to cover low to high power products and across personal electronics applications from smartphones to wearables and weindustrial battery management enabling fast charging applications. We also expanded our presence in the automotive and industrial markets with our Galvanic Isolated Gate Drivers (STGAP product family)(also known as STGAP Family).

We also develop a comprehensive range of operational amplifiers (both low-voltage and high-voltage), comparators and current-sense amplifiers. In addition to our portfolio of mainstream operational amplifiers and comparators, we offer specific products for healthcare, industrial, and automotive applications, as well as a range of high-performance products specifically designed to meet the strict requirements of the wearable market.

In 2022, we introduced further devices in our MasterGaN® family and the new ViperGaN family, integrating a silicon driver and GaN power transistors in a single package. Our connectivity ICs range from

26


Table of Contents

wireline to wireless solutions. We optimize our products for reliability of the communication channel and low power consumption. For wireline communication, we offer a complete family of transceivers compatible with different protocol standards used in the industry (PRIME, Meters and More, IEC 61334-5-1, CAN and others).  Our ultra-low power wireless solutions include Sub-1GHz RF chips (aka SPIRIT Family), latest generation Bluetooth Low Energy (aka BlueNRG Family) and Wi-Fi technologies.  We sell to OEMs and Mass Market both Standard and Dedicated RF solutions, either chips or certified modules.

Our FingerTip® family of Touch Screen Controllers provides true multi-touch capability, supporting unlimited simultaneous touches, and it is optimized for the extreme low power consumption. FingerTip also enhances multi-touch actions such as pinch-to-zoom, supports stylus operations and is compatible with both flat and curved display panel.

21


Table of Contents

MEMS Sensors and Actuators

Our MEMS portfolio includes both Sensors and Actuators. We sell our MEMS products in a broad range of application fields, including mobile, gaming, computer, automotive, industrial, healthcare and IoT.

MEMS Sensors include Motion MEMS (accelerometers, gyroscopes, magnetic sensors), Environmental Sensors (pressure, humidity and temperature) and Microphones. We offer a unique sensor portfolio, from discrete to fully-integrated solutions, high performance sensor fusion to improve the accuracy of multi-axis sensor systems in order to enable highly-demanding applications, such as indoor navigation and location-based services, optical image stabilization and high-level quality products.

MEMS Actuatorsactuators include: (i) Thermal and Piezoelectric Actuators for 2D and 3D Printing in Consumer, Commercial and Industrial market applications; (ii) Piezoelectric Actuators for applications such as smartphone camera Auto Focusauto focus and MEMS loudspeakers; and (iii) Piezoelectric, Electrostatic and Electromagnetic Actuators for emerging VR/AR applications such as our MEMS ScanAR technology, ultra-low power depth cameras and LIDAR Systems for assisted Smart Driving.

Specialized Imaging SensorsOptical Sensing Solutions

We also have a broad portfolio of Imagingoptical sensing solutions based on STour proprietary differentiated technologies such as FlightSense,TM, addressing various markets, and in particular the fast growing 3D sensing consumer and automotive applications. ST Imagingapplications such as in-cabin monitoring and occupant detection. Our optical sensing solutions are composed of both specialized components developed for dedicated customers’ systems; and full optical sense and illumination system solutions targeting multiple customers.

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG)

MDG is comprised of general purpose and secure microcontrollers, microprocessors, EEPROM and RF memories, RF wireless and wired communication ASICs for 4G/5G terminals and infrastructure, and for satellite constellations and defense systems, based on ST proprietary silicon technologies.

Microcontroller, MemoryMicrocontrollers, Memories & Secure MCUmicrocontrollers

We have microcontrollers for general purpose and secure applications, microprocessors as well as small density serial non-volatile memories.  Our general purpose microcontroller product portfolio largely contains families of products based on 32-bit ARM®ARM®-based Cortex®-M0, -M0+, -M3, -M4, and M0+,M33 with the ARM® TrustZone®. The STM32U5, for secure & Ultra-Low-Power applications for the mass market, based on the Cortex®-M3, Cortex-M33 with the ARM®-M4 TrustZone® received level 3 Platform Security Architecture and Cortex®-M7 cores. Security Evaluation Standard for IOT Platform security certifications, taking IOT cyber-protection to the next level.

For each product family, a broad selection of features is available with respect to MCUmicrocontroller performance, ultra-low-power, memory size, peripherals, and packaging. Numerous dedicated families include features such as our TouchGFX® advanced 3D graphics, dedicated peripherals for industrial motor controls, security features, and low-power wireless connectivity.  During 2019, we launched 10 new families including a new

Our microprocessors product line of microprocessors (MPU) targeting the industrial applications, which allows us to enter a new embedded market segment.  The MPU product line is based on 32-bit ARM®-based® Cortex®-A-A7 Core, complemented by an integrated Cortex®-M4 and a dedicated Linux distribution.  We continue to offer a well-established family of 8-bit microcontrollers, using ST proprietary core architecture targeting consumer, automotive and ultra-low power simpler applications.

The STM32 family based on the ARM® Cortex®-M and Cortex®-A processors are designed to offer significant degrees of freedom to microcontroller and microprocessors users. The product range combines very high performance, real-time capabilities, digital signal processing, and low-power, low-voltage operation, while maintaining full integration and ease of development.

The We offer an unparalleled and large range of STM32 devices, accompanied by a vast choice of tools and software including support for Industrial Safety Standard IEC 61508 SIL2/3, Human Machine Interface (HMI), andInterface. Our dedicated Cube-AI toolbox for Artificial Intelligence includingincludes Machine learning and Neural Networks,neural networks. This comprehensive portfolio makes this family of productsour STM32 an ideal choice for enabling ever smarter objects for an increasingly broad range of applications.

2227


Table of Contents

 

In 2022, we continued to strengthen our STM32 microcontroller ecosystem with various releases and updates of STM32cube, STM32Cube.AI,NanoEdge AI Studio,CubeMX and TouchGFX. Together with Microsoft, we developed a highly secure Azure IoT cloud reference implementation embedding the STM32U5, Microsoft Azure RTOS and the STSAFE-A110 secure element. Together with Amazon Web Services, we also developed a new secure AWS FreeRTOS-qualified reference implementation embedding the STM32U5 and the STSAFE-A110 secure element.

We offer leading products for secure applications in traditional smartcard applications and embedded security applications. Throughout our 20+ year presence in the smartcard security industry, we have supplied the market’s most advanced technologies and solutions, with a continuous focus on innovation and the highest levels of security certification. Our expertise in security is key to our leadership in the mobile communications, banking, digital identity, IoT security, pay-TV identity, and transport fields. We also actively contribute toare the emergence of new applications such asleading supplier for the Embedded SIM market and we are scaling-up in secure mobile transactions using Near Field Communication (“NFC”) for mobile phones, trusted computing, brand protection and security for IoT devices. Our secure microcontroller product portfolio offers compliance with the latest security standards up to Common Criteria EAL6+, ICAO, and TCG1.2. Our secure microcontrollers cover a complete range of interfaces for both contact and contactless communication, including ISO 7816, ISO 14443 Type A & B, NFC, USB, SPI and I²C.

In 2022 our STPayBio biometric payment solution was named CES Innovation Honoree in the Cybersecurity & Personal Privacy category and the STPay-Topaz-Bio biometric payment card platform completed the EMVCo certification.

Our secure-microcontroller platforms rely on a highly secure architecture combined with leading‑edge CPUs, such as ARM®’s SC300 and SC000, and our proprietary advanced embedded non-volatile memory technologies such as 40 nm embedded Flash and 80 nm embedded EEPROM technologies.

Our wide range of small density serial non-volatile memories has among the highest industry performance. The serial EEPROM family ranges from 1 Kbit to 432 Mbits and offers the most common serial interfaces to facilitate adoption:  I²C, SPI and Microwire. Our wide range of products are also automotive compliant. Very small packagespackage options are available for applications where space is critical, such usas in camera modules for consumer and mobile devices.

In 2022 we introduced the 32Mbit M95P32, the market’s first serial page EEPROM for ultra-low power applications, manufactured using our patented e-STM 40 nm non-volatile memory.

We offer RF memory and transceiver products that are key for logistic and retail applications and are based on the largest industry standard for short range High-Frequency RFID standard by ISO14443.ISO 14443 and 15693. The products are compatible with all NFC technology standards, as defined by the NFC Forum, where ST plays a key role.role, including the latest NFC type 5. We offer one of the most comprehensive portfolios, which includes NFC/RFID readers, Dynamic NFC/RFID tags, also known as Dual Interface NFC/RFID tags, and Standalone NFC/RFID tags. We also offer RFID Readers operating in the UHF bands for longer range logistics operation.

RF, Wireless and Wired Communication

 

We offer RF, digital and mixedmixed-signal ASICs, which are based on our proprietary FD-SOI, RF-SOI, and SiGe technology,technologies, as well as foundry-based FinFET technologies, for 4G-5G and Satellite wireless particularly forcommunications RF Front-End Modules, and wired communications infrastructure and Satellite terminals.  Our

We also use our proprietary FD-SOI, RF-SOI, and SiGe technologies to provide RF and mmWave components, servebased on our know-how in analog and digital beamforming design techniques, to address Massive MIMO Antenna Architectures.

Our unique combination of differentiated Silicon technologies and design expertise is particularly pertinent to address the marketmarkets for satellite links,constellations and user terminals, 5G infrastructure RF front-end,Front-End, and transceivers for very-short range,very-short-range ultra-low-power 60GHz multi-Gigabit speed60 GHz multi-Gigabit/second links.

28


Table of Contents

Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships

We believe that customer alliances with customers and industry partnerships are critical to our success in the semiconductor industry.market. Customer alliances provide us with valuable systems and application know-how and access to markets for key products, while allowingenabling our customers to gain access to our process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. We are actively working to expand the number of our customer alliances, targeting key global OEMs.OEMs as well as emerging, innovative customers and partners around the globe.

From time to time we collaborate with other semiconductor industry companies, research organizations, universities, and suppliers to further our R&D efforts. Such collaboration provides us with a number of important benefits, including the sharing of costs, reductions in our own capital requirements, acquisitions of technical know-how and access to additional production capacities.

Customers and Applications

We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products thatwhich we sell to over 100,000200,000 customers. We emphasize balance in oura broad and balanced product portfolio, in the applications we serve and in the regional markets we address.serve. Our major customers include Apple, Robert Bosch, Ciena, Continental, Hewlett-Packard,HP, Huawei, Mobileye, Samsung, SeagateSpaceX, Tesla and Tesla.Vitesco. In addition, our broad portfolio including dedicated Automotive ICs; Discrete and Power Transistors; Analog, Industrial and Power Conversion ICs; General Purpose Microcontrollers and Microprocessors, Connected Security products and EEPROMs; MEMS and Optical Sensing solutions; and ASICs based on ST proprietary technologies helps foster closecloser, strategic relationships with customers, whichcustomers. This broad product breadth provides opportunities to enable application solutions and to supply such customers’ requirements for multiple products, including analog, digital,all their product and power products applications.technology needs. We also sell our products through distributors and retailers.our distribution channel.

23


Table of Contents

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Our sales and marketing is organized by a combination of country/area coverageregional and key accountsaccount coverage with the primary objective of accelerating sales growth and gaining market share, particularly with regards to:share. Emphasis is placed on strengthening the effectiveness of  the development of our global and major local accounts; boosting demand creation through an enhanced focus on geographical and key account coverage with strong technical and application expertise, supported in the mass market by our distribution channel and local initiatives; and establishing regional sales and marketing teams that are fully aligned with our strategic end-markets: automotive, industrial, personal electronics and communications equipment, computers and peripherals.

We have threefour regional sales organizations reporting to a global head of Sales & Marketing: Americas; Asia Pacific;Americas, APeC (Asia Pacific excluding China), China and EMEA. Our regional sales organizations have a similar structure to enhance coordination in global strategy alignmentcoordination and go-to-market activities. The sales and marketing teams are strongly focused on profitable revenue growth and business performance as well as on fostering demand creation, expanding the customer base, maximizing market share, developing new product-roadmaps and providing the best technical and application support in the field for our customers. The sales and marketing activities are supported by sales engineers, system marketing, product marketing, application labs, field application engineers and quality engineers.

We engage distributors and sales representatives to distribute and promote our products around the world. Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including those that compete with ours, and fulfill orders and service manyours. Our distributors have a dual role, in that they assist in fulfilling the demand of our customers.customers by servicing their orders, while also supporting the creation of product demand and business development. Most of our sales to distributors are made under specific agreements allowing for price protection and some with the right of return onstock rotation for unsold merchandise. Sales representatives, on the other hand, generally do not offer products that compete directly with our products, but may carry complementary items manufactured by others. Sales representatives do not maintain a product inventory and their customers place large quantity orders directly with us and are referred to distributors for smaller orders.

At the request of certain customers, we also sell and deliver our products to electronics manufacturing services (“EMS”) companies, which, on a contractual basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the application specific products they manufacture for our customers. We also sell products to original design manufacturers (“ODM”). ODMs manufacture products for our customers much like EMS companies do, but they also design applications for our customers, and in doing so themselves select the products and suppliers

29


Table of Contents

that they wish to purchase from. In furtherance of our strong commitment to quality, our sales organizations include personnel dedicated to close monitoring and resolution of quality related issues.

For a breakdown of net revenues by segment and geographic region for the last three fiscal years, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

Research and Development

Since our formation, we have maintained a solid commitment to innovation.  About one-sixthinnovation because we believe that market driven R&D based on leading‑edge products and technologies is critical to our success. We devote significant effort to R&D because we believe such investment can be leveraged into competitive advantages: about 17.6% of our employees work in R&D on product design/development and technology and, in 2019,2022, we spent approximately 15.7%11.8% of our net revenues on R&D.

New developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster, more reliable and embedded than their predecessors, with differentiated functionalities. They can enable significant value creation opportunities with their timely appearance on the market. Our innovations in semiconductor technology as well as in hardware and software contribute to the creation of successful products that generate value for us and our customers. Our complete design platforms, including a large selection of IP and silicon-proven models and design rules, enable the fast development of products designed to meet customer expectations in terms of reliability, quality, competitiveness in price and time-to-market. Through our R&D efforts, we contribute to making our customers’ products more efficient, more appealing, more reliable and safer.

Our technology R&D strategy is based on the development of differentiated technologies, allowing for a unique offer in terms of new products and enabling new applications opportunities.

We draw on a rich pool of chip fabrication technologies, including advanced CMOS, FD-SOI, RF-SOI, specialized imaging,optical sensing, embedded non-volatile memories, mixed-signal, analog, MEMS, Smartsmart power, SiC and GaN processes. This is well embedded in our strong packaging technologies portfolio such as high pin count BGA, Wafer level packaging, highly integrated sensor packages and leadframe package power products. We combine both front-end and back-end manufacturing and technology R&D under the same organization to ensure a smooth flow of information between our R&D and manufacturing organizations. We leverage significant synergies and shared activities between our product groups to cross-fertilize them. We also use silicon foundries, especially for advanced CMOS beyond the 28 nm node that we do not plan to manufacture nor develop internally.

24


Table of Contents

We have advanced R&D and innovation centers which offer us a significant advantage in quickly and cost effectively introducing products. Furthermore, we have established a strong culture of partnerships and through the years have created a network of strategic collaborations with key customers, suppliers, competitors, and leading universities and research institutes around the world. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships”. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects running under the European Union’s IST (Information Society Technologies) programs. We also participate in certain R&D programs established by the EU, individual countries and local authorities in Europe (primarily in France and Italy). See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Public Funding”.

We believe that market driven R&D based on leading‑edge products and technologies is critical to our success.  We devote significant effort to R&D because we believe such investment can be leveraged into competitive advantages.  New developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster, more reliable and embedded than their predecessors, with differentiated functionalities.  They can enable significant value creation opportunities with their timely appearance on the market.  The total amount of our R&D expenses in the past three fiscal years was $1,498$1,901 million, $1,398$1,723 million and $1,296$1,548 million in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. For more information on our R&D expenses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — Research and Development Expenses”.

2530


Table of Contents

 

Property, Plants and Equipment

We currently operate 1314 main manufacturing sites around the world. The table below sets forth certain information with respect to our current manufacturing facilities, products and technologies. Front-end manufacturing facilities are fabs and back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing plants.

 

Location

 

Products

 

Technologies

Front-end facilities

 

 

 

 

Agrate, Italy(1)

 

Non-volatile memories, microcontrollersApplication-specific, MEMS, Smart Power and application-specific products MEMSanalog ICs

 

Fab 1:  200 mm,200mm, BCD and MEMS Microfluidics

Fab 2:  200 mm, research200mm, advanced BCD and development onIntegrated GaN Power ICs

Fab 3: 300mm, Analog CMOS, BCD, and embedded non-volatile memories and Advanced BCD

 

 

 

 

 

Ang Mo Kio, Singapore(2)

 

Analog,Application-specific, analog, commodity, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products, non-volatile memories and application-specific productspower transistors

 

Fab 1:  150 mm,150mm, BCD, Bi-CMOS, Bipolar, CMOS logic, EEPROM, MEMS, Microfluidics, Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology (“MOS”) and BCD, EEPROM, Smartcard, Microcontrollers, CMOS logic, Microfluidics, MEMS, Bi-CMOSSiC power devices

Fab 2:  200 mm,200mm, advanced BCD, Advanced BCD, VIPpowerTM and Power MOS; EEPROM, embedded non-volatile microcontrollersmemories, Power MOS and VIPpowerTM

 

 

 

 

 

Catania, Italy(3)(2)

 

PowerApplication-specific, MEMS, power transistors and Smart Power and analog ICs and application-specific products, MEMS

 

Fab 1:  150 mm, Power MOS, VIPpowerTM,150mm, SiC power devices and Power RF/technologiesRF GaN   

Fab 2:  200 mm, Advanced200mm, advanced BCD, Power MOS and VIPpowerTM

 

 

 

 

 

Crolles, France(4)(3)

 

Application-specific, products andoptical sensors, leading edge logic products;and non-volatile memories and microcontrollers

 

Fab 1:  200 mm, manufacturing on200mm, Analog/RF, CMOS, Bi-CMOS and Bi-CMOS, Analog/RFOptical Sensing

Fab 2:  300 mm, research300mm, Analog/RF, Bi-CMOS, Bulk CMOS, embedded non-volatile memories, FD-SOI advanced CMOS and Optical Sensing

Norrköping, Sweden

Industrialization, Research and development and manufacturing on advanced CMOS Bulk, Bi-CMOSSiC substrate

SiC 150mm and FD-SOI, Time-of-Flight, imaging, Analog/RF, embedded non-volatile memories200mm wafers; N+ doped and microcontrollersSemi Insulated

 

 

 

 

 

Rousset, France

 

Non-volatile memoriesApplication-specific and Standard and secure microcontrollers application-specific products

 

Fab: 200 mm, manufacturing on CMOS,200mm, Analog/RF, BiCMOS EEPROM, embedded non-volatile memories EEPROM and Analog/RFCMOS

 

 

 

 

 

Tours, France

 

Protection thyristors, diodes and ASDTM power transistors, diodes, IPADTM and Protection thyristors

 

Fab 1:  150 mm and 200 mm Triacs, rectifiers, IPD and150mm, Power Schottky diodes

Pilot line RF and Triacs
Fab 2:  200mm IPD, Power GaN and rectifiers  

 

 

 

 

 

Back-end facilities

 

 

 

 

Bouskoura, Morocco

 

Discrete and standard, products, micro modules, power and power module, RF and subsystems

 

Micromodules, Power, Power Automotive and SOIC Micromodules

 

 

 

 

 

Calamba, Philippines

 

Application specific productsApplication-specific and standard, products, MEMS

 

Ball and Land Grid Array, QFN, Micromodules, Optical Sensors Module, Micromodules and QFN

 

 

 

 

 

Kirkop, Malta

 

Application-specific, products, MEMS, Microcontrollersmicrocontrollers

 

Ball and Land Grid Array, QFP, FC Ball Grid Array

Muar, Malaysia

Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers

Ball Grid Array, Power Automotive, SOIC, QFP

 

 

 

 

 

Marcianise, Italy

Secure microcontrollers and smartcards

Reel-to-reel secure device provisioning and smartcards and issuance technology

Muar, Malaysia

Application-specific and standard, microcontrollers

Ball Grid Array, Power Automotive, QFP and SOIC

Rennes, France

 

Application specific products

 

VariousRad-hard technologies

 

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen, China(54)

 

Application-specific and standard, discrete, Non-volatile memories, optical packages, discrete, application-specificpower and standard productspower module

 

SOIC,Optical Sensors, Power, Power Automotive, Optical Sensors

Toa Payoh, Singapore

Packaging researchPower Modules and development, EWS

SOIC

 

(1)

Fab 3 is currently shared in a partnership between ST and Tower Semiconductor. In 2018, we started constructionFebruary 2022, Intel Corporation announced a proposed acquisition of a new 300 mm fab to support next generation mixed signal, IGBT and power technologies.

(2)

During 2017, we acquired from Micron the 200 mm fab we previously contributed to Numonyx as part of its creation in 2008 (Micron subsequently acquired Numonyx in 2010).  Micron fully transferred the fab to us in May 2019. The fab is ramping several technologies, including Smart Power, VIPpowerTM and others.

(3)

A majority of Fab 1 was converted into 200 mm and merged with Fab 2 at the end of 2019.  A portion of Fab 1 remains in 150 mm and is devoted to SiC and RF.Tower Semiconductor.

2631


Table of Contents

 

(4)(2)

Our 300 mm fab is expanding capacity withinWe are currently building a new integrated Silicon Carbide (SiC) substrate manufacturing facility for the existing infrastructureproduction in volume of 150mm SiC epitaxial substrates, to support the production ramp up of new technologies.increasing demand from our customers for SiC devices across automotive and industrial applications.

(5)(3)

We signed a Memorandum of Understanding on July 11, 2022 to create a new, jointly-operated 300mm semiconductor manufacturing facility with GlobalFoundries Inc. We are currently waiting for approval from the European Commission’s DG Competition.

(4)

Jointly owned with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics Group.

At December 31, 2019,2022, our front-end facilities had a total maximum capacity of approximately 130,380 200 mm equivalent140,000 wafer starts per week.week (200mm equivalent). The number of wafer starts per week varies from facility to facility and from period to period as a result of changes in product mix.

We own all of our manufacturing facilities, but certain facilities (Muar, Malaysia; Shenzhen, China; Kirkop, Malta; and Toa Payoh and Ang Mo Kio, Singapore) are built on land subject ofto long-term leases.

We have historically subcontracted a portion of total manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. In 2019,2022, we subcontracted approximately 18%25% of the value of our total silicon production to external foundries. Our plan is to continue sourcing silicon from external foundries to give us flexibility in supporting our growth.

At December 31, 2019,2022, we had approximately $514$3,584 million in outstanding commitments for purchases of equipment and other assets for delivery in 2020.2023. In 2019,2022, our capital spending, net of proceeds, was $1,174$3,524 million compared to $1,262$1,828 million in 2018.2021. In the 2017-20192020-2022 period the ratio of capital investment spending to net revenues was about 13.6%17%. For more information, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Financial Outlook: Capital Investment”.

Intellectual Property (IP)

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other IP rights to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. IP rights that apply to our various products include patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask work rights. We currently own approximately 18,000 19,500patents and pending patent applications, corresponding to approximately 9,600 9,300patent families (each patent family containing all patents originating from the same invention), including over 588 original597 new patent applications filedfilings in 2019.2022.

We believe that our IP represents valuable assets. We rely on various intellectual property laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our IP assets and enforce our IP rights. To optimize the value of our IP assets, we have engaged in licensing our design technology and other IP, including patents, when consistent with our competitive position and our customers’ interests. We have also entered into broad-scope cross-licenses and other agreements which enable us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products using the IP rights of third parties and/or operating within the scope of IP rights owned by third parties.

From time to time, we are involved in IP litigation and infringement claims. See Note 26 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Item“Item 3. “KeyKey Information — Risk Factors”. Regardless of the validity or the successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.

Backlog

Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in customer needs or industry conditions. During periods of economic slowdown and/or industry overcapacity and/or declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead time can diminish management’s ability to forecast production levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers may strongly increase their demands, which can result in capacity constraints due to a time lag when matching manufacturing capacity with such demand.

In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the year, and the third or fourth quarter historically generating higher amounts of revenues partly as a result of the seasonal dynamics for smartphone applications dynamics  dynamics.

2732


Table of Contents

 

We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that may be ordered in the future. These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to manage their inventory levels consistent with just-in-time principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in inventory build-ups.

Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and their deployment of new and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and inventory levels.

We entered 20192022 with a backlog lowerhigher than we had entering 2018.2021. For 2020,2023, we entered the year with a backlog higher than what we had entering 2019.2022.

Competition

Markets for our products are intensely competitive. We compete with major international semiconductor companies and while only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition from each of them. Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our customers.customers or suppliers. We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of price, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality and sales and technical support. In particular, standard products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing, inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including successful and timely development of new products and manufacturing processes, product performance and quality, manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service, pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by the high costs associated with developing marketable products and manufacturing technologies as well as high levels of investment in production capabilities. As a result, the semiconductor industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors and customers, which could lead to erosion of our market share, impact our capacity to compete and require us to restructure our operations. See Item“Item 3. “KeyKey Information — Risk Factors”.

Organizational Structure and History

We are organized in a matrix structure with geographic regions interacting with product lines, both supported by shared technology and manufacturing operations and by central functions, designed to enable us to be closer to our customers and to facilitate communication among the R&D, production, marketing and sales organizations.

While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company, we conduct our global business through STMicroelectronics International N.V. and also conduct our operations through service activities from our subsidiaries. We provide certain administrative, human resources, legal, treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing, insurance and other overhead services to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service agreements for which we recover the cost.

2833


Table of Contents

 

The following table lists our consolidated subsidiaries and our percentage of ownership as of December 31, 2019:2022:

 

Legal Seat

Name

Percentage

 of Ownership

(Directdirect or Indirect)

indirect)

Australia, Sydney

STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd

100

Austria, Vienna

STMicroelectronics Austria GmbH

100

Belgium, Diegem

Proton World International N.V.

100

Brazil, Sao Paulo

Incard do Brazil Ltda

100

Brazil, Sao Paulo

South America Comércio de Cartões Inteligentes Ltda

100

Brazil, Sao Paulo

STMicroelectronics Ltda

100

Canada, Ottawa

STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.

100

Canada, St. John, New Brunswick

Genesis Microchip Limited Partnership

100

China, Beijing

STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd

100

China, Shanghai

STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

100

China, Shanghai

STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd

100

China, Shenzhen

Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd

60

China, Shenzhen

STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd

100

Czech Republic, Prague

STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.

100

Denmark, Aarhus

STMicroelectronics A/S

100

Egypt, Cairo

STMicroelectronics Egypt SSC

100

Finland, Nummela

STMicroelectronics Finland OY

100

France, Crolles

STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS

100

France, Grenoble

STMicroelectronics (Alps) SAS

100

France, Grenoble

STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS

100

France, Le Mans

STMicroelectronics (Grand Ouest) SAS

100

France, Montrouge

STMicroelectronics S.A.

100

France, Rousset

STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS

100

France, Tours

STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS

100

Germany, Aschheim-Dornach

STMicroelectronics GmbH

100

Germany, Aschheim-Dornach

STMicroelectronics Application GmbH

100

Hong Kong,

Kowloon

STMicroelectronics Ltd

100

India, New Delhi

ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd

100

India, Noida

STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd

100

Israel, Netanya

STMicroelectronics Ltd

Limited

100

Italy, Agrate Brianza

STMicroelectronics S.r.l.

100

Italy, Naples

STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.

100

Japan, Tokyo

STMicroelectronics KK

100

Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur

STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD

100

Malaysia, Muar

STMicroelectronics SDN BHD

100

Malta, Kirkop

STMicroelectronics (Malta) Ltd

100

Mexico, Guadalajara

STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.

100

Morocco, Casablanca

Electronic Holding S.A.

STMicroelectronics (MAROC) SAS, a associé unique

100

Morocco, Casablanca

STMicroelectronics S.A.S. (Maroc)

100

The Netherlands, Amsterdam

STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.

100

The Netherlands, Amsterdam

STMicroelectronics Finance II N.V.

100

The Netherlands, Amsterdam

STMicroelectronics International N.V.

100

Philippines, Calamba

STMicroelectronics, Inc.

100

Philippines, Calamba

Mountain Drive Property, Inc.

40

Singapore, Ang Mo Kio

STMicroelectronics Asia Pacific Pte Ltd

100

Singapore, Ang Mo Kio

STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd

100

Slovenia, Ljubljana

STMicroelectronics d.o.o.

100

Spain, Barcelona

STMicroelectronics Iberia S.A.

100

Sweden, Jönköping

STMicroelectronics Software A.B.

AB

100

Sweden, Kista

STMicroelectronics A.B.

100

Sweden, Norrkoping

Norrköping

STMicroelectronics Silicon Carbide A.B.

100

Switzerland, Geneva

STMicroelectronics S.A.

100

Switzerland, Geneva

STMicroelectronics RE S.A.

100

29


Table of Contents

Legal SeatTaiwan, Taipei City

Exagan Taiwan Ltd.

Name

Percentage

Ownership

(Direct or Indirect)

Switzerland, Geneva

INCARD S.A., in liquidation

100

80

Thailand, Bangkok

STMicroelectronics (Thailand) Ltd

100

United Kingdom, Bristol

STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited

100

United Kingdom, Marlow

STMicroelectronics Limited

100

United Kingdom, Marlow

Synad Technologies Limited

100

United States, Coppell

STMicroelectronics Software Inc.

100

United States, Coppell

STMicroelectronics Inc.

100

United States, Coppell

Faroudja Laboratories Inc.

100

United States, Coppell

STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.

100

Public Funding

We receive public funding mainly from French, Italian and EU governmental entities. Such funding is generally provided to encourage R&D activities, industrialization and local economic development. Public

34


Table of Contents

funding in France, Italy and Europe is generally is openavailable to all companies having R&D operations in Europe, regardless of their ownership structure or country of incorporation. The conditions for the receipt of government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with EU regulations, royalties or contingent return provisions as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. The approval process for such funding may be quite long,last up to several years. Certain specific contracts require compliance with extensive regulatory requirements and set forth certain conditions relating to the funded programs. There could be penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. Our funding programs are classified under three general categories: funding for researchResearch and developmentDevelopment (R&D), Innovation activities (RDI), funding for First Industrial Deployment activities (FID) and capital investment for pilot lines and loans.lines. We also benefit from tax credits for R&D activities in several countries which are generally available to all companies. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations” and the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The main programs for R&D in which we are involved include: (i) Pan-European program on Nanoelectronics TechnologyImportant Project of Common European Interest (IPCEI) which combines Research, Development and Applications (PENTA)Innovation activities (RDI) as well as First Industrials Deployment activities (FID); (ii) EU R&D projects within Horizon 2020 (the European Union’s research and innovation framework); (iii)Key Digital Technologies Initiative (KDT), formerly Electronic Components and Systems for European Leadership (ECSEL) initiative,, which combines all electronics related R&D activities and is operated by joint undertakings formed by the European Union, certain member states and industry; (iii) EU R&D projects within Horizon Europe (the European Union's research and innovation framework); and (iv) national or regional programs for R&D and for industrialization in the electronics industries involving many companies and laboratories. The pan- Europeanpan-European programs cover a period of several years, while national or regional programs in France and Italy are subject mostly to annual budget appropriation.

In our role as Coordinator and Project Leader of Nano2017, we had been allocated an overall funding budget of about €400 million for the period 2013-2018, which was subject to the conclusion of agreements every year with the public authorities and linked to the achievement of technical parameters and objectives.  A portion of the Nano2017 program was subject to a payback clause (“financial return”), depending on the future accumulated sales for certain products within the scope of the funded program in the period from 2018 to 2023.  The financial return corresponded to the payment in 2024 of the original funded amount (€37 million) multiplied by a rate from 0% to 250%, depending on the cumulative amount of future sales.  As such, the criteria for granting income recognition were not met and an accrual amounting to $47 million was posted as of December 31, 2019.  We believe the Nano2017 R&D program, which expired in April 2018, has strengthened our leadership in key technologies such as FD-SOI (low-power, high-performance processing), imagers, RF SOI and photonic sensors and embedded non-volatile memories.  These technologies are at the core of our digital portfolio which includes, among others, microcontrollers, imaging, analog and mixed signal, digital automotive and ASICs.

In December 2018, the European Commission announced the approval of Important Projects of Common European Interest (“IPCEI”),the IPCEI, a Pan-European project initiated to foster research and innovation in microelectronics to be funded by Germany, France, Italy, and the U.K. We are participating inand Austria.

In our combined role as beneficiary of the IPCEI on Microelectronics, we have been allocated an overall funding budget of approximately €340 million for the period 2018 until 20222016-2022 in France (locally referenced as Nano2022) which was linked to technical objective and until 2024associated achievements, and about €720 million for the period 2018-2024 in Italy. The IPCEI program is highly strengthening our leadership in key technologies. It contributes to anticipating, accelerating, and securing our technological developments. The IPCEI also has wide ranging, pan-European benefits on the microelectronics ecosystem from education to downstream industries.

In 2019December 2021, we also started recognizing €49submitted a new IPCEI program, titled IPCEI on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies (IPCEI – ME/CT). This new pan-European project was initiated to foster research and innovation and kick-start the first industrialization of microelectronics. This new IPCEI will involve ST in France (from 2022 to 2026), Italy (from 2023 to 2027) and Malta (from 2021 to 2025), as well as about 80 other companies across 16 European countries. In 2022 we recognized €101.5 million (including catch up attributable to 2018) of grants related to our participation in IPCEI in Italy and €80.7€72.3 million (including catch up attributable to 2018) related to our participation in IPCEI, KDT and other national and European programs in France.

30


TableIn addition to public funding through IPCEI programs, in October 2022, the European Commission approved, under EU State Aid Rules, a support up to €292.5million through the Italian Recovery and Resilience Plan for the construction of Contentsa new integrated silicon carbide substrate manufacturing facility in Catania, Italy. The project has been recognized as a “first-of-a-kind” facility in Europe in line with the ambitions set out in the European Chips Act Communication, issued on February 8, 2022.

Suppliers

We use three primary critical types of suppliers in our business: (i) equipment suppliers, (ii) material suppliers and (iii) external silicon foundries and back-end subcontractors. We also purchase third partythird-party licensed technology from a limited number of providers.

In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment, cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers, probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must quickly incorporate

35


Table of Contents

the latest advances in process technology to remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot occur without commensurate advances in equipment technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the equipment becomes more sophisticated.

Our manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of energy and use many materials, including silicon and SiC, GaN and glass wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and chemicals, gases and gases.water. The prices of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, and many of these materials are volatile due to the specificity of the market.market, and other factors including geopolitics. We have therefore adopted a “multiple sourcing strategy” designed to protect us from the risk of price increases. The same strategy applies to energy and to supplies for the materials used by us to avoid potential material disruption of essential materials.materials and to ensure the continuity of energy supply. Our “multiple sourcing strategy”, our Financial Risk Monitoringfinancial risk monitoring as well as the robustness of our supply chain and strong partnership with suppliers are intended to mitigate these risks. See Item“Item 3. “KeyKey Information — Risk Factors”.

Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See “— Property, Plants and Equipment” above.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the jurisdictions where we operate. Such laws and regulations govern, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals and other hazardous substances, emissions and wastes,waste, as well as the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. We are also required to obtain environmental permits, licenses and other forms of authorization, or give prior notification, in order to operate.

We also adopt a rigorous and pro-active approach to managing our business operations in an environmentally responsible way. Consistent with our sustainability strategy, we have established proactive environmental policies with respect to the handling of chemicals, emissions, waste disposals and other substances of concern from our manufacturing operations. We are certified to be in compliance with quality standard ISO 9001on9001 on a Company‑wide basis. We implement the highest standards across our manufacturing activities and supply chain. The majority of our manufacturing sites are ISO 14001 (environment), ISO 14064 (greenhouse gas emissions), and ISO 50001 (energy) certified and EMAS validated.  Furthermore, all of our front-end manufacturing sites are ISO 50001 certified.

We believe that in 20192022 our activities complied with then-applicable environmental regulations in all material respects. We have engaged outside consultants to audit all of our environmental activities and have created environmental management teams, information systems and training. We have also instituted environmental control procedures for processes used by us as well as our suppliers. In 2019,2022, there were no material environmental claims made against us.

31On December 9, 2020, we announced our goal to become carbon neutral by 2027. Our comprehensive roadmap to carbon neutrality includes two specific targets: compliance with the 1.5°C scenario defined at the Paris COP21 by 2025, which implies a 50% reduction of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions compared to 2018, and the sourcing of 100% renewable energy by 2027. Our action plan will reduce:

(i)

our direct emissions of greenhouse gases (scope 1), mainly through investment in equipment to burn the gases remaining after manufacturing;

(ii)

our overall energy consumption (scope 2);

(iii)

our emissions from product transportation, business travel, and employee commuting (part of scope 3); and

(iv)

remaining emissions through the identification and implementation of the most credible and relevant carbon avoidance and sequestration programs.

On July 12, 2020, the EU Taxonomy Regulation entered into force. The EU Taxonomy Regulation provides the basis for the EU taxonomy: a classification system, on the basis of which a list of environmentally sustainable economic activities has been drawn up. The EU Taxonomy Regulation defines overarching conditions that an economic activity must meet to be considered environmentally sustainable, and focuses on six environmental objectives. On January 1, 2022 the delegated acts on the technical screening criteria for two environmental objectives, being Climate Change Mitigation and Adaption to Climate Change, entered into force, in which technical screening criteria have been laid down which specify environmental performance requirements for the economic activities to be classified as environmentally sustainable. The delegated acts on the technical screening criteria for the remaining four environmental objectives are expected to enter into force

36


Table of Contents

in the course of 2023. As we are subject to an obligation to publish non-financial information pursuant to Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of June 26, 2013 on the annual financial statements, consolidated financial statements and related reports of certain types of undertakings, amending Directive 2006/43/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Council Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC (the Non-Financial Reporting Directive), the EU Taxonomy Regulation is applicable to us, and subsequently, we must disclose information on how and to what extent our activities are associated with economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable. This information will be disclosed in our Dutch Annual Report.

On January 5, 2023, the CSRD entered into force. The CSRD modernizes and strengthens the rules about the social and environmental information that companies have to report. The CSRD aims to ensure that investors and other stakeholders have access to the information they need to assess investment risks arising from climate change and other sustainability topics. As of our reporting in relation to financial year 2024, the CSRD will require us to disclose information on the basis of European Sustainability Reporting Standards (“ESRS”) in our annual report. Based on the CSRD, we will be required to report on the way we operate and manage social and environmental challenges. In connection with these reporting obligations we will be required to formulate long-term ESG targets, policy, strategic plans and to conduct due diligence for our own operations and supply chain. Under the CSRD, further transparency rules are introduced on division of roles and responsibilities within the Company for our ESG targets. The CSRD also makes it mandatory for companies to have an audit of the sustainability information that they report. The ESRS, that are currently being further developed, require us to disclose detailed information on environmental protection, social responsibility and treatment of employees, respect for human rights, anti-corruption, bribery and on diversity. This information will be disclosed in our Dutch Annual Report starting from financial year 2024.

37


Table of Contents

 

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Overview

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 20-F.  20-F. The following discussion contains statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, particularly in the sections “— Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates”, “— Business Outlook”, “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “— Financial Outlook:  Capital Investment”. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements.  statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to the factors set forth below, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors”. We assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk factors.

Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by us include, but are not limited to:

 

sales returnsallowances and allowances;returns;

 

inventory obsolescence reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory;

 

recognition and measurement of loss contingencies;

 

valuation at fair value of assets acquired or sold, including intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets;liabilities assumed on business acquisitions, and measurement of any contingent consideration;

 

annual and trigger-based impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets, as well as the assessment in each reporting period, of events, which could trigger impairment testing on long-lived assets;

 

recognition and measurementassessment of restructuring charges and other related closure costs;our long-lived assets economic useful lives;

 

assumptions used in measuring expected credit losses and impairment charges on financial assets;

assumptions used in assessing the number of awards expected to vest on stock-based compensation plans;

 

assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and other long-term employee benefits;

allocation between debt and equity of the various components of an issued, or converted, hybrid instrument and measurement at fair value of the liability component based on a discount rate adjustment technique income approach; and

 

determination of the amount of taxestax expected to be paid and tax benefit expected to be received, including deferred income tax assets, valuation allowance and provisions for uncertain tax positions and claims.

We base the estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends, market information used by market participants and the latest available business plans that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While we regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions, the actual results we experience could differ materially and adversely from our estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:

3238


Table of Contents

 

Revenue recognition. Arrangements with customers are considered contracts if all the following criteria are met: (a) parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform their respective obligations; (b) each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred can be identified; (c) payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred can be identified; (d) the contract has commercial substance and (e) collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable.  probable. We recognize revenue from products sold to a customer, including distributors, when we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to the customer. customer. In certain circumstances, we may enter into agreements that concern principally revenues from services, where the performance obligation is satisfied over time. time. The objective when allocating the transaction price is to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. The payment terms typically range between 30 and 90 days. Certain of our customers require us to hold inventory as consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they require it.  it. Revenue for sales of such inventory is recognized when, at the customer’s option, the products are withdrawn from the consignment and we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to the customer.customer.

Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers on their existing inventory of our products to compensate them for declineschanges in market prices. We accrue a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a significant change in the current marketselling price. The short outstanding inventory time, period, visibility into the inventory product pricing and long distributor pricing history have enabled us to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of “Net sales” in the consolidated statements of income at the time of the sale.

Our customers occasionally return our products for technical reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if we determine that products do not conform, we will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit note or rebate of the purchase price. Quality returns are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with end-user customers, not with distribution channels. We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of “Net sales” in the consolidated statements of income, using past historyhistorical and current conditions to form a reasonable estimate of future returns.

Our insurance policy relating to product liability covers third party physical damages and bodily injury, indirect financial damages as well as immaterial non-consequential damages caused by defective products.  We record a provision for warranty costs as a charge against “Cost of sales” in the consolidated statements of income, based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management had determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to our determination that we are at fault for damages, and that such claims usually must be submitted within a short period of time following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. Our contractual terms and conditions typically limit our liability to the sales value of the products that gave rise to the claims.

Our insurance policy relating to product liability covers third-party physical damages and bodily injury, indirect financial damages as well as immaterial non-consequential damages caused by defective products.

In addition to product sales, we enter into arrangements with customers consisting in transferring licenses or related to license services. The revenue generated from these arrangements areis reported on the line “Other revenues” of the consolidated statementstatements of income. Other revenues also include patent royalty income, sale of scrap materials and manufacturing by-products.

33


Table of Contents

Trade accounts receivable. We maintain anWe use a lifetime expected credit losses allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inabilityall trade receivables. The allowance includes reasonable assumptions about future credit trends. The historical loss rates are adjusted to make required payments.  In addition, we record an allowance for any specific account we consider as doubtful.  In 2019, we did not record any new material specific charge related to doubtful customers.  If we receivereflect current and forward-looking information thaton macro-economic factors affecting the financial conditionability of our customers has deteriorated, resultingto settle the receivables. Adjustments to the expected credit losses allowance are reported in an impairmentthe line “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.income.

Business combinations and goodwill. The acquisition method of accounting applied to business combinations requires extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the identifiableacquired assets acquired andless assumed liabilities, assumed.including any contingent consideration, net of related deferred tax impacts. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if business

39


Table of Contents

conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. AtAs of December 31, 2019,2022, the value of goodwill in our Consolidated Balance Sheetconsolidated balance sheet amounted to $162$297 million.

Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in business combinations is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually, as of the end of the third quarter, or more frequently if a triggering event indicating a possible impairment exists. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at athe reporting unit level. This impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit forunder which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower,A goodwill impairment charge, if any, is recorded for the implied fair value of theamount by which a reporting unit goodwill is then compared to theunit’s carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”.exceeds its fair value. Significant management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows associated with the reporting unit, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting unit’s market penetration and its revenues evolution, the market acceptance of certain new technologies and products, the relevant cost structure, the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of the semiconductor market, our sales expectations and our costs evaluation,evolution, and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may prove to be incorrect, and future adverse changes in market conditions, changes in strategies, lack of performance of major customers or operating results of acquired businesses that are not in line with our estimates may require impairments.

We performed our annual impairment test of goodwill asduring the fourth quarter of the end of the third quarters of 2019, 2018 and 20172022 and concluded that there was no goodwill impairment loss. Impairment charges could result from new valuations triggered by changes in our product portfolio or strategic alternatives, particularly in the event of a downward shift in future revenues or operating cash flows in relation to our current plans or in case of capital injections by, or equity transfers to, third parties at a value lower than the current carrying value.

Intangible assets subject to amortization. Intangible assets subject to amortization include intangible assets purchased from third parties recorded at cost and intangible assets acquired in business combinations initially recorded at fair value, comprised mainly of technologies and licenses, and capitalized computer software. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are reflected net of any impairment losses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Amortization begins when the intangible asset is available for use and is calculated usingits intended use. Amortization reflects the pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, which usually consists in applying the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over theirthe estimated useful lives. The carrying value of intangible assets with finite useful lives is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We evaluate the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at each reporting date to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. amortization. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our sales expectations. They are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect and that future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results of businesses acquired may not be in line with our estimates and may therefore require us to recognize impairment charges on certain intangible assets.

In 2019 and 2018, respectively, 2022, we recorded a $38 million impairment loss related to certain technologies acquired from a recent business combination. In 2021 and 2020, we impaired $1 million and $4 million, and $2 million impairment charge onrespectively, of acquired licenses and technologies for which it was determined that they hadwith no alternative future alternative use.  During 2017, we did not record any impairment charges on intangible assets.  

34


Table of Contents

We will continue to monitor the carrying value of our assets. If market conditions deteriorate, this could result in future non-cash impairment charges against earnings.losses. Further impairment charges could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in our product portfolio or by strategic transactions, particularly in the event of a downward shift in future revenues or operating cash flows in relation to our current plans or in case of capital injections by, or equity transfers to, third parties at a value lower than the one underlying the carrying amount.

AtAs of December 31, 2019,2022, the value of intangible assets subject to amortization in our Consolidated Balance Sheetconsolidated balance sheet amounted to $299$405 million.

40


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment. Our business requires substantial investments in technologically advanced manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, theThe largest component of our long-lived assets is our manufacturing equipment primarily in our front-end activities, for which the useful life is estimated to be six years, except for our 300 mm300mm manufacturing equipment whose useful life is estimated to be ten years. This estimate is based on our experience using the equipment over time. Depreciation expense is an important element of our manufacturing cost structure. We begin to depreciate newly acquiredproperty, plant and equipment when it is placed into service.ready for its intended use.

We evaluate each period whether there is reason to suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets held and usedfor use might not be recoverable. recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this assessment, such as: restructuring plans, significant changes in the technology, market, economic or legal environment in which we operate, available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, we initially assess whether the carrying value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets.assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. We normally estimate this fair value based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of our fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. We also evaluate and adjust, if appropriate, the assets’ useful lives at each reporting date or when impairment indicators are identified.  Assets classified as held for sale are reported as current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of their carrying amountdate. In 2022, 2021 and fair value less costs to sell and are2020, no longer depreciated.  In 2019, we impaired $3 million of long-lived assets. In 2018 and 2017, nosignificant impairment charge was recorded on property, plant and equipment.  The impairment on the assets held for sale was nil for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our sales expectations, from which we derive the future production needs and loading of our manufacturing facilities, and which are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. These plans are highly variable due to the high volatility of the semiconductor business and therefore are subject to continuous modifications. If future growth differs from the estimates used in our plans, in terms of both market growth and production allocation to our manufacturing plants, this could require a further review of the carrying amount of our tangible assets and result in a potential impairment loss.

As of December 31, 2022, we did not hold any significant assets for sale.

Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. CostActual cost is based on an adjusted standard cost, which approximates cost on a first-in first-out basis for all categories of inventory (raw materials, work-in-process, finished products). Actual costs are therefore dependent on our manufacturing performance and cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting the standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; therefore, the cost is dependent onnormal utilization of our manufacturing performance.production capacity. In the case of underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we estimate the costs associated with the unused capacity. These costs are not included in the valuation of inventory but are charged directly to cost of sales in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income.income. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.

We perform, on a continuous basis, inventory write-offs of products,inventories, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old production dates and technical obsolescence. The valuation ofWe evaluate inventory requires us to estimate a reserve foridentify obsolete or slow-selling inventoryitems, as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality.quality and we record a specific reserve if we estimate the inventory will eventually become obsolete. Reserve for obsolescence is estimated for excess uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarters’historical sales data, order backlog and production plans. To the extent that future negative market conditions generate order backlog cancellations and declining sales, or if future conditions are less favorable than the projected revenue assumptions, we could record additional inventory reserve, which would have a negative impact on our gross margin.

35


Table of Contents

Restructuring charges.  We have undertaken, and we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our existing activities.  We recognize the fair value of a liability for costs associated with exiting an activity when we have a present obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  Given the significance and timing of the execution of our restructuring activities, the process is complex and involves periodic reviews of estimates made at the time the original decisions were taken.  This process can require a significant amount of time due to requisite governmental and customer approvals and our capability to transfer technology and know-how to other locations.  As we operate in a highly cyclical industry, we monitor and evaluate business conditions on a regular basis.  If broader or newer initiatives, which could include production curtailment or closure of other manufacturing facilities, were to be taken, we may incur additional charges as well as change estimates of the amounts previously recorded.  The potential impact of these changes could be material and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.  In 2019 the restructuring charges and other related closure costs were nil. In 2018 and 2017, the restructuring charges and other related closure costs amounted to $19 million and $45 million before taxes, respectively, mainly in connection with our set-top box restructuring plan.  

Share-based compensation. Our share-based service awards are granted to senior executives and selected employees. We measure the cost of share-based service awards based on the fair value of the awards as of the grant date reflecting the market price of the underlying shares at the date of the grant, reduced by the present value of the dividends expected to be paid on the shares during the requisite service period. Our share-based service awards are granted to senior executives and selected employees.  While the awards granted to selected employees are subject to a three-year service period, the awards granted to the senior executives are subject to both a three-year service period and the fulfillment of certain performance conditions, including our financial results when compared to industry performance. The expense is recognized over the requisite service period. In 2019,2022, approximately one-half of the total amount of shares awarded were granted to senior executives and consequently were contingent on the achievement of performance conditions. In order to

41


Table of Contents

determine share-based compensation to be recorded for the period, we use significant estimates on the number of awards expected to vest, including the probability of achieving the fixed performance conditions including those relating to industry performanceour financial results compared to our financial results,industry performance, and our best estimates of award forfeitures and employees’ service periods. Our assumptions related to industry performance are generally taken with a one quarter lag in line with the availability of market information. In 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, we recorded a total charge of approximately $145$215 million, $125$221 million and $61$155 million relating to our outstanding stock award plans, respectively.

Financial assets. We classify ourThe financial assets held at reporting date are primarily receivables, debt securities and equity securities. Receivables are measured at amortized cost less any currently expected credit loss allowance. Investments in the following two categories, tradingequity securities that have readily determinable fair values and available-for-sale.  The classification depends on the nature of the instruments and the purpose for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence are classified as financial assets were acquired.measured at fair value through earnings. For investments in equity securities without readily determinable fair values and for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence, we have elected to apply the cost-method as a measurement alternative. We determine the classification of our financial assets at initial recognition.  Purchases and sales of

Debt securities are classified as-available-for-sale financial assets, are recognized on the trade date - the date on which we commit to purchase or sell the asset. Equity securities are measured atwith changes in fair value through earnings and debt securities classifiedrecognized as available-for-sale are measured at fair value througha component of other comprehensive income. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and we have transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership; the relevant gain (loss) is reported as a non-operating element on theincome in our consolidated statements of income on the line “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net”. The basis on which the cost of a security sold and the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings, if any, are determined is the specific identification method.  income.

The fair values of quoted debt and equitypublicly traded securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, we measure fair value by using assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value, we make maximum use of market inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

As of December 31, 2022, we did not hold any material equity securities reported under the equity method. Debt securities totaled $679 million and were reported as marketable securities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

Income taxes. We make estimates and judgments in determining income tax for the period, comprising current and deferred income tax. We assess the income tax expected to be paid or the tax benefit expected to be received related to the current year taxable profit and loss in each individual tax jurisdiction and recognize deferred income tax for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Furthermore, at each reporting date, we assess all material open incomeuncertain tax positions in all tax jurisdictions to determine any uncertain tax positions which would require a provision for the amount of income tax benefits that we do not expect to reasonably sustain. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had $48 million of estimated liabilities on uncertain tax positions.positions estimated at $61 million.

36


Table of Contents

We also assess the likelihood of realization of our deferred tax assets. Their ultimate realization is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate future taxable profit available, or tax credits before their expiration, or our ability to implement prudent and feasible tax optimization strategies,planning, or the possibility to settle uncertain tax positions against available net operating loss carry forwards, or similar tax losses and credits. We record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets when we consider it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had non-current deferred tax assets of $695$602 million, net of valuation allowances.allowance.

We could be required to record further valuation allowances thereby reducing the amount of total deferred tax assets, resulting in an increase ofin our income tax charge, if our estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from available tax strategies are reduced as a result of a change in business conditions or in management’s plans or due to other factors, or if changes in current tax regulations are enacted that impose restrictions on the timing or extent of our ability to utilize net operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards in the future. Likewise, a change in the tax rates applicable in the various jurisdictions or unfavorable outcomes of any ongoing tax audits could have a material impact on our future tax provisions in the periods in which these changes could occur.

Pension and Post-Employment Benefits. Our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Incomeincome and our Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheets include amounts for pension obligations and post-employmentother long-term employee benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. AtAs of December 31, 2019,2022, our pension and post-employmentother long-term employee benefit obligations net of plan assets amounted to $455$405 million. These valuations are based on key assumptions, including discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on funds, turnover rates and salary increase rates.

42


Table of Contents

These assumptions used in the determination of the net periodic benefit cost are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. Any changes in the pension schemes or in the above assumptions can have an impact on our valuations. The measurement date we use for our plans is December 31.

Patent and other Intellectual Property (“IP”) litigation or claims. We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on current information available to us. Such estimates are difficult to the extent that they are largely dependent on the status of ongoing litigation that may vary based on positions taken by the court with respect to issues submitted, demands of opposing parties, changing laws, discovery of new facts or other matters of fact or law. As of December 31, 2019,2022, based on our current evaluation of ongoing litigation and claims we face, we have not estimated any amounts that could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition with respect to either probable or possible risks. In the event of litigation that is adversely determined with respect to our interests, or in the event that we need to change our evaluation of a potential third-party claim based on new evidence, facts or communications, unexpected rulings or changes in the law, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize. We are in discussion with several parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible infringement of IP rights. We are also involved in certain legal proceedings concerning such issues. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” and Note 26 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

37


Table of Contents

Other claims. We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but are not limited to: product liability claims and/or warranty costs on our products, not covered by insurance, breach of contractcontractual disputes, indemnification claims, employee grievances, tax claims beyond assessed uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental damages. We are also exposed to numerous legal risks which until now have not resulted in legal disputes and proceedings. These include risks related to product recalls, environment, anti-trust, anti-corruption and competition as well as other compliance regulations. We may also face claims in the event of breaches of law committed by individual employees or third parties. In determining loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the occurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly re-evaluate any losses and claims and determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. As of December 31, 2019,2022, based on our current evaluation of ongoing litigation and claims we face, we have not estimated any amounts that could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition with respect to either probable or possible risks. In the event we are unable to accurately estimate the amount of such loss in a correct and timely manner, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time such loss was to materialize. For further details of our legal proceedings refer to “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” and Note 26 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fiscal Year 20192022

Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period end of each fiscal year. In 2019,2022, the first quarter ended on March 30,April 2, the second quarter ended on June 29,July 2, the third quarter ended on September 28October 1 and the fourth quarter ended on December 31. In 2020,2023, the first quarter will end on March 28,April 1, the second quarter will end on June 27,July 1, the third quarter will end on September 2630 and the fourth quarter will end on December 31. Based on our fiscal calendar, the distribution of our revenues and expenses by quarter may be unbalanced due to a different number of days in the various quarters of the fiscal year and can also differ from equivalent prior years’ periods, as illustrated in the below table for the years 2018, 20192021, 2022 and 2020.2023.

 

 

 

Q1

 

 

Q2

 

 

Q3

 

 

Q4

 

 

 

Days

 

2018

 

 

90

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

93

 

2019

 

 

89

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

94

 

2020

 

 

88

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

Q1

 

 

Q2

 

 

Q3

 

 

Q4

 

 

 

Days

 

2021

 

 

93

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

90

 

2022

 

 

92

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

2023

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

92

 

 

201943


Table of Contents

2022 Business Overview

Our results of operations for each period were as follows:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

(In millions, except per

share amounts)

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions, except per share

amounts)

 

 

(In millions, except per

share amounts)

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions, except per share

amounts)

 

Net revenues

 

$

9,556

 

 

$

9,664

 

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

2,553

 

 

$

2,648

 

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

4,424

 

 

$

4,321

 

 

$

3,556

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

3,861

 

 

 

1,081

 

 

 

967

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

7,635

 

 

 

5,326

 

 

 

2,102

 

 

 

2,059

 

 

 

1,609

 

Gross margin as percentage of net

revenues.

 

 

38.7

%

 

 

40.0

%

 

 

39.3

%

 

 

37.9

%

 

 

40.0

%

Gross margin as percentage of net

revenues

 

 

47.3

%

 

 

41.7

%

 

 

47.5

%

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

45.2

%

Operating income

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

443

 

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

1,272

 

 

 

885

 

Net income attributable to parent

company

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

418

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.14

 

 

$

1.41

 

 

$

0.43

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.46

 

Operating margin

 

 

27.5

%

 

 

19.0

%

 

 

29.1

%

 

 

29.4

%

 

 

24.9

%

Net income attributable to parent

company(1)

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,248

 

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

750

 

Diluted earnings per share(2)

 

 

4.19

 

 

 

2.16

 

 

 

1.32

 

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

0.82

 

 

(1)

Following a change in U.S. GAAP reporting guidance effective January 1, 2022, net income for the full year 2022 and the third and fourth quarters of 2022, do not include phantom interests associated with convertible bonds. Prior year comparative periods have not been restated.

(2)

Diluted earnings per share for the full year 2022 and the third and fourth quarters of 2022, include the full dilutive effect of our outstanding convertible debt upon adoption of the new U.S. GAAP reporting guidance adopted on January 1, 2022. Prior year comparative periods have not been restated.

TheOur total available market is defined as the “TAM”, while theour serviceable available market the “SAM”, is defined as “SAM” and represents the market for products sold by us (which consists of the(i.e., TAM and excludesexcluding major devices such as Microprocessors (“MPUs”), Dynamic random-access memories (“DRAMs”),microprocessors, DRAM and flash-memories, optoelectronics devices Flash Memoriesother than optical sensors, video processing and the Wireless Application Specificwireless application specific market products, such as Basebandbaseband and Application Processor)application processors).

38


Table of Contents

Based on industry data published by WSTS, semiconductor industry revenues in 2019 decreased2022 increased on a year-over-year basis by approximately 12%3% for the TAM while it remains substantially flatand by approximately 16% for the SAM, to reach approximately $412$573 billion and $194$285 billion, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2019,2022, on a year-over-year basis, the TAM decreased by approximately 6%, while15% and the SAM increased by approximately 2%4%. Sequentially, the TAM increaseddecreased by approximately 1%, while8% and the SAM decreased by approximately 3%.

Our 2019 financial performance, withFull year 2022 net revenues of $9.56increased 26.4% to $16.13 billion, driven by strong demand in automotive and industrial, and our engaged customer programs; gross margin of 38.7%was 47.3% and operating margin of 12.6% is aligned with the full year expectations we provided in April 2019.was 27.5%.

We closed 2019 with a solid fourth quarter sales and financial performance. In theOur fourth quarter net revenues were up 4.0%amounted to $4,424 million, increasing 24.4% year-over-year, gross margin reached 39.3%was 47.5%, and operating margin was 16.7%29.1%. On a sequential basis, fourth quarter net revenues grew by 7.9%increased 2.4%, with all product group contributing to the growth, and 29060 basis points above the mid-point of our guidance. ADG and MDG reported increases in net revenues on a sequential basis, while AMS decreased.

Our quarterly performance was above the SAM both sequentially and on a year-over-yearsequential basis.

Our effective average exchange rate was $1.14$1.10 for €1.00 for the full year 2019,2022, as compared to $1.18 for €1.00 for the full year 2018.2021. Our effective average exchange rate for the fourth quarter of 20192022 was $1.12$1.04 for €1.00, compared to $1.14$1.08 for €1.00 for the third quarter of 20192022 and $1.17 for €1.00 in the fourth quarter of 2018.2021. For a more detailed discussion of our hedging arrangements and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, see “Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates”.

Our 20192022 gross margin decreased 130increased 560 basis points to 38.7%47.3% from 40.0%41.7% in 2018 mainly due to normal price pressure and increased unsaturation charges, partially offset2021, principally driven by favorable pricing, improved manufacturing efficiencies, better product mix and favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.hedging, partially offset by the inflation of manufacturing input costs.

44


Table of Contents

Our fourth quarter 20192022 gross profit was $2,102 million and gross margin was 39.3%47.5%, 11020 basis points above the mid-point of our guidance, improving sequentiallyprincipally driven by 140a more favorable product mix. On a sequential basis, gross margin decreased by 10 basis points. On a year-over-year basis, gross margin increased 230 basis points, mainly driven bydue to favorable pricing, improved product mix, and better manufacturing efficiencies.  Our gross margin decreased 70 basis points year-over-year, mainly impacted by price pressure and unsaturation charges, partially offset by improved manufacturing efficiencies, better product mix and favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.hedging, partially offset by the inflation of manufacturing input costs.

Our operating expenses, comprised of aggregated selling, general & administrative (“SG&A&A”) and research & development (“R&D&D”) expenses, amounted to $2,591$3,355 million in 2019,2022, increasing by about 3.9%10.2% from $2,493$3,046 million in the prior year, mainly due to salary dynamic, increased spendinghigher cost of labor and higher levels of activity, primarily in certain R&D programs, and higher share-based compensation cost, partially offset by favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.  Combinedeffects. Aggregated R&D and SG&A expenses were $672$850 million for the fourth quarter of 2019,2022, compared to $629$815 million and $630$752 million in the prior and year-ago quarters, respectively. The sequential increase was mainly due to seasonality associated with lower vacation days and salary dynamic.higher activity, primarily on R&D programs. The year-over-year increase of operating expenses was mainly due to salary dynamichigher cost of labor and increasedhigher activity, on certain R&D programs, and was partially offset by favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.effects.

Other income and expenses, net, was $103were $159 million in 20192022 compared to $53$141 million in 2018,2021, increasing mainly due to a higher level of R&D grants, mainly benefittingincome from the grants associated with the programs part of the European Commission IPCEI in Italy and in France.public funding. Fourth quarter other income and expenses, net, was $54were $35 million, compared to negative $2$28 million in the prior quarter and $16$32 million in the year-ago quarter, reflecting mainly driven by higher R&D grants in Italy associated with the IPCEI program.income from public funding.

In 2019,2022, no impairment and restructuring charges were $5 millionreported compared to $21 million in 2018. Impairment and restructuring charges in the fourth quarter were $3 million compared to nil in the prior quarter and $2 million in the year-ago quarters.2021.

Operating income in 20192022 was $1,203$4,439 million, decreasingincreasing by $197$2,020 million compared to 2018,2021, mainly driven by normal price pressure, increased unsaturation chargesthe combining effect of higher revenues and higher R&D spending,improved gross margin profitability, partially offset by higher level of grants and favorable currency effects, net of hedging.  operating expenses.

Operating income in the fourth quarter grew on a sequential and year-over-year basis to $460$1,287 million compared to $336$1,272 million and $443$885 million in the prior quarter and year-ago quarters, respectively,quarter, respectively. The year-over-year increase was mainly driven by higher revenues improved product mix and aincreased gross margin profitability, partially offset by higher level of grants.operating expenses.

39


Table of Contents

Full year 20192022 net income was $1,032$3,960 million, or $1.14$4.19 diluted earnings per share, compared to net income of $1,287$2,000 million, or $1.41$2.16 diluted earnings per share for the full year 2018.2021.  Fourth quarter net income increased on a sequential basis and decreased on a year-over-year basis to $392$1,248 million, or $0.43$1.32 diluted earnings per share, compared to net income of $302$1,099 million, or $0.34$1.16 diluted earnings per share, in the prior quarter, and a net income of $418$750 million, or $0.46$0.82 diluted earnings per share, in the year-ago quarter.

CapitalDuring 2022, our net cash from operating activities was at $5,202 million. Our net cash used in investing activities was at $4,591 million with capital expenditure payments, net of proceeds from sales were $236at $920 million and $1.17 billion$3,524 million during the fourth quarter and full year 2019, respectively.  Full year 2018 capital expenditures, net of proceeds from sales, were $1.26 billion.  

During 2019, our net cash increased by $341 million, with net cash from operating activities reaching $1.87 billion.  During 2019, we paid $1272022, respectively, compared to $1,828 million for the acquisition of Norstel, $214 million of cash dividends to shareholders, $144 million for long-term debt repayment and $250 million for the repurchase of common stock.full year 2021.

Our free cash flow, a non-U.S. GAAP measure, amounted to $497$1,591 million in 20192022 compared to $533$1,120 million in 2018.2021. Refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for the reconciliation of the free cash flow, a non-U.S. GAAP measure, to our consolidated statements of cash flow statement.flows.

During 2022, we received $200 million of proceeds from long-term debt and used $346 million for the repurchase of common stock, $212 million of cash dividends to our shareholders and $134 million for long-term debt repayment.

Business Outlook

Our first quarter 20202023 outlook reflects revenues of approximately $2.36$4.20 billion at the mid-point, increasing year-over-year by about 13.7%. Sequentially, this represents18.5%, and decreasing on a decrease of approximately 14.3%sequential basis by 5.1%, plus or minus 350 basis points. Gross margin is expected to be at approximately 38.0%48.0%, plus or minus 200 basis points, including 80 basis points of unsaturation charges.points. For 2020,2023, we plan to invest about $4.0 billion in capital expenditures, mainly to increase our capital investment at approximately $1.5300mm wafer fabs and silicon carbide manufacturing capacity including our substrate initiative.

Based on our strong customer demand and increased manufacturing capacity, we will drive the Company based on a plan for 2023 revenues in the range of $16.8 billion to support our strategic initiatives and revenue growth and to achieve our mid-term revenue target$17.8 billion.

45


Table of $12 billion.Contents

This outlook is based on an assumed effective currency exchange rate of approximately $1.12$1.06 = €1.00 for the 20202023 first quarter and includes the impact of existing hedging contracts.  contracts. The first quarter will close on March 28, 2020.April 1, 2023.

These are forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to those known risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” herein.

Other Developments

On January 15, 2020,December 13, 2022, we announced that we have been recognized for leadership in corporate transparency and performance on water security by global environmental non-profit CDP, securing a place on CDP’s annual “A List”.

On December 1, 2022, we announced the signingcooperation with Soitec on Silicon Carbide (SiC) substrates, with the qualification of a multi-year silicon carbide (SiC) wafers supply agreement with SiCrystal, a ROHM group company. The agreement governs the supply of over $120 million of advanced 150 mm silicon carbide wafersSoitec’s SiC substrate technology by SiCrystal to us during this period of demand ramp-up for silicon carbide power devices.

In December 2019, our President, Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Mr. Philippe Brun left the Company.

On December 2, 2019, we announced the closing of the full acquisition of Swedish SiC wafer manufacturer Norstel AB (“Norstel”). We exercised our option to acquire the remaining 45% share capital, following the initial transaction with respect to the acquisition of 55% of Norstel’s share capital as previously announced on February 7, 2019. The total consideration for the acquisition of Norstel was $137.5 million, funded with available cash.

40


Table of Contents

On November 19, 2019 we announced the expansion and extension of an existing multi-year, long-term SiC wafer supply agreement with Cree, Inc (“Cree”) to more than $500 million. The extended agreement is a doubling in value of the original January 7, 2019 agreement for the supply of Cree’s advanced 150 mm silicon carbide bare and epitaxial wafersST planned over the next several years. The increased wafer supply enables18 months.

On October 5, 2022, we announced our plan to build an integrated Silicon Carbide (SiC) substrate manufacturing facility in Italy to support the semiconductor leaders to address the rapidly growingincreasing demand from our customers for silicon carbide powerSiC devices globally, particularly inacross automotive and industrial applications. This facility, built at our Catania site in Italy alongside the existing SiC device manufacturing facility, will be a first of a kind in Europe for the production in volume of 150mm SiC epitaxial substrates, integrating all steps in the production flow. Production is expected to start in 2023, enabling a balanced supply of SiC substrate between internal and merchant supply.

On August 21, 201924, 2022, we published our IFRS 20192022 Semi Annual Accounts for the six-month period ended June 29, 2019July 2, 2022 on our website and filed them with the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit(Autoriteit Financiële Markten)Markten) (“AFM”).

On August 4, 2022, we signed a Commercial and Cooperation Agreement with GlobalFoundries to create a new, jointly-operated 300mm semiconductor manufacturing facility adjacent to ST’s existing 300mm facility in Crolles, France. This facility is targeted to ramp at full capacity by 2026, with up to 620,000 300mm wafer per year production at full build-out. The project remains subject to regulatory approvals from the European Commission’s DG Competition.

On July 20, 2022, we announced a new cooperation model with CARIAD, the software unit of Volkswagen Group, under which the underlying parties will jointly develop an automotive system-on-chip (SoC). The planned cooperation targets the new generation of Volkswagen Group vehicles that will be based on the unified and scalable software platform. At the same time, the parties indicated that they are moving to agree that TSMC, one of the world's leading dedicated semiconductor foundry companies, will manufacture the SoC wafers for ST.

On July 11, 2022, we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with GlobalFoundries to create a new, jointly-operated 300mm semiconductor manufacturing facility adjacent to ST’s existing 300mm facility in Crolles, France. This facility is targeted to ramp at full capacity by 2026, with up to 620,000 300mm wafer per year production at full build-out.

On May 23, 201925, 2022, we announced that all of the proposed resolutions were adopted at the Company's Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (“AGM”), which was held our AGM in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The mainproposed resolutions, all approved by the shareholders, were:

 

The adoption of the Company's Statutory Annual Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, prepared in accordance with IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS-EU) and filed with the AFMNetherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) on March 27, 2019 and posted on the Company's website (www.st.com) and the AFM's website (www.afm.nl);24, 2022;

 

The distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company'sCompany’s common stock to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 20192022 and first quarter of 2020 to shareholders of record in the month of each quarterly payment;2023;

 

The reappointment of Ms. Martine Verluyten, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a one-year term expiring at the 2020 AGM;

The reappointment of Ms. Janet Davidson, as member of the Supervisory Board for a three-yeartwo-year term expiringto expire at the 2022end of the 2024 AGM; and

46


Table of Contents

 

The appointment of Ms. Lucia Morselli, in replacement of Mr. Salvatore Manzi,Donatella Sciuto, as member of the Supervisory Board, for a three-year term expiring at the end of the 2025 AGM in replacement of Ms. Lucia Morselli whose mandate expired at the end of the 2022 AGM.AGM;

The approval of the stock-based portion of the compensation of the President and CEO;

The authorization to the Managing Board, until the end of the 2023 AGM, to repurchase shares, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board;

The delegation to the Supervisory Board of the authority to issue new common shares, to grant rights to subscribe for such shares, and to limit and/or exclude existing shareholders’ pre-emptive rights on common shares, until the end of the 2023 AGM;

The discharge of the sole member of the Managing Board; and

The discharge of the members of the Supervisory Board.

On May 22, 201912, 2022, we outlined the path to our $20 billion+ revenue ambition at our Capital Markets Day in Paris, France.

On May 3, 2022, we announced the publication of our 2018 Sustainability Report.25th sustainability report detailing our 2021 performance.

On April 8, 2022, we announced a new collaboration with other leading semiconductor players to advance the next generation FD-SOI roadmap for Automotive, IoT and Mobile Applications.

On March 27, 20192, 2022, we announced that the main resolutionsEuropean Investment Bank is providing us with a €600 million loan to be submitted for adoption atsupport our AGM heldresearch and development and pre-industrialisation activities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, on May 23, 2019.Europe.

On January 7, 2019, Cree, Inc and ST announced signing of a multi-year agreement, in which Cree will produce and supply SiC wafers to STMicroelectronics.  The agreement governs the supply of Cree’s 150 mm SiC bare and epitaxial wafers to ST.

41


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Segment Information

We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full‑custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, we further participate in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcardsmartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.smartcards.

Our reportable segments are as follows:

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG), comprised of dedicated automotive ICs (both digital and analog)integrated circuits (“ICs”), and discrete and power transistor products for all market segments.products.

 

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS), comprised of low-power high-end analog, ICs (both custom and general purpose) for all markets, smart power, products for Industrial, Computer and personal electronics markets, Touch Screen Controllers, Low Power Connectivity solutions (both wireline and wireless) for IoT, power conversion products, metering solutions for Smart Grid, specialized imagingMEMS sensors and modules,actuators, and all MEMS products for sensors or Actuators.optical sensing solutions.

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG), comprised of general purposegeneral-purpose microcontrollers and secure microcontrollers, EEPROMmicroprocessors, connected security products (e.g. embedded secured elements and NFC readers), memories Digital ASICs, Aerospace(e.g. serial and Defense products including components for microwavepage EEPROM) and millimeter wave.RF and Communications products.

Effective JanuaryJuly 1, 2018,2022, the SubsystemsLow Power RF business unit was transferred from OthersAMS (within the Analog sub-group) to AMS.MDG (within the Microcontrollers and Memories sub-group) with no significant impact on our segment reporting. Prior year periods have been restatedadjusted accordingly.

For the computation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, we use certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrativeSG&A expenses and a part of research and developmentR&D expenses. In compliance with our internal policies, certain costs are not allocated to the segments, but reported in “Others”. Net revenues of “Others” include revenues from sales assembly services and includeother revenues. Operating income (loss) of Others includes items such as unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, management reorganization expenses, unused capacity charges, phase-out and start-up costs of certain manufacturing facilities, certain one-time corporate items,and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic andor special research and developmentR&D programs, or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate-level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and certain other miscellaneous charges.costs that are not allocated to

47


Table of Contents

product groups, as well as operating earnings of other products. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense is part of the manufacturing costs allocated to the segments and is neither identified as part of the inventory variation nor as part of the unused capacity charges; therefore, it cannot be isolated in the costscost of goods sold.sales. Finally, R&Dpublic grants are allocated to our segments proportionally to the incurred R&D expenses on the sponsored projects.

Wafer costs are allocated to the segments based on actual cost. From time to time, with respect to specific technologies, wafer costs are allocated to segments based on market price.

42


Table of Contents

Annual Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial data from our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income:income:

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

Net sales

 

$

9,529

 

 

 

99.7

%

 

$

9,612

 

 

 

99.5

%

 

$

8,308

 

 

 

99.5

%

 

$

16,083

 

 

 

99.7

%

 

$

12,729

 

 

 

99.7

%

 

$

10,181

 

 

 

99.6

%

Other revenues

 

 

27

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

0.4

 

Net revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

10,219

 

 

 

100.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(5,860

)

 

 

(61.3

)

 

 

(5,803

)

 

 

(60.0

)

 

 

(5,075

)

 

 

(60.8

)

 

 

(8,493

)

 

 

(52.7

)

 

 

(7,435

)

 

 

(58.3

)

 

 

(6,430

)

 

 

(62.9

)

Gross profit

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

38.7

 

 

 

3,861

 

 

 

40.0

 

 

 

3,272

 

 

 

39.2

 

 

 

7,635

 

 

 

47.3

 

 

 

5,326

 

 

 

41.7

 

 

 

3,789

 

 

 

37.1

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(11.4

)

 

 

(1,095

)

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

(981

)

 

 

(11.8

)

 

 

(1,454

)

 

 

(9.0

)

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

(10.4

)

 

 

(1,109

)

 

 

(10.9

)

Research and development

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

(15.7

)

 

 

(1,398

)

 

 

(14.5

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(15.5

)

 

 

(1,901

)

 

 

(11.8

)

 

 

(1,723

)

 

 

(13.5

)

 

 

(1,548

)

 

 

(15.1

)

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

103

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

1.9

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other

related closure costs

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Operating income

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

14.5

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

27.5

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

1,323

 

 

 

12.9

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

58

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Other components of pension benefit costs

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

(11

)

 

(0.1)

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(0.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Loss on financial instruments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

(0.0)

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Income before income taxes and

noncontrolling interest

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

14.4

 

 

 

953

 

 

 

11.4

 

 

 

4,486

 

 

 

27.8

 

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

12.4

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(520

)

 

 

(3.2

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Net income

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

13.4

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

24.6

 

 

 

2,006

 

 

 

15.7

 

 

 

1,108

 

 

 

10.8

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling

interest

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(0.0

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

Net income attributable to parent

company

 

$

1,032

 

 

 

10.8

%

 

$

1,287

 

 

 

13.3

%

 

$

802

 

 

 

9.6

%

Net income attributable to parent

company stockholders

 

$

3,960

 

 

 

24.6

%

 

$

2,000

 

 

 

15.7

%

 

$

1,106

 

 

 

10.8

%

 

Net revenues

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

% Variation

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

% Variation

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019 vs 2018

 

 

2018 vs 2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2022 vs 2021

 

 

2021 vs 2020

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

9,529

 

 

$

9,612

 

 

$

8,308

 

 

 

(0.9

)%

 

 

15.7

%

 

$

16,083

 

 

$

12,729

 

 

$

10,181

 

 

 

26.3

%

 

 

25.0

%

Other revenues

 

 

27

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(49.0

)

 

 

36.1

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

40.3

 

 

 

(17.2

)

Net revenues

 

$

9,556

 

 

$

9,664

 

 

$

8,347

 

 

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

15.8

%

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

10,219

 

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

24.9

%

 

Our 20192022 net revenues decreased 1.1%increased 26.4% compared to the prior year, primarily due toas a decrease in volumesresult of approximately 8%, partially compensated by an approximate 27% increase in average selling prices, of approximately 7%. The increase in the average selling prices was driven by a more favorable product mix of approximately 10%,and sales price increase, partially offset by a negative pricing effect of approximately 3%.1% decrease in volumes.

Our 20182021 net revenues increased 15.8%24.9% compared to the prior year, primarily due toas a result of an approximate 19% increase in volumes and an approximate 6% increase in average selling prices of approximately 16%, while volumes remained substantially flat. The increase in the averageprice, mainly due to higher selling prices was driven byand a more favorable product mixmix.

48


Table of approximately 18%, partially offset by a negative pricing effect of approximately 2%. Our net revenues registered double-digit growth across all product groups and geographies.Contents

In 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, our largest customer, Apple, accounted for 17.6% 16.8%, 13.1%20.5% and 10.5%23.9% of our net revenues, respectively, reported within our three product groups.

43


Table of Contents

Net revenues by product group

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019 vs 2018

 

 

2018 vs 2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

$

3,606

 

 

$

3,556

 

 

$

3,059

 

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

16.2

%

Analog MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

 

 

3,299

 

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

2,630

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

19.9

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG)

 

 

2,638

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

2,646

 

 

 

(10.3

)

 

 

11.1

 

Others

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

9,556

 

 

$

9,664

 

 

$

8,347

 

 

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2022 vs 2021

 

 

2021 vs 2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADG

 

$

5,969

 

 

$

4,350

 

 

$

3,284

 

 

 

37.2

%

 

 

32.5

%

AMS(1)

 

 

4,911

 

 

 

4,587

 

 

 

3,858

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

 

18.9

 

MDG(1)

 

 

5,228

 

 

 

3,802

 

 

 

3,064

 

 

 

37.5

 

 

 

24.1

 

Others

 

 

20

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

10,219

 

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

24.9

%

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.

For the full year 2019, our2022, ADG revenues increased 1.4% compared to the previous period. The increase was primarily due to improvedwere up 37.2% with higher average selling prices of approximately 9%40%, which was entirely duethanks to a better product mix and higher selling prices, partially offset by a decrease inlower volumes byof approximately 8%3%. AMS revenues grew 4.6%, mainly due to the double-digits growth in Imaging. The increase wasincreased 7.1% due to higher average selling prices of approximately 12%18%, as a result ofmainly due to a better product mix, and was partially offset by lower volumes of approximately 7%11%. MDG revenues were downincreased by 10.3%, mainly due to Microcontrollers. The decrease was due to lower volumes of approximately 10% while average selling prices remained substantially flat.

In 2018, all product groups registered double-digit revenue increase.  Our ADG revenues increased 16.2% for the full year 201837.5% compared to the fullprior year, 2017 on growth in both Power Discrete and Automotive. The increase was primarily due to improveddriven by higher average selling prices of approximately 21%24%, due to a better product mix and volumes decreased by approximately 5%.  The increase in averagehigher selling prices, was entirely due to improved product mix, while selling prices remained substantially flat.  AMS revenues grew 19.9%, mainly on the strong increase in Imaging.  The increase was due toand higher volumes of approximately 12%14%.

For the full year 2021, ADG revenues were up 32.5% with higher volumes of approximately 17% and higher average selling prices of approximately 8%15%, which was entirelymainly due to improvedfavorable product mix and higher selling prices. AMS revenues increased 18.9%, due to higher volumes of approximately 13%22%, whilepartially offset by lower average selling prices decreased byof approximately 5%.3%, as a result of a less favorable product mix. MDG revenues were upincreased 24.1% compared to the prior year, driven by 11.1%higher volumes of approximately 20%, with Digital and Microcontrollers & Memories equally contributing.  The increase was primarily due to higher average selling prices of approximately 11%4%, while volumes remained substantially flat.  The increase in average selling prices wasmainly due to a better product mix of approximately 13%, while thehigher selling prices effect was negative of approximately 2%.prices.

Net revenues by Market Channel(1)(1)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

(As percentage of net revenues)

 

 

(As percentage of net revenues)

 

OEM

 

 

70

%

 

 

65

%

 

 

66

%

 

 

67

%

 

 

66

%

 

 

73

%

Distribution

 

 

30

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

27

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

(1)

Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) are the end-customers to which we provide direct marketing application engineering support, while Distribution customers refers to the distributors and representatives that we engage to distribute our products around the world.

OurBy market channel, our 2022 net revenues weight in Distribution registered a decreaseamounted to 33% of 5 percentage point compared to 2018, reaching a 30% share ofour total consolidated revenues, decreasing from 34% in 2021. When comparing 2021 with 2020 figures, net revenues in 2019. In 2018 as comparedDistribution had increased by 7 percentage points, from 27% to 2017, our revenues weight in Distribution registered an increase of 1 percentage point.34%.

Net Revenues by Location of Shipment(1)(1)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

% Variation

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

% Variation

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019 vs 2018

 

 

2018 vs 2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2022 vs 2021

 

 

2021 vs 2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMEA

 

$

2,265

 

 

$

2,478

 

 

$

2,142

 

 

 

(8.6

)%

 

 

15.7

%

Europe, Middle East, Africa (“EMEA”)

 

$

3,619

 

 

$

2,557

 

 

$

1,966

 

 

 

41.6

%

 

 

30.0

%

Americas

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

1,264

 

 

 

1,085

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

16.5

 

 

 

2,310

 

 

 

1,525

 

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

51.4

 

 

 

30.9

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

5,940

 

 

 

5,922

 

 

 

5,120

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

15.7

 

 

 

10,199

 

 

 

8,679

 

 

 

7,088

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

22.5

 

Total

 

$

9,556

 

 

$

9,664

 

 

$

8,347

 

 

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

15.8

%

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

10,219

 

 

 

26.4

%

 

 

24.9

%

 

(1)

Net revenues by location of shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced or reclassified by shipment destination in line with customer demand. For example, products ordered by U.S.-basedU.S.‑based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in shipments from one location to another, as requested by our customers.

4449


Table of Contents

 

By location of shipment, in 2019,EMEA revenues grew 6.8% in Americas,41.6%, mainly driven by Power Discrete, remained substantially flathigher sales in AsiaMicrocontrollers and decreased 8.6% in EMEA,Automotive. Americas revenues increased 51.4%, mainly due to lowerhigher sales ofin Microcontrollers, Automotive, RF Communications and Power Discrete. Asia Pacific revenues increased 17.5% mainly driven by higher sales in Automotive, Microcontrollers and Power Discrete.

In 2021, EMEA revenues grew 30.0%, mainly driven by higher sales in Automotive, Microcontrollers and Power Discrete. In 2018Americas revenues grew across all regions, led by Asia Pacific and EMEA,increased 30.9%, mainly due to growthhigher sales in ImagingPower Discrete and Automotive.  Microcontrollers. Asia Pacific revenues increased 22.5% with all sub-groups except RF Communications contributing to the increase.

Gross profit

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Variation

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Variation

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019 vs 2018

 

 

2018 vs 2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2022 vs 2021

 

 

2021 vs 2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

(5,860

)

 

$

(5,803

)

 

$

(5,075

)

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

(14.3

)%

 

$

(8,493

)

 

$

(7,435

)

 

$

(6,430

)

 

 

(14.2

)%

 

 

(15.6

)%

Gross profit

 

$

3,696

 

 

$

3,861

 

 

$

3,272

 

 

 

(4.3

)%

 

 

18.0

%

 

$

7,635

 

 

$

5,326

 

 

$

3,789

 

 

 

43.4

%

 

 

40.6

%

Gross margin (as percentage of net revenues)

 

 

38.7

%

 

 

40.0

%

 

 

39.2

%

 

-130 bps

 

 

+80 bps

 

 

 

47.3

%

 

 

41.7

%

 

 

37.1

%

 

560 bps

 

 

460 bps

 

 

In 2019,2022, gross margin decreased by 130increased 560 basis points to 38.7%47.3% from 40.0%41.7% in 2021, principally driven by favorable pricing, improved product mix and positive currency effects, net of hedging, partially offset by the inflation of manufacturing input costs. Unused capacity charges in 2022 were $22 million.

In 2021, gross margin increased by 460 basis points to 41.7% from 37.1% in the full year 2018 mainly due to normal price pressure and increased unsaturation charges, partially offset2020, principally driven by improved manufacturing efficiencies, betterefficiency, lower unused charges, product mix and favorable currency effects, net of hedging.pricing. Unused capacity charges in 20192021 were $65 million, impacting full year gross margin by 70 basis points.

In 2018, gross margin improved by 80 basis points to 40.0% from 39.2% in the full year 2017 benefiting from manufacturing efficiencies and better product mix, partially offset by normal price pressure and unfavorable currency effects, net of hedging.  In 2018 unused capacity charges were negligible.$16 million.

Operating expenses

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Variation

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Variation

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019 vs 2018

 

 

2018 vs 2017

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

2020

 

2022 vs 2021

 

2021 vs 2020

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

(1,093

)

 

$

(1,095

)

 

$

(981

)

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

(11.7

)%

 

$(1,454)

 

$(1,323)

 

$(1,109)

 

(9.9)%

 

(19.2)%

Research and development expenses

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

(1,398

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(7.1

)

 

 

(7.9

)

 

(1,901)

 

(1,723)

 

(1,548)

 

(10.4)

 

(11.3)

Total operating expenses

 

$

(2,591

)

 

$

(2,493

)

 

$

(2,277

)

 

 

(3.9

)%

 

 

(9.5

)%

 

$(3,355)

 

$(3,046)

 

$(2,657)

 

(10.2)%

 

(14.6)%

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

(27.1

)%

 

 

(25.8

)%

 

 

(27.3

)%

 

-130 bps

 

 

+150 bps

 

 

20.8%

 

23.9%

 

26.0%

 

-310 bps

 

-210 bps

 

The 20192022 operating expenses increased 3.9%10.2% from $3,046 million in the prior year, mainly due to higher cost of labor and higher levels of activity primarily in R&D programs, partially offset by positive currency effects, net of hedging.

The 2021 operating expenses increased 14.6% compared to the prior year, mainly due to salary dynamic, increased spending in certain R&D programshigher cost of labor and higher share-based compensation cost, partially offset by favorablenegative currency effects, net of hedging.

The 2018 operating expenses increased 9.5% compared to the prior year, mainly due to unfavorable currency effects, net of hedging, salary dynamic, increased R&D activities and higher costs of the share-based compensation plans.

The R&D expenses were net of research tax credits, in France and Italy, which amounted to $126$106 million in 2019, $1382022, $130 million in 2021 and $131 million in 2018 and $124 million in 2017.2020.

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Research and development funding

 

$

132

 

 

$

52

 

 

$

65

 

Phase-out and start-up costs

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

Exchange gain (loss), net

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Patent costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(9

)

Gain on sale of businesses and non-current assets

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

Other, net

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

Other income and expenses, net

 

$

103

 

 

$

53

 

 

$

55

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

0.7

%

4550


Table of Contents

 

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Public funding

 

$

177

 

 

$

162

 

 

$

231

 

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Exchange gain (loss), net

 

 

15

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

Patent costs

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(11

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

14

 

COVID-19 incremental costs

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(32

)

Other, net

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

Other income and expenses, net

 

$

159

 

 

$

141

 

 

$

202

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

1.9

%

In 20192022 we recognized other income, net, of expenses, of $103$159 million, increasing compared to $53$141 million in 2018,2021. The increase was mainly benefitting from the grants associated with the programs part of the European Commission IPCEI in Italy and in France, partially offset by adue to higher level of start-up costs associated with the production ramp up of the 200 mm fab recently acquired from Micron Technology Inc. in Singapore.public funding.

In 20182021 we recognized other income, net, of expenses, of $53$141 million, slightly decreasing compared to $55$202 million in 2017,2020. The decrease was mainly due to lower level of R&D grants.public funding.

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

 

$

(5

)

 

$

(21

)

 

$

(45

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other

   related closure costs

 

$

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(11

)

There were no pending restructuring initiatives in 2022.

 

In 20192021 we recorded $5$2 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, mainly consistingcomposed of $3 million restructuring charges in association with the restructuring plan in Bouskoura, Morocco, $2 million reversal as an adjustment to accrued restructuring charges when compared to actual amounts paid and $1 million impairment of equipment andcharge on licenses dedicated exclusively to certain development projects that were cancelled, whilewith no alternative future use was identified internally.use.

In 20182020 we recorded $21$11 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, consisting of: (i) $19mainly composed of $8 million related to the set-top box restructuring plan and (ii) $2 million of impairment of acquired technologies, for which it was determined that they had no future alternative use.

In 2017 we recorded $45 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, primarily consisting of:  (i) $34 million of net restructuring charges related to the set-top box restructuring plan; (ii) $13 million of restructuring charges related toin association with the restructuring plan in Bouskoura, Morocco; (iii) $3Morocco and $4 million charge relating to the updateconsisting of the existing unused lease provision and (iv) $5 million income for the reversalimpairment of provisions related to previously announced restructuring plans, mainly the Embedded Processing Solutions business restructuring plan, for which accrued provisions were not fully used at completion of the plan.licenses with no alternative future use.

Operating income

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

(In millions)

 

Operating income

 

$

1,203

 

 

$

1,400

 

 

$

1,005

 

 

$

4,439

 

 

$

2,419

 

 

$

1,323

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

12.6

%

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

27.5

%

 

 

19.0

%

 

 

12.9

%

 

Operating income in 20192022 was $1,203$4,439 million, decreasingincreasing by $197$2,020 million compared to 2018, reflecting normal price pressure, increased unsaturation charges2021, mainly driven by the combining effect of higher revenues and higher R&D spending,improved gross margin profitability, partially offset by higher level of grants and favorable currency effects, net of hedging.operating expenses.

Operating income in 20182021 was $1,400$2,419 million, improvedincreasing by $395$1,096 million compared to 2017, reflecting2020, mainly driven by the combining effect of higher volumes,revenues and improved manufacturing efficiencies and product mix and lower restructuring charges,gross margin profitability, partially offset by unfavorable currency effects, net of hedging, normal price pressure and higher operating expenses.expenses and lower public funding.  

4651


Table of Contents

 

Operating income by product group

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

$

357

 

 

 

9.9

%

 

$

431

 

 

 

12.1

%

 

$

291

 

 

 

9.5

%

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

   (AMS)

 

 

596

 

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

15.5

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

13.9

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group

   (MDG)

 

 

354

 

 

 

13.4

 

 

 

547

 

 

 

18.6

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

15.3

 

Total operating income of product

   segments

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

13.7

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

15.2

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

12.7

 

Others(1)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

Total operating income

 

$

1,203

 

 

 

12.6

%

 

$

1,400

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

$

1,005

 

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

ADG

 

$

1,469

 

 

 

24.6

%

 

$

512

 

 

 

11.8

%

 

$

182

 

 

 

5.5

%

AMS(1)

 

 

1,237

 

 

 

25.2

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

22.5

 

 

 

816

 

 

 

21.2

 

MDG(1)

 

 

1,830

 

 

 

35.0

 

 

 

908

 

 

 

23.7

 

 

 

498

 

 

 

16.3

 

Total operating income of product

   groups

 

 

4,536

 

 

 

28.1

 

 

 

2,442

 

 

 

19.2

 

 

 

1,496

 

 

 

14.6

 

Others(2)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

(173

)

 

 

 

Total consolidated operating income

 

$

4,439

 

 

 

27.5

%

 

$

2,419

 

 

 

19.0

%

 

$

1,323

 

 

 

12.9

%

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.

(2)

Operating resultsincome (loss) of “Others” includeOthers includes items such as unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, and restructuring charges and other related closure costs, management reorganization expenses, phase outcosts, phase-out and start-up costs of certain manufacturing facilities, and other unallocated expensesincome (expenses) such as: strategic or special research and developmentR&D programs, certain corporate-levelcorporate level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as assembly services andoperating earnings of other revenue.products.

In 2019,2022, ADG operating income was $357$1,469 million compared to $431$512 million in 2018,2021, with higher profitability in both Automotive and Power Discrete decreasing.Discrete. AMS operating income increased by $108$215 million to $596$1,237 million, mainly driven by Imaging increased revenues.with all subgroups contributing. MDG operating income decreased to $354increased by $922 million from $547$908 million in 2018, mainly due to2021, driven by both Microcontrollers lower level of revenues.and RF Communications.

In 2018,2021, ADG improved its operating income was $512 million compared to $431 million from $291$182 million in 2017,2020, with higher profitability in both Automotive and Power Discrete contributing.Discrete. AMS operating income increased by $124$206 million to $488$1,022 million, with all products contributing to the growth.mainly driven by Analog and MEMS. MDG operating income increased by $142to $908 million to $547from $498 million in 2020, driven by both Microcontrollers and Digital.Microcontrollers.

Reconciliation to consolidated operating income

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating income of product segments

 

$

1,307

 

 

$

1,466

 

 

$

1,060

 

Total operating income of product groups

 

$

4,536

 

 

$

2,442

 

 

$

1,496

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other

related closure costs

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

Unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

(90

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

Strategic and other research and development

programs and other non-allocated provisions(1)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(17

)

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused capacity charges

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(153

)

Other unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

(57

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(8

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

Strategic and other R&D

programs and other non-allocated provisions(1)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(12

)

Total operating loss Others

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(173

)

Total consolidated operating income

 

$

1,203

 

 

$

1,400

 

 

$

1,005

 

 

$

4,439

 

 

$

2,419

 

 

$

1,323

 

 

(1)

Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain corporate-level operating expenses and other costs/income (costs) that are not allocated to the product segments.groups.

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

1

 

 

$

(7

)

 

$

(22

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

58

 

 

$

(29

)

 

$

(20

)

52


Table of Contents

 

In 2019,2022, we recorded a net interest income of $58 million, compared to net interest expense of $29 million and $20 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. In 2022, net interest income was composed of $71 million of interest income, partially offset by interest expense on borrowings and banking fees of $13 million.

On January 1, 2022, we adopted the new U.S. GAAP reporting guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity and EPS, by applying the modified retrospective method, under which prior year periods are not restated. Interest expense recorded in 2021 and 2020 included a charge of $34 million and $42 million related to the outstanding senior unsecured convertible bonds, mainly resulting from the non-cash accretion expense, as recorded under the previous accounting guidance. With the adoption of the new guidance, the finance cost of the convertible debt instruments outstanding at the date of adoption is limited to the amortization expense of debt issuance costs.

In 2021, interest expense on our borrowings and our committed credit facilitiesbanking fees amounted to $54$42 million, of which $37$34 million was a non-cash interest expense resulting from the accretion of the discount on the liability component of our dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2017.  In 2019, thebonds. The interest expense was more thanpartially offset by $55$13 million of interest income on cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities.

47


Table of Contents

In 2018,2020, interest expense and fees on our borrowings and our committed credit facilitiesbanking fees amounted to $54 million, of which $36$42 million was a non-cash interest expense resulting from the accretion of the discount on the liability component ofrelated to our dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2017.  In 2018, thebonds. The interest expense was partially offset by $47$34 million of interest income on cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities.

In 2017, interest expense and feesLoss on our borrowings and our committed credit facilities amounted to $52 million, of which $33 million was a non-cash interest expense related to the dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2014 and 2017 partially offset by $30 million of interest income.

Income (loss) on equity-method investmentsfinancial instruments, net

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

$

1

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

(2

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Loss on financial instruments, net

 

$

 

 

$

(43

)

 

$

(26

)

 

In 20192022, we registered income of $1 million on our equity-method investments, mainly related to our investment in ST-Ericsson. On December 20, 2019, we agreed with Ericsson to complete the wind-down of ST-Ericsson. As part of the transaction, we acquired from ST-Ericsson SA 100% of the share capital of ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd,recorded a wholly owned subsidiary of ST-Ericsson SA, and simultaneously sold our ST-Ericsson SA shares to Ericsson.

In 2018 we registered income of $8 million on our equity-method investments, related to our investment in ST-Ericsson and a complete reversal of a reserve associated with our indemnity obligation undertaken when selling Numonyx (an equity investment divested in 2010).  In addition, there was better than anticipated actual outcome of certain tax items, partially offset by a loss of $2 million on our equity investment in Incard do Brazil.

In 2017 we registered a loss of $2 million on our equity-method investments, mainly in relation to our investment in Incard do Brazil.

Income (loss)gain on financial instruments

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Income (loss) on financial instruments

 

$

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(16

)

of less than $1 million.

In 20192021, we did not recognize any income or loss on financial instruments.

In 2018 we recognizedrecorded a $1net $43 million loss on financial instruments, corresponding toof which $45 million loss on the settlement of Tranche B of our 2017 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds. This loss was associated with the fair value measurement of the liability component of Tranche B upon settlement and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. In addition, we recorded a loss$2 million gain on the sale of one of our non-strategic investments.

In 20172020, we recognizedrecorded a $16net $26 million loss on financial instruments, relating toof which $25 million loss on the net share settlement of the 2014 senior unsecured convertible bond, of which a $5 million loss related to Tranche A of our 2017 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds. This loss was associated with the fair value measurement of the liability component of Tranche A upon settlement and $11 million related to Tranche B.the write-off of the unamortized debt issuance costs.

 

Income tax expense

��

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Income tax expense

 

$

(156

)

 

$

(96

)

 

$

(143

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Income tax expense

 

$

(520

)

 

$

(331

)

 

$

(159

)

 

In 2019,2022, we registered an income tax expense of $156$520 million, while we registered an income tax expense of $96compared to $331 million in 20182021 and $143$159 million in 2017.2020. These amounts reflect the actual taxes calculated on our income before income taxes in each of our jurisdictions and tax benefits, net of valuation allowances, associated with our estimates of the net operating loss recoverabilityrealization, in certain jurisdictions, against future taxable profits, one-time tax benefits related to previous year positions and our best estimate onof additional tax charges related to potential uncertain tax positions and claims.

48In 2022, the effective tax rate was 15%, before $133 million of tax benefit from discrete items, which included a one-time non-cash income tax benefit of $140 million due to the reversal of valuation allowances in certain tax jurisdictions.

53


Table of Contents

 

In 2019,2021, the effective tax rate was 13%15%, including $24 million of tax benefit, mainly due to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and following the enactment of the Swiss tax reform which cancelled all favorable tax regimes and introduced a single tax rate for all companies.

In 2018, the effective tax rate was 7%, including $12before $17 million of tax benefit from discrete items, mainly due to settlementwhich included the reversal of localvaluation allowances in certain tax assessment.jurisdictions.

In 2017,2020, the effective tax rate was 15% and included the one-time impact related to the change in enacted income, before $31 million of tax rate impacting deferred taxes, mainly in the United States for an amount of $46 million, reflecting the impact on deferred tax assets of the reduction of corporate tax ratebenefit from 35% to 21% enacted with the U.S. tax reform in December 2017.discrete items.

Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating results within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates ofapplicable in these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimations ofestimates and assumptions used when assessing our tax provisions.positions. Our income tax amounts and rates depend also on our loss carry-forwards and their relevant valuation allowances, which are based on estimated projected plans and available tax optimization strategies;planning; in the case of material changes in these plans, the valuation allowances could be adjusted accordingly with an impact on our income tax charges.expense (benefit). We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries. Such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions; our effective tax rate could be different in future periods and may increase in the coming years. In addition, our yearly income tax charges includeexpense includes the estimated impact of provisions related to tax positions which have been considered as uncertain.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(8

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(2

)

 

In 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, we recorded respectively $1 million, $6 million and $8 million ofNet income attributable to noncontrolling interest.interest amounted to $6 million in 2022 and 2021, and $2 million in 2020.

Net income attributable to parent company

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net income attributable to parent company

 

$

1,032

 

 

$

1,287

 

 

$

802

 

 

$

3,960

 

 

$

2,000

 

 

$

1,106

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

10.8

%

 

 

13.3

%

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

24.6

%

 

 

15.7

%

 

 

10.8

%

 

For 2019,2022, we reported a net income attributable to parent company of $1,032$3,960 million, compared to a$2,000 million and $1,106 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The 2022 net income of $1,287 million and $802 million for 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The 2019 net incomeattributable to parent company represented diluted earnings per share of $1.14$4.19 compared to $1.41$2.16 and $0.89$1.20 for 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Diluted earnings per share for the year 2022 includes the full dilutive effect of our outstanding convertible debt upon adoption of the newly applicable U.S. GAAP reporting guidance on January 1, 2022. Prior year periods have not been restated.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

Certain quarterly financial information for the years 20192022 and 20182021 are set forth below. Such information is derived from our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on a basis consistent with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements that include, in our opinion, all normal adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the interim information set forth therein. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period. In addition, in view of the significant volatility we have experienced in recent years, the increasingly competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the changes in products mix and the currency effects of changes in the composition of sales and production among different geographic regions, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

54


Table of Contents

Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by a wide variety of other factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to significant variability of operating results, please see “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations”. As only a portion of our expenses varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing technology developments, market demand for existing products, the timing and success of new product introductions and the levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain additions of our quarterly results will not total our annual results due to rounding.

Net revenues

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

2,750

 

 

$

2,547

 

 

$

2,633

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

4.5

%

 

$

4,408

 

 

$

4,305

 

 

$

3,542

 

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

24.5

%

Other revenues

 

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(45.0

)

 

 

(77.4

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(3.7

)

 

 

9.1

 

Net revenues

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

2,553

 

 

$

2,648

 

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

4,424

 

 

$

4,321

 

 

$

3,556

 

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

24.4

%

 

Our fourth quarter 20192022 net revenues amounted to $2,754$4,424 million, registering a sequential increase of 7.9%2.4%, 29060 basis points above the mid-point of our guidance, with all product groups contributing to the growth.released guidance. The sequential increase resulted from higher average selling prices of approximately 10%, driven by a more favorable product mix, partially offset by lower volumes of approximately 7% and an increase of approximately 1% in average selling prices, the latter entirely due to product mix, while selling prices remained substantially stable.8%.

On a year-over-year basis, our net revenues increased by 4.0%24.4%. This increase was entirelymainly due to an increase of approximately 6% inhigher average selling prices partially offsetof approximately 33%, driven by an approximate 2% decrease in volumes. The averagehigher selling prices increase was entirely driven by improvedand a more favorable product mix, of approximately 9%, partially offset by lower selling pricesvolumes of approximately 3%9%.

Net revenues by product group

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

$

924

 

 

$

894

 

 

$

967

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

(4.5

)%

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

 

 

1,085

 

 

968

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

9.9

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG)

 

 

742

 

 

688

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

7.6

 

Others

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

2,553

 

 

$

2,648

 

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADG

 

$

1,696

 

 

$

1,563

 

 

$

1,226

 

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

38.4

%

AMS(1)

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

1,380

 

 

 

1,251

 

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

7.0

 

MDG(1)

 

 

1,383

 

 

1,374

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

29.1

 

Others

 

 

6

 

 

4

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

4,424

 

 

$

4,321

 

 

$

3,556

 

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

24.4

%

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year period has been adjusted accordingly.

50On a sequential basis, ADG revenues were up 8.5%, driven by an approximate 20% increase in average selling prices, mainly due to a more favorable product mix, partially offset by lower volumes of approximately 11%. AMS revenues decreased 3.0%, as a result of lower volumes of approximately 9%, partially offset by higher average selling prices of 6%, mainly due to a more favorable product mix. MDG revenues increased 0.7% due to higher volumes of approximately 1%.

55


Table of Contents

 

On a sequential basis, ADG revenues were up 3.3%, driven by an increase in volumes of approximately 8%, partially offset by a decrease in average selling prices of approximately 5%, mostly attributable to product mix.  AMS revenues increased 12.1% driven by Analog and Imaging products.  AMS increase was due to an increase of approximately 5% in average selling prices, entirely due to product mix, and to higher volumes of approximately of 7%.  MDG revenues increased by 7.9%, mainly driven by Microcontrollers, due to both higher average selling prices of approximately 6%, entirely due to product mix, and higher volumes of approximately 2%.

On a year-over-year basis, fourth quarter net revenues increased by 4.0%24.4%. ADG revenues decreased 4.5%increased 38.4% compared to the year-ago quarter on lower revenues in both Automotive and Power Discrete.  The decrease was entirely due to lower average selling prices of approximately 4%, while volumes remained substantially flat. The decrease in average selling prices was a combination of less favorable product mix and lower selling prices. AMS fourth quarter revenues grew 9.9% year-over-year, mainly driven by Analog and Imaging.  The increase was entirely due to higher average selling prices of approximately 18%52%, entirely attributablemainly due to a better product mix and higher selling prices, partially offset by lower volumes of approximately 14%. AMS quarter revenues increased 7.0% year-over-year. The increase was driven by higher average selling prices of approximately 22% due to a more favorable product mix, partially offset by lower volumes of approximately 8%15%. MDG fourth quarter revenues increased by 7.6%29.1%, mainly driven by Microcontrollers. The increase was due to higher average selling prices of approximately 9%17%, entirely due to improvedthe combination of a more favorable product mix.  mix and higher selling prices, and higher volumes of approximately 12%.

Net Revenues by Market Channel(1)(1)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

(Unaudited, in %)

 

 

(Unaudited, in %)

 

OEM

 

 

72

%

 

 

72

%

 

 

69

%

 

 

68

%

 

 

67

%

 

 

67

%

Distribution

 

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

33

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

(1)

Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) are the end-customers to which we provide direct marketing application engineering support, while Distribution customers refers to the distributors and representatives that we engage to distribute our products around the world.

By market channel, our fourth quarter revenues in Distribution amounted to 28%32% of our total net revenues, substantially flat compared to the previous quarter and decreasing on a year-over-year basis.year-ago quarters.

Net Revenues by Location of Shipment(1)(1)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMEA

 

$

538

 

 

$

549

 

 

$

617

 

 

 

(2.0

)%

 

 

(12.8

)%

 

$

1,065

 

 

$

936

 

 

$

709

 

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

50.3

%

Americas

 

 

360

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

14.2

 

 

 

62.1

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

1,856

 

 

 

1,678

 

 

 

1,689

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

9.9

 

 

 

2,690

 

 

 

2,799

 

 

 

2,435

 

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

10.5

 

Total

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

2,553

 

 

$

2,648

 

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

4.0

%

Total consolidated net revenues

 

$

4,424

 

 

$

4,321

 

 

$

3,556

 

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

24.4

%

 

(1)

Net revenues by location of shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced or reclassified by shipment destination in line with customer demand. For example, products ordered by U.S.-basedU.S.‑based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in shipments from one location to another, as requested by our customers.

By region of shipment, in the 20192022 fourth quarter, Asia PacificEMEA revenues grew sequentially by 10.6%, principally in Imaging, Analog and Microcontrollers, Americas was up by 10.5%13.8%, mainly driven by Digitalhigher sales in Automotive and Power Discrete, and EMEA decreased by 2.0%.

On a year-over-year basis,Microcontrollers. Americas revenues grew 9.9% in Asia Pacific,increased 14.2%, mainly due to Analog, Microcontrollers and Imaging. In Americas, revenues grew 5.4%, mainly driven by Digitalhigher sales in RF Communications and Power Discrete, while itDiscrete. Asia Pacific revenues decreased by 12.8% in EMEA,3.9%, mainly due to lower sales in Automotive,Analog and MEMS, partially offset by higher sales in the Optical Sensing Solutions sub-group.

On a year-over-year basis, EMEA revenues grew 50.3%, mainly driven by higher sales in Microcontrollers and Automotive. Americas revenues increased 62.1%, mainly due to higher sales in Power Discrete, Automotive and Microcontrollers. Asia Pacific revenues increased 10.5%, mainly due to higher sales in Optical Sensing Solutions and Automotive, partially offset by lower sales in Analog.

5156


Table of Contents

 

Gross Profit

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Variation

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Variation

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

(2,322

)

 

$

(2,262

)

 

$

(1,947

)

 

 

(2.6

)%

 

 

(19.2

%)

Gross profit

 

$

1,081

 

 

$

967

 

 

$

1,059

 

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

$

2,102

 

 

$

2,059

 

 

$

1,609

 

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

30.7

%

Gross margin (as percentage of net revenues)

 

 

39.3

%

 

 

37.9

%

 

 

40.0

%

 

+140 bps

 

 

-70 bps

 

 

 

47.5

%

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

45.2

%

 

-10 bps

 

 

230 bps

 

 

Fourth quarter gross profit was $1,081$2,102 million and gross margin was 39.3%.47.5%, 20 basis points above the mid-point of our guidance, principally driven by a more favorable product mix. On a sequential basis, gross margin increased 140decreased by 10 basis points mainly driven bywhile it increased 230 basis points year-over-year, principally due to favorable pricing, improved product mix, and better manufacturing efficiencies.

Gross margin decreased 70 basis points year-over-year, mainly impacted by price pressure and unsaturation charges, partially offset by improved manufacturing efficiencies, better product mix and favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.hedging, partially offset by the inflation of manufacturing input costs.

Operating expenses

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

% Variation

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Sequential

 

 

Year-

Over-

Year

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

expenses

 

$

(285

)

 

$

(267

)

 

$

(285

)

 

 

(6.3

)%

 

 

0.4

%

 

$

(378

)

 

$

(352

)

 

$

(350

)

 

 

(7.3

)%

 

 

(7.9

)%

Research and development expenses

 

 

(387

)

 

 

(362

)

 

 

(345

)

 

 

(7.0

)

 

 

(12.3

)

 

 

(472

)

 

 

(463

)

 

 

(402

)

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(17.4

)

Total operating expenses

 

$

(672

)

 

$

(629

)

 

$

(630

)

 

 

(6.7

)%

 

 

(6.6

)%

 

$

(850

)

 

$

(815

)

 

$

(752

)

 

 

(4.3

)%

 

 

(13.0

)%

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

(24.4

)%

 

 

(24.7

)%

 

 

(23.8

)%

 

+30 bps

 

 

-60 bps

 

 

 

19.2

%

 

 

18.9

%

 

 

21.1

%

 

30 bps

 

 

-190 bps

 

 

The amount of ourOn a sequential basis, operating expenses increased by $43$35 million, on a sequential basis, mainly driven bydue to seasonality associated with lower vacation days and salary dynamic.higher activity.

On a year-over-year basis, our operating expenses increased by $42$98 million, mainly due to salary dynamichigher cost of labor and increased spendinghigher activity primarily on certain R&D programs, partially offset by favorablepositive currency effects, net of hedging.hedging.

Fourth quarter 2019 R&D expenses were net of research tax credits, in France and Italy, which amounted to $37 million, compared to $29 million in the third quarter of 2019 and $39$27 million in the fourth quarter of 2018.2022, compared to $33 million and $31 million in the prior and year-ago quarters, respectively.

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Research and development funding

 

$

68

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

19

 

Phase-out and start-up costs

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(1

)

Public funding

 

$

47

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

40

 

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Exchange gain (loss), net

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

2

 

Patent costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(5

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

COVID-19 incremental costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

Other, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Other income and expenses, net

 

$

54

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

16

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

32

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

(0.1

)%

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

52Fourth quarter other income and expenses, net, amounted to $35 million, compared to $28 million in the prior quarter and $32 million in the year-ago quarter, mainly driven by higher income from public funding.

57


Table of Contents

 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recognized other income, net of expenses, of $54 million, increasing from a negative $2 million in the prior quarter and from an income of $16 million in the year-ago quarter, reflecting higher R&D grants in Italy associated with the IPCEI program.

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

 

$

(3

)

 

$

 

 

$

(2

)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and

   other related closure costs

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(4

)

There were no pending restructuring initiatives in 2022.

In the fourth quarter of 2021 we recorded $4 million of restructuring charges, related to an additional charge on benefits paid to employees as part of prior year restructuring plans incurred in one of our back-end sites.

Operating income

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Operating income

 

$

1,287

 

 

$

1,272

 

 

$

885

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

29.1

%

 

 

29.4

%

 

 

24.9

%

 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded $3 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, primarily consisting of impairment of licenses dedicated exclusively to certain development projects that were cancelled, while no alternative future use.

In the third quarter of 2019, we did not record any impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs.

In the fourth quarter of 2018, we recorded $2 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, related to the impairment of acquired technologies, for which it2022, operating income was determined that they had no future alternative use.

Operating income

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Operating income

 

$

460

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

443

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

16.7

%

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

16.8

%

Operating income in the fourth quarter grew on a sequential and year-over-year basis to $460$1,287 million, compared to $336an operating income of $1,272 million and $443$885 million in the prior and year-ago quarters, respectively.

While on a sequential basis, our operating income remained substantially flat, the year-over-year increase was mainly driven by higher revenues and increased gross margin profitability, partially offset by higher operating expenses.

Operating income by product group

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

September 29, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

$

113

 

 

 

12.2

%

 

$

76

 

 

 

8.5

%

 

$

141

 

 

 

14.6

%

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

 

 

281

 

 

 

25.9

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

20.5

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

20.5

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group

   (MDG)

 

 

119

 

 

 

16.0

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

15.7

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

17.7

 

Total operating income of product

   segments

 

 

513

 

 

 

18.6

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

465

 

 

 

17.6

 

Others(1)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

Total operating income

 

$

460

 

 

 

16.7

%

 

$

336

 

 

 

13.1

%

 

$

443

 

 

 

16.8

%

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

October 1, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

$ million

 

 

% of net

revenues

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

ADG

 

$

470

 

 

 

27.7

%

 

$

404

 

 

 

25.9

%

 

$

216

 

 

 

17.6

%

AMS(1)

 

 

346

 

 

 

25.8

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

27.2

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

27.0

 

MDG(1)

 

 

495

 

 

 

35.8

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

36.7

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

29.5

 

Total operating income of product

   groups

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

29.7

 

 

 

1,284

 

 

 

29.7

 

 

 

869

 

 

 

24.4

 

Others(2)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Total consolidated operating income

 

$

1,287

 

 

 

29.1

%

 

$

1,272

 

 

 

29.4

%

 

$

885

 

 

 

24.9

%

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.

(2)

Operating resultsincome (loss) of “Others” includeOthers includes items such as unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, and restructuring charges and other related closure costs, management reorganization expenses, phase outcosts, phase-out and start-up costs of certain manufacturing facilities, and other unallocated expensesincome (expenses) such asas: strategic or special research and developmentR&D programs, certain corporate-levelcorporate level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as assembly services andoperating earnings of other revenue.products.

53On a sequential basis, ADG fourth quarter operating income improved by $66 million, driven by both Automotive and Power Discrete. AMS operating income decreased sequentially by $30 million, due to lower profitability in Analog and MEMS, partially offset by higher profitability in Optical Sensing Solutions. MDG operating income decreased by $9 million sequentially.

58


Table of Contents

 

On a sequentialyear-over-year basis, ADG fourth quarter operating income improvedincreased by $37$254 million, driven byreflecting higher profitability in both AutomotivePower Discrete and Power Discrete.Automotive. AMS operating income increased by $83$9 million, with all products contributingmainly due to the increase, andhigher profitability in Optical Sensing Solutions, partially offset by lower profitability in Analog. MDG operating income improved by $11 million.

On a year-over-year basis, ADG operating income declined by $28 million, with both Automotive and Power Discrete decreasing.  AMS operating income increased by $79$179 million, mainly driven by Imagingboth Microcontrollers and Analog, and MDG operating income decreased by $3 million.RF Communications.

Reconciliation to consolidated operating income

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Total operating income of product segments

 

$

513

 

 

$

382

 

 

$

465

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other

   related closure costs

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

3

 

Strategic and other research and development

   programs and other non-allocated provisions

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(23

)

Total operating loss Others

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(22

)

Total consolidated operating income

 

$

460

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

443

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Total operating income of product groups

 

$

1,311

 

 

$

1,284

 

 

$

869

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other

   related closure costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Other unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

2

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

8

 

Strategic and other R&D

   programs and other non-allocated provisions

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

12

 

Total operating income (loss) Others

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

16

 

Total consolidated operating income

 

$

1,287

 

 

$

1,272

 

 

$

885

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

1

 

We recorded a net interest expense of $1 million in the fourth quarter, substantially flat on a sequential basis and compared to an interest income of $1 million on a year-over-year basis.

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

6

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

33

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

(5

)

 

In the fourth and third quartersquarter of 2019,2022, we recorded nilnet interest income of $33 million, compared to $6$16 million income in the prior quarter and $5 million of net interest expense in the year-ago quarter. The fourth quarter net interest income was composed of $40 million of interest income, partially offset by $7 million of interest expenses on our borrowings and banking fees.

On January 1, 2022, we adopted the new U.S. GAAP reporting guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity and EPS, by applying the modified retrospective method, under which prior year periods are not restated. Interest expense recorded in 2018, mainlythe year ago quarter included a charge of $5 million related to a $7 million complete reversalthe outstanding senior unsecured convertible bonds, mainly resulting from the non-cash accretion expense, as recorded under the previous accounting guidance. With the adoption of a reserve associated with our indemnity obligation undertaken when selling Numonyx.  In addition, there was a better than anticipated actual outcomethe new guidance, the finance cost of certain tax items.the convertible debt instruments outstanding at the date of adoption is limited to the amortization expense of debt issuance costs.

Income (loss) on financial instrumentstax expense

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Income (loss) on financial instruments

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1

)

In the fourth and third quarters of 2019, we recorded nil income or loss on financial instruments. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we recognized a $1 million loss corresponding to a loss on one of our investments.

54


Table of Contents

Income tax expense

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Income tax expense

 

$

(62

)

 

$

(28

)

 

$

(28

)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Income tax expense

 

$

(66

)

 

$

(185

)

 

$

(127

)

 

During the fourth and third quarters of 20192022 and the fourth quarter of 2018,2021, we recorded an income tax expense of $62$66 million, $28$185 million and $28$127 million, respectively, reflecting (i) in the third quarter of 20192022 the estimated annual effective tax rate based on expected taxes to be paid or received in each of our jurisdictions, as applied to the consolidated resultsincome before income taxes in the third quarter of 2019 and (ii) in both fourth quarters, the actual income tax charges and benefitsexpense or benefit in each jurisdiction as well as the true-up of tax provisions based upon the most updated visibility on open tax matterspositions.

59


Table of Contents

The fourth quarter of 2022 income tax expense included a one-time tax benefit of $140 million due to the reversal of valuation allowances in severalcertain tax jurisdictions.

Net income attributable to parent company

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

September 29,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

October 1,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

 

(Unaudited, in millions)

 

Net income attributable to parent company

 

$

392

 

 

$

302

 

 

$

418

 

 

$

1,248

 

 

$

1,099

 

 

$

750

 

As percentage of net revenues

 

 

14.2

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

 

15.8

%

 

 

28.2

%

 

 

25.4

%

 

 

21.1

%

 

For the fourth quarter of 2019,2022, we reported a net income of $392$1,248 million, compared to a net income of $302$1,099 million and $418$750 million in the prior and year-ago quarters, respectively. The fourth quarter 20192022, net income represented diluted earnings per share of $0.43$1.32 compared to $0.34$1.16 in the prior quarter and $0.46$0.82 in the prior-year quarter.

Diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2022 includes the full dilutive effect of our outstanding convertible debt upon adoption of the newly applicable U.S. GAAP reporting guidance on January 1, 2022. Prior periods have not been restated.

Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates

 

Our results of operations and financial condition can be significantly affected by material changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly the Euro.

As a market practice, the reference currency for the semiconductor industry is the U.S. dollar and the market prices of semiconductor products are mainly denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for some of our products are quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such as Euro-denominated sales, and as suchconsequently are directly affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar could increase our level of revenues when reported intranslated into U.S. dollars or the depreciation of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar could decrease our level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars. Over time and depending on market conditions, the prices in the industry could align to the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars, except that there is a lag between the changes in the currency rate and the adjustment in the price paid in local currency, which is proportional to the amplitude of the currency swing, and such adjustment could be only partial and/or delayed, depending on market demand. Furthermore, certain significant costs incurred by us, such as manufacturing costs, SG&A expenses, and R&D expenses, are largely incurred in the currency of the jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Given that most of our operations are located in the Euro zoneEurozone and other non-U.S. dollar currency areas, including Singapore, our costs tend to increase when translated into U.S. dollars when the U.S. dollar weakens or to decrease when the U.S. dollar strengthens.

55


Table of Contents

Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with exchange rate fluctuations has beenis to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of materials, purchases and services from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the potential exchange rate impact of certain variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover, in order to further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar exchange fluctuations, we have hedgedhedge certain line items on our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income,income, in particular with respect to a portion of the costscost of sales, most of the R&D expenses and certain SG&A expenses, located in the Euro zone,Eurozone, which we account fordesignate as cash flow hedging contracts.hedge transactions. We use two different types of hedging contracts:instruments: forward contracts and currency options (including collars).

Our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Incomeincome included income and expense items translated at the average U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period, plus the impact of the hedging contracts expiring during the period. Our effective average exchange rate was $1.14$1.10 for €1.00 for the full year 20192022 and $1.18 for €1.00 for the full year 2018.2021. Our effective exchange rate was $1.12$1.04 for €1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2019, $1.142022, $1.08 for €1.00 for the third quarter of 20192022 and $1.17 for €1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2018.2021. These effective exchange rates reflect the actual exchange rates combined with the impacteffect of cash flow hedging contracts that maturedhedge transactions impacting earnings in the period.

60


Table of Contents

The time horizon of our cash flow hedging for manufacturing costs and operating expenses may run up to 24 months, for a limited percentage of our exposure to the Euro, depending on currency market circumstances. As of December 31, 2019,2022, the outstanding hedged amounts were €642€1,777 million to cover manufacturing costs and €446€1,040 million to cover operating expenses, both at an average exchange rate of about $1.16 toapproximately $1.09 for €1.00 (considering the collars at upper strike), maturing over the period from January 6, 20204, 2023 to April 9, 2021.August 28, 2024. As of December 31, 2019,2022, measured in respect to the exchange rate at period closing of about $1.12$1.07 to €1.00, these outstanding hedging contracts and certain expiringsettled contracts covering manufacturing expenses capitalized in inventory resulted in a deferred lossgain of approximately $4$17 million before tax, recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Equity,equity, compared to a deferred loss of approximately $38$48 million before tax atas of December 31, 2018, recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Statements of Equity.2021.

We also hedge certain manufacturing costs denominated in Singapore dollars (SGD); as of December 31, 2019,2022, the outstanding hedged amounts were SGD 143247 million at an average exchange rate of about SGD 1.361.38 to $1.00 maturing over the period from January 9, 20205, 2023 to November 27, 2020.30, 2023. As of December 31, 2019,2022, the deferred gain of these outstanding hedging contracts resulted in $1were $6 million, deferred gain, compared to aimmaterial deferred loss of approximately $1 milliongains before tax atas of December 31, 2018, recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Statements of Equity.2021.

Our cash flow hedging policy is not intended to cover our full exposure and is based on hedging a declining portion of our exposure in the next four quarters. In 2019,2022, as a result of our cash flow hedging, we recorded a net loss of $79 million, consisting ofrecycled to earnings a loss of about $51$197 million, tocomposed of a $129 million loss impacting cost of sales, a $53 million loss of $22 million to research and developmentimpacting R&D and a $15 million loss impacting SG&A expenses. In 2021, as a result of $6our cash flow hedging, we recycled to earnings a gain of $19 million, to selling, generalcomposed of a $15 million gain impacting cost of sales, a $3 million gain impacting R&D and administrative, while in 2018, we recorded a net profit of $1 million.$1 million gain impacting SG&A expenses.

In addition to our cash flow hedging, in order to mitigate potential exchange rate risks on our commercial transactions, we purchase and enter into forward foreign currency exchange forward contracts and currency options to cover foreign currency exposure in payables or receivables at our affiliates, which we accountdo not designate for as fair value instruments.hedge accounting. We may in the future purchase or sell similar types of instruments. See “Item 12.11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”. in our Form 20-F. Furthermore, we may not predict inon a timely fashionbasis the amount of future transactions in the volatile industry environment. No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will sufficiently protect us against declinesfluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. Consequently, our results of operations have been and may continue to be impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates. The net effect of our consolidated foreign exchange exposure in payables and receivables at our affiliates resulted in a net gain of less than $1$15 million recorded in “Other income and expenses, net” in our 2019 Consolidated Statement2022 consolidated statement of Incomeincome compared to a net gainsgain of $4$7 million and $4$8 million recorded in 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

56


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries whose functional currency is different from the U.S. dollar reporting currency are, for consolidation purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end exchange rate. Income and expenses, as well as cash flows, are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The balance sheet impact, as well as the income statement and cash flow impact, of suchthese currency translations have been, and may be expected to be, significant from period to period since a large part of our assets and liabilities and activities are accounted for in Euros as they are located in jurisdictions where the Euro is the functional currency. Adjustments resulting from the currency translation are recorded directly in equity and are shownreported as “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Equity.  Atequity. As of December 31, 2019,2022, our outstanding indebtedness was denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and in Euros.

For a more detailed discussion, see “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations”.

Impact of Changes in Interest Rates

Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market conditions and material changes can affect our results of operations and financial condition, since these changes can impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, as well as the total interest expense paid on our financial debt.

Our interest income (expense), net, as reported in our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income,income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities investments and interest expense paidrecorded on our financial liabilities, (including the sale without recourse of receivables), non-cash interest expense on the Senior Convertible Bonds andincluding bank fees (including fees on committed credit lines)lines or on the sale without recourse of receivables, if any). Our interest income is dependent

61


Table of Contents

upon fluctuations in interest rates, mainly in U.S. dollars and Euros, since we invest primarily on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the market interest rates would mean a proportional increase or decrease in our interest income. Our interest expenses are also dependent upon fluctuations in interest rates since our financial liabilities include European Investment Bank (“EIB”) and Cassa Depositi e Prestiti SpA (“CDP”) Floating Rate Loans at Libor and Euribor plus variable spreads. See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

AtAs of December 31, 2019,2022, our total financial resources, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, generated an average annual interest income rate of 1.83%4.16%. At the same date, the average annual interest rate on our outstanding debt was 2.21% including0.82%.

A rise in interest rates to address inflation or otherwise will also impact the non-cash effective interestbase rates applicable in our credit arrangements and will result in borrowed funds becoming more expensive to us over time. These financing and inflationary pressures may also reduce disposable income on a macro-economic basis, eroding the values of savings, and could have a negative impact on our customers’ ability to purchase our products in the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2017, while the average cash interest rate was only 0.24%.same volumes.

Impact of Changes in Equity Prices

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we did not hold any significant investments in equity participations, which could be subject tosecurities with a material impact in changes inexposure to equity prices.price risk. However, on these equity participations,investments, carrying value could be reduced due to further losses or impairment charges. See Note 12 and Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. Our policies focus on the management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated at least aas single A long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and A- from Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or better.. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. See “Item 12.11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

Our total liquidity and capital resources were $2,744was $4,518 million as of December 31, 2019,2022, increasing compared to $2,596$3,516 million atas of December 31, 2018.2021. As of December 31, 2019,2022, our total liquidity and capital resources werewas comprised of $2,597$3,258 million in cash and cash equivalents, $133$581 million in short-term deposits and $679 million in marketable securities, $10 million in restricted cash and $4 million in short-term deposits, all consideredclassified as current assets.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, marketable securities were $133$679 million invested in U.S. Government debt securities, including Treasury Bonds, with a rating of Aaa/AA+/AAA from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively, and a weighted average maturity of 1.53.5 years. The securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. This fair value measurement corresponds to a Level 1 fair value hierarchy measurement. To optimize the return yield on our short-term investments, we also held $581 million of available cash in short-term deposits as of December 31, 2022. These short-term deposits represent liquidity with original maturity beyond three months and no significant risk of changes in fair value.

57


Table of Contents

LiquidityCash flow

We maintain a significantan adequate cash position and a low debt-to-equity ratio whichto provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our investment needs mainly with net cash generated from operating activities.

62


Table of Contents

During 2019,2022, our net cash and cash equivalents increased by $341 million, due to net cash from operating activities exceeding net cash used in investing and financing activities.

$33 million. The components of ourthe net cash flowincrease for 2022 and the last three yearscomparable periods are set forth below:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

1,869

 

 

$

1,845

 

 

$

1,677

 

 

$

5,202

 

 

$

3,060

 

 

$

2,093

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,172

)

 

 

(1,212

)

 

 

(1,468

)

 

 

(4,591

)

 

 

(1,518

)

 

 

(2,043

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(343

)

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(106

)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(1,314

)

 

 

348

 

Effect of changes in exchange rates

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

27

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

1

 

Net cash increase

 

$

341

 

 

$

507

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

33

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

399

 

 

Net cash from operating activities. Net cash from operating activities is the sum of (i) net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items and (ii) changes in net working capital. The net cash from operating activities in 20192022 was $1,869$5,202 million increasing compared to $1,845$3,060 million in the prior year, increasing mainly due to higher net income.

Net cash used in investing activities. Investing activities used $4,591 million in 2022, increasing from $1,518 million in the prior year, mainly due to more favorable changes inhigher payment for net working capital, compensating lower net income.

Netcashusedininvestingactivities.  Investing activities used $1,172purchase of tangible assets which totaled $3,524 million of cash in 2019, decreasing from $1,212compared to $1,828 million in the prior year. Payments for purchaseyear, purchases of tangible assets, net of proceeds, totaled $1,174 million, compared to $1,262 million registered in the prior-year period. The 2019 numbers also included the proceeds from matured marketable securities of $200 millionand net investments in short-term deposits. Capital investments for the year 2022 included (i) investments in advanced wafer fabs, such as the 300mm fab in Crolles, France and the net cash outflownew 300mm fab in Agrate, Italy; (ii) SiC activities, primarily in Singapore and Catania, Italy; and (iii) in selected programs of $127 million for the acquisition of Norstel.capacity growth in other front-end and back-end activities.

Net cash from (used inin) financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $343$567 million for 2019,in 2022, compared to the $122net cash from financing activities of $1,314 million used in 2018.  The 2019 amount included $2812021, and consisted mainly of $346 million proceeds from long-term debt, $144 million of long-term debt repayment, $250 million of repurchase of common stock, and $214$212 million of dividends paid to stockholders.our stockholders and $134 million repayment of long-term debt, partially offset by $200 million of proceeds from the drawdown of our credit facility with CDP signed in 2022.

58


Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow (non-U.S. GAAP measure). We also present Free Cash Flow, which is a non-U.S. GAAP measure, defined as (i) net cash from operating activities plus (ii) net cash used in investing activities, excluding payment for purchasespurchase of (and proceeds from the sale) ofmatured) marketable securities, and net cash variation for joint ventures deconsolidation,investment in (and proceeds from) short-term deposits, which are considered as temporary financial investments. The result of this definition is ultimately net cash from operating activities plus payment for purchase and(and proceeds from salesale) of tangible, intangible and financial assets, proceeds received in the sale of businesses and net cash paid for business acquisitions. We believe Free Cash Flow, a non-U.S. GAAP measure, provides useful information for investors and management because it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and investing activities to sustain our operations. Free Cash Flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not represent total cash flow since it does not include the cash flows generated by or used in financing activities. Free Cash Flow reconciles with the total cash flow and the net cash increase (decrease) by including the payment for purchasespurchase of (and proceeds from the sale) ofmatured) marketable securities and net cash variation from joint ventures deconsolidation,investment in (and proceeds from) short-term deposits, the net cash from (used in) financing activities and the effect of changes in exchange rates. In addition, our definition of Free Cash Flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. Free Cash Flow is determined from our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Cash Flowscash flows as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

1,869

 

 

$

1,845

 

 

$

1,677

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,172

)

 

 

(1,212

)

 

 

(1,468

)

Excluding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of

   marketable securities, and net cash variation for

   joint ventures deconsolidation

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(100

)

 

 

99

 

Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of

   tangible and intangible assets, payment for

   business acquisitions(1)

 

 

(1,372

)

 

 

(1,312

)

 

 

(1,369

)

Free Cash Flow (non-U.S. GAAP measure)

 

$

497

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

308

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

5,202

 

 

$

3,060

 

 

$

2,093

 

Payment for purchase, net of proceeds from sale of tangible assets

 

 

(3,524

)

 

 

(1,828

)

 

 

(1,279

)

Payment for purchase, net of proceeds from sale, of intangible assets

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(75

)

Payment for purchase, net of proceeds from sale, of financial assets and equity investments

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

1

 

Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(113

)

Free Cash Flow (non-U.S. GAAP measure) (1)

 

$

1,591

 

 

$

1,120

 

 

$

627

 

 

(1)

Reflects the total of the following line items reconciled with our Consolidated Statements ofFree Cash Flows relating to theFlow can also be expressed as Net cash from operating and investing activities:  Payment for purchase of tangible assets, Proceedsactivities, excluding cash from sale of tangible assets, Payment for purchase of intangible assets, Payment for purchase of financial assets, Proceeds from sale of financial assets, Payment for disposal of equity investment, Proceeds received in sale of businesses, Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash(used in) marketable securities and cash equivalents acquired.short-term deposits.

Free Cash Flow was positive $497 million in 2019, compared to positive $533 million and positive $308 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

5963


Table of Contents

 

In 2022, we had a positive Free Cash Flow of $1,591 million, compared to positive $1,120 million and positive $627 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Capital Resources

Net Financial Position (non-U.S. GAAP measure). Our Net Financial Position represents the difference between our total financial resourcesliquidity and our total financial debt. Our total financial resources includeliquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, restricted cash and short-term deposits, and our total financial debt includes short-term debt including bank overdrafts, and long-term debt, as representedreported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets. Net Financial Position is not a U.S. GAAP measure, but we believe it provides useful information for investors and management because it gives evidence of our global position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash by measuring our capital resources based on cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities and the total level of our financial indebtedness.  In addition, ourdebt. Our definition of Net Financial Position may differ from definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. Our Net Financial Position for each period has been determined from our Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

(In millions)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,597

 

 

$

2,266

 

 

$

1,759

 

 

$

3,258

 

 

$

3,225

 

 

$

3,006

 

Restricted cash

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

581

 

Marketable securities

 

 

133

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

Total financial resources

 

 

2,744

 

 

 

2,596

 

 

 

2,190

 

Short-term debt, including bank overdrafts

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(146

)

 

 

(118

)

Total liquidity

 

 

4,518

 

 

 

3,516

 

 

 

3,720

 

Short-term debt

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(795

)

Long-term debt

 

 

(1,899

)

 

 

(1,764

)

 

 

(1,583

)

 

 

(2,542

)

 

 

(2,396

)

 

 

(1,826

)

Total financial debt

 

 

(2,072

)

 

 

(1,910

)

 

 

(1,701

)

 

 

(2,717

)

 

 

(2,539

)

 

 

(2,621

)

Net Financial Position

 

$

672

 

 

$

686

 

 

$

489

 

 

$

1,801

 

 

$

977

 

 

$

1,099

 

 

Our Net Financial Position as of December 31, 20192022 was a net cash position of $672$1,801 million, decreasingincreasing compared to the net cash position of $686$977 million atas of December 31, 2018.2021.

AtCash and cash equivalents amounted to $3,258 million as of December 31, 2019, our financial2022.

Short-term deposits amounted to $581 million as of December 31, 2022 and consisted of available liquidity with original maturity over three months.

Marketable securities amounted to $679 million as of December 31, 2022 and consisted of U.S. Treasury Bonds classified as available-for-sale.

Financial debt was $2,072$2,717 million, as of December 31, 2022 and was composed of (i) $173$175 million of current portion of long-termshort-term debt and (ii) $1,899$2,542 million of long-termlong‑term debt. The breakdown of our total financial debt included:included (i) $1,354$827 million in the senior unsecured convertible bonds issued in 2017,EIB loans, (ii) $706$334 million in European Investment BankCDP loans, (the “EIB Loans”),(iii) $1,495 million in our 2020 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds, (iii) $57 million in finance leases and, (iii) $12(iv) $4 million in loans from other funding programs and other long-term loans.  programs.

The EIB Loansloans are comprised of three long-term amortizing credit facilities as part of our R&Dpublic funding programs. The first, signed in 2010,August 2017, is a €350€500 million multi-currency loan, to support our industrial and R&D programs.  It was drawn mainly in U.S. dollars for an amount of $321 million and only partially in Euros for an amount of €100 million, of which $55 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2019.  The second, signed in 2013, is a €350 million multi-currency loan which also supports our R&D programs.  It was drawn in U.S. dollars for an amount of $471 million, of which $118 million is outstanding as of December 31, 2019.  The third, signed in August 2017 for a total aggregate amount of €500 million in relation to R&D and capital expenditure investmentsexpenditures in the European Union. ItUnion, fully drawn in Euros, of which $346 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2022. The second one, signed in 2020, is a €500 million credit facility agreement with EIB to support R&D and capital expenditure programs in Italy and France. The amount was fully drawn in Euros corresponding to $533representing $481 million outstanding as of December 31, 2019.2022. In 2022, the Company signed a third long-term amortizing credit facility with EIB of €600 million, out of which, no amount had been drawn as of December 31, 2022.

60The CDP loans are comprised of two long-term credit facilities. The first, signed in 2021, is a €150 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $120 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2022. The second one, signed in 2022, is a €200 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $214 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

64


Table of Contents

 

On July 3, 2014, we issued $1,000 million principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds (Tranche A for $600 million and Tranche B for $400 million), due 2019 and 2021, respectively.  Tranche A bonds were issued as zero-coupon bonds while Tranche B bonds bore a 1% per annum nominal interest, payable semi-annually.  The conversion price at issuance was approximately $12, equivalent to a 30% and a 31% premium, respectively, on each tranche.  On October 3, 2016, the conversion price was adjusted up to 1.24% on each tranche, pursuant to a dividend adjustment symmetric provision, which corresponded to 16,491 and 16,366 equivalent shares per each $200,000 bond par value for Tranche A and Tranche B, respectively.  On October 2, 2017, the conversion price was adjusted up to 1.16% on Tranche B, pursuant to a dividend adjustment symmetric provision, which corresponded to 16,178 equivalent shares per each $200,000 bond par value.  The bonds were convertible by the bondholders or were callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, an in each case on a full-cash, full-shares or net-share settlement basis at issuer’s decision.  The net proceeds from the bond offering were approximately $994 million, after deducting issuance costs payable by us. The proceeds were allocated between debt and equity by first measuring the liability component and then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement. The fair value of the liability component at initial recognition totaled $878 million and was estimated by calculating the present value of cash flows using a discount rate of 2.40% and 3.22% (including 1% per annum nominal interest), respectively, on each tranche, which was determined to be consistent with the market rates at the time for similar instruments with no conversion rights. An amount of $121 million, net of allocated issuance costs of $1 million, was recorded in shareholders’ equity as the value of the conversion features of the instruments.

In the second quarter of 2017, we issued a redemption notice to inform bondholders of the early redemption of the Tranche A bonds in July 2017. As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $598 million nominal value on the total of $600 million of the Tranche A. The remainder amount of $2 million was early redeemed in cash by us.  Each conversion exercised by the bondholders was net-share settled, upon our election. As a result, we settled $600 million in cash and approximately 13.0 million shares from treasury shares. We allocated the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche A prior to settlement then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and consisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 2.09%, which corresponds to current market rates for similar bonds that have no conversion rights. The fair value of the liability component, as measured prior to extinguishment was $574 million for Tranche A bonds, which generated a loss amounting to $5 million, reported on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the period ended December 31, 2017.

Between September 13, 2017 and October 10, 2017, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $340 million nominal value on the total of $400 million of the Tranche B bonds. On October 11, 2017, we issued a redemption notice to inform bondholders of the early redemption of the remaining $60 million nominal value of the Tranche B on November 10, 2017. As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $59 million nominal value on the remaining $60 million of the Tranche B. The remainder amount of $1 million was early redeemed in cash by us.  As we elected to net share settle the bonds, each conversion followed the process defined in the original terms and conditions of the convertible bonds, which determined the actual number of shares to be transferred upon each conversion. As a result, we settled $400 million in cash and approximately 13.7 million shares from treasury shares.  We allocated the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche B prior to settlement then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and consisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 2.47%, which corresponds to current market rates for similar bonds that have no conversion rights. The fair value of the liability component, as measured prior to extinguishment was $370 million for Tranche B bonds, which generated a loss amounting to $11 million, reported on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the period ended December 31, 2017.

61


Table of Contents

On July 3, 2017,August 4, 2020, we issued a $1.5 billion principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds (Tranche A and Tranche B for $750 million each tranche), due 20222025 and 2024,2027, respectively. Tranche A bonds were issued at 101.265%105.8% as zero-coupon bonds while Tranche B bonds were issued at par and bear a 0.25% per annum nominal interest, payable semi-annually. 104.5% as zero-coupon bonds. The conversion price at issuance was $20.54,$43.62 for Tranche A equivalent to a 37.5%47.5% conversion premium on both tranches, which correspondsand $45.10 for Tranche B, equivalent to 9,737a 52.5% conversion premium. These conversion features correspond to an equivalent of 4,585 shares per each Tranche A bond $200,000 par value and an equivalent of 4,435 shares per each Tranche B bond $200,000 par value. The bonds are convertible by the bondholders or are callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, on a net-share settlement basis, except if the issuer elects a full-cash or full-share conversion as an alternative settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were $1,502$1,567 million, after deducting issuance costs payablepaid by us. Proceeds were allocated between debt and equity by measuring first the liability component and then determining the equity component as a residual amount. Company.The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement. The fair value

As of the liability component at initial recognition totaled $1,266 million before allocation of issuance costs, and was estimated by calculating the present value of cash flows using a discount rate of 2.70% and 3.28% (including 0.25% per annum nominal interest), respectively, on each tranche, which were determined to be consistent with the market rates at the time for similar instruments with no conversion rights. An amount of $242 million, net of allocated issuance costs of $1 million, was recorded in shareholders’ equity as the value of the conversion features of the instruments. Unamortized debt discount and issuance costs on the newly issued convertible debt totaled $146 million as at December 31, 2019. As at December 31, 2019, our2022, the Company’s stock price exceededdid not exceed the conversion price of the newsenior unsecured convertible bonds.

Onbonds issued on August 7, 2017 we announced the completion of the repurchase of 18.6 million shares of our common stock for a total of $297 million under the share buy-back program announced on June 22, 2017. The repurchased shares are held as treasury shares and will be used to meet our obligations arising from debt financial instruments that are exchangeable into equity instruments and to meet our obligations arising from share award programs.

On November 5, 2018 we announced the launch of a share buy-back program of up to $750 million to be executed within a three-year period. Shares repurchased under the buy-back program are disclosed on a weekly basis and are held as treasury shares and will be used to meet our obligations in relation to our employee stock award plans. As of December 31, 2019, we held 19.8 million treasury shares.

Additionally, we had unutilized committed medium-term credit facilities with core relationship banks of $568 million.4, 2020.

Our long-term debt contains standard conditions but does not impose minimum financial ratios.We had unutilized committed medium-term credit facilities with core relationship banks totaling $1,281 million as of December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, debt payments at redemption valueprincipal amount by period were as follows:

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Long-term debt (including current portion)

 

$

2,218

 

 

$

173

 

 

$

118

 

 

$

809

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

807

 

 

$

252

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

 

2027

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Long-term debt (including

   current portion)

 

$

2,722

 

 

$

175

 

 

$

172

 

 

$

922

 

 

$

172

 

 

$

908

 

 

$

373

 

Our 2020 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds are presented at their principal amount with original maturity date of 2025 for Tranche A and 2027 for Tranche B, in line with contractual terms.

 

Our current ratings with the three major rating agencies that report on us on a solicited basis, are as follows: S&P: “BBB” with stablepositive outlook; Moody’s: “Baa3”“Baa2” with stable outlook; Fitch: “BBB” with stable outlook.

62


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies

Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and contingencies as of December 31, 2019,2022, and for each of the five years to come and thereafter, were as follows:(1)

 

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

2023

 

2024

 

2025

 

2026

 

2027

 

Thereafter

Purchase obligations(2)

 

$

1,576

 

 

$

1,003

 

 

$

202

 

 

$

165

 

 

$

72

 

 

$

69

 

 

$

65

 

 

(In millions)

Purchase obligations(2)

 

$5,554

 

$4,556

 

$424

 

$287

 

$101

 

$62

 

124

of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment and other asset

purchases

 

 

514

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,587

 

3,584

 

3

 

 

 

 

Foundry purchases

 

 

905

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

65

 

 

1,827

 

872

 

393

 

275

 

101

 

62

 

124

Software, design, technologies

and licenses

 

 

157

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

100

 

28

 

12

 

 

 

Other obligations(2)

 

 

436

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

3

 

Lease obligations (including

current portion)(3)

 

 

207

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

48

 

Long-term debt obligations

(including current portion)(3)(4)

 

 

2,218

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

252

 

Pension obligations (including

current portion)(3)

 

 

455

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

265

 

Other long-term liabilities(3)(5)

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

103

 

Other obligations(2)

 

1,864

 

1,072

 

155

 

100

 

56

 

155

 

326

Operating Lease obligations (including current portion)(3)

 

193

 

52

 

36

 

24

 

15

 

10

 

56

Long-term debt obligations

(including current portion)(3)(4)

 

2,722

 

175

 

172

 

922

 

172

 

908

 

373

of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Lease obligations

 

57

 

7

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

31

Pension obligations

(including current portion)(3)

 

333

 

44

 

47

 

58

 

71

 

52

 

61

Other long-term liabilities(3)(5)

 

313

 

 

178

 

28

 

21

 

13

 

73

Total

 

$

5,070

 

 

$

1,603

 

 

$

482

 

 

$

1,067

 

 

$

220

 

 

$

962

 

 

$

736

 

 

$11,036

 

$5,906

 

$1,017

 

$1,424

 

$441

 

$1,204

 

$1,044

 

(1)

Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded from the table above.

(2)

Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet atconsolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.2022.

65


Table of Contents

(3)

Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet atconsolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.2022.

(4)

For long-term debt obligations the difference between the total obligations and the total carrying amount of long-term debt is due to the unamortized discountdebt issuance costs on the dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds.  See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements atas of December 31, 20192022 for additional information related to long-term debt.

(5)

For other long-term liabilities, the difference with the amount reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet atconsolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 20192022 is related to the long-term portion of the operating lease obligation of $152$141 million reported in lineunder the “Lease obligations”. line.  See Note 11 and Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements atas of December 31, 20192022 for additional information related to leasing.leases and other long-term liabilities.

Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses.

Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual commitments with respect to partnership and cooperation agreements.

Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans and senior unsecured convertible bonds. In the table above, our 2020 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds are presented at their principal amount with original maturity date of 2025 for Tranche A and 2027 for Tranche B, in line with contractual terms. In 2023 we expect to repay with available cash and cash equivalents a $169an amount of $166 million related to our loan received fromwith the European Investment Bank as an annual installment.installment and $7 million related to our finance leases. See “— Net financial position (non-U.S. GAAP measure)” above.

Pension obligations amounting to $455$333 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts projected to be payable by us for the pension and post-employment plans. The final actual amount to be paid and related timing of such payments may vary significantly due to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions rates. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other long-term liabilities mainly include future obligations related to other long-term employees benefits, contingent consideration on business combinations and miscellaneousother contractual obligations. In accordance with the authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, as of December 31, 2019, we had $48 million of estimated2022, liabilities onrelated to uncertain tax positions.positions totaled $61 million. See Note 23 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

63


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements atas of December 31, 2019.2022.

Financial Outlook:  Capital Investment

Our policy is to modulate our capital spending according to the evolution of the semiconductor market. Based on current market visibility and the combination of new products, customer demand in 2020 and ongoing strategic initiatives,For 2023, we plan to invest about $4.0 billion in capital expenditures mainly to increase our capital investment in 2020 at approximately $1.5 billion. 300mm wafer fabs and silicon carbide manufacturing capacity including our substrate initiative.

A large portion of this capital expenditureexpenditures will be devoted to support strategic initiatives:capacity additions and mix change in our manufacturing footprint, in particular for our wafer fabs: (i) the ramp-up of our new 300mm wafer fab in Agrate, Italy, the construction of a new 300 mm fab to support next generation mixed signal IGBTtechnologies and power technologies; (ii) R&D for GaNthen phase-in smart power technologies and embedded-non-volatile memory at a later stage; (ii) digital 300mm in Tours 200 mmCrolles, France, to extend the cleanroom and support production ramp-up for GaN RF devices in Catania 150 mm and (iii) investments for Silicon Carbide. These include the substrates activities, following the Norstel acquisition. In addition to our strategic initiatives, our main capital investment in front-end is in (i) our 300 mm fab in Crolles, optimizing existing infrastructure to support production ramp up onof our main runner technologies; (ii) mix evolution, and a few(iii) certain selected programs of capacity growth in some of our most advanced 200mm fabs, including the analog 200mm fab in Singapore; (iv) increase capacity for silicon carbide products in our Catania and infrastructure preparation.Singapore fabs; and (v) ramping a new integrated silicon carbide substrate manufacturing facility for the production in volume of 150mm, moving to 200mm in the future, silicon carbide epitaxial substrates. The most important 20202023 capital investments for our back-end facilities are expected towill be: (i) capacity growth on certain package families, including the SiC technology nextand automotive related packages, (ii) the new generation Imaging sensor technologies and new productsof Intelligent Power Modules for Automotive and Industrial to sustain market demand; (ii) modernization and rationalization of package lines targeting cost savings benefits;applications, and (iii) specific investments in innovative assembly processes and test operations.

The remaining part of our capital investment plan covers the areasoverall maintenance and efficiency improvements of factory automation, quality, environmentour manufacturing operations and energy savings. In addition, we will invest in overall capacity adjustment in final testing and wafers probing (EWS) to meet increased demand and a changed product mixinfrastructure, R&D activities, laboratories as well as invest in quality, safety, maintenance, productivity and cost savings in both 150 mm, 200 mm front-end fabs and back-end plants.the execution of our carbon neutrality programs.

We will continue to invest to support revenues growth and new products introduction, taking into consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and capacity utilization.our goal to become

66


Table of Contents

carbon neutral by 2027. We expect to need significant financial resources in the coming years for capital expenditures and for our investments in manufacturing and R&D. We plan to fund our capital requirements fromwith cash provided by operating activities, available funds and support from third parties, and may have recourse to borrowings under available credit lines and, to the extent necessary or attractive based on market conditions prevailing at the time, the issuance of debt, convertible bonds or additional equity securities. A substantial deterioration of our economic results, and consequently of our profitability, could generate a deterioration of the cash generated by our operating activities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in future periods, we will generate the same level of cash as in prior years to fund our capital expenditure plans for expanding/upgrading our production facilities, our working capital requirements, our R&D and manufacturing costs.

We believe that we have the financial resources needed to meet our currently projected business requirements for the next twelve months, including capital expenditures for our manufacturing activities, working capital requirements, approved dividend payments, share buy-backs as part of our current repurchase program and the repayment of our debtsdebt in line with their maturity dates.

Based on our strong customer demand and increased manufacturing capacity, we will drive the Company based on a plan for 2023 revenues in the range of $16.8 billion to $17.8 billion.

Impact of Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards

See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Equity-method investments

See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Backlog and Customers

See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Backlog”.

Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

The management of our Company is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.

64


TableThe term “Directors” refers to the non-executive members of Contentsthe Supervisory Board of the Company and the term “Senior Management” refers to:

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

The members of the Executive Committee (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) of the Company; and

The Executive Vice Presidents of the Company.

A.Supervisory Board

i. Role of the Supervisory Board

Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing Board, the manner in which the Managing Board implements the long-term value creation strategy and the general course of our affairs and business. In performing its duties, the Supervisory Board shall be guided by the interests of our Company and its business; it shall take into account the relevant interests of all stakeholders (including our shareholders). The Supervisory Board is responsible for the quality of its own performance.

Our Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is resolved by our AGM upon a non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of six members. Decisions by our AGM concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting, provided quorum conditions are met.

67


Table of Contents

Our Supervisory Board was composed of the following nine members as of December 31, 2019:2022(1):

 

 

 

 

Year First

 

Term

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

Year First

Appointed

 

Term

Expires

 

Age

 

Position

 

Appointed

 

Expires

 

Age

Maurizio Tamagnini

 

Chairman

 

2014

 

2023

 

57

Nicolas Dufourcq

 

Chairman

 

2015

 

2021

 

56

 

Vice Chairman

 

2015

 

2024

 

59

Maurizio Tamagnini

 

Vice Chairman

 

2014

 

2020

 

54

Janet Davidson

 

Member

 

2013

 

2022

 

63

 

Member

 

2013

 

2024

 

66

Ana de Pro Gonzalo

 

Member

 

2020

 

2023

 

55

Yann Delabrière

 

Member

 

2020

 

2023

 

72

Heleen Kersten

 

Member

 

2014

 

2020

 

54

 

Member

 

2014

 

2023

 

57

Jean-Georges Malcor

 

Member

 

2011

 

2020

 

63

Lucia Morselli

 

Member

 

2019

 

2022

 

63

Alessandro Rivera

 

Member

 

2011

 

2020

 

49

 

Member

 

2011

 

2023

 

52

Frédéric Sanchez

 

Member

 

2017

 

2020

 

59

 

Member

 

2017

 

2023

 

62

Martine Verluyten

 

Member

 

2012

 

2020

 

68

Donatella Sciuto(1)

 

Member

 

2022

 

2025

 

60

(1)

Ms. Lucia Morselli was a member of our Supervisory Board until May 25, 2022, on which date her term expired and on such date she was replaced by Ms. Donatella Sciuto.

 

Resolutions of our Supervisory Board require the approval of at least three-quarters of its members in office.office, with each member being entitled to one vote. Our Supervisory Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by our Managing Board. Our Supervisory Board meets at least five times a year (and in 2022, our Supervisory Board met 10 times), including once per quarter to approve our quarterly, semi-annual and annual accounts and their release. In 2019,2022, the average attendance rate for the meetings of our Supervisory Board was 91%90.5%. Our Supervisory Board has adopted (i) a Supervisory Board Charter,charter, (ii) a profile for the Supervisory Board based on which isproposed new members of the Supervisory Board are selected (both of which are available on our website (www.st.com).), (iii) a diversity policy for the composition of the Managing Board, the Executive Committee and the Supervisory Board, and (iv) a selection criteria and appointment procedure for the Supervisory Board and Managing Board members.

Our Supervisory Board may make a proposal to our AGM for the suspension or dismissal of one or more of its members. Each member of our Supervisory Board must resign no later than three years after appointment, as described in our Articles of Association, but may be reappointed following the expiration of his/her term of office. Pursuant to Dutch law, there is no mandatory retirement age for members of our Supervisory Board. Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by our AGM. Certain of our Supervisory Board members are proposed by and may retain certain relationships with our direct or indirect shareholders represented through our major shareholder. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders”.

In accordance with the best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, on an annual basis our Supervisory Board undertakes to perform an evaluation of the performancefunctioning of ourthe Managing Board as well asand the Supervisory Board (which also includes an evaluation of the functioning of the Supervisory Board’s committees and its ownindividual members). Once every three years, this evaluation is conducted by an independent external expert, whose mission is to assist the Supervisory Board in this evaluation through, inter alia, conducting interviews with individual members of the Supervisory Board and Managing Board and facilitating discussions within the Supervisory Board on the functioning of the boards, its committees and its members, including an evaluation of the involvement of each member, the culture within the Supervisory Board and its committees.the relationship between the Supervisory Board and the Managing Board. The evaluation for the year ended December 31, 20192022 was completed on December 3, 2019February 22, 2023 and concluded that both our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board are functioning adequately.well. The evaluation noted opportunities for improvements, including but not limited to additional training sessions for members of the Supervisory Board.

ii.Biographies of our Current Supervisory Board Members

Nicolas Dufourcq has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2015 and its Chairman since June 2017.  He serves on our Supervisory Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and chairs its Compensation Committee and Strategic Committee.  Mr. Dufourcq is a graduate of HEC (Hautes Etudes Commerciales) and ENA (Ecole Nationale d’Administration).  He began his career at the French Ministry of Finance and Economics before joining the Ministry of Health and Social affairs in 1992.  In 1994, he joined France Telecom, where he created the Multimedia division, before going on to chair Wanadoo, the firm’s listed Internet and Yellow Pages subsidiary.  After joining the Capgemini Group in 2003, he was made responsible for the Central and Southern Europe region, successfully leading their financial turnaround.  He was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Group and member of the Executive Committee in September 2004.  In 2005, he was named deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of finance, risk management, IT, delivery, purchases and LEAN program and, in 2007, also in charge of the follow-up of the group’s major contracts.  On February 7, 2013, Mr. Dufourcq was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Bpifrance (Banque Publique d’Investissement), which is indirectly controlled by the French Government and is one of the indirect shareholders of ST Holding.  Mr. Dufourcq is also a member of the strategic advisory board of Euler Hermes Group and the board of directors of Orange Group.

65


Table of ContentsMaurizio Tamagnini

 

Maurizio Tamagnini has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2014 and has been its Viceis the Chairman of our Supervisory Board since June 2017.2020. He was the Chairman of the Supervisory Board'sBoard from June 2014 to June 2017 and Vice Chairman from 2014 until June 2017. Mr. Tamagnini2017 to June 2020. He also serves on our Supervisory Board’s Nominating and& Corporate Governance Committee, Sustainability Committee, and chairs its Compensation Committee and Strategic Committee. Mr. Tamagnini is currently Chief Executive Officer of FSI Sgr Spa,SGR S.p.A., an asset management company participated, with a significant stake, among others,sponsored, until July 2022, by Cassa depositiDepositi e prestiti Spa (CDP)Prestiti S.p.A. (“CDP”) (with a 39% stake), which is 82.7% controlled by the Italian Government. FSI Sgr SpaSGR S.p.A. manages “FSI I” and “FSI II”, a private equity closed-end fundfunds with approximately €1.4€2 billion capital endowment, specialized on growth equity

68


Table of Contents

investments in Italian midmarket companies with development potential. UntilHe was, until April 2019, he was non-executive Chairman of FSI Investimenti Spa,S.p.A., which is controlled 77% by CDP. Until 31st March 2016, Mr. Tamagnini was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Investment Committee of Fondo Strategico Italiano Spa (nowS.p.A.(now CDP Equity Spa)S.p.A.), an investment company controlled by CDP. Until 21 April 2016, he was Chairman of the Joint Venturejoint venture between CDP EquityFondo Strategico Italiano S.p.A. and Qatar Holding (IQ Made in Italy Investment Company Spa)S.p.A.) with capital endowment of up to €2 billion in total for investments in the food, brands, furniture & design and tourism sectors. He was previously Southern European Manager of the Corporate & Investments Banking division of Bank of America Merrill Lynch and a member of the Executive Committee of Bank of America Merrill Lynch for the EMEA region. Mr. Tamagnini has gained over 2532 years of experience in the financial sector specializing in the areas of Corporate Finance, Private Equity, Debt and Equity. Mr. Tamagnini is also a member of the International Advisory Board of BIDMC Harvard Medical School. He holds a degree in International Monetary Economics from Bocconi University in Milan and has also studied at the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute — Troy in New York, USA.

Nicolas Dufourcq

Nicolas Dufourcq has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2015, its Chairman from June 2017 to June 2020 and its Vice-Chairman since June 2020. He serves on our Supervisory Board’s Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee, Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee and Sustainability Committee. Mr. Dufourcq is a graduate of HEC (Hautes Etudes Commerciales) and ENA (Ecole Nationale d’Administration). He began his career at the French Ministry of Finance and Economics before joining the Ministry of Health and Social Affairs in 1992. In 1994, he joined France Telecom, where he created the Multimedia division, before going on to chair Wanadoo, the firm’s listed Internet and Yellow Pages subsidiary. After joining the Cap Gemini Group in 2003, he was made responsible for the Central and Southern Europe region, successfully leading their financial turnaround. He was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Group and member of the Executive Committtee in September 2004. In 2005, he was named deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of finance, risk management, IT, delivery, purchases and LEAN program and, in 2007, also in charge of the follow-up of the goup’s major contracts. On February 7, 2013, Mr. Dufourcq was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Bpifrance (Banque Publique d’Investissement), which is one of the shareholders of ST Holding. Until January 2023, he was a member of the Supervisory Committee of Doctolib and he is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Stellantis.

Janet Davidson

Janet Davidson has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2013. She serves on our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee and Strategic Committee and chairs our newly established Supervisory Board’s Sustainability Committee. She began her career in 1979 as a member of the Technical Staff of Bell Laboratories, Lucent Technologies (as of 2006 Alcatel Lucent), and served from 1979 through 2011 in several key positions, most recently as Chief Strategy Officer (2005 – 2006), Chief Compliance Officer (2006 – 2008) and EVP Quality & Customer Care (2008 – 2011). From 2005 through 2012, Ms. Davidson was a member of the Lehigh University Board of Trustees. In 2007 she served on the Riverside Symphonia Board of Trustees and in 2005 and 2006, Ms. Davidson was a member of the Liberty Science Center Board of Trustees. Ms. Davidson was a member of the board of the Alcatel Lucent Foundation from 2011 until 2014.2014 and a member of the board of directors of Millicom from April 2016 until June 2020. Ms. Davidson is also a member of the board of directors of Millicom, since April 2016, and Thethe AES Corporation, since February 2019. Ms. Davidson is a graduate of the Georgia Institute of Technology (Georgia Tech), Atlanta, GA, USA, and Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA, USA and holds a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering.

Ana de Pro Gonzalo

Ana de Pro Gonzalo has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2020. She chairs our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee and serves on our Supervisory Board’s Sustainability Committee. She has been an independent non-executive director for National Express Group PLC and a member of its safety and security committee, audit committee and remuneration committee since October 2019 and she serves as independent non-executive director of Novartis A.G. and as a member of its audit and risk committees since March 2022.  Until December 2020, she was chief financial officer of Amadeus IT Holding (a world leading technology provider and transaction processor for the global travel and tourism industry), with global responsibility for financial management and control for the Amadeus group. She was appointed in this role in February 2010 and was also a member of the Amadeus executive management team. From 2002 to 2010, Ms. De Pro Gonzalo was corporate general manager at Sacyr Vallehermoso and was instrumental in leading the

69


Table of Contents

international expansion of one of the major construction groups in the world. From 1994 to 2002, Ms. De Pro Gonzalo was deputy general manager and finance director at Metrovacesa, and from 1990 to 1994 she was a senior auditor at Arthur Andersen. She has been independent non-executive director for Merlin Properties, S.A. from 2015-2017 and for Indra Sistemas S.A. from 2020-2022. Since June 2019, Ms. De Pro Gonzalo is an independent member of the non-profit Global Steering Group for Impact Assessment (Consejo Asesor Nacional Español) and member of the Board of Trustees of foundation Juan XXIII for the people with special intellectual needs since October 2020. Ms. De Pro Gonzalo holds a BSc in Business Studies, specializing in Auditing, from Universidad Complutense de Madrid, and completed IESE Business School’s general management executive program.

Yann Delabrière

Yann Delabrière has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2020. He serves on our Supervisory Board's Audit Committee. Mr. Delabrière began his career with the French Court of Auditors before working in the French Foreign Trade ministry from 1981 to 1983. He served as chief financial officer for COFACE, from 1983 to 1987, and for Printemps (a retail group, now Kering) as group Chief Financial Officer from 1987 to 1990. In 1990, he joined PSA Peugeot Citroën as chief finance officer and, in 1998, he joined the newly created executive committee of the group and, in parallel of his position as Chief Financial Officer, became chairman and chief executive officer of PSA’s consumer finance unit, Banque PSA Finance. From February 2007 until July 2016, Mr. Delabrière was the chief executive officer of Faurecia, and the chairman of its board of directors until May 2017. He was appointed in April 2017 as adviser to the board and then in June 2017 as chief executive officer of Zodiac Aerospace and oversaw the sale to Safran group in February 2018. Since July 2020, Mr. Delabrière has been the chairman of the board of Idemia, a global leader in augmented reality, where he previously served as president and Chief Executive Officer (between October 2018 and July 2020). He has been appointed a non-executive member of the board of directors of Leddar Tech in February 2021 and has been the lead independent director of Alstom since March 2017. Mr. Delabrière also served as non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Capgemini from 2004 to May 2018, and as non-executive director of Société Générale from 2012 to 2016. Mr. Delabrière holds a PhD in Mathematics having graduated from the Ecole Normale Supérieure and the Ecole Nationale d’Administration. He is also a Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur (Knight of the Legion of Honor) and Officier de l’Ordre National du Mérite (Officer of the National Order of Merit).

Heleen Kersten

Heleen Kersten has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2014. She serves on our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee, Sustainability Committee and Compensation Committee and chairs its Nominating and& Corporate Governance Committee. Ms. Kersten is a partner at Stibbe in Amsterdam, where she held the position of managing partner from 2008 to 2013. Stibbe is a Benelux law firm with offices in Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg, London and New York and Dubai.York. She began her career in 1989 with Stibbe before joining Davis Polk in New York and London (1992-1993). After her return to Stibbe Amsterdam, she rose through the ranks to become a partner in 1997. As a member of the Bar of Amsterdam since 1989, Ms. Kersten specializes in mergers and acquisitions, equity capital markets, corporate law and corporate governance. Ms. Kersten was a supervisory board member of the Dutch listed bankBank Van Lanschot N.V. until May 2015 and the Chairmanchairman of the supervisory board of Egeria Investment B.V. until April 2016. She is currently Chairmanchairman of the board of the Dutch Red Cross (Vereniging(Vereniging Het Nederlandse Rode Kruis)Kruis), since January 2020, and a supervisory board member of the Rijksmuseum (Stichting Het Rijksmuseum), since 2015. She is also a board memberSupervisory Board Member of the Foundation Donors of the Royal Concertgebouw Ochestra (Stichting Donateurs Koninklijk Concertgebouworkest),Wolters Kluwer N.V since 2010.2022. Ms. Kersten holds master’s degrees in Dutch law and tax law, both from Leiden University in the Netherlands.

Jean-Georges Malcor has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2011. He serves on our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee. Until his retirement on October 1, 2018, Mr. Malcor was the Chief Executive Officer of CGG. He is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Paris. He also holds a Master of Sciences degree from Stanford University, and a Doctorat from Ecole des Mines. Mr. Malcor began his career at the Thales group as an acoustic engineer in the Underwater Activities division where he was particularly in charge of hydrophone and geophone design and towed streamer programs. He then moved to the Sydney based Thomson Sintra Pacific Australia, becoming Managing Director of the company in 1990. Back in France, he became Director of Marketing and Communications (1991), then Director, Foreign Operations of Thomson Sintra Activités Sous Marines (1993). In 1996, he was appointed Managing Director of Thomson Marconi Sonar Australia which was, in addition to its military activities, the lead developing company for the solid

66


Table of Contents

geophysical streamer. In 1999, Mr. Malcor became the first Managing Director of the newly formed joint venture Australian Defense Industry. During this time he operated the Sydney based Woolloomooloo Shipyard (the largest dry dock in the southern hemisphere). In 2002, he became Senior Vice President, International Operations of Thales International. From 2004 to 2009, he was Senior Vice President in charge of the Naval Division, supervising all naval activities in Thales including ship design, building and maintenance. In January 2009, he became Senior Vice President, in charge of the Aerospace Division. In June 2009, he moved to the position of Senior Vice President, Continental Europe, Turkey, Russia, Asia, Africa, Middle East, and Latin America. Mr. Malcor joined CGG in January 2010 as President and became CEO in June 2010 until his retirement in October 2018.  Since June 2013, Mr. Malcor has been a member of the Supervisory Board of the Fives Group.  He is also a member of the board of directors and the audit committee of Atlas Arteria (since November 2018), a member of the board of directors of Ortec Expansion (since April 2018) and chairman of Cubik Partners (since July 2019).

Lucia Morselli has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 2019.  She serves on our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.  Ms. Morselli is a member of the board of directors and President of the Related Party Committee and member of the Audit Committee of Telecom Italia. She is a member of the board of directors of EssilorLuxottica (Paris), of Sisal S.p.A., and member of the advisory board of Veneranda Fabbrica del Duomo di Milano.  She is also in charge of the degree course in Economics of the Link Campus University (Rome).  Ms. Morselli graduated with the highest grades in Mathematics at the University of Pisa.  She completed a PhD in Mathematical Physics at the University of Rome and she holds two master degrees, the first one in Business Administration at the University of Turin and the second one in European Public Administration at the University of Milan.  She started her career at Olivetti as an assistant to the CFO; from 1985 to 1990 she was senior manager Strategic and Manufacturing Service with Accenture; from 1990 to 1995 she was CFO of the Aircraft Division at Finmeccanica S.p.A. Subsequently she was CEO of Telepiù Group (1995-1998), of News Corporate Europe and Stream (Sky) S.p.A. (1998-2003), of Tecnosistemi S.p.A. (2004), of Mikado S.p.A. and Compagnia Finanziaria S.p.A. (2009), of Bioera S.p.A. (2010-2011), of Berco Group (2013-2014), of Acciai Speciali Terni (2014-2016) and of Acciaitalia spa (2016). She also served as chairman of the board and CEO of Magiste International SA (2006), and of Scorpio Shipping Group Ltd (2011-2013).  She was a member of the board of directors of NDS (2004-2005) and IPI S.p.A. (2007-2008).  In 2003 she funded the consulting firm Franco Tatò & Partner.  Since 2009 she has been a member of the advisory board (restructuring fund) of DGPA & TATO’ Investment Fund.  In October 2019 Ms. Morselli was appointed chairman of the board of directors and CEO of ArcelorMittal Italia.Alessandro Rivera

Alessandro Rivera has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2011. Mr. Rivera serves on our Supervisory Board’sBoard's Strategic Committee and& Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. He was appointed as the Director General of the Treasury in August 2018. He is the representative for Finance Deputies meetings of the G7, G20, and the IMF, and a member of the Economic and Financial Committee (as Vice-President) and the Euro Working Group of the European Union, and of the Board of Directors of the European Stability Mechanism. He chairs the EFC Sub-Committee on IMF related issues. Prior to his appointment as Director General of the Treasury, in August 2018, Mr. Rivera was the Head of Directorate IV “Financial"Financial Sector Policy and Regulation Legal Affairs”Affairs" at the Department of the Treasury, Ministry of Economy and Finance from 2008 to 2018. He served as Head of Unit in the Department of the Treasury from 2000 to 2008 and was responsible for a

70


Table of Contents

variety of policy matters: financial services and markets, banking foundations, accounting, finance, corporate governance, and auditing. Since 2008, Mr. Rivera has been the Government representative in the “Consiglio Superiore” of the Bank of Italy, and in the Financial Services Committee.  Since 2013, he has been a member of the board of directors and compensation committee of Cassa Depositi e Prestiti. Since 2017,2022, he ishas also the chairman of SGA S.p.A. From 2011 to 2014 he wasbeen a member of the board of directorsInstituto Italiano di Technologia and compensation committee of Poste Italiane S.p.A.  From 2008 to 2011 heScuola Nazionale di Administrazione. He was a memberthe Chairman of the European Securities Committee.Board of Directors of AMCO S.p.A. (formerly SGA S.p.A.) (2017-2020). He was a member of the Accounting Regulatory Committee from 2002 to 2008Boards of Directors and a memberCompensation Committees of the Audit Regulatory Committee from 2005 to 2008.  He served on the board ofPoste Italiane S.p.A. (2011-2014), Italia Lavoro S.p.A. from 2005 to 2008(2005- 2008) and was a member of the audit committee and the compensation committee.  Mr. Rivera was also the chairman of the audit committee of the “Fondo nazionale di garanzia degli intermediari finanziari” (Italian investor compensation scheme) from 2003 to 2008.  From 2001 to 2010, he was the Project Leader and Deputy Project Leader in several twinning projects with Eastern European Countries (the Russian Federation, the Czech Republic, Lithuania, and Bulgaria).  He also served on the board of Mediocredito del Friuli — VeneziaFriuli-Venezia Giulia S.p.A from 2001 to 2003.(2001-2003).

Frédéric Sanchez

Frédéric Sanchez has been a member of our Supervisory Board since June 2017. He serves on our Supervisory Board’sBoard's Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee and Nominating and& Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Sanchez is the chairman of the executive board of Fives, an industrial engineering group with heritage of over 200 years of engineering excellence and expertise. Fives designs and supplies machines, process equipment and production lines for the world’sworld's largest industrial groups in various sectors such as aluminum,aluminium, steel, glass, automotive, logistics, aerospace, cement and energy, in both developing and developed countries. Mr. Sanchez started his career in 1985 with Renault in Mexico, then in the USA. In 1987

67


Table of Contents

he became a mission manager at Ernst & Young. In 1990 he joined Fives-Lille group, in which he held various positions before being appointed chief financial officer in 1994 and becoming chief operating officer in 1997. In 2002, the “Compagnie"Compagnie de Fives-Lille”Fives-Lille" (renamed Fives in 2007) became a company with a management board and supervisory board chaired by Mr. Sanchez. In 2018, Fives became a French simplified joint stock company (société(societe par actions simplifiéee)simplifiee) and Mr. Sanchez its chairman and CEO.Chief Executive Officer. Within MEDEF (French Business Confederation), Mr. Sanchez is President of MEDEF International, and President of the Council of Entrepreneurs France-Vietnam, France-CambodiaFrance-Japan, France-United Arab Emirates and France-Saudi Arabia and UAE. France-Barhain. Mr. Sanchez is also a member of the Supervisory Board of Mirion, an administrator of Primagaz, Orange, Thea Primagaz and Bureau Veritas and he is honorary co-presidentco­president of the Alliance Industrie du Futur. Mr. Sanchez graduated from HEC Business School (1983) and Sciences-Po Paris (1985) and he also holds a Master Degree in Economics from UniversitéUniversite Paris-Dauphine (1984).

Martine VerluytenDonatella Sciuto

Donatella Sciuto has been a member of our Supervisory Board since May 2012. Ms. Verluyten25, 2022 and serves on our Supervisory Board’sBoard' s Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. Donatella Sciuto has been the Executive Vice Rector of Politecnico di Milano since 2015 and is its ChairExecutive Rector since April 2013. Until 2011, Ms. Verluyten acted as CFO of Umicore N.V. basedJanuary 2023, and full professor in Brussels. Previously shecomputer science and engineering since 2000. She was CFO of Mobistar N.V. (2001-2006), having initially joined Mobistar in 2000 as Group Controller. She had earlier worked at Raychem since 1976, holding various management positions duringappointed IEEE Fellow for her 23-year tenure, from Manager European Consolidations (1976-1979), to General Accounting Manager basedscientific contribution in the US (1979-1983)"embedded systems design". She was then promoted to Division Controller Telecom Division Europe from 1983 to 1990. In 1990,Ms. Sciuto has been a member of the governing board of the Bank of Italy, since 2013. Since 2017, she was appointed Finance & Administration Director back in Europe, then in 1995, Europe Controller Finance & Administration Director until 1999. Ms. Verluyten is alsohas been an independent member of the board of directors of Thomas Cook plc until January 18,Avio S.p.A and Raiway S.p.A. and of Fila S.p.A. since 2020. She isMs. Sciuto has also been a member of the board of directorsthe Italian Institute of Technology since 2021 and GBL (group Bruxelles Lambert). Ms. Verluyten began her careershe was a member of the supervisory board of the Human Technopole Foundation until May 2022. Donatella Sciuto holds a degree in 1973 at KPMG as an Auditor.Electronic Engineering from Politecnico di Milano and a PhD in Electrical and Computer Engineering from the University of Colorado, Boulder. She holds a Master in Business and Administration (CEGA) from the Bocconi University School of Business Management.

iii.Supervisory Board Committees

Membership and Attendance. As of December 31, 2019,2022, the composition of the fourfive standing committees of our Supervisory Board was as follows: (i) Ms. Martine VerluytenAna de Pro Gonzalo is the Chair of the Audit Committee, and Ms. Janet Davidson, Mr. Yann Delabrière, Ms. Heleen Kersten Mr. Jean-Georges Malcor and Ms. Lucia MorselliDonatella Sciuto are members of the Audit Committee; (ii) Mr. Nicolas DufourcqMaurizio Tamagnini is the ChairmanChair of the Compensation Committee, and Mr. Maurizio Tamagnini,Nicolas Dufourcq, Ms. Heleen Kersten, Ms. Lucia MorselliDonatella Sciuto and Mr. Frédéric Sanchez are members of the Compensation Committee; (iii) Ms. Heleen Kersten is the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Messrs. Nicolas Dufourcq, Alessandro Rivera, Frédéric Sanchez and Maurizio Tamagnini are members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; and (iv) Mr. Nicolas DufourcqMaurizio Tamagnini is the ChairmanChair of the Strategic Committee, and Ms. Janet Davidson, and Messrs. Nicolas Dufourcq, Alessandro Rivera and Frédéric Sanchez Maurizio Tamagnini and Alessandro Rivera are members of the Strategic Committee; and (v) Ms. Janet Davidson is the Chair of the Sustainability Committee, and Mr. Nicolas Dufourcq, Ms. Heleen Kersten, Ms. Ana de Pro Gonzalo and Mr. Maurizio Tamagnini are members of the Sustainability Committee.

71


Table of Contents

Detailed information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and Supervisory Board Committee meetings during 20192022 is as follows:

 

Number of Meetings attended in 2019

 

Supervisory

Board

 

%

Attendance

 

Audit

Committee

 

 

%

Attendance

 

 

Compensation

Committee

 

 

%

Attendance

 

 

Strategic

Committee

 

 

%

Attendance

 

 

Nominating

& Corporate

Governance

Committee

 

 

%

Attendance

 

Number of Meetings attended in 2022

 

Supervisory

Board

 

%

Attendance

 

Audit

Committee

 

%

Attendance

 

Compensation

Committee

 

%

Attendance

 

Strategic

Committee

 

%

Attendance

 

Nominating

& Corporate

Governance

Committee

 

%

Attendance

 

Sustainability

Committee

 

%

Attendance

Maurizio Tamagnini

 

10

 

100%

 

 

 

3

 

100%

 

2

 

100%

 

3

 

100%

 

4

 

100%

Nicolas Dufourcq

 

9

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

100

 

 

3

 

 

100

 

 

6

 

 

100

 

 

8

 

80%

 

 

 

3

 

100%

 

2

 

100%

 

3

 

100%

 

3

 

75%

Maurizio Tamagnini

 

9

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

100

 

 

3

 

 

100

 

 

5

 

 

83

 

Janet Davidson

 

10

 

100

 

9

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

100%

 

10

 

100%

 

 

 

2

 

100%

 

 

 

4

 

100%

Ana de Pro Gonzalo

 

10

 

100%

 

10

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

100%

Yann Delabrière

 

10

 

100%

 

9

 

90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heleen Kersten

 

10

 

100

 

9

 

 

90

 

 

2

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

100

 

 

9

 

90%

 

9

 

90%

 

3

 

100%

 

 

 

3

 

100%

 

4

 

100%

Jean-Georges Malcor

 

10

 

100

 

10

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salvatore Manzi(1)

 

5

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lucia Morselli(2)(1)

 

3

 

60

 

5

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

75%

 

4

 

80%

 

2

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alessandro Rivera

 

7

 

70

 

4

 

 

80

 

 

2

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

83

 

 

6

 

60%

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

50%

 

2

 

67%

 

 

Frédéric Sanchez

 

10

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

100

 

 

3

 

 

100

 

 

6

 

 

100

 

 

10

 

100%

 

 

 

3

 

100%

 

2

 

100%

 

3

 

100%

 

 

Martine Verluyten

 

10

 

100

 

9

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donatella Sciuto(1)

 

6

 

100%

 

5

 

100%

 

1

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Mr. Manzi stepped down on May 23, 2019

(2)

Ms. Lucia Morselli was appointeda member of our Supervisory Board until May 25, 2022, on May 23, 2019which date her term expired and on such date she was replaced by Ms. Donatella Sciuto.

 

Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices, legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our auditors’ recommendations regarding corporate auditing rules and the independence of our external auditors.

68


Table of Contents

Our Audit Committee met ten times during 2019.2022. At many of the Audit Committee’s meetings, the committee received presentations on current financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to discuss with our CEO, CFO,Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accountant, Chief Audit and Risk Executive, President, Legal Counsel, Chief Compliance & Ethics Officer and our external auditors.  Our Audit Committee also discussed with outside U.S. legal counsel corporate requirements pursuant to NYSE’s corporate governance rules and the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Our Audit Committee also proceeded with its annual review of our internal audit function. Our Audit Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated Financial Statements in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, and the results press release was published on January 23, 2020.26, 2023.

Our Audit Committee approved the compensation of our external auditors for 20192022 and discussed the scope of their audit, audit related and non-audit related services for 2019.2022.

At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board meeting to approve our quarterly results, our Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial information and the proposed press release and had the opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, our Audit Committee reviewed our quarterly “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and Consolidated Financial Statements (and notes thereto) before they were furnished to the SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEOChief Executive Officer and the CFOChief Financial Officer (pursuant to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act). Our Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Form 20-F, prior to its approval by our Supervisory Board. Furthermore, our Audit Committee monitored our compliance with the European Directive and applicable provisions of Dutch law that require us to prepare a set of accounts pursuant to IFRS in advance of our AGM, which was held on May 23, 2019.25, 2022. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Operations”.

Also in 2019, our Audit Committee reviewed with our external auditors our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  In addition, ourOur Audit Committee regularly reviewed management’s conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and supervised the implementation of our corporate Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) process, and reviewed our Compliance & Ethics program.process.

As part of each of its quarterly meetings, our Audit Committee also reviewed our financial results as presented by Management/management and whistleblowing reports, including independent investigative reports provided by internal audit or outside consultants on such matters.in relation thereto.

Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee advises our Supervisory Board in relation to the compensation of the members of the Supervisory Board and Managing Board, including in the case of our President and Chief Executive Officer, and sole member of our Managing Board, including the variable portion of such compensation based on performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee also reviews the stock based compensation plans for our senior managersSenior Management and key employees. Our Compensation Committee met twicethree times in 2019.2022.

72


Table of Contents

Among its main activities, in 20192022 our Compensation Committee: (i) reviewed the objectives met as compared to the performance criteria relating to the bonus of our President and CEO, Mr. Jean-Marc Chery, for the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2018; (ii) defineddiscussed the performance targets relating to the bonus of our President and CEOChief Executive Officer for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 20192022 (which short-term targets are based on, inter alia, revenuesfour to seven performance conditions with a mix of financial criteria for approximately 70% and non-financial criteria (including sustainability/corporate social responsibility performance) for approximately 30%, and long-term targets are based on, inter alia, two financial performance conditions constituting revenue growth certain specific financial targets,versus a range of semiconductor peer companies (the “Peer Group” as discussed below) and average of operating margin ratio before restructuring, and one non-financial performance condition constituting the share price evolution versus PHLX Semiconductor Sector IndexSM(SOXSM)composite sustainability/corporate social responsibility index, including health and a list of three special programs)safety, CO2 neutrality, diversity & inclusion and people engagement (as further detailed in “—Compensation”)); and (iii)(ii) established, on behalf and with the approval of the entire Supervisory Board, the applicable performance criteria, which must be met by senior managers and selected key employees participating in the employee stock award plans to benefit from such awards. Forawards (for the 20192021 unvested stock awardsaward plan, these performance criteria are based on sales evolution and operating income evolution, both as compared against a panel of ten semiconductor companies, and the return on net assets targets.further described below in “Item 6. Managing Board – Managing Board compensation – Managing Board remuneration structure”).

Strategic Committee. Our Strategic Committee advises the Supervisory Board on and monitor key developments within the semiconductor industry, and our overall strategy for long-term value creation, and is, in particular, involved in supervising the execution of corporate strategies and in reviewing long-term planning and budgeting. Our Strategic Committee met three timestwice in 2019.2022. In addition, there were strategic discussions, many of which occurred at extended Supervisory Board meetings and involved all Supervisory Board members.

69


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee advises the Supervisory Board on the selection criteria and procedures relating to the appointment of members to our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, and the review of principles relating to corporate governance. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met sixthree times during 20192022 to discuss succession planning for our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, recent developments in Dutch and U.S. law, best practices regarding corporate governance, and the update of our corporate governance documents.

SustainabilityCommittee. Our Sustainability Committee advises and supports the Supervisory Board in relation to its responsibilities in supervising, monitoring and advising on the Company's sustainability strategy, targets, goals and overall sustainability performance. Our Sustainability Committee met fourtimes in 2022 to discuss our overall sustainability strategy, as well as our sustainability performances and reporting.

Secretariat and Controllers. Our Supervisory Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an Executive Secretary available to our Supervisory Board, who is also appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of the Supervisory Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to organize meetings, to ensure the continuing education and training of our Supervisory Board members and to maintain record keeping. Ms. Charlotte Fadlallah serves as Secretary and Mr. Gabriele Pagnotta serves as Vice Secretary.  Ms. Fadlallah and Mr. Pagnotta serve as a Managing Director of ST Holding.  Our Chief Compliance & Ethics Officer, Philippe Dereeper, serves as Executive Secretary for our Supervisory Board, and for each of the fourfive standing committees of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Gabriele Pagnotta serves as Secretary and Ms. Charlotte Fadlallah serves as Vice Secretary. Mr. Pagnotta and Ms. Fadlallah also serve as managing directors of ST Holding.

Our Supervisory Board also appoints two financial experts (“Controllers”). The mission of the Controllers is primarily to assist our Supervisory Board in evaluating our operational and financial performance, business plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the operational reports provided under the responsibility of the Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with the management of the Company and report to our full Supervisory Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Samuel Dalens and Giorgio Ambrosini.  Marco Zizzo. Mr. Dalens also serves as a member of the supervisory board of ST Holding.

The STH Shareholders Agreement between our principal indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to the appointment of the Secretary, Vice Secretary and Controllers. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

73


Table of Contents

iv.Supervisory Board Compensation

a.

Supervisory Board Remuneration Policy

On December 1, 2019, a Dutch act implementing the revised EU Shareholders’ Rights Directive (2017/828/EU (“SRDII”)) took effect in The Netherlands. As the Company is incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and the common shares of the Company are admitted to trading on regulated markets in the European Union, the Company was required, inter alia, to update the remuneration policy accordingly with respect to the compensation of the Supervisory Board members and to comply with the respective disclosure requirements introduced to the Dutch Civil Code. In connection therewith, we present in this section certain comparative information on our performance relative to the compensation of the Supervisory Board members. 

Our Articles of Association provide that the compensation of our Supervisory Board members is determined by our general meeting of shareholders. Our proposal for adoption of a remuneration policy for the Supervisory Board members to ensure compliance with the new requirements under the Dutch Civil Code, following the implementation of SRDII, was approved by the AGM on June 17, 2020 with a vote percentage in favor of the policy of 98.43%.  

b.

Compensation paid to current and former Supervisory Board Members in financial year 2022

The annual compensation of the Supervisory Board Members is comprised of an annual fee and an attendance fee, promoting effective and independent supervision in the interest of the Company and the long-term success of the Company. There is no variable compensation nor stock-based compensation awarded to the members of our Supervisory Board.

The aggregate compensation for current and former members of our Supervisory Board with respect to service in 2022 was €961,000 before any applicable withholding or other taxes, as set forth in the following table. No reimbursement fees were paid to members of our Supervisory Board in 2022.

Supervisory Board Members Fees

 

Annual

Fees

 

 

Attendance

Fees

 

Total

Maurizio Tamagnini

 

144,000

 

 

26,000

 

170,000

Nicolas Dufourcq (1)

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

Janet Davidson

 

84,500

 

 

29,500

 

114,000

Ana de Pro Gonzalo

 

161,500

 

 

-

 

161,500

Yann Delabrière

 

77,500

 

 

22,000

 

99,500

Heleen Kersten

 

88,000

 

 

33,000

 

121,000

Lucia Morselli (2)

 

-

 

 

9,000

 

9,000

Alessandro Rivera

 

87,000

 

 

-

 

87,000

Frédéric Sanchez

 

80,500

 

 

21,500

 

102,000

Donatella Sciuto

 

81,000

 

 

16,000

 

97,000

Total

 

804,000

 

 

157,000

 

961,000

(1)

Mr. Dufourcq waived his rights to receive any compensation from the Company in relation to his mandate as a member of the Supervisory Board or otherwise.

(2)

Ms. Lucia Morselli was a member of our Supervisory Board until May 25, 2022 and was replaced by Ms. Donatella Sciuto as of May 25, 2022.

74


Table of Contents

c.

Supervisory Board Remuneration Comparison

Set forth in the following table is the annual change over the last three years of (i) the average remuneration of our Supervisory Board Members, (ii) the performance of the Company and (iii) the average remuneration of our indirect employees (i.e., all indirect employees other than the members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer):

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Supervisory Board remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average remuneration of Supervisory Board members(1)

 

$

106,778

 

 

$

114,775

 

 

$

99,431

 

Company's performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues (amounts in millions)

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

10,219

 

Operating income (amounts in millions)

 

$

4,439

 

 

$

2,419

 

 

$

1,323

 

Employee remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average remuneration(2) of all global indirect employees

   (FTE basis)(3)

 

$

109,600

 

 

$

111,200

 

 

$

98,500

 

(1)

Using the Euro per U.S. dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2022 of €1 = $1.0675.

(2)

Remuneration is defined as all remuneration paid to indirect employees including base salary, variable compensation in both cash and shares, social premiums, pension, expense allowances and benefits in kind. The average is calculated by taking the sum of remuneration costs and dividing by the average number of full-time equivalent indirect employees over the period.

(3)

Global indirect employees are all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products, excluding Senior Management. “FTE” refers to full time equivalent.

We do not have any service agreements with any of the members of our Supervisory Board. We did not extend any loans or overdrafts to any of our Supervisory Board members. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with any of our Supervisory Board members or their families.

B.

Managing Board

i.

Role of the Managing Board

In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Jean-Marc Chery who was appointed on May 31, 2018 for a three-year term and was re-appointed on May 27, 2021 for a subsequent three-year term expiring at the 20212024 AGM and is currently the sole member of ourthe Managing Board with the function of President and Chief Executive Officer. For further biographical details concerning the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, please refer to the “Biographies of our Executive Committee members (including the President and Chief Executive Officer)” section.

Under our Articles of Association, Managing Board members are appointed for a three-year term upon a non-binding proposal by our Supervisory Board at our AGM and adoption by a simple majority of the votes cast at the AGM, provided quorum conditions are met, which term may be renewed one or more times.

Our shareholders’ meeting may suspend or dismiss one or more members of our Managing Board, in accordance with the procedures laid down in our Articles of Association. Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our general management and the representation of the Company. Our Managing Board must seek prior approval from our shareholders’ meeting for decisions regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our Articles of Association and our Supervisory Board Charter,charter, our Managing Board must also seek prior approval from our Supervisory Board for certain other decisions with regard to the Company and our direct or indirect subsidiaries.

In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, theThe sole member of our Managing Board and our senior managers may not serve on the board of a public company without the prior approval of our Supervisory Board. Pursuant to the Supervisory Board Charter,charter, the sole member of our Managing Board must inform our Supervisory Board of any (potential) conflict of interest and pursuant to such charter and Dutch law, any Managing Board resolution regarding a transaction in relation to which the sole member of our Managing Board has a conflict of interest must be approved and adopted by our Supervisory Board. Should our entire Supervisory Board also have a conflict of interest, the resolution must be adopted by our shareholders’ meeting pursuant to Dutch law. We are not aware of any actual or potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or other duties of the sole member of our sole Managing Board member and members of our senior managersSenior Management and their duties to us.

75


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our Articles of Association and the Supervisory Board Charter,charter, the following decisions by our Managing Board with regard to the Company and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries (an “ST Group Company”) require prior approval from our Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our or any ST Group Company’s Articles of Association or other constitutional documents, other than those of wholly owned subsidiaries; (ii) other than for wholly owned subsidiaries, any change in our or any ST Group Company’s authorized share capital or any issue, acquisition or disposal by us — with the exception of shares in our share capital acquired in order to transfer these shares under employee stock option or stock purchase plans — or any ST Group Company of own shares or change in share rights and any issue of instruments resulting in a share in performance conditions related to corporate social responsibility and environmental, social and governance factors. Both short-term and long-term incentive includes performance conditions promoting ST’s sustainable growth.

ii.

Managing Board compensation

a.

Guiding principles of Managing Board compensation

Amongst others, the capital of any ST Group Company or its profits (iii)following key principles are considered by the liquidation or dissolutionSupervisory Board to determine the remuneration structure of the Company or any ST Group Company orsole member of the disposalManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer:

Alignment with the Company’s strategy: the compensation package should be strongly linked to the achievement of targets that are indicators of the execution of the Company’s business strategy.

Improving the performance of the Company: most of the compensation (excluding base salary, benefits, and pensions) is directly linked to the Company’s performance through variable pay incentives. These incentives are based on ambitious performance conditions that include a mix of internal and external criteria as well as relative performance conditions against peers.

Enhancing long-term creation of shareholder value: to strengthen the alignment with the interests of the shareholders and to enhance the long-term value creation of the Company, the compensation structure includes short-term and long-term variable remuneration either in cash or in shares or a combination thereof.

Promoting sustainable corporate development: to ensure that the Company is managed in a sustainable and responsible manner for the common good, the remuneration includes non-financial performance conditions related to corporate social responsibility and environmental, social, and governance factors. Both short- and long-term incentive include performance conditions promoting ST’s sustainable growth.

Retaining and motivating key employees: the compensation package should be competitive, ensuring remuneration levels are determined by reference internally between the Company’s senior managers and externally against the Peer Group.

In accordance with the key principles of all or a substantialthe Company’s remuneration structure, the total remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and material partChief Executive Officer takes into consideration factors such as the size and complexity of our business or assets, or thoseCompany, our global presence and that of any ST Group Company, orour customers, the pace of anychange in our industry, the Company’s value proposition, strategy and goal of long-term value creation, and the need to recruit and retain key personnel.

b.

Managing Board remuneration policy

The remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is determined by our Supervisory Board on the advice of the Compensation Committee

On December 1, 2019, the SRDII took effect in The Netherlands. As we are incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and our common shares are admitted to trading on regulated markets in any ST Group Company; (iv) any merger, acquisition or joint venturethe European Union, we are required, inter alia, to update the remuneration policy with respect to the compensation of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer and to comply with the respective disclosure requirements introduced to the Dutch Civil Code. In connection therewith, we present in this Item 6 comparative information on our performance relative to the compensation of the members of our Senior Management andthe sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.

7076


Table of Contents

 

agreement (and, if substantialThe Compensation Committee advises the Supervisory Board in reviewing the remuneration package of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and material,Chief Executive Officer both in the context of the Company performance and against the Peer Group and relevant market index. Before setting targets for the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee carries out scenario analyses of the possible financial outcomes of meeting target levels.

Set forth in the table below is the list of companies retained for the Peer Group compensation analysis used for the remuneration policy for the Managing Board adopted at the 2021 AGM:

Analog Devices

ON Semiconductor

Infineon

Texas Instruments

Monolithic Power Systems

Vishay

Microchip

Rohm

NXP Semiconductors

Renesas

Should one of the Peer Group companies not publish financial results for any agreement relatingreason, Diodes and/or Melexis would replace the missing company.

The remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is bound by the remuneration policy as adopted by our 2021 AGM for a duration of a maximum of 4 years. Under the terms of the Dutch Civil Code, the remuneration policy for the Managing Board shall be submitted to IP)the AGM for adoption at least every four years after its adoption. A resolution to adopt the remuneration policy requires a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast.

The remuneration policy for the Managing Board contains the following key features:

the reinforcement of the link between Managing Board remuneration and long-term company strategy;

the simplification of the short-term incentive structure (fully paid in cash, as compared to a hybrid cash-equity pay-out previously) featuring enhanced disclosure of criteria and threshold, targets, and maximum performance levels;

the inclusion of corporate social responsibility criteria among performance conditions for both the short-term and long-term incentive in line with our objectives of promoting sustainable corporate development;

enhanced disclosure of long-term incentive (share-settled) performance conditions and threshold and target performance levels as well as the remaining outstanding shares (which are not yet vested);

a three-year performance period for long-term incentives (as compared to one year previously), with vesting based on performance measured over the 3-year performance period, to improve alignment of Managing Board remuneration with our objective of enhancing long-term shareholder value;

enhanced disclosure regarding early vesting provisions for the unvested stock awards;

the implementation of share ownership guidelines for the Managing Board; and

claw-back provisions in order to reclaim payments after they have been awarded or to withhold remuneration under specific conditions.

We continue to increase the level of disclosure and transparency in relation to the remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer to provide our stakeholders with an increased level of insight in our remuneration practices.

c.

Managing Board remuneration structure

The remuneration structure is reflective of the level of responsibility of the Company’s sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The remuneration structure is further aligned to the Company’s current context while remaining competitive and providing an incentive to promote the Company’s performance over the medium to long-term, and is in line with the Company’s corporate interest and the interests of all its stakeholders.

77


Table of Contents

The Supervisory Board, upon proposal from the Compensation Committee, determines the remuneration structure and remuneration amounts for the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer based on the analysis of the theoretical maximum total direct remuneration (i.e., sum of base salary, maximum short-term incentive, and maximum long-term incentive).

The remuneration package of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is comprised of the following:

A base salary; and

Variable components, linked to performance:

o

A short-term incentive of up to 210% of base salary which is fully paid in cash.

o

A long-term incentive through the grant of stock awards, up to a maximum of 100,000 shares.

The sum of these three elements represents the maximum total direct remuneration for the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.

The above-mentioned three elements of the total maximum remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer are further described below:

Base salary

The purpose of the base salary is to provide a fixed level of earnings and to attract and retain the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. It is a key component of overall remuneration, particularly as the short-term incentive is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The Company seeks to determine a fair and competitive base salary as compared to the Peer Group based on several factors.

Short-term incentive

The purpose of the short-term incentive is to motivate the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer to achieve financial and commercial objectives consistent with and supportive of the Company’s strategy and to create a tangible link between annual performance and individual pay opportunity.

In accordance with the Managing Board remuneration policy and effective from the year 2021, the short-term incentive of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is fully paid in cash up to a maximum of 210% of the base salary for the relevant year, all subject to the assessment and achievement of a number of performance conditions which weare set annually by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.

The short-term incentive is subject to annual performance measurement of a unique set of 4 to 7 predefined criteria (both financial and non-financial) and a performance matrix both for financial and non-financial criteria that explicitly outline threshold and target outcomes (as well as overperformance conditions for financial criteria).

Performance measures and weightings are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee. The recommendations made by the Compensation Committee regarding scorecard targets and weightings are designed to support the delivery of the Company’s strategy. The Supervisory Board, upon recommendation by the Compensation Committee, retains the ability to adjust performance measure targets and weightings year-by-year within the overall target and maximum pay-outs approved in the remuneration policy.

The Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee, sets the conditions and performance criteria that must be met by the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer for the attribution of his short-term incentive (which is paid in the subsequent year).

These performance conditions will enable the Supervisory Board to conduct a holistic and comprehensive assessment of the annual performance of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The combination of financial and non-financial criteria is well balanced in terms of external and internal criteria and reflect the challenging objectives set by the Compensation Committee in line with the Company's ambitious long-term vision and business strategy.

78


Table of Contents

The financial performance criteria for 2022, as chosen by the Supervisory Board were as follows:

Market share evolution, which is measured by assessing the Company’s relative positioning and competitiveness in relation to its market and its industry peers and how fast the Company grows its revenues compared to its competitors. Market share is assessed on the basis of industry data published by WSTS (“World Semiconductor Trade Statistics”).

Revenue growth, which represents the total amount of income generated by the Company’s operations;

Operating income, which is an important yardstick of profit measurement and reflects the operating performance of the business which does not take into consideration of non-operating gains or losses suffered by business, the impact of financial leverage and tax factors; and

Net operating cash flow, which is a liquidity metric that evaluates whether the Company has enough liquidity to meet its debt obligations. This metric helps assess the financial soundness of the company in terms of liquidity risk, financial risk, credit risk and business risk.

The non-financial performance criteria for 2022, as chosen by the Supervisory Board were as follows:

Execution of special manufacturing programs;

Execution of strategy implementation; and

Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index, which is divided into four criteria related to:

o

Health & safety: measured against, amongst others, the employee safety performance;

o

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent);

o

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels; and

o

People management: measured against, amongst others, the employee survey (engagement index).

The weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to remain stable over time, however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.

Set forth in the following Table A1 and Chart A1 is the weight set for 2022 for each of the performance criteria that will be assessed by the Supervisory Board in March 2023 for the attribution of the 2022 short-term incentive (to be paid in 2023):

Table A1: Performance criteria with target weighting and pay-out

Annual short-term incentive performance criteria financial year  2022 (to be paid in 2023)

 

Target Weighting

(as a % of total weighting for performance criteria)

 

 

Target pay-out

(as a % of base salary)

 

 

 

 

 

Financial performance conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o  Market share evolution

 

14%

 

 

30%

 

o  Revenue growth

 

19%

 

 

40%

 

o  Operating income

 

19%

 

 

40%

 

o  Net operating cash flow

 

19%

 

 

40%

 

Sub-total for financial performance conditions

 

71%

 

 

150%

 

Non-financial performance conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o   Execute special manufacturing programs

 

14%

 

 

30%

 

o   Execute strategy implementation

 

5%

 

 

10%

 

o   Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index

 

10%

 

 

20%

 

Sub-total for non-financial performance conditions

 

29%

 

 

60%

 

Total

 

100%

 

 

210%

 

79


Table of Contents

Chart A1: Performance criteria with target weighting and pay-out

As described in Table A2 below, the final pay-out of the short-term incentive is calculated by measuring the performance of each condition, then adding the sums of the corresponding pay-out from Table A1 above, taking into account any ST Group Companyapplicable caps. The sum is or is proposedthen multiplied by the base salary to be, a party,determine the final short-term incentive pay-out.

Table A2: Pay-out according to performance for each performance criterion

 

Pay-out as a percentage of base salary

Annual short-term incentive performance criteria

financial year 2022 (to be paid in 2023)

Performance

below

threshold

Performance above or equal to threshold and below target

Performance above or equal to target and below stretch

Performance above stretch

Financial performance conditions

 

 

 

 

oMarket share evolution

0%

15%

30%

45%

oRevenue growth

0%

20%

40%

60%

oOperating income

0%

20%

40%

60%

oNet operating cash flow

0%

20%

40%

60%

Sub-total for financial performance conditions

0%

75%

150%

Capped at 150%(1)

Non-financial performance conditions

 

 

 

 

oExecute special manufacturing programs

0%

15%

30%

30%

oExecute strategy implementation

0%

5%

10%

10%

oSustainability/corporate social responsibility index

0%

10%

20%

20%

Sub-total for non-financial performance conditions

0%

30%

60%

60%(2)

Total

0%

105%

210%

short-term incentive pay-out capped at 210%

(1)  

Over-performance for financial conditions can balance the potential under-performance of other financial conditions if performance exceeds stretch targets, without exceeding a maximum pay-out of 150% of base salary regarding the portion of the short-term incentive dependent on financial performance criteria.

(2)  

No stretch targets are defined for non-financial performance criteria.

80


Table of Contents

As of the publication of this Form 20-F the evaluation and assessment of the fulfillment of conditions and performance criteria as well as the formationdetermination of new companiesconditions for the 2022 short-term incentive have not yet been completed by us or any ST Group Company (with the understanding that only acquisitions above $25 million per transaction are subject to prior Supervisory Board approval); (v) our draft Consolidated Balance Sheetsupon the proposal of the Compensation Committee (expected in March 2023).

As a result, performance achievement levels and Consolidated Financial Statements,final pay-out for the short-term incentive based on 2022 performance (to be paid in 2023), as well as ourthe scorecard for the 2022 short-term incentive will be disclosed at a later date, and any ST Group Company’s profit distribution policies; (vi) entering into any agreement that may qualify as a related party transaction, including any agreement between us or any ST Group Company and any of our major shareholders; (vii) the appointment of members of the Executive Committee; (viii) the key parameters of our pluri-annual plans and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as any significant modificationsis expected to said plans and budgets, or any one of the matters set forth in our Articles of Association and notbe included in the approved plans or budgets; (ix) operations which have2022 Dutch Annual Report. Scorecard targets are not disclosed prospectively as it would require the disclosure of commercially sensitive information. Scorecard targets for the 2022 short-term incentive will be disclosed only when they are no longer deemed to be submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval even if their financing was already provided for incommercially sensitive.

Long-term incentive

The purpose of the approved annual budget; (x) our quarterly, semi-annual and annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and, as required, accordinglong-term incentive is to IFRS; (xi)motivate the exercise of any shareholder right in a ST joint venture company, which is a company (a) with respect to which we hold directly or indirectly either a minority equity position in excess of 25% or a majority position without the voting power to adopt extraordinary resolutions, or (b) in which we directly or indirectly participate and such participation has a value of at least one-third of our total assets according to the Consolidated Balance Sheets and notes thereto in our most recently adopted (statutory) annual accounts, with the understanding, for the avoidance of doubt, that decisionssole member of the Managing Board, regardingour President and Chief Executive Officer to deliver sustainable long-term shareholder value through long-term profitability and share price growth.

The terms of this long-term incentive are included in the general management and/or operationslong-term incentive plan approved at the 2021 AGM, allowing for grants of such ST joint venture company are notunvested stock awards in 2021, 2022 and 2023. The vesting of unvested stock awards is subject to the achievement of performance conditions and calculated over a three-year performance period. Grants of unvested stock awards made in 2022 and 2023 will fully vest, subject to performance conditions, in 2025 and 2026 respectively.

Award levels are determined annually by the Compensation Committee within the maximum amounts set by the Supervisory Board approval and thatBoard. In accordance with the resolution adopted by our AGM, the maximum annual grant allowed in relation to the sole member of the Managing Board, reportsour President and Chief Executive Officer’s stock award for 2020, 2021 and 2022 was 100,000 unvested stock awards subject to performance criteria.

The Supervisory Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determines whether the performance criteria are met and concludes whether and to which extent the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is entitled to any stock awards under the long-term incentive plan. Scorecard targets are not disclosed prospectively as it would require the disclosure of commercially sensitive information. Scorecard targets will be disclosed only when they are no longer deemed to be commercially sensitive.

Grants in 2022 and 2021

In accordance with the long-term incentive plan approved at the 2021 AGM, allowing for grants in 2021, 2022 and 2023, the stock awards vest at the end of a three-year performance period, from the date of the grant, provided that the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is still an employee at such time (subject to the Supervisory Board ontermination provisions listed below in Section f. Compensation provisions in the operationsevent of termination or departure of the ST joint venture companies as partsole member of its regular reporting to the SupervisoryManaging Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer).

For the 2022 long-term incentive, the performance criteria are:

Revenue growth;

Operating margin; and

Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index, which was comprised of the following KPIs (including two external criteria):

o

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, the direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent);

o

Diversity, inclusion and people engagement: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels;

o

Investor ESG index: measured against, amongst others, the Dow Jones sustainability indices; and

o

Carbon rating: measured against, amongst others, the CDP carbon rating.

81


Table of Contents

Set forth in principle at least every six months; (xii) the strategyfollowing Table B1 and Chart B1 is the weight set for each of our company; (xiii) the annual internal audit plan and the appointment, replacement, reassignment and dismissal of our Chief Audit and Risk Executive; (xiv) all proposals toperformance criteria that will be submitted to a vote at the AGM; (xv) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any participation and conclusion of any cooperation and participation agreement ; (xvi) all our pluri-annual plans and the budget for the coming year (covering investment policy, policy regarding research and development, and commercial policy and objectives, general financial policy and policy regarding personnel); and (xvii) all acts, decisions or operations covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant change with respect to decisions already approvedassessed by the Supervisory Board or not providedover the three performance periods for the attribution of the relevant long-term incentive.

Table B1: Long-term incentive performance criteria and target weighting over the three performance periods

Long-term incentive plan performance criteria to be assessed over a

3-year period

Target Weighting
(as % of maximum
achievement score)

Revenue growth (financial year 2024 vs financial year 2021 in comparison to Peer Group)

33.33%

Operating margin ratio before restructuring (average for the 2022 – 2024 period)

33.33%

Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index

33.33%

Maximum achievement score

100%
which correspond to a
maximum of 100,000 unvested stock awards

Chart B1: Long-term incentive performance criteria and target weighting over the three performance periods

Table B2: Shares to vest at the end of the 3-year vesting period according to performance for each performance criterion

 

 

Shares to vest as a percentage of maximum award

 

Long-term incentive plan performance criteria to be assessed over a 3-year period

 

Performance below

threshold

 

 

Performance equal to threshold

 

 

Performance above threshold and below target

 

 

Performance above or at target

 

Revenue growth (financial year 2024 vs financial year 2021 in comparison to Peer Group)

 

0%

 

 

16.67%

 

 

25%

 

 

33.33%

 

Operating margin ratio before restructuring (average for the 2022 – 2024 period)

 

0%

 

 

16.67%

 

 

16.67%

 

 

33.33%

 

Sustainability/corporate social responsibility index

 

0%

 

 

16.67%

 

 

16.67%

 

 

33.33%

 

Total

 

0%

 

 

50%

 

 

58.34%

 

 

100%

 

Table B3: Vesting schedule for the 2021 and 2022 long-term incentive grants  

82


Table of Contents

Set forth in the above list and as specifically laid down by a Supervisoryfollowing table is an overview of the outstanding awards that have been granted to the sole member of the Managing Board, resolution to that effect.

Senior Management

Changes within 2019

In December 2019, our President Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Philippe Brun, leftChief Executive Officer, in accordance with the Company. We are currently considering various options for Mr. Brun's replacement and,new long-term incentive plan adopted by the 2021 AGM. For the purposes of the vesting schedule table below, a hypothetical achievement rate of 100% of performance conditions is used:

Grant date

Final

vesting

date

Max. number

of shares that

can be

granted

Share

price at

grant

(in $)

2022

vesting

2023

vesting

2024

vesting

2025

vesting

Unvested

shares as of

end of 2022

July 27, 2022

 

AGM date for 2025

 

100,000

$36.33

 

 

 

100,000(1)

100,000

July 28, 2021

AGM date for 2024

100,000

$39.33

 

 

100,000(1)

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

(1)

In the event of 100% achievement of performance criteria to be assessed by the Supervisory Board.

Grant in 2020

Set forth in the interim, wefollowing table are the performance criteria, weight, and achievement rate for the periods indicated below set for the long-term incentive grant in 2020.

Under the terms of the previous long-term incentive plan in place before the current remuneration policy, performance was measured over the course of the year following the grant, subject to three performance conditions. Based on the achievement of long-term incentive performance conditions, the total number of shares to be vested was determined, up to a maximum of 100,000 shares. Performance conditions were assessed once, one year following the grant date. The unvested stock awards then vested as follows:

One year post-grant: 32% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 32,000 shares if all targets were met)

2 years post-grant: 32% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 32,000 shares if all targets were met)

3 years post-grant: 36% of unvested stock awards vest (a maximum of 36,000 shares if all targets were met)

Following the implementation of the remuneration policy adopted at the 2021 AGM, the terms of long-term incentive plans from 2021 onwards have taken adequate measures to ensure continuitychanged, as detailed in the section “Grants in 2022 and 2021” above).  

Assessment of performance criteria for 2020 long-term incentive grants

Target weighting

(as % of maximum

Long-term incentive plan performance criteria

achievement score)

2020

Evolution of sales

33.33%

Criteria met

Evolution of operating income

33.33%

Criteria met

Return on net assets

33.33%

Criteria met

Maximum achievement score

100%

which correspond to a

maximum of 100,000 unvested stock awards

100%

performance

achieved

83


Table of his duties.Contents

General management

Vesting schedule for outstanding shares

Set forth in the following table is an overview of the outstanding awards under grants prior to implementation of the new long-term incentive plan adopted in 2021 that have been granted to the sole member of the Managing Board, our businessPresident and Chief Executive Officer:

Plan

Grant date

Final

vesting

date

Max. number

of shares that

can be

granted

Number of shares

awarded based on

performance

conditions

achievement

Share

price at

grant

(in $)

2020

vesting

2021

vesting

2022

vesting

2023

vesting

Unvested

shares as of

end of 2022

2020 unvested stock awards Grant

July 23, 2020

June 17, 2023

100,000

100,000

$29.97

 

32,000

32,000

36,000

36,000

2019 unvested stock awards Grant

July 24, 2019

May 23, 2022

100,000

66,672

$19.45

21,335

21,335

24,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total vesting

 

 

 

 

 

21,335

53,335

56,002

36,000

36,000

Share ownership guidelines

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer is expected to build up a shareholding in the Company equal to 1.5 times of the base salary, in line with the remuneration policy.

Claw-back provisions

All performance-related remuneration awarded to the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer are subject to the following claw-back provisions, in accordance with Dutch law. If the Supervisory Board considers that there is a significant downward restatement of the Company's financial results, breach of duty from the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, or where remuneration has been paid based upon incorrect information about the achievement of the goals on which the remuneration was based or the circumstances on which the short-term incentive was dependent, it may, in its discretion, within two years of the performance-related remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer vesting or being paid:

require the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer to repay to the Company an amount equal to the after-tax value of some or all of any short-term incentive or the Company's shares that were granted; and/or

require the Company to withhold from, or offset against, any other remuneration to which the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer may be or become entitled in connection with its employment such an amount as the Supervisory Board considers appropriate.

When reaching its decision, the Supervisory Board will take into account of the significance of the breach of duty and in addition, the Supervisory Board may take other actions in relation to the statutory provision e.g. claim for damages.

During 2022, no claw-backs have occurred.

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer may also receive other types of remuneration included as described in the remuneration policy approved at the 2021 AGM, such

84


Table of Contents

as social premiums, benefits in kind (including a company car), pension contributions and miscellaneous allowances.

d.

Compensation paid to the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer in financial year 2022

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, received compensation in the form of a base salary, short-term incentive (fully paid in cash from 2021 onwards), long-term incentive grant (unvested stock awards), social premiums, benefits in kind (including a company car), pension contributions and miscellaneous allowances.

Set forth in the following table and chart is an overview of the total compensation of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer paid in 2022:

Base Salary

 

 

$

1,250,954

 

Variable components

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term incentive(1)

 

$

2,506,576

 

 

Long-term incentive(2)

 

$

2,043,212

 

Other components

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits

 

$

108,023

 

 

Social security contributions

 

$

857,448

 

 

Pensions(3)

 

$

452,230

 

 

Miscellaneous allowances

 

-

 

 

Termination benefits

 

-

 

Total

 

 

$

7,218,443

 

(1)

Short-term incentive includes both the amount paid in cash in 2022 (based on 2021 performance) and a tranche from the short-term incentive payable in shares based on his 2019 and 2020 performance. The achievement rate based on 2021 performance was 205% and paid in 2022. The short-term incentive based on 2022 performance will be determined by the Compensation Committee and paid at a date after the publication of this Form 20-F.

(2)

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer was granted, in accordance with the remuneration policy and subsequent shareholder authorizations, up to 100,000 unvested stock awards, subject to performance criteria.  The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer’s, continued service with us.

(3)

Complementary pension plan for certain of the Company's key executives.

85


Table of Contents

During 2022, the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, did not have any stock options, and did not purchase any shares in the Company. During 2022, the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer sold 73,043 shares.

e.

Evolution of paid remuneration to the Managing Board

In 2022, our Supervisory Board has decided to increase the base salary of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.

In making this decision, the Supervisory Board has, amongst others:

(i)

reviewed the market landscape as shown in the table below and noted that the base salary of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has been below the market median for many years;

(ii)

considered the fact that the performance of our Company and of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has increased since his nomination, despite the heavy market volatility during this period; and

(iii)

considered that the base salary of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer has remained unchanged since his nomination in 2018.

 

Base salary(1)

 

 

Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer or equivalent titles

 

in €

in $

Base salary 2022

vs median

Base salary 2021

vs median

STMicroelectronics

2022

1,100,000

1,250,954

 

 

2021

800,000

936,357

2020(2)

800,000

856,837

2019

800,000

896,297

2018

800,000

927,820

Peer Group median

946,718

116%

85%

(1)

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer has a base salary paid in Euros which is converted every year in U.S. dollar for the purpose of the Form 20-F. For ease of reference the evolution of his base salary is therefore reflected in both currencies, using the Euro per U.S. dollar exchange rate on December 31 of the relevant year.

86


Table of Contents

(2)

The base salary of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer for 2020, does not take into consideration the voluntary decrease of his base salary in 2020 for a period of six months as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Set forth in the following table is the total compensation of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, from 2020 to 2022:

 

 

 

 

 

Variable components

 

Other components(3)

 

 

 

 

 

Name

Year

 

Base salary

 

Short-term Incentives (1)

 

Long-term Incentives

 

Benefits

 

 

Social security contributions (2)

 

 

Pensions

 

 

Total

 

Fixed/ Variable remuneration

 Jean‐Marc Chery

2022

$

1,250,954

$

2,506,576

$

2,043,212

$

 

108,023

 

$

 

857,448

 

$

 

452,230

 

$

7,218,443

 

37% fixed / 63% variable

 Jean‐Marc Chery

2021

$

936,357

$

1,907,307

$

3,245,640

$

 

101,867

 

$

 

904,742

 

$

 

463,617

 

$

7,559,530

 

32% fixed / 68% variable

 Jean‐Marc Chery

2020

$

856,837

$

1,285,378

$

2,224,984

$

 

103,599

 

$

 

797,306

 

$

 

471,143

 

$

5,739,247

 

39% fixed / 61% variable

(1)

The short-term incentive includes both the amount paid in cash and the amount paid in shares for the year 2020. As of 2021 with the implementation of the remuneration policy for our Managing Board adopted at the 2021 AGM, the short-term incentive is paid fully in cash. The short-term incentive related to 2021, 2020 and 2019 was approved by the Compensation Committee and Supervisory Board with respect to the 2021, 2020 and 2019 financial year, respectively, based on the evaluation and assessment of the actual fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for such year. The short-term incentive related to a relevant year is paid in the subsequent year, i.e. the short-term incentive related to the 2021, 2020 and 2019 financial year, respectively, is paid in 2022, 2021 and 2020 respectively. The achievement rate for the 2021 short-term incentive (paid in 2022), based on 2021 performance, was 205% in cash out of maximum of 210%. The achievement rate for the 2020 short-term incentive (paid in 2021), based on 2020 performance, was 183% (135% in cash and 48% in shares) out of maximum of 210%. The achievement rate for the 2019 short-term incentive (paid in 2020), based on 2019 performance, was 170% (110% in cash and 60% in shares) out of maximum of 210%.

(2)

The social security contributions relate to the fixed and variable remuneration, including the unvested stock awards.

(3)

There were no miscellaneous allowances nor termination benefits in the years 2022, 2021, and 2020.

(4)

The base salary of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer for 2020, does not take into consideration the voluntary decrease of his base salary in 2020 for a period of six months as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

f.

Compensation provisions in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was appointed on May 31, 2018 for a three-year term and was reappointed for another three-year term at the 2021 AGM, expiring at the 2024 AGM. He has two employment agreements with us, the first with the Company, which relates to his activities as sole member of our Managing Board and representative of the Company, and the second with one of our entities in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as President and Chief Executive Officer, the EIP, Pension and other items covered by the remuneration policy for our Managing Board. While the relationship between a member of the Managing Board and a listed Dutch company will be treated as a mandate agreement, not an employment agreement, existing employment agreements, including the employment agreement between us and our sole member of the Managing Board, will remain in effect.

The agreements can be terminated with a notice period of 6 months if terminated by the Company or 3 months if terminated by the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Severance clause

Pursuant to the agreements, the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer will be entitled to a severance payment if his employment is terminated at the initiative of the Company and other than for cause, considering amongst others, his critical role in the Company and his seniority. The severance payment will be equal to a gross lump sum payment in the amount of two times his latest gross annual salary, plus the short-term incentive (being the average of the short-term incentive received in the last three years) subject to any and all applicable legal, regulatory and/or contractual deductions.

Any severance payments made will be disclosed in the remuneration report in the annual report of the financial year that this amount relates to, as well as the reason for the severance payment.

87


Table of Contents

Vesting of stock awards in the event of termination or departure

In the event of termination of the employment or departure of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, his stock awards will either (i) be forfeited in full, (ii) accelerate in vesting or (iii) continue vesting, as shown in the table below.

Table of the compensation in the event of termination or departure of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer

Set forth in the table below is an overview of the compensation of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer in the event of his termination or departure, as applicable.

Resignation

Retirement

Termination by the Company

Not in connection with change of control or serious or gross misconduct

In connection with change of control

In connection with serious or gross misconduct

Severance Clause

Not applicable

Not applicable

2 times the annual base salary plus average short-term incentive over the last 3 years

2 times the annual base salary plus average short-term incentive over the last 3 years

Not applicable

Outcome of unvested stock awards

Forfeited in full

Continuation of vesting

Accelerated vesting

Accelerated vesting

Forfeited in

full

C.Senior Management

i.

Definition of Senior Management

The term “Senior Management” refers to:

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

The members of the Executive Committee (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer); and

The Executive Vice Presidents of the Company.

The sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is entrusted with our general management and is supported in his tasks by our Executive Committee and Executive Vice Presidents, who together constitute ourthe Senior Management.

ii.

Role of Executive Committee

As a company committed to good governance, we hold corporate meetings on a regular basis. Such meetings, which involve the participation of several members of our Senior Management include:

Executive Committee, which meets once every month and oversees the general strategy and is responsible for the risk management of the Company.

CorporateOperationsReview, which meets twice per quarter to review monthly results, short-term forecasts and monthly business results.

CorporateStaffMeeting, which meets once per quarter to review the business in its entirety and to plan and forecast for the next quarter and beyond.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee was established on May 31, 2018.  The Executive Committee acts under the authority and responsibility of the Managing Board and in this respect manages the Company. The Managing Board remains legally responsible for the management of the Company. The responsibilities of the Executive Committee include overseeing the general strategy as well as the risk management in connection with the Company's activities, operational and financial objectives and financial reporting processes. The Executive Committee adopts resolutions based on consensus, or if no consensus can be reached, by a majority of the votes cast by the members of the Managing Board including the vote of the chairman of the Executive Committee.

71


Table of Contents

The chairman of the Executive Committee is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Members of the Executive Committee are appointed by the Managing Board subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board. Members of the Executive Committee can be suspended and dismissed by the Managing Board without prior approval by the Supervisory Board.

88


Table of Contents

The Executive Committee was composed of the following eightnine members as of December 31, 20192022 as set forth in the table below.  In December 2019, our former President, Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Philippe Brun, left the Company.below:

 

Name(1)

 

Position

 

Years with

Company

 

Years in Semi-

Conductor Industry

 

Age

 

Position

 

Years with

Company

 

Years in Semi-

Conductor Industry

 

Age

Jean-Marc Chery

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

35

 

35

 

59

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

38

 

38

 

62

Orio Bellezza

 

President, Technology, Manufacturing and

Quality

 

36

 

36

 

60

 

President, Technology,

Manufacturing, Quality and Supply Chain

 

39

 

39

 

63

Marco Cassis

 

President, Sales, Marketing, Communications

& Strategy Development

 

32

 

32

 

56

 

President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

 

35

 

35

 

59

Claude Dardanne

 

President, Microcontrollers and Digital ICs

Group

 

37

 

40

 

67

Remi El-Ouazzane (1)

 

President, Microcontrollers and

Digital ICs Group

 

1

 

25

 

49

Lorenzo Grandi

 

President, Finance, Infrastructure and Services,

and Chief Financial Officer

 

32

 

32

 

58

 

Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and President, Finance, Purchasing, Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) & Resilience

 

35

 

35

 

61

Marco Monti

 

President, Automotive and Discrete Group

 

33

 

33

 

58

 

President, Automotive and Discrete

Group

 

36

 

36

 

61

Steven Rose

 

President, Legal Counsel

 

28

 

28

 

57

 

President, Legal Counsel

 

31

 

31

 

60

Benedetto Vigna

 

President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

 

25

 

25

 

50

Rajita D'Souza

 

President, Human Resources,

Corporate Social Responsibility

 

2

 

2

 

50

Jerome Roux (2)

 

President, Sales & Marketing

 

31

 

35

 

57

 

(1)

Claude Dardanne retired from the Executive Committee on January 1, 2022, on which date Remi El-Ouazzane joined the Executive Committee as President, Microcontrollers & Digital ICs Group.

(2)

Jerome Roux joined the Executive Committee as President, Sales & Marketing on January 1, 2022.

iii.

Biographies of our Senior Management

a.

Biographies of our Executive Committee Members (including the President and Chief Executive Officer)

Jean-Marc Chery

Jean-Marc Chery is STMicroelectronics’ President and Chief Executive Officer and has held this position since May 31st,31, 2018. He is the Sole Membersole member of ST’s Managing Board and chairs its Executive Committee. Mr. Chery began his career in the Quality organization of Matra, the French engineering group. In 1986, he joined Thomson Semiconducteurs, which subsequently became ST, and held various management positions in product planning and manufacturing, rising to lead ST’s wafer fabs in Tours, France, and later in Rousset, France. In 2005, Mr. Chery led the company-wide 6-inch wafer-production restructuring program before taking charge of ST’s Front-End Manufacturing operations in Asia Pacific. In 2008, he was promoted to Chief Technology Officer and assumed additional responsibilities for Manufacturing and Quality (2011) and the Digital Product Sector (2012). In 2014, Mr. Chery was appointed ST’s Chief Operating Officer responsible for Technology and Manufacturing operations. In July 2017, Mr. Chery was appointed Deputy CEOChief Executive Officer with overall responsibility for Technology and Manufacturing, as well as for Sales and Marketing operations. Mr. Chery sits on the board of directors at the Global Semiconductor Alliance (GSA). He is Presidentalso a member of the European Semiconductor Industry Association (ESIA), PresidentBoard of the European microelectronics R&D program AENEAS,Directors at Legrand and Chairman of the France – Malaysia Business Council at Medef International. Mr.Previously, he was President of the European microelectronics R&D program AENEAS and served as President of the European Semiconductor Industry Association (ESIA) in 2019- 2021. Chery was promoted Knight of the Legion of Honor by the French Ministry of Economy and Finance in July 2019. Jean-Marc Chery was born in Orleans, France, in 1960, and graduated with a degree in Engineering from the ENSAM engineering school in Paris, France.

Orio Bellezza

Orio Bellezza is STMicroelectronics’ President, Technology, Manufacturing, Quality and Quality,Supply Chain and has held this position since May 31, 2018. He has been responsible for Front-End Manufacturing since 2008 and his mandate has beenwas expanded in 2018 to cover ST’s technology, manufacturing operations, supply chain, and quality. Mr. Bellezza is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018. Mr.Committee. Bellezza joined SGS-ATES, a predecessor

89


Table of Contents

company to STMicroelectronics, in 1984 as a fab process engineer. He soon moved to ST’s Central R&D organization and participated in several key projects, including the introduction of process technology modules for manufacturing sub-micron non-volatile memories. In 1996, Mr. Bellezza was appointed Director of ST’s R&D facility in Agrate and led its upgrade and expansion into a manufacturing and development center for non-volatile memory and smart-power technologies. In 2002, he became Vice President of Central R&D, and in 2005, was appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Front-End Technology and before the establishment of the Executive Committee was also part of the senior management.  Mr.Manufacturing. Bellezza also serves as Managing Director of the ST Italy legal entity. Mr. BellezzaHe has published multiple technical papers and earned several patents in non-volatile memories. Mr.Orio Bellezza was born in Bergamo, Italy, in 1959, and graduated cum laude with a degree in Chemistry from the University of Milan, Italy.

72


Table of ContentsMarco Cassis

Marco Cassis is STMicroelectronics’ President, Sales, Marketing, CommunicationsAnalog, MEMS and Strategy DevelopmentSensors Group and has held this position since May 31, 2018.January 1, 2022. He also heads the corporate functions of Strategy Development, System Research and Applications, and Innovation Office, and is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018. Mr.Committee. Cassis joined SGS-Thomson Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) as a car-radio chip designer in 1987. Six yearsHe later he moved to Japan to help expand ST’s audio business with major Japaneselocal players, and contributed to the establishment ofincluding ST’s strategic alliance with Pioneer. In 2000, Mr.the early 2000s, Cassis took charge ofmanaged the Audio Business Unit and was subsequently promoted to Director of Audio and Automotive Group. In 2004, Mr. Cassis was named Vice President of Marketing for automotive, computer peripheral, and telecom products and inproducts. In 2005, he advanced to Vice President of the Automotive Segment Group and joined the Board of STMicroelectronics K.K., ST’s Japanese subsidiary. Mr. Cassis was promoted to lead ST’s operations in Japan in 2005 and hisJapan. His mandate was expanded to include Korea in 2010 and Greater China and South Asia in 2016, when he was appointed President of ST’s Asia Pacific Region. In 2017, Mr. Cassis was promoted President, Global Sales and Marketing, and was part of the senior management before the establishment of the Executive Committee. Mr.added Communications and Strategy Development in 2018. Marco Cassis was born in Treviso, Italy, in 1963, and graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Milan, Italy.

Claude DardanneRemi El-Ouazzane

Remi El-Ouazzane is STMicroelectronics’ President, Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group and has held this position since January 2016.1, 2022. He is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018 and before the establishment of the Executive Committee was also part of the senior management.  Mr. DardanneCommittee. El-Ouazzane started his career with Thomson Semiconducteurs, a predecessor companyat Texas Instruments in 1997. He rose through the ranks across the broadband, mobile, and embedded processing divisions to ST.  From 1982, hebecome Vice President and General Manager of the Open Multimedia Applications Platform (OMAP) in 2009. El-Ouazzane was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Movidius in 2013, responsible for microcontrollerdriving its vision-processing technologies to advance the adoption of AI in the Internet of Things. With the acquisition of Movidius by Intel in 2016, he joined Intel’s New Technology Group as Vice President and microprocessor marketing.  Between 1989 and 1994, Mr. Dardanne was Marketing Director at Apple Computer and Alcatel-Mietec.  In 1994, he rejoined ST as Director of Central Marketing for the Memory Products Group, became Head of the EEPROM Division in 1998, and was later appointed Group Deputy General Manager and Headbecame Chief Operating Officer of Intel’s Artificial Intelligence Products Group in 2018. In 2020, El-Ouazzane became Intel’s Datacenter Platform Group Chief Strategy Officer, driving strategic initiatives in the Smart Card Division. ST consolidated its Microcontroller, Memory,data center and Secure MCU activitiescloud markets. In 2009, El-Ouazzane was honored with the French-American Foundation’s Young Leaders Award. Remi El-Ouazzane was born in 2007Neuilly-sur-Seine, France in 1973 and appointed Mr. Dardanne Corporate Vice Presidentgraduated from the Grenoble Institute of Technology (INPG) in 1996 and the MMS General Manager.  Under his leadership, MMS has become a key assetGrenoble Institute of Political Studies in revenue and market-share growth and profitability and a worldwide leader in the microcontroller market.  Mr. Dardanne was born near Limoges, France, in 1952, and1997. He graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d'Ingénieurs en Génie ElectriqueGeneral Management Program at Harvard Business School in Rouen, France.2004.

Lorenzo Grandi

Lorenzo Grandi is STMicroelectronics’ President, Finance, Infrastructure and Services, and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and President, Finance, Purchasing, Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) & Resilience, and has held this position since May 31, 2018.  Mr. Grandi’s overall responsibilities at ST encompass, in addition to Finance, Treasury and Business Control, Capital Investment Control and Planning, Global Procurement, Information and Communication Technology, and Investor Relations.January 1, 2022. He is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018.  Mr.Committee. Grandi joined SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) in 1987 as aan R&D process engineer. In 1990, he moved to ST’s Memory Product Group (MPG) as Financial Analyst.  In 1995, Mr. GrandiAnalyst and later was promoted to the position ofappointed Group Controller of the Memory Product Group contributing to the expansion of ST’s flash memory business. In 2005, Mr. Grandi joined the ST’s Corporate Finance organization taking responsibilityresponsible for Budgeting and Reporting. In 2012, Mr. Grandihe was promoted to Corporate Vice President in charge of Corporate Control. Grandi was appointed ST’s Chief Financial Officer in 2018 and his overall responsibilities include Finance and Business Control, Treasury, Capital investment Control and beforePlanning, Global Procurement, Investor Relations and Enterprise Risk Management and Business Continuity. In December 2020, Grandi received a special award for his long-standing professional achievements from the establishmentFrench Association of the Executive Committee was also part of the senior management.  Mr.Financial Directors and Management Controllers (DFCG). Lorenzo Grandi was born in Sondrio, Italy, in 1961. He graduated cum laude in Physics from the University of Modena, Italy, and holds aan MBA from SDA Bocconi School of Management in Milan, Italy.

90


Table of Contents

Marco Monti

Marco Monti is STMicroelectronics’ President, Automotive and Discrete Group. The head of ST’s Automotive Product Group since 2012, his mandate was expanded to include discrete and power transistor products in January 2016. Mr. Monti is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018 and before the establishment of the Executive Committee was also part of the senior management. Mr.Committee. Monti joined ST in Central R&D in 1986 and transferred to the Automotive Division in 1988, where he designed automotive ICs incorporating smart-power technologies. He moved to Japan in 1990 working on a co-development activity designing a noise-reduction system for audio applications. Subsequently, Mr. Monti transferred into marketing, contributing to the expansion of ST’s automotive business in Japan. In 2000, he became the marketing manager for ST’s Automotive Division and started the Company’s automotive microprocessor business two years later. In 2004, Mr. Monti was promoted to Division General Manager for Powertrain, Safety, and Chassis products, and he tookproducts. He earned responsibility for the Automotive Electronics Division in 2009. Then, in 2012, Mr. Monti was appointed Executive Vice President, General Manager of ST’s Automotive Product Group. Mr.Marco Monti was born in Milan, Italy, in 1961. He graduated cum laude in Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Milan and earned a PhD in Electronics from the University of Pavia, Italy.

73


Table of ContentsSteven Rose

Steven Rose is STMicroelectronics’ President, Legal Counsel, and has held this position since May 31, 2018. He has been in charge of ST’s legal affairs since 2013. Mr. Rose is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31, 2018 and before the establishment of the Executive Committee was also part of the senior management. Mr.Committee. Rose started his career as a corporate attorney at the law firm Gardere & Wynne in Dallas, Texas, providing legal advice and services to public and private companies. He joined SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) in 1991 as the Associate General Counsel for the U.S. subsidiary, STMicroelectronics, Inc. In 2006, Mr. Rose was appointed to serve as the Senior Associate General Counsel for the Americas, Greater China & South Asia, and Japan & Korea regions, in addition to serving as Vice President, Secretary & General Counsel and a Director of STMicroelectronics, Inc. Mr.Steven Rose was born in Wichita, Kansas United States of America,(USA), in 1962 and he1962. He obtained a degree in Accounting from Oklahoma State University and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Oklahoma College of Law.

Benedetto VignaRajita D’Souza

Rajita D’Souza is President of STMicroelectronics’ Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility (CHRO) and has held this role since January 2021. Her mandate also entails the Company’s directions on environment, health, and safety. D’Souza is a member of ST’s Executive Committee. D’Souza started her career in 1993 as Manager Operations with Reliance Consultancy Services in Mumbai, India. In 1997 she joined General Electric, where she held various HR leadership positions with increasing responsibility and scope. In 2007 D’Souza moved to SABIC to become Director Human Resources in Europe. In 2011, she was appointed Vice President Human Resources for the EMEA region of The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. In 2017 D’Souza joined Bekaert as Chief Human Resources Officer. Rajita D’Souza was born in Mumbai, India, in 1973. She holds a master’s degree in Law from the University of Mumbai and a bachelor’s degree in Business Management. She is also a certified Master Black-Belt in Six Sigma quality.

Jerome Roux

Jerome Roux is STMicroelectronics’ President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group,Sales & Marketing, and has held this position since January 2016.1, 2022. He is a member of ST’s Executive Committee since May 31st, 2018. Mr. Vigna joinedCommittee. Roux began his career in the Planning department of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) in 1988. He soon moved to the Company’s packaging facility in Casablanca, Morocco as Material Manager. Afterwards, Roux moved to Singapore and then Shanghai as the Asia Pacific Marketing Director for ST’s Discrete and Standard Product Group. He left ST briefly to manage an ST supplier company and returned to ST in 19952006 as Group Vice President, Assembly & Testing Outsourcing Operations. Global Purchasing responsibilities were added to his mandate in 2008. Roux was promoted to Corporate Vice President in 2012 and launchedmanaged ST’s sales in the Greater China & South Asia Region and later the whole Asia Pacific Region. In 2017, Roux was appointed Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, for the Company’s efforts in MEMS. Under his guidance, ST’s MEMS sensors established the Company’s leadership with large OEMs in motion-activated user interfaces. Mr. Vigna has piloted ST’s successful moves into microphones, e-compasses, and touch-screen controllers,Asia Pacific region. Roux serves as well as environmental sensors, micro-actuators, industrial and automotive sensors, and low-power radios for IoT. Mr. Vigna’s mandate was further expanded with analog ICs and RF products (2011) and smart-power devices for OEMs and mass market (2016). ST’s Imaging division moved under his management in late 2017. Mr. Vigna has more than 200 patents on micromachining, authored numerous publications, and sits on the boards of several EU-funded programs. Mr. Vigna’s contributionsAdvisor to the industry have been recognized with the MEMS Industry Group’s Executive of the Year Award (2013), the European SEMI Award (2013), the IEEE Frederik Philips Award (2015), and Manager of the Year 2017 by German magazine Markt & Technik. He joined the MEMS & Sensor Industry Group board in June 2019. Mr. VignaFrench Government (CCEF) on Foreign Trade. Jerome Roux was born in Potenza, Italy,Antibes, France, in 1969,1965, and graduated cum laudefrom ISG Business School in Paris with a master��s degree in Subnuclear Physics from the UniversityCommerce (Management & Marketing).

91


Table of Pisa, Italy.Contents

Executive Vice Presidents

b.

Biographies of our Executive Vice Presidents

The group of Executive Vice Presidents consisted of the following people as of December 31, 2019:2022:

 

Name(1)

 

Position

 

Years with

Company

 

Years in Semi-

Conductor Industry

 

Age

 

Position

 

Years with

Company

 

Years in Semi-

Conductor Industry

 

Age

Michael Anfang

 

Executive Vice President Sales &

Marketing, Europe, Middle East

and Africa Region

 

21

 

29

 

51

 

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa Region (EMEA)

 

24

 

32

 

54

Eric Aussedat

 

Executive Vice President Imaging

Sub-Group General Manager

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

 

39

 

39

 

65

 

Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Imaging sub-group within ST’s Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group

 

42

 

42

 

68

Stefano Cantù

 

Executive Vice President Automotive and Discrete Group

Supply Chain General Manager

Automotive Business Deputy

 

25

 

25

 

51

 

Executive Vice President, Smart Power Solutions Sub-Group within STMicroelectronics’ Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG), Automotive Business Deputy

 

28

 

28

 

54

Henry Cao

 

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, China Region

 

2

 

2

 

49

Alessandro Cremonesi

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer and General Manager System Research and Applications (SRA) Group

 

38

 

38

 

64

Alberto Della Chiesa

 

Executive Vice President, Supply

Chain

 

31

 

31

 

55

 

Executive Vice President Supply Chain

 

34

 

34

 

58

Paul Cihak

 

Executive Vice President, General

Manager, Sales and Marketing,

Americas Region

 

21

 

26

 

48

Ricardo De Sa Earp

 

Executive Vice President, General-Purpose Microcontroller Sub-Group

 

25

 

25

 

59

Franck Freymond

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Audit & Risk Executive

 

12

 

12

 

54

Fabio Gualandris

 

Executive Vice President, Head of

Back-End Manufacturing &

Technology

 

31

 

35

 

60

 

Executive Vice President, Head of Back-End Manufacturing & Technology

 

34

 

35

 

63

Joël Hartmann

 

Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing

 

19

 

41

 

64

Michael Hummel

 

Executive Vice President, Front-End Manufacturing, Analog and Power

 

1(1)

 

29

 

60

 

Executive Vice President, Analog and Power, Front-End Manufacturing

 

4

 

32

 

63

Frédérique Le Grevès

 

Executive Vice President, Europe and France Public Affairs

 

2

 

2

 

55

Claudia Levo

 

Executive Vice President, Integrated

Marketing & Communications

 

8

 

10

 

54

 

Executive Vice President, Integrated Marketing & Communications

 

11

 

13

 

57

Matteo Lo Presti

 

Executive Vice President, Analog, Sub-Group General Manager, Analog MEMS and Sensors Group

 

29

 

32

 

58

Laurent Malier

 

Executive Vice President Digital Front-End Manufacturing and Technology

 

7

 

28

 

55

Edoardo Merli

 

Executive Vice President, Power Transistor Sub-Group

 

24

 

24

 

60

Hiroshi Noguchi

 

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Asia Pacific Region excluding China (APeC)

 

15

 

15

 

47

Giuseppe Notarnicola

 

Executive Vice President, Corporate, Treasury, Insurance, M&A, IP BU, Real Estate and Italy Public Affairs

 

17

 

17

 

61

Andrea Onetti

 

Executive Vice President, MEMS Sub-Group

 

32

 

32

 

57

Rino Peruzzi

 

Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Americas and Global Key Account Organization

 

24

 

24

 

57

Chouaib Rokbi

 

Executive Vice President, Digital Transformation and Information Technology

 

22

 

22

 

51

Bertrand Stoltz

 

Executive Vice President Finance, Global Shared Services and Systems, Asia Public Affairs

 

28

 

28

 

52

Nicolas Yackowlew

 

Executive Vice President, Product Quality & Reliability

 

27

 

28

 

53

74

(1)

Eric Aussedat retired in January 2023 and was replaced by Alexandre Balmefrezol, who was appointed Executive Vice President, Optical Sensing Solutions Sub-Group. Paul Cihak left his position in September 2022, and Rino Peruzzi was appointed Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Americas. Joel Hartmann retired as Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing in 2022.

92


Table of Contents

 

Name

 

Position

 

Years with

Company

 

Years in Semi-

Conductor Industry

 

Age

Matteo Lo Presti

 

Executive Vice President, Analog,

Sub-Group General Manager, Analog

MEMS and Sensors Group

 

26

 

26

 

55

Giuseppe Notarnicola

 

Executive Vice President, Corporate

Treasury, Insurance, M&A, IP BU,

Real Estate, and Italy Public Affairs

 

14

 

14

 

58

Jerome Roux

 

Executive Vice President, Sales and

Marketing, Asia Pacific Region

 

28

 

32

 

54

Thierry Tingaud

 

Executive Vice President Europe

and France Public Affairs

STMicroelectronics, President,

STMicroelectronics France

 

35

 

35

 

60

Nicolas Yackowlew

 

Executive Vice President

Product Quality & Reliability

 

24

 

25

 

50

 

(1)c.

Michael Hummel held the position of Executive Vice President of STMicroelectronics, Analog and Power Front-End Manufacturing since March 2019.

Biographies of our Executive Vice Presidents Committee Members

Michael Anfang

Michael Anfang is Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing for STMicroelectronics’ Europe, Middle East and Africa Region (EMEA), and has held this position since November 2018.  Mr. Anfang started his career with Siemens Semiconductor AG in 1990 in product engineering, followed by responsibilities in product design, automotive and strategic marketing. In 1999, he joined ST as an automotive business development manager. In 2002, Mr. Anfang was given responsibility for microcontroller product marketing at ST’s Automotive Division in Agrate, Italy and was promoted to Director of Marketing & Applications in 2005. Four years later, he was appointed Digital Automotive Business Unit Director of the Automotive Product Group and became a member of the management team responsible for the MCU Joint Development Program between Freescale and STMicroelectronics. In 2013, Mr. Anfang joined the EMEA regional organization of STMicroelectronics as Automotive Marketing & Applications Vice President. Mr.Michael Anfang was born in Kitzbühel, Austria, in 1968. He graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Higher Technical School in Saalfelden, Austria, and a degree in Business Management and Marketing from the FU University in Hagen-Munich, Germany.

Eric Aussedat

Eric Aussedat is Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Imaging Product Division,Optical Sensing Solutions sub-group within ST’s Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group and has held this position since October 2014.  Mr. Aussedat joined Thomson Semiconducteurs, a predecessor company to ST, as Product Engineer in 1981. He held various positions in product engineering and planning and was promoted Planning Manager of the Video Products Group in 1986. Later on, heAussedat was appointed to manage the product and manufacturing planning operations of INMOS, a UK company acquired by ST. Subsequently, he supervised the Engineering and Test Strategy for the Programmable Product Group before his promotion to head ST’s Microcontroller Division in 1995. In 2000-2004, Mr. Aussedat led the TV and Display Division and became General Manager of ST’s Cellular Communication Division in 2005. Two years later, heAussedat was appointed General Manager of the ImagingOptical Sensing Solutions Division. In 2012, Mr. Aussedat was appointed ST’s Executive Vice President in charge of the Imaging,Optical Sensing Solutions, Bi-CMOS ASIC and Silicon Photonics Group. Mr.Eric Aussedat was born in Montmorency near Paris, France, in 1954. He graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Institut National Polytechnique in Grenoble and earned a diploma from the Institut d’Administration des Entreprises of Grenoble.

Stefano Cantù

Stefano Cantù is Executive Vice President, Supply Chain General Manager atSmart Power Solutions Sub-Group within STMicroelectronics’ Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG) and has held this position since April 2016.September 2020. He washas also nominatedbeen Automotive Business Deputy across all ADG organizations insince April 2019. After experiences at Italtel and the Italian Ministry of Defense, Mr. Cantù joined the Planning organization of STMicroelectronics’ Dedicated Product Group in 1994. Five years later, he was appointed Central Planning Manager for the Telecom, Peripheral, and Automotive Group. In 2003-2004, Mr. Cantù managed production control at ST’s manufacturing sites in Phoenix and Carrollton in Texas, US and in 2005, he moved to Planning Director at ST’s Automotive Product Group. Mr. Cantù was promoted to Automotive Product Group Vice President responsible for Supply Chain in 2009 and thewith Group Operations were added to his mandate in 2012. Mr.2012, before becoming Supply Chain General Manager in 2016. Stefano Cantù was born in Milan, Italy, in 1968, and he graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Milan.

75Henry Cao

Henry Cao is Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing for STMicroelectronics’ China Region and has held this position since January 2022. Cao began his career as Account Manager at Siemens Communications Group in 1995 in charge of the communication-infrastructure business. In the following years, he moved among roles as Business Development Manager and Sales Director in various Siemens BUs and corporate functions in Munich, Beijing, and Shanghai. In 2006, Cao joined Dell Technologies as a Director, managing enterprise solutions covering server, storage, networking, and related software & service businesses. In 2014, he was appointed Vice President in charge of the data-center solutions business for Dell Technologies in Greater China and was promoted to Senior Vice President in 2018. Cao joined ST in June 2020 as Corporate Vice President to manage the Company’s sales in China. Henry Cao was born in Shanghai, China, in 1973. He graduated from Shanghai University of Engineering & Science with a degree in Mechanical & Electrical Engineering and holds an MBA degree from Washington University in St. Louis.

93


Table of Contents

 

Alessandro Cremonesi

Alessandro Cremonesi is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer and General Manager of STMicroelectronics’ System Research and Applications (SRA) Group. He has managed the SRA group since 2013 and added the Innovation Office to his mandate in early 2020. Cremonesi’s responsibilities span from global innovation coordination to corporate advanced R&D to system-solutions support for ST customers. Cremonesi joined STMicroelectronics in 1984. He has served in managerial roles with both Strategic Marketing and R&D responsibilities across domains from telecommunications to audio/video digital-signal processing and multimedia applications. He has been a key contributor to ST’s extensive efforts and strategy in IoT and Artificial Intelligence and, more recently, has led the creation of strategic initiatives to increase ST’s innovation capability. Cremonesi was part of an expert group defining the strategy for Artificial Intelligence for the Italian Ministry of Economic Development. He has authored several technical papers and patents and is a member of the Scientific Advisory Board at IMEC. Born in Sant’Angelo Lodigiano, Italy in 1958, Alessandro Cremonesi graduated with a master's degree in Electronics Engineering from University of Pavia in 1984.

Alberto Della Chiesa

Alberto Della Chiesa is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President in charge of Supply Chain and has held this role since May 2012. Mr.Della Chiesa joined STMicroelectronics as a New Product Planning Engineer in 1988. He was in charge of new product introductions in the Automotive and Hard Disk Drive market and pioneered a number of ST’s successful collaborative programs with major key customers. In his tenure at STMicroelectronics, Mr.Della Chiesa has covered different positions in both Planning and Operations. In 2005, he was appointed Director, Planning & Service for the Computer Peripherals Group, where he actively contributed to the creation of ST’s first operations and planning structure in Singapore. Over time, Mr.Della Chiesa rose to become Group Vice President of Supply Chain, followed by the nomination of General Manager and consequently Head of Operations and Supply Chain for ST’s Computers and Communications Infrastructure Product Group. Mr.Alberto Della Chiesa was born in Varese, Italy, in 1964, and holds a Bachelor’sbachelor's degree in Statistics from the Catholic University of Milan, with a specialization in the manufacturing processes. He is also CPIM certified with the American Production and Inventory Control Society (APICS) in Paris, France.

Paul CihakRicardo De Sa Earp

Ricardo De Sa Earp is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing for STMicroelectronics’ Americas Region,General-Purpose Microcontroller Sub-Group Vice President and has held this position since November 2018.  Mr. Cihak beganJanuary 2022. De Sa Earp started his career with Hewlett PackardPhilips Consumer Electronics in 1994.  He spent five yearsSao Paulo, Brazil, working in HP’s Inkjet printing business before being hired into strategic account management by STMicroelectronicsTV design. In 1993, he moved to the Electronics Division of Valeo, where he held positions in 1999.marketing and project management. De Sa Earp joined ST in 1997 as Strategic Marketing Manager in the ASD&IPAD Division at ST Tours (France). In 2003, Mr. Cihak managed an industry-leading e-Business supply chain project cited as onehe was promoted to the position of ASD&IPAD Division General Manager and successfully led the Division for 15 years. In 2018, De Sa Earp was appointed Group Vice President and General Manager of the first successful B2B RosettaNet programs in the world. Mr. Cihak rose through the ranks to become Director of Sales in 2004, Vice President of Sales in 2007,Microcontrollers Division within ST’s Microcontrollers and Vice President of ST’s Computer and Peripheral accounts in 2011.  He was promoted in 2012 to lead ST’s largest sales Business Unit managing three Global Key Accounts for the Company. In April 2014, Mr. Cihak was appointed Executive President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing for STMicroelectronics’ Europe, Middle East and Africa Region. Mr. CihakDigital ICs Group. Ricardo De Sa Earp was born in San Diego, CA,Petropolis, Brazil, in 1971.1963. He graduated in Electronic Engineering from the Instituto Tecnologico de Aeronautica Sao Jose dos Campos, Brazil, and completed his master’s degree in Electronic Engineering at the Technical University of OregonEindhoven, Holland. De Sa Earp also holds an MBA from INSEAD in France.

Franck Freymond

Franck Freymond is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Chief Audit & Risk Executive, and has held this role since March 2019. Freymond started his career with Credit Suisse Group in 1992 as credit analyst/assistant account manager and then became manager in charge of financing solutions for specific segments of Swiss Corporates. In 2000, he joined EY (Ernst & Young) in Switzerland as manager in the Risk Advisory service line and was promoted Regional Leader and member of the service line leadership team in 2004. In those roles, Freymond advised multi-national companies globally in a degreewide cross-section of industries in Historygovernance, risk management, internal control, and Political Scienceinternal audit matters. In 2010, he joined STMicroelectronics as Group Vice President, Chief Audit Executive in charge of the Corporate Audit function. Freymond’s scope of responsibilities was subsequently extended to Enterprise Risk Management and Resilience Management, including business continuity and crisis management. Freymond served as Chairman of STMicroelectronics’ Corporate Ethics Committee from 2012 to 2018. Franck Freymond was born in Morges near Lausanne, Switzerland in 1968. He holds a MBAMaster of Science in Management from Portland State University.HEC Lausanne (Switzerland) and various professional certifications in internal audit and risk management assurance.

94


Table of Contents

Fabio Gualandris

Fabio Gualandris is Executive Vice President, Head of ST’s Back-End Manufacturing & Technology organization, responsible for product test, assembly and packaging, and has held this position since January 2016. Mr.He manages the Company’s manufacturing strategy in Asia and its efforts in System-in-Package technology. Gualandris joined the R&D organization of SGS Microelettronica a predecessor company to ST,(now ST) R&D in 1984. He was promoted to R&D Director of Operations in 1989 and became Automotive Business UnitBU Director in 1996. After two years in the US as President and CEOChief Executive Officer of Semitool, a US semiconductor manufacturing equipment vendor, he rejoined ST in 2000 as Group VP responsible for the RAM/PSRAM Product Division and the Flash Automotive Business Unit.BU. In 2005, Mr. Gualandris was appointed CEOChief Executive Officer of ST Incard, an ST smart-card subsidiary. In 2008-2010,2008- 2010, he served as VP and Supply Chain General Manager at ST’s memory joint ventureJV with Intel. In 2011, Mr. Gualandris was appointed ST’s Executive Vice President, in charge of Product Quality Excellence.  Mr. Gualandris has authored several technical and managerial papers and holds some international patents. He serves as Chairman of STS, ST's manufacturing joint venture in China,China. and previously sat on boards atof Incard, Numonyx, and the Numonyx-Hynix joint venture.  Mr.JV. Fabio Gualandris was born in Bergamo, Italy, in 1959. He graduatedholds a Master’s degree in Physics from the University of Milan.

Joël Hartmann is Executive Vice President of STMicroelectronics, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, and has held this position since February 2012.  He manages ST’s manufacturing operations in Crolles and Rousset, France, Technology and Design Platforms for the Company’s digital products. In December 2018, Mr. Hartmann’s mandate was expanded with ST’s Smart Power Technology R&D operations in Agrate, Italy. From 1979 to 2000, Mr. Hartmann worked at CEA-Leti, France-based applied-research center. In 2000, he joined STMicroelectronics as Director of the Crolles2 Alliance, the semiconductor manufacturing R&D initiative of STMicroelectronics, NXP, and Freescale Semiconductor.  In 2008, Mr. Hartmann was promoted to Group Vice President and Director of Advanced CMOS Logic & Derivative Technologies. From 2010 to 2012, he had additional responsibilities as a co-leader of the Semiconductor Research and Development Center in Fishkill, NY, within the IBM ISDA Technology Alliance for advanced CMOS process development.  Mr. Hartmann is a Member of the IEEE Electron Device Society.  In 2017, he became a member of the French “Académie des Technologies” and received the European SEMI Award in 2019.  Mr. Hartmann has filed 15 patents on semiconductor technology and devices and authored 10 publications in this field to date.  Mr. Hartmann was born in Toulon, France, in 1955.  He graduated from the Ecole Nationale Supérieure de Physique de Grenoble with a degree in Physics.Michael Hummel

Michael Hummel is Executive Vice President of STMicroelectronics, Analog and Power Front-End Manufacturing, and has held this position since March 2019. In 1991, Mr. Hummel started his professional career with IBM Microelectronics as a Process Engineer at Europe’s first 200 mm200mm wafer fab in Böblingen, Germany. He held several managerial positions in Manufacturing and Engineering and became Director of Marketing & Supply Chain Management for the Philips-IBM JV in 1996. In the early 2000s, Mr. Hummel served as VP of Philips’ Display Driver business – first in Zürich and later in Taipei. In 2005, he was promoted

76


Table of Contents

to VP and General Manager of Philips Semiconductors Germany and Head of the Wafer Fab Operation in Böblingen. In 2007, Mr. Hummel joined Texas Instruments as Operations Manager in Dallas and two years later became Fab Manager at the Freising, Germany wafer plant. Upon TI’s acquisition of National Semiconductors in 2011, Mr. Hummel assumed additional responsibility for the Greenock, UK wafer fab and its integration into TI’s Front-End Fab structure. Mr. Hummel sat on SEMI European Advisory Board in 2005-2017. Mr.Michael Hummel was born in Heilbronn, Germany, in 1959. He studied Chemistry at the University of Tübingen and received his PhD degree in Organic & Physical Chemistry in 1991.

Frédérique Le Grevès

Frédérique Le Grevès is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Europe and France Public Affairs. She has also held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics France since March 2021. In 1990, Le Grevès started her career in marketing and communication for various international companies in Europe and in the US. From 1995 to 2003, she worked at Aptiv (ex-Delphi Automotive) as EMEA Communication Director. In 2003, Le Grevès joined Nissan Motors as VP Communication for Europe and in 2004, she moved to Los Angeles as VP Communications for Nissan Americas. Le Grevès returned to France in 2008 and joined the Renault Group as Global VP for Corporate Communication. Two years later, she expanded her role to Global VP of Communications and Deputy to the Chief Marketing and Communication officer. In 2011, Le Grevès was appointed Chief of Staff for the Renault Nissan Mitsubishi Alliance Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. More recently, she worked as senior advisor for several companies helping on corporate effectiveness, operations efficiency, and brand reputation. In April 2022, Le Grevès was appointed President of the “Electronic Industry” sector strategic committee in France. She has also sat at the Supervisory Board of TRIGO Holding as an independent board member since May 2021 and at the Strategic Board of Clinatec since October 2021. Born in Suresnes, France, in 1967, Frédérique Le Grevès graduated with a master’s degree in business management from the Paris School of Business (1991) and graduated from the Senior Executive Program at the London Business School (2019).

Claudia Levo

Claudia Levo is Executive Vice President at STMicroelectronics with responsibility, since June 2018, for integrated Marketing and& Communications strategies and plans. Her responsibilities encompass corporate communications, including PR, media and industry analyst relations, marketing communications and digital marketing. Mrs. Levo began her career in 1993, with Marconi, a global telecommunications company, where she had responsibility for a number of management roles within the Communication function, including marketing communications and internal and external communications across wide geographies. In 2005, Mrs. Levo managed the communication activities related to the integration of Marconi with Ericsson, and was subsequently appointed

95


Table of Contents

Vice President for Communications at the newly formed Ericsson Multimedia Business Unit. In 2008, Mrs. Levo was appointed Vice President Communications at Italtel. In early 2009 she joined ST-Ericsson, the wireless joint venture between STMicroelectronics and Ericsson, as Senior Vice President and head of Global Communications. In this capacity, she has successfully built the Global Communication function covering marketing and portfolio communication, public and media relations, investor relations and internal communication. Mrs.Claudia Levo was born in Genoa, Italy, in 1965, and holds a language school diploma (Liceo Linguistico) in English and Russian.

Matteo Lo Presti

Matteo Lo Presti is Executive Vice President, General Manager of the Analog sub-group within ST’s Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, and has held this position since January 2016. Mr. Lo Presti joined the Advanced Research Group of SGS-Thomson Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) in 1994 and was appointed Head of Fuzzy Logic R&D four years later. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Lo Presti led the marketing and application labs for the Industrial and Automotive market segments in ST’s Emerging Markets. He gained responsibility for the Company’s Systems Lab in 2004 and the Subsystem Product Group and Technical Marketing for the Industrial & Multisegment Sector were added to his mandate in 2008 and 2009, respectively. In 2012, Mr. Lo Presti was promoted to Group Vice President, General Manager, Industrial and Power Conversion Division. From 1996 to 2004, Mr. Lo Presti served as a visiting professor at the University of Messina (Italy) and the University of Catania (Italy). He has authored more than 40 international publications and holds several industrial patents. Mr.Matteo Lo Presti was born in Misterbianco, Italy, in 1965, and graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from the University of Catania.

Laurent Malier

Laurent Malier is Executive Vice President of STMicroelectronics, Digital Front-End Manufacturing and Technology, and has held this position since January 2022. He manages ST’s manufacturing operations in Crolles and Rousset, as well as Technology R&D and Design Enablement for the Company’s Digital, Optical Sensing Solutions, RF, Non-Volatile Memory, and Smart Power technologies. After several years of research in chemical physics, Malier worked at the French Ministry of Defence from 1995 to 2000. He then joined Alcatel Optronics, first to lead new-product development and later managed semiconductor activities. Malier was appointed Front-End R&D and Manufacturing Director for Avanex Group that merged Alcatel’s and Corning’s opto-electronics operations in 2003. In 2005, he joined the French technology research center CEA-LETI as deputy director, Strategy and Programs, and became Chief Executive Officer of LETI in 2006. In 2015, Malier joined ST to drive the Company’s Digital Technology R&D. He was promoted to Group VP, RF & Communication sub-group in 2020. Malier was elected as Member of the French “Académie des Technologies” in 2019. He has authored 29 publications in physics and solid-state chemistry. Laurent Malier was born in Paris, France, in 1967. He graduated from the Ecole Polytechnique and has a PhD in Physics from Paris-Saclay University.

Edoardo Merli

Edoardo Merli is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Power Transistor Sub-Group Vice President and has held this position since January 2022. Merli joined STMicroelectronics in 1998 as Head of System Architecture in the Telecom Wireline Division. In 2002, he formed and led ST’s WLAN Business Unit. Merli was appointed Director of the Automotive Product Group in 2007, where he took responsibility for the RF Competence Center & Connectivity Business Unit and subsequently for the Car Radio Business Unit. In 2012, Merli was promoted to Marketing & Application Director for ST’s Automotive and Discrete Group in Greater China and South Asia. In 2016, his responsibilities were extended to include the Company’s automotive activities in Korea. In 2017, Merli was promoted to Power Transistor Macro-Division General Manager and Group Vice President of ST’s Automotive and Discrete Group. Merli has filed several patents on ADSL, multi-service routers, switches, and throughput management, and authored numerous publications in the areas of Telecommunications, Automotive, and Connectivity. Edoardo Merli was born in Parma, Italy, in 1962, and graduated with a degree in Electronic Engineering from University of Bologna in 1989.

Hiroshi Noguchi

Hiroshi Noguchi is Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing for STMicroelectronics’ Asia Pacific Region excluding China (APeC) and has held this position since January 1, 2022. Noguchi started his career as an optics engineer in Bell Labs at Lucent Technologies in 1999. He joined ST Japan in 2007 as a Motion MEMS marketing engineer. In 2011, Noguchi was promoted to Senior Marketing Manager for ST’s Advanced Analog

96


Table of Contents

group. Since 2015, he has served as Director of Analog, MEMS & Sensor group in Japan contributing to significant business growth and strengthening ST’s market leadership in Japan. In 2017, Noguchi was appointed Country Manager for ST Japan. Hiroshi Noguchi was born in Nagasaki, Japan, in 1975. He graduated from Northwestern University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering and from Stanford University with a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering.

Giuseppe Notarnicola

Giuseppe Notarnicola is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President responsible for managing Corporate Treasury, a position he has held since January 2006. His responsibilities were expanded in 2013 to include Insurance and in 2018 to include M&A, IP BU, Real EstateBusiness Unit and Public Affairs for Italy. Mr. Notarnicola started his career with Banca Nazionale del Lavoro (BNL), one of Italy’s largest banks, in 1987. At BNL, he managed financial operations in Singapore, the Financial Department of the London branch, the global Head Office, financial advisory arm for corporate and institutional customers, and in 2004, was promoted Head of Large Corporate clients. Mr. Notarnicola joined ST in 2006, when he initiated the Company’s relationship with the European Investment Bank and managed the financing aspects of ST’s Flash memory business spin-out, as well as all the Company’s strategic funding in the capital markets. Mr. Notarnicola is President of ST Italy and a board member of several other ST affiliates. Mr.In 2021, he was appointed Vice President for Economic Research Department and FDI Attraction at Assolombarda, an industrial organization that associates nearly 7,000 companies in the Lombardy Region of Italy. Giuseppe Notarnicola was born in Codroipo near Udine, Italy, in 1961. He graduated cum laude in Business Administration from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy.

Jerome RouxAndrea Onetti

Andrea Onetti is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing for the Company’s Asia Pacific Region,MEMS Sub-Group General Manager and has held this position since July 2017.  Mr. RouxJanuary 2022. Onetti joined STMicroelectronics' R&D Lab in Castelletto, Italy, in 1990, as a designer of mixed-signal audio ICs. Later he moved into Product Management and Marketing for Consumer Audio and was promoted to General Manager of a Product Division. Onetti’s mandate was expanded to include ST’s Audio and Sound Business Unit in 2011 and the Analog and Audio Systems Division in 2014. In 2016, he was promoted to Head of ST’s MEMS Sensors Division, driving business and margin growth in MEMS sensors, product portfolio expansion and optimization, as well as ST MEMS ecosystem creation including strategic partnerships with key industry players including Qualcomm and Microsoft. Onetti has several patents for analog circuit implementations in the Audio domain. Andrea Onetti was born in Pavia, Italy, in 1965, and graduated with a Degree in Microelectronics from University of Pavia.

Rino Peruzzi

Rino Peruzzi is Executive Vice President, Sales & Marketing, Americas and Global Key Account Organization, and has held this combined position since August 2022. Peruzzi began his career in the Planning department of SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics, a predecessor to STMicroelectronics,Electronics at Micom Communications Systems in 1988.  He soon1984, moved to Macom, Inc in 1989, and into the Company’s packaging facilitystorage sector in Casablanca, Morocco1990, with StorageTek, Maxtor, and Seagate Technology. In 1998 he joined ST as Material Manager.  Afterwards, Mr. Roux movedan account executive in the Storage Business Unit, where he earned Samsung Electronics’ Presidential Award. Peruzzi was promoted to SingaporeKey Account Manager in 2000 and then Shanghai as the Asia Pacific Marketing Director of Sales for ST’s Discrete and Standard Product Group.  He left ST briefly to join an ST supplier company as managing director and member of the board and returned to STWorldwide Storage Business in 2006 as Group Vice President, Assembly & Testing Outsourcing Operations, based in Singapore.  Global Purchasing responsibilities were added to his mandate in 2008.2003. He was promoted to CorporateVP Worldwide Storage Sales (2008) and VP Sales for the Consumer Business Unit (2011), before being appointed VP Global Key Accounts (GKAs) in 2012. Here, he assembled a global organization and grew a key account’s revenue to become ST’s biggest. In 2014 Peruzzi’s perimeter expanded to include both GKA and EMS (Electronics Manufacturing Services). In 2018 Peruzzi was promoted to the Chief Executive Officer’s staff as Group VP of GKAs and became Executive VP GKAs Sales and Marketing Regions in 2021. Rino Peruzzi was born in Buffalo, New York (USA), in 1965. He is currently pursuing his MBA from York St John University.

Chouaib Rokbi

Chouaib Rokbi is Executive Vice President, in 2012Digital Transformation and Information Technology at STMicroelectronics and has managed Geographic and Distribution Salesheld this position since January 2022. Rokbi started his career in ST’s Greater China & South Asia Region (since 2015) and Asia Pacific Region (since 2016).  Mr. Roux servesTamrock, Sandvik’s hard-rock mining division, in 1995 as advisorthe design manager for small-size mining rigs, where he successfully led the redesign to reduce the French Government (CCEF) on Foreign Tradecost of the Singapore committee.  Mr. Roux graduated from ISG Business Schoolequipment line. After earning his MBA in Paris with a Master degree2000, he joined STMicroelectronics as the industrial controller for the Rousset plant in Commerce (ManagementFrance. Four years later, Rokbi’s controlling responsibilities were expanded to cover all of ST’s front-end manufacturing operations. Between 2007 and Marketing).2018, he held senior positions in financial control, efficiency improvement programs, and corporate

7797


Table of Contents

 

Thierry Tingaudstrategic initiatives. In 2018, Rokbi was appointed Chief Transformation Officer with the mission to rebuild the Company’s main operational processes, including Supply Chain, Product Lifecycle Management, and Manufacturing Analytics, leveraging state-of-the-art digital technologies. Chouaib Rokbi was born in Lyon, France in 1971, and holds a degree in mechanical engineering from INSA Lyon and an MBA from Emlyon Business School in Lyon.

Bertrand Stoltz

Bertrand Stoltz is STMicroelectronics’ Executive Vice President in charge of EuropeFinance, Global Shared Services and FranceSystems, as well as the Company’s Asia Public Affairs, and has held both roles since July 2018.April 2022. He also holdssits on ST’s Corporate Ethics Committee. Stoltz started his career in the positionFinance department of President of STMicroelectronicsSGS-Thomson (now ST) in Tours, France, since 2012.  In 1985, Mr. Tingaud joined Thomson Semiconductors, a predecessor companyin 1994. From 1999 to STMicroelectronics2002, he worked at the Company’s headquarters in a telecom marketing role.  Following several promotions, Mr. Tingaud was appointed Corporate Strategic Key Account Director in 1996, Vice President, Sales and Marketing for the European Telecommunications Business Unit in 1999, and then Corporate Vice President for Emerging Markets in 2006.  He joined ST-Ericsson in 2009 as Vice President of Strategic Planning and Public Affairs and thenCorporate Internal Audit. In 2002, Stoltz moved to Singapore to lead ST’s Asia Internal Audit team. He rose to Head of Finance at ST Singapore in 2005. Stoltz was named Seniorsubsequently promoted to Group Vice President, General Manager of three Product Divisions.  He rejoinedexpanding his mandate to cover Asia, Americas, France, Italy, and most recently all local financial reporting and regional business control across ST entities worldwide. Stoltz acts as Managing Director for ST’s Singapore entities and serves as a Board Member at several other ST affiliates. Bertrand Stoltz was born in 2012 to lead West Europe Sales & Marketing and European Public Affairs.  Mr. Tingaud is Vice-President of ESIA, Chairman of the Joint Steering Committee for the World Semiconductor Council, and the representative of the President and CEO of STMicroelectronics at the European Commission’s High Level Group KET’s, and at the Electronics Leaders Group.  He was appointed President of the “filière électronique” inMoulins, France, in May 2018 and to1970. He holds an honour’s degree with a major in finance from the High Level GroupInstitute of Experts on AI by the European CommissionPolitical Studies in June 2018.  Born in Paris in 1959, Mr. TingaudLyon, France. He also graduated with a degree from the University Business School in Electronic Engineering from INSA Lyon (1982)Tours, and with a Masterthe International Executive Program of Business Administration from ESSEC (1985).INSEAD.

Nicolas Yackowlew

Nicolas Yackowlew is Executive Vice President, Product Quality & Reliability at STMicroelectronics and has held this position since August 2018. Mr.YackowlewYackowlew began his career in 1996 as Product Quality Engineer at ST. He has successfully driven Quality and Reliability departments for many years at both the Division and Group levels. Mr.YackowlewYackowlew was promoted Division Quality & Reliability Manager in 2006 leading quality for Serial Non Volatile Memory. Three years later, he was appointed Quality & Reliability Director in charge of the Quality for Memory, Microcontrollers and Secured MCUs.Microcontrollers. In 2016, Mr.YackowlewYackowlew took the responsibility of Quality & Reliability for the Microcontroller and Digital ICs Group (MDG). Mr.Nicolas Yackowlew was born in Mulhouse (France) in 1969 and graduated with a degree in Chemistry from the University of Nice Sophia Antipolis, France.

Compensation

On December 1, 2019, a Dutch act implementing the revised EU Shareholders’ Rights Directive (2017/828/EU (“SRDII”) took effect in The Netherlands.  As we are incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and our common shares are admitted to trading on regulated markets in the European Union, we are required, inter alia, to update the remuneration policy with respect to the compensation of the Supervisory Board members and the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and to comply with the respective disclosure requirements introduced to the Dutch Civil Code.  In connection therewith, we present in this section certain comparative information on our performance relative to the compensation of the Supervisory Board members and the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.  In addition, we provide information on the ratio of fixed to variable compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.

Supervisory Board Compensation

Our Articles of Association provide that the compensation of our Supervisory Board members is determined by our General Meeting of Shareholders.  Currently, we have no remuneration policy in place with respect to the Supervisory Board members.  In 2020, we expect to submit to the AGM a proposal for adoption of a remuneration policy for the Supervisory Board members to ensure compliance with the new requirements under the Dutch Civil Code following the implementation of SRDII.  The aggregate compensation for current and former members of our Supervisory Board with respect to service in 2019 was €937,000 before any applicable withholding taxes, as set forth in the following table.

Supervisory Board Members

Directors’ Fees(1)

Nicolas Dufourcq

0(2)

Maurizio Tamagnini

166,000

Janet Davidson

106,000

Heleen Kersten

117,000

Jean-Georges Malcor

99,500

Lucia Morselli

92,500

Alessandro Rivera

92,000

Frédéric Sanchez

108,000

Martine Verluyten

151,500

Salvatore Manzi(3)

4,500

Total

937,000

 

(1)

These amounts include a fixed annual compensation for the directors’ mandate, together with attendance fees from January 1, 2019 until December 31, 2019.

78


Table of Contents

(2)iv.

Mr. Dufourcq would have been entitled to receive €167,500 in 2019, but he waived his rights to receive anySenior Management compensation from the Company in relation to his mandate as a member of the Supervisory Board.

 

(3)a.

Since May 23, 2019 Mr. Manzi has not been a memberGuiding principles of the Supervisory Board.Senior Management compensation

Set forthThe Managing Board determines the remuneration structure of the Senior Management based on, amongst others, the same key principles that the Supervisory Board considers when determining the remuneration structure of the Managing Board. These key principles are described above in “section B.ii.a Guiding principles of Managing Board compensation”.

In accordance with the following table iskey principles, the annual change over the last three years of (i) the averagetotal remuneration of our Supervisory Board Members, (ii) the performanceSenior Management takes into consideration factors such as the size and complexity of the Company, our global presence and (iii) the average remunerationthat of our employees:

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Directors' remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average remuneration of Supervisory Board Members(1)

$

105,066(2)

 

$

 

115,618

 

$

 

123,281

 

Company's performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues (amounts in millions)

$

 

9,556

 

$

 

9,664

 

$

 

8,347

 

Operating income (amounts in millions)

$

 

1,203

 

$

 

1,400

 

$

 

1,005

 

Average remuneration of all global indirect employees

   (FTE basis)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

$

 

97,300

 

$

 

100,600

 

$

 

93,500

 

customers, the pace of change in our industry, the Company’s value proposition, strategy and goal of long-term value creation, and the need to recruit and retain key personnel.

 

(1)b.

Using the euro per US dollar exchange rate on December 31, 2019 of €1 = $1.1213.Senior Management remuneration structure

The Managing Board determines the remuneration structure and remuneration amounts for our Senior Management based on the analysis of the theoretical maximum total direct remuneration (i.e., sum of base salary, maximum short-term incentive, and maximum long-term incentive).

The remuneration package of the Senior Management is comprised of the following:

Base salary; and

 

(2)

Since May 23, 2019 Mr. Manzi has not been a member of the Supervisory Board.Variable components, linked to performance:

 

(3)o

Global indirect employees are all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products.A short-term incentive which is fully paid in cash.

We do not have any service agreements with members98


Table of our Supervisory Board.  We did not extend any loans or overdrafts to any of our Supervisory Board members.  Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with any of our Supervisory Board members or their families.

Senior Management Compensation

Our Senior Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer, received a combination of short term and long term compensation.  The following table sets forth the total cash amount paid as compensation in 2019, 2018 and 2017 to the 22, 22 and 20 members, respectively, of our Senior Management (including the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) on duty on December 31st of each year, before applicable withholding taxes and social contributions (amounts in millions):Contents

 

 

 

2019(1)

 

 

2018(3)

 

 

2017(3)

 

Total cash amount paid as compensation(2)

 

$

21.3

 

 

$

22.2

 

 

$

19.0

 

 

 

(1)

Including amounts paid in 2019 to our former President, Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Mr. Brun.

(2)

Total cash amount paid as compensation comprises fixed salary, annual cash bonus incentive and other cash benefits. In addition, non-cash amounts paid as compensation, including vested stock awards and other non-cash benefits, as well as all applicable withholding taxes, pension contributions and social contributions, were approximately $22.3 million in 2019, $25.3 million in 2018 and $12.5 million in 2017. Total cash amount paid as compensation includes the fixed salary, annual cash bonus incentive and other cash benefits paid to our former President, Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Mr. Brun.

(3)o

In 2019, we changedA long-term incentive through the classificationgrant of pension contributions and we determinedstock awards, that pension contributions are attributable to non-cash amounts paid as compensation.  In addition,included in 2019, we classified housing and meal allowances (as applicable) as other cash benefits.  The reclassification of pension contributions and housing and meal allowances resulted in restatement of the total cash amount paid as compensation and non-cash amounts paid as compensation in 2018 and 2017.long-term incentive plan approved at the AGM.

The sum of these three elements represents the maximum total direct remuneration for the Senior Management.

Base salary

The annual cash bonuspurpose of the base salary is to provide a fixed level of earnings and to attract and retain talent. It is a key component of overall remuneration, particularly as the short-term incentive which we call Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”is expressed as a percentage of base salary.

Short-term incentive

The short-term incentive based on the corporate executive incentive program (“EIP”), entitles selected executives, including the members of Senior Management, to a yearly bonusan annual short-term incentive. This short-term incentive is based upon the assessment of the achievement of individual, organizational and companyCompany objectives that are set on an annual basis and focused on, inter alia, on return on net assets, customer service, profit, cash flow and market share. The maximum bonusamount awarded under the EIPshort-term incentive is based upon a percentage of the executive’s salary and the overall achievement of the aboverelevant objectives on an annual basis.

 

79The 2022 short-term incentive includes a sustainability/corporate social responsibility index for Senior Management, as part of our efforts to include corporate social responsibility into the performance framework of our Senior Management. For Executive Committee members and Executive Vice Presidents, the weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index ranges between 5% and 10%. The sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is divided into four criteria related to health and safety, environment, diversity & inclusion, and people engagement.

For the 2022 short-term incentive, the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index was comprised of the following KPIs:

Health & safety: measured against, amongst others, the employee safety performance

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent)

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels

People management: measured against, amongst others, the employee survey (engagement index)

The weight of the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to remain stable over time, however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.

Long-term incentive

The purpose of the long-term incentive, through the grant of stock awards, is to motivate the Senior Management to deliver sustainable long-term shareholder value through long-term profitability and share price growth.

In accordance with the current long-term incentive plan, stock awards vest over a three-year horizon from the date of the grant, with 32% vesting after one year, a further 32% after two years and the remaining 36% after three years, subject to performance criteria and provided that the eligible employee is still an employee of the Company at such time.

The Supervisory Board determines whether the performance criteria are met and concludes whether and to which extent all eligible employees are entitled to any stock awards under the long-term incentive plan.

From 2021, a new sustainability/corporate social responsibility index has been introduced among the performance conditions for the long-term incentive.

For the 2022 long-term incentive, the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index was comprised of the following KPIs:

99


Table of Contents

 

Environment/climate: measured against, amongst others, the direct emissions (kCO2 equivalent)

Diversity & inclusion: measured against, amongst others, gender ratio among management levels

ESG investor index: measured against, amongst others, the Dow Jones sustainability indices

Carbon rating agency: measured against, amongst others, the CDP carbon rating

The amounts paid in 2019 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of our Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the EIP represented approximately 41%weight of the total compensation paidsustainability/corporate social responsibility index is designed to our Senior Management.remain stable for future grants, however the individual sub-components used to form the sustainability/corporate social responsibility index may evolve in the future to address sustainability priorities facing the Company and society.

Pension plan, life and medical insurance

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2019 (2018

performance)

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2018 (2017

performance)

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2017 (2016

performance)

 

Bonus (cash) amount(1)

 

$

8,239,417

 

 

$

10,181,945

 

 

$

6,095,335

 

Ratio bonus / base salary + EIP(1)

 

 

41.12

%

 

 

48.84

%

 

 

35.22

%

(1)

Including amounts paid in 2019 to our former President, Human Resources and Corporate Social Responsibility, Mr. Brun.

Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a complementary pension plan for certain members of our Senior Management, comprising the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, and certain other key executives as selected by the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, according to the general criteria of eligibility and service set upas determined by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its Compensation Committee. With respect to such complementary pension plan, we have set up an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the plan and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, in 2019,2022, we made a contribution of approximately $0.5 million to the plan of the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and $0.5of $1.05 million to the plan for all beneficiaries other beneficiaries.than the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The amount of pension plan payments made for other beneficiaries, such as former employees retired in 20192022 and/or no longer salaried in 2019,2022, was $1.1 million.

The members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, were covered in 2022 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided by us. The aggregate additional amount set aside by us in 2022 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our Senior Management, including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, including the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above, is estimated to have been approximately $7.5 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state run retirement, similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.  

The structure of our remuneration for our (i) Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Senior Management, and (iii) certain other groups of senior employees is aligned and consists of a base salary, short-term incentive and long-term incentive, under specified conditions. The standard benefits for the aforementioned groups are also aligned.

c.

Compensation paid to the Senior Management in 2022, 2021 and 2020

Base salary

Over the last three years the base salary paid to the Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) is:

 

 

2022(1)

 

 

2021(2)

 

 

2020(3)

 

Senior Management base salary

 

$

20,848,371

 

(4)

$

14,665,462

 

(5)

$

12,640,518

 

(1)  

During 2022, our Senior Management consisted of 33 members, including Joel Hartmann and Paul Cihak, who left during the course of 2022.

(2)

During 2021, our Senior Management consisted of 24 members.

(3)  

During 2020, our Senior Management consisted of 22 members.

(4) 

Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.

(5)  

This includes amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

100


Table of Contents

Short-term incentive

The amounts paid in 2022 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the short-term incentive represented approximately 18.41% of the total compensation paid to our Senior Management and are further detailed below:

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2022 (2021

performance)(1)

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2021 (2020

performance)(2)

 

 

Bonus paid

in 2020 (2019

performance)

 

Short-term incentive (cash) amount

 

$

17,557,713

 

 

$

11,476,929

 

 

$

8,708,142

 

Ratio short-term incentive / (base salary + Short-term incentive)

 

 

45.72

%

 

 

47.43

%

 

 

43.15

%

(1)

Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.

(2)

Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

Long-term incentive

The second part of the variable component is the long-term incentive which links the long-term interests of the Senior Management with the shareholders’ and investors’ interests.

The amounts paid in 2022 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to the long-term incentive represented approximately 42.99% of the total compensation paid to our Senior Management and are further detailed below:

 

Long-term incentives paid in 2022(1)

Long-term incentives paid in 2021(2)

Long-term incentives paid in 2020

Long-term incentive amount

$ 41,000,100

$ 43,042,934

$ 26,925,145

Ratio long-term incentive / base salary

196.66%

293.50%

213.01%

Ratio long-term incentive / (short-term incentive + long-term incentive)

70.02%

78.95%

75.56%

(1)  

Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.

(2)

Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

Total Compensation

The following table sets forth the total amount paid as compensation in 2022, 2021 and 2020 to our Senior Management (including the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer) as of December 31 of each year, before applicable withholding taxes and social contributions (amounts in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable components

 

 

Other components(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

 

Base salary

 

 

Short-term Incentives

 

 

Long-term Incentives

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Social security contributions

 

 

Pensions

 

 

Termination benefits

 

 

Total

 

 

Fixed/

Variable remuneration

2022(2)

 

$

20,848,371

 

 

$

17,557,713

 

 

$

41,000,100

 

 

$

1,706,799

 

 

$

10,468,677

 

 

$

1,498,828

 

 

$

2,284,907

 

 

$

95,365,395

 

 

39% fixed/

61% variable

2021(3)

 

$

14,665,462

 

 

$

11,476,929

 

 

$

43,042,934

 

 

$

1,395,509

 

 

$

9,626,193

 

 

$

794,387

 

 

$

3,288,715

 

 

$

84,290,129

 

 

35% fixed/

65% variable

2020

 

$

12,640,518

 

 

$

8,708,142

 

 

$

26,925,145

 

 

$

1,605,886

 

 

$

7,890,424

 

 

$

803,967

 

 

$

974,705

 

 

$

59,548,787

 

 

40% fixed/

60% variable

(1)

There were no miscellaneous allowances in the years 2022, 2021, and 2020.

(2)

Including amounts paid in 2022 to our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.

101


Table of Contents

(3)

Including amounts paid in 2021 to our former President, Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group, Benedetto Vigna and former Executive Vice President Europe and France Public Affairs, Thierry Tingaud.

We did not extend any loans or overdrafts to the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, nor to any other member of our Senior Management. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer, nor with any other member of our Senior Management or their families.

The members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, were covered in 2019 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided by us.  The aggregate additional amount set aside by us in 2019 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our Senior Management, including the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, as a group is, including the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above and is estimated to have been approximately $5.1 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state run retirement, similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.  

For the year 2019, the Senior Management pay ratio is 19.9 (2018: 19.6).  This ratio is based on:

(i) the average remuneration of our Senior Management (including the compensation of Philippe Brun);

compared to

(ii) the average remuneration of our global indirect employees (i.e., all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products), excluding the compensation of our Senior Management and Managing Board and President and Chief Executive Officer.  See “—Managing Board Compensation” below.

Managing Board Compensation

The remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, is determined by our Supervisory Board on the advice of the Compensation Committee and within the scope of the remuneration policy as adopted by our 2005 AGM. In 2020, we expect to submit to the AGM a proposal for revision of the remuneration policy to align it with the new requirements under the Dutch Civil Code following the implementation of SRDII.

80


Table of Contents

The sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, received compensation in the form of: a fixed salary, annual bonus, stock awards, employer social contributions, company car allowance, pension contributions and miscellaneous allowances. Set forth in the following table is the total compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, in 2019, 2018 and 2017.  The total compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, comprises (i) with relation to 2019 (y) the total compensation of Mr. Jean-Marc Chery and (z) contractually obligated deferred compensation relating to Mr. Carlo Bozotti’s departure in 2018; and (ii) with relation to 2018 (x) the total compensation of Mr. Bozotti until May 31, 2018 (excluding any accelerated compensation), (y) the total compensation of Mr. Chery from June 1, 2018 and (z) accelerated compensation relating to Carlo Bozotti’s departure:

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Salary

 

$

896,297

 

 

$

927,820

 

 

$

903,186

 

Bonus(1)

 

$

1,280,173

 

 

$

3,214,578

 

 

$

1,044,514

 

Charges and Non-cash Benefits(2)

 

$

5,618,382

 

 

$

6,971,946

 

 

$

1,828,814

 

Total(3)

 

$

7,794,852

 

 

$

11,114,344

 

 

$

3,776,514

 

(1)

The bonus paid in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was approved by the Compensation Committee and Supervisory Board with respect to the 2018, 2017 and 2016 financial year, respectively, based on the evaluation and assessment of the actual fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for such year.

(2)

Including stock awards, employer social contributions, company car allowance, pension contributions, complementary pension contributions, miscellaneous allowances as well as one-off contractually obligated deferred compensation paid to Mr. Bozotti in 2019.  In accordance with the resolutions adopted at our AGM held on May 30, 2012, the bonus of our former President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bozotti, in 2018 and 2017 included a portion of a bonus payable in stock awards and corresponding to 86,782 and 59,435 vested shares, respectively, based on fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives.  In addition, our sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Chery, was granted, in accordance with the compensation policy adopted by our General Meeting of Shareholders and subsequent shareholder authorizations, up to 100,000 unvested Stock Awards.  The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer’s, continued service with us.

(3)

In 2019, the total compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer was 46% fixed to 54% variable, compared to 12% fixed to 88% variable in 2018 and 44% fixed to 56% variable in 2017.

Set forth in the following table is the total compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jean-Marc Chery, in 2019:

Salary

 

$d.

      896,297

Bonus

$

        1,280,173

ChargesRemuneration comparison between the Managing Board, Senior Management and Non-cash Benefits(1)

$

    2,286,463

Total

$

    4,462,933

employees

(1)

Including stock awards, employer social contributions, company car allowance, pension contributions, complementary pension contributions and miscellaneous allowances.  Our sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Chery, was granted, in accordance with the compensation policy adopted by our General Meeting of Shareholders and subsequent shareholder authorizations, up to 100,000 unvested Stock Awards.  The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer’s, continued service with us.

The sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, was appointed on May 31, 2018 for a three-year term expiring at the 2021 AGM.  He has employment agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent company, which relates to his activities as sole member of our Managing Board and representative of the Dutch legal entity, and the second with one of our entities in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as President and Chief Executive Officer, the EIP, Pension and other items covered by the compensation policy adopted by our General Meeting of Shareholders.  While the relationship between a member of the managing board and a listed Dutch company will be treated as a mandate agreement, not an employment agreement, existing employment agreements, including the employment agreement between us and our sole member of the Managing Board, will remain in effect.

81


Table of Contents

(i) CEO Bonus

In accordance with the resolutions adopted at our AGM held on May 30, 2012, the annual bonus of the sole member of our Managing Board and President and Chief Executive Officer is composed of a portion payable in cash (up to a maximum of 150% of the base salary for the relevant year) and a portion payable in shares (up to a maximum of 60% of the base salary for the relevant year), all subject to the assessment and fulfillment of a number of pre-defined conditions which are set annually by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.

Consistent with the remuneration policy adopted by our General Meeting of Shareholders, the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee, set the conditions and performance criteria that must be met by Mr. Chery for the attribution of his 2019 bonus.  Those conditions are based, inter alia, on revenues growth, certain financial targets, the share price evolution versus the SOXSM, as well as certain special programs. The evaluation and assessment of the fulfillment of those conditions and performance criteria, will be done by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board within the first months of the following year (i.e. in 2020 for the 2019 CEO bonus), in order to determine the actual amount of the CEO bonus for 2019.

(ii) CEO Stock Awards

The Supervisory Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, determines whether the performance criteria, as described below, have been met and conclude whether and to which extent all eligible employees, including the sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, are entitled to any stock awards under the stock award plan. The stock awards vest 32% after one year, a further 32% after two years and the remaining 36% after three years, respectively, after the date of the grant as defined by the plan, provided that the eligible employee is still an employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions in the event of a change in control).

(iii) Unvested Stock Awards Allocation

Year(1)

 

Performance

Achieved

 

 

 

Result

 

Weighted Performance Criteria

2018

 

 

100

%

(2)

 

3 criteria out of 3 met

 

Evolution of Sales - Criteria met (33.3%)

Evolution of Operating Income - Criteria met

(33.3%)

Return on Net Assets (RONA) – Criteria met

(33.3%)

2017

 

 

100

%

(2)

 

3 criteria out of 3 met

 

Evolution of Sales - Criteria met (33.3%)

Evolution of Operating Income - Criteria met

(33.3%)

Return on Net Assets (RONA) – Criteria met

(33.3%)

2016

 

 

45

%

(2)

 

2 criteria out of 4 met

 

Evolution of Sales criteria met (30%)

Evolution of Operating Income criteria not met

(50%)

Days of Sale Outstanding (DSO) met (15%)

Return on Net Assets (RONA) not met (5%)

(1)

For 2019, the assessment of the fulfillment of the conditions and performance criteria, will be done by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board in March/April, 2020 in order to determine the actual number of stock awards to be allocated for 2019.

(2)

In accordance with the resolution adopted by our General Meeting of Shareholders, the maximum grant allowed in relation to the CEO stock award for each of 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 was 100,000 unvested stocks awards.

During 2019, our sole member of our Managing Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Chery, did not have any stock options, and did not purchase or sell any of our shares.

For further information regarding stock options and other stock based compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the Managing Board and our Senior Management, please refer to Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

82


Table of Contents

Comparative information on the change of remuneration and Company's performance

Set forth in the following table is the annual change over the last three years of (i) the remuneration of the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, andour President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) the remuneration of the Senior Management, (iii) the performance of the Company and (iii)(iv) the average remuneration of all our employees (i.e., allindirect employees other than the members of our Senior Management, including the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, andour President and Chief Executive Officer):Officer. The average is calculated by taking the sum of remuneration costs and dividing by the average number of full-time equivalent employees over the period. The table below also shows the pay ratio between our Managing Board, our Senior Management and our employees.

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Managing Board remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total remuneration of the sole member of our Managing Board and President and Chief Executive Officer

$

7,794,852(1)

 

$

11,114,344(2)

 

$

3,776,514

Total remuneration of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer (A) (amounts in millions)

 

$

7,218

 

 

$

7,559

 

 

$

5,739

 

Evolution of the sole member of the Managing Board, our President and Chief Executive Officer remuneration

 

 

(5)

%

 

 

32

%

 

 

(26)

%

Senior Management remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average remuneration of our Senior Management (B) (amounts in millions)

 

$     2,890(1)

 

 

$

3,512

 

 

$

2,706

 

Evolution of average remuneration of our Senior Management

 

 

(18)

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

40

%

Ratio A versus B

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

2.1

 

Employee remuneration(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average remuneration of all global indirect employees (FTE basis) (C)(3)

 

$

109,600

 

 

$

111,200

 

 

$

98,500

 

Evolution of the average remuneration of all global indirect employees (FTE basis)(3)

 

 

(1)

%

 

 

13

%

 

 

1

%

Ratio A versus C

 

 

65.9

 

 

 

68.0

 

 

 

58.2

 

Ratio B versus C

 

 

26.4

 

 

 

31.6

 

 

 

27.5

 

Company's performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues (amounts in millions)

$

9,556

 

$

9,664

 

$

8,347

 

$

16,128

 

 

$

12,761

 

 

$

10,219

 

Evolution of the revenues

 

 

26

%

 

 

25

%

 

 

7

%

Operating income (amounts in millions)

$

1,203

 

$

1,400

 

$

1,005

 

$

4,439

 

 

$

2,419

 

 

$

1,323

 

Average remuneration of all global indirect employees (FTE basis)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

$

97,300

 

$

100,600

 

$

93,500

Evolution of the Operating income

 

 

84

%

 

 

83

%

 

 

10

%

 

(1)

Total Managing BoardAverage remuneration for 2019of our Senior Management includes one-off contractually obligated deferred compensationamounts paid in 2022 to Mr. Bozotti.our former Executive Vice President, Digital & Smart Power Technology and Digital Front-End Manufacturing, Joel Hartmann, and former Executive Vice President, General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Americas Region, Paul Cihak.

(2)

Total Managing BoardEmployee remuneration for 2018 includesis defined as all remuneration paid to our indirect employees including base salary, variable compensation in both cash and shares, social premiums, pension, expense allowances and benefits in kind. The average is calculated by taking the acceleratedsum of remuneration to Mr. Bozotti.costs and dividing by the average number of full-time equivalent indirect employees over the period.

(3)

Global indirect employees are all employees other than those directly manufacturing our products.products, excluding Senior Management. “FTE” refers to full time equivalent.

Share Ownership and Stock Awards

i.

Share Ownership

None of the members of our Supervisory Board, Managing Board or Senior Management holds shares or options to acquire shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.

Stock Awards and Options102


Table of Contents

ii.

Overview of Stock Awards and Options

Our stock-based compensation plans are designed to incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution of our share price. WeSince 2005, we have adopted stocklong-term incentive plans based compensation plans comprising either stock options or unvestedon stock awards for our Senior Managementmanagement as well as key employees. Furthermore, until 2012, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted stock-based awards (the options to acquire common shares in the share capital of the Company) to the members and professionals of the Supervisory Board. For a description of our stock option plans and unvested share award plans, please see Note 1718 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our general meetingsGeneral Meetings of shareholders,Shareholders, our Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, took the following actions:

 

approved conditions relating to our 20162020 unvested stock award allocation under the 20132017 Unvested Stock Award Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees);

approved, for a four-year period, our 2017 Unvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees, under which directors, managers and selected employees may be granted stock awards upon the fulfillment of restricted criteria, such as those linked to our performance (for selected employees) and continued service with us; and

 

approved conditions relating to our 20182021 unvested stock award allocation under the 20172021 Unvested Stock Award Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees).

 

approved conditions relating to our 20192022 unvested stock award allocation under the 20172021 Unvested Stock Award Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance (for selected employees).

83


Table of Contents

The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares of our stock by the members or professionals of our Supervisory Board, the sole member of ourthe Managing Board, andour President and Chief Executive Officer, and all our employees are subject to an internal policy which involves, interalia, certain blackout periods.

Employees

The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees by geographic area and main category of activity for the past three years.

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

France

 

 

10,131

 

 

 

10,314

 

 

 

10,296

 

 

 

11,953

 

 

 

11,312

 

 

 

10,840

 

Italy

 

 

10,551

 

 

 

10,266

 

 

 

10,108

 

 

 

12,037

 

 

 

11,334

 

 

 

10,765

 

Rest of Europe

 

 

970

 

 

 

904

 

 

 

884

 

 

 

1,128

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

991

 

United States

 

 

761

 

 

 

744

 

 

 

744

 

Mediterranean (Malta, Morocco, Tunisia)

 

 

4,743

 

 

 

4,897

 

 

 

4,616

 

Americas

 

 

789

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

766

 

Mediterranean (Malta, Morocco, Tunisia, Egypt)

 

 

5,634

 

 

 

4,854

 

 

 

4,378

 

Asia

 

 

18,398

 

 

 

18,828

 

 

 

18,820

 

 

 

19,829

 

 

 

18,951

 

 

 

18,276

 

Total

 

 

45,554

 

 

 

45,953

 

 

 

45,468

 

 

 

51,370

 

 

 

48,254

 

 

 

46,016

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Research and Development

 

 

7,796

 

 

 

7,387

 

 

 

7,370

 

 

 

9,036

 

 

 

8,355

 

 

 

8,145

 

Marketing and Sales

 

 

2,261

 

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

2,170

 

 

 

2,573

 

 

 

2,379

 

 

 

2,311

 

Manufacturing

 

 

30,351

 

 

 

31,317

 

 

 

31,016

 

 

 

33,690

 

 

 

31,780

 

 

 

30,134

 

Administration and General Services

 

 

2,290

 

 

 

2,190

 

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

2,787

 

 

 

2,582

 

 

 

2,464

 

Divisional Functions

 

 

2,856

 

 

 

2,848

 

 

 

2,777

 

 

 

3,284

 

 

 

3,158

 

 

 

2,962

 

Total

 

 

45,554

 

 

 

45,953

 

 

 

45,468

 

 

 

51,370

 

 

 

48,254

 

 

 

46,016

 

 

Our future success will partly depend on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering and management personnel, as well as on our ability to timely adapt the size and/or profile of our personnel to changing industry needs. Unions are represented at almost all of our manufacturing facilities and at several of our R&D sites. We use temporarily employees if required during production spikes and, in Europe, during summer vacation. We have not experienced any significant strikes or work stoppages in recent years.

 

84103


Table of Contents

Disclosure of a registrants action to recover erroneously awarded compensation

Not applicable.

104


Table of Contents

 

Item 7.

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of our issued common shares as of December 31, 20192022 based on information available to us:

 

 

Common Shares Owned

 

 

Common Shares Owned

 

Shareholders

 

Number

 

 

%

 

 

Number

 

 

%

 

STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”)

 

 

250,704,754

 

 

 

27.5

 

 

 

250,704,754

 

 

27.51

 

Public(1)

 

 

640,729,735

 

 

 

70.3

 

 

 

653,161,009

 

 

71.67

 

Treasury shares

 

 

19,752,431

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

7,416,157

 

 

0.81

 

Total

 

 

911,186,920

 

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

911,281,920

 

 

 

100.0

 

(1)

According to the report available on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 7, 2023, we understand that as of December 31, 2022 BlackRock, Inc. is the beneficial owner of 65,684,356 of our common shares (representing approximately 7.2% of our issued common shares).

 

We are not aware of any significant change over the past three years in the percentage ownership of our shares by ST Holding, our major shareholder. ST Holding does not have any different voting rights from those of our other shareholders.

Shareholders Agreement

According to the report on Schedule 13G (“2020 ST Holding 13G”) jointly filed with the SEC on February 11, 2020, by ST Holding, the Italian Ministry of the Economy and Finance (the “MEF”), Bpifrance Participations S.A., a successor to its former wholly-owned subsidiary FT1CI, (“Bpifrance” and together with the MEF, the “STH Shareholders”) and the Italian Government and the French Government, each indirectly through the MEF and Bpifrance, respectively, holdheld 14.1% of our share capital as of December 31, 2019. The ownership percentages of each the MEF and Bpifrance are based on 891,434,489 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019. On November 17, 2016, Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique et aux Énergies Alternatives (“CEA”) and Bpifrance, which were, at the time, the shareholders of FT1CI, entered into a share purchase agreement pursuant to which CEA transferred 721,513 shares of FT1CI to Bpifrance. As a result of the transaction, Bpifrance increased its shareholding in FT1CI from 79.2% to 95.1%, with CEA retaining the remaining 4.9% in FT1CI. On November 16, 2018, CEA and Bpifrance entered into a second purchase agreement, pursuant to which CEA transferred 222,265 shares, representing its remaining ownership interest in FT1CI, to Bpifrance. As a resultdate of this transaction, Bpifrance became the sole shareholder of FT1CI. On June 21, 2019, FT1CI merged with and into Bpifrance and ceased to exist.The filersForm 20-F, no report on 13G in respect of the STH Shareholders was filed subsequent to the 2020 ST Holding 13G have entered into a shareholders agreement which governs relations between them, including for certain matters relating to the ownership of our shares and the actions of our management to the extent shareholder approval is required (the “STH Shareholders Agreement”).13G. Below is a brief summary of certain details from the 2020 ST Holding 13G.

Corporate Governance

Managing Board and Supervisory Board members can only be appointed by the General Meetinggeneral meeting of Shareholdersshareholders upon a proposal by the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board passes resolutions, including on such a proposal, by at least three quarters of the votes of the members in office. The STH Shareholders Agreement, to which STM iswe are not a party, furthermore provides that:  (i) each of the STH Shareholders, Bpifrance, on the one hand, and the MEF, on the other hand, may propose the same number of members for election to the Supervisory Board by our shareholders, and ST Holding shall vote in favor of such members; and (ii) any decision relating to the voting rights of ST Holding shall require the unanimous approval of the STH Shareholders. ST Holding may therefore be in a position to effectively control actions that require shareholder approval, including, as discussed above, the proposal of six out of nine members for election to our Supervisory Board (three members by each STH Shareholder) and the appointment of our Managing Board, as well as corporate actions, and the issuance of new shares or other securities. As a result of the STH Shareholders Agreement, the Chairman of our Supervisory Board is proposed by an STH Shareholder for a three-year term, and the Vice-Chairman of our Supervisory Board is proposed by the other STH Shareholder for the same period, and vice-versa for the following three-year term. The STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the Chairman may furthermore propose the appointment of the Assistant Secretary of our Supervisory Board, and the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of Vice-Chairman proposes the appointment of the Secretary of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH Shareholder also proposes the appointment of a Financial Controllerfinancial controller to the Supervisory Board.

85105


Table of Contents

 

Ownership of ST Shares

The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that each STH Shareholder retains the right to cause ST Holding to dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion pursuant to the issuance of financial instruments, an equity swap, a structured finance deal or a straight sale; however, except in the case of a public offer, no sales by any party to the STH Shareholders Agreement may be made of any of our shares or any shares of Bpifrance or ST Holding to any of our top ten competitors or any company controlling such a competitor. The STH Shareholders Agreement also requires all of the parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement to hold their stakes in us at all time through the current holding structure of ST Holding, subject to certain limited exceptions, and precludes all such parties and their affiliates from acquiring any of our common shares other than through ST Holding.

Change of Control Provision

The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for tag-along rights, pre-emptive rights, and provisions with respect to a change of control of any of the STH Shareholders or any controlling shareholder of Bpifrance,, on the one hand, and the Italian Ministry of the Economy and Finance, on the other hand. The STH Shareholders may transfer shares of ST Holding and/or Bpifrance,, as applicable, to any of their respective affiliates, which could include entities ultimately controlled by the Italian Government or the French Government.

Preference Shares

We have an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting ContinuiteïtContinuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), whereby the Stichting can acquire a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares in the event of actions which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to our interests, our shareholders and our other stakeholders and which in the event of a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares are not supported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.

No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control as well as to create a level-playing field in the event actions which are considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, as described above, occur and which the board of the Stichting determines to be contrary to our interests and our shareholders and other stakeholders. In addition, any issuance of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to approval by our Supervisory Board, other than pursuant to an exercise of the call option granted to the Stichting.

Related Party Transactions

See Note 28 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, incorporated herein by reference, for transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and other related parties, which also include transactions between us and our equity method investments.

Item 8.

Financial Information

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements” for a list of the financial statements filed with this Form 20-F.

Legal Proceedings

For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please see Note 26 “Contingencies, Claims and Legal Proceedings” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

86


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

Our dividend policy reads as follows: “STMicroelectronics seeks to use its available cash in order to develop and enhance its position in a competitive semiconductor market while at the same time managing its cash resources to reward its shareholders for their investment and trust in STMicroelectronics. Based on its results, projected capital requirements as well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board proposes on an annual basis to the Supervisory Board, whenever deemed possible and desirable in line with

106


Table of Contents

STMicroelectronics’ objectives and financial situation, the distribution of a quarterly cash dividend, if any. The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, decides or proposes on an annual basis, in accordance with this policy, which portion of the profits or distributable reserves shall not be retained in reserves to fund future growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal concerning the amount, if any, of the quarterly cash dividend”.

On May 23, 2019,25, 2022, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of US$0.24 per outstanding share of our common stock, which was distributed in quarterly installments of US$0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 20192022 and will also be distributed in the first quarter of 2020.2023. Future dividends, if any, and their timing and amounts may be affected by our accumulated profits, our capacity to generate cash flow, our financial situation, the general economic situation and prospects and any other factors that the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our Managing Board, shall deem important. For a history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in the past three years, see Note 1718 to our Consolidated Financial Statements “Shareholders’ Equity – Dividends”.

Item 9.

Listing

Market Information

Our common shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “STM” and CUSIP #861012102, are listed on the compartment A (large capitalizations) of Euronext Paris under the ISIN Code NL0000226223 and are traded on the Borsa Italiana. In 2017,On August 4, 2020, ST issued a $1.5 billion dual-tranche offering of new 2020 Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds due 20222025 and 20242027 that trade on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.

Effective September 18, 2017 ourOur common shares were re-admitted by the independent Conseil Scientifique toare included in the CAC 40, a free float market capitalization weighted index that reflects the performance of the 40 most capitalized and traded shares listed on Euronext Paris, and is the most widely used indicator of the Paris stock market. Our common shares are included in the FTSE MIB Index, which measures the performance of the 40 most liquid and capitalized shares listed on the Borsa Italiana and seeks to replicate the broad sector weights of the Italian stock market, and the FTSE MIB Dividend Index, the index which represents the cumulative value of ordinary gross dividends paid by the individual constituents of the underlying FTSE MIB Index, expressed in terms of index points.market.

Of the 891,434,489903,865,763 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019, 62,416,409,2022, 68,905,940, or 7.0%7.6%, were registered in the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York and 829,018,080834,959,823 or 93.0%92.4%, of our common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.

 

Item 10.

Additional Information

 

A.

Share Capital

Not applicable.

 

B.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

We were incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands by deed of May 21, 1987 and are registered with the trade register (handelsregister) of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel) under no. 33194537. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch law. The summary below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Association, most recently amended on June 20, 2017, and relevant Dutch law.

87


Table of Contents

Object and Purposes (Article 2)

The purposeobjects of our company is to participate in or take, in any manner, any interests in other business enterprises; to manage such enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a group of companies; to take financial interests in such enterprises and to take any other action, such as but not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the aforementioned objects.

107


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board Members

Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions related to a Supervisory Board member’s:

 

power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which such member is materially interested;

 

power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory Board;

 

borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such borrowing powers can be varied;

 

mandatory retirement age; or

 

number of owned shares in our company required to qualify as a Supervisory Board member.

Our Supervisory Board Chartercharter and Dutch law, however, explicitly prohibitsprohibit members of our Supervisory Board from participating in discussions and voting on matters where they have a conflict of interest. If our entire Supervisory Board has a conflict of interest, our shareholders’ meeting is the competent corporate body to adopt the relevant resolution. Our Articles of Association provide that our shareholders’ meeting must adopt the compensation of our Supervisory Board members. Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board Chartercharter has a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board members hold a minimum number of our common shares.

We have balanced participation by men and women on our Supervisory Board and currently, our Supervisory Board comprises nine members of which 4 are female and 5 are male.

Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)

Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Subsequently, if any of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their preference shares. Our Supervisory Board may then, upon proposal of our Managing Board, also establish reserves out of our annual profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains after the establishment or maintenance of reserves and the payment of a dividend to our preference shareholders is at the disposal of our shareholders’ meeting. No distribution may be made to our shareholders when the equity after such distribution is or becomes inferior to the fully-paid share capital, increased by the legal reserves. Our preference shares are cumulative by nature, which means that if in a financial year the dividend or the preference shares cannot be (fully) paid, the deficit must first be paid in the following financial year(s).

Our Supervisory Board independently as well as our shareholders’ meeting, upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, may each declare distributions out of our share premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a resolution of our Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by the shareholders’ meeting may be fully or partially made in the form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board may, subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts for such year have been adopted at a shareholders’ meeting. Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been collected within five years after the date on which they became due and payable shall revert to us.

For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in the past five years, see Note 1718 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

88


Table of Contents

Notice Convening the Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29)

Our ordinary shareholders’ meetings are held at least annually, within six months after the close of each financial year, in The Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems necessary, and must be held upon the written request of registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings of at least 10% of the total issued share capital to our Managing Board or our Supervisory Board specifying in detail the business to be dealt with. Such written requests may not be submitted electronically.

108


Table of Contents

The notice convening the shareholders’ meeting shall be given in such manner as shall be authorized or required by law with due observance of the statutory notice period, which is currently 42 days prior to the meeting.

One or more shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings representing at least one-tenth of our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the meeting, request proposals to be included on the agenda. Furthermore, a request that a proposal be included on the agenda can be made in writing to our Managing Board within sixty days of a meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our shareholders’ meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at least €50 million. The aforementioned requests may not be submitted electronically and must comply with conditions stipulated by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, which shall be posted on our website. Pursuant to Dutch law a shareholder requesting discussion of an agenda item must disclose to us its entire beneficial interest (long and short position) and we are required to disclose this information on our website.

We are exempt from the proxy solicitation rules under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to, and compile voting instructions from, holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC and the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar will compile voting instructions. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France to attend shareholders’ meetings in person, such holders must withdraw their shares from Euroclear France and have such shares registered directly in their name or in the name of their nominee. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC to attend shareholders’ meetings of shareholders in person, such holders need not withdraw such shares from DTC but must follow rules and procedures established by the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Attendance at Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights (Articles 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34)

Each share is entitled to one vote.

All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings may attend in person or be represented by a person holding a written proxy. Shareholders and other persons entitled to vote, may do so pursuant to our Articles of Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board may resolve to facilitate the use of electronic means of communication in relation to the participation and voting in shareholders’ meetings. Dutch law prescribes a fixed registration date of 28 days prior to the shareholders’ meeting, which means that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings are those persons who have such rights at the 28th day prior to the shareholders’ meeting and, as such, are registered in a register designated by our Managing Board, regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at the time of the meeting if a registration date would not be applicable. In the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting, the time of registration must be mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings can register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise their rights.

All matters regarding admittance to the shareholders’ meeting, the exercise of voting rights and the result of voting, as well as any other matters regarding the business of the shareholders’ meeting, shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting, in accordance with the requirements of Section 2:13 of the Dutch Civil Code.

89


Table of Contents

Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares. At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution, provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have been issued with our cooperation.

109


Table of Contents

Authority of our Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25, 28, 32 and 41)

Our AGM may decide upon (i) the discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their management during the past financial year and the discharge of the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends; (iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other resolutions listed on the agenda.

Furthermore, our shareholders’ meeting has to approve resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically our entire enterprise to a third party,third-party, (ii) entering into or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a subsidiary of us and any other legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary of us acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of our total assets according to our Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheets and notes thereto in our most recently adopted annual accounts.

Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at our offices as from the day of the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting. Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such class of shares.

Quorum and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)

Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders’ meetings require the approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented, subject to the provisions explained below. We may not vote our common shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted.

A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum, a second shareholders’ meeting must be held within four weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or authorization by the shareholders’ meeting which has or could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.

Disclosure of holdings and capital interest under Dutch Law

Holders of our shares (including certain comparable instruments, such as instruments with a value (partly) dependent on shares or distributions on shares, or contracts creating an economic position similar to shares) or voting rights (including potential interests, such as via options or convertible bonds) may have disclosure obligations under Dutch law. Any person or entity whose direct or indirect interest in our share capital or voting rights (including potential interest) reaches, exceeds or falls below a certain threshold must make a disclosure to the AFM immediately. The threshold percentages are 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%. If a person’s direct or indirect interest in the share capital or voting rights passively reaches, exceeds or falls below the abovementioned thresholds (e.g. as a result of a change in the capital of the company), the person in question must give notice to the AFM no later than the fourth trading day after the AFM has published the change in the share capital and/or voting rights in the public register. In addition, a notification requirement applies in respect of shares with special statutory rights (e.g. priority shares), regardless of the abovementioned percentages.

90110


Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, each person who is or ought to be aware that the substantial holding he holds in the Company, reaches, exceeds or falls below any of the abovementioned thresholds vis-à-vis his most recent notification to the AFM, which change relates to the composition of the notification as a result of certain acts (e.g. (i) the exchange of certain financial instruments for shares or depositary receipts for shares, (ii) the exchange of shares for depositary receipts for shares, or (iii) as a result of the exercise of rights pursuant to a contract for the acquisition of voting rights) must give notice to the AFM no later than the fourth trading day after he became or ought to be aware of this change.

For the purpose of calculating the percentage of capital interest or voting rights, among others, the following interests must be taken into account:  (i) those directly held by him; (ii) those held by his controlled undertakings for purposes of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act; (iii) shares held by a third partythird-party for such person’s account and the votes such third partythird-party may exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third partythird-party if such person has concluded an oral or written voting agreement with such party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting; (v) the votes held by a third partythird-party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a temporary and paid transfer of the votes; and (vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but in his own discretion. A person who has a 3% or larger interest in the share capital or voting rights and who ceases to be a controlled undertaking must without delay notify the AFM. As of that moment, all notification obligations under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act will become applicable to the former controlled undertaking itself. The management company of a common fund (beleggingsfonds) shall be deemed to have the disposal of the shares held by the depositary and the related voting rights. The depositary of a common fund shall be deemed not to have the disposal of shares or voting rights. Furthermore, special rules apply to the attribution of the ordinary shares which are part of the property of a partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge or right of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be subject to a notification obligation if such person has, or can acquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may also trigger a notification obligation for the holder of our shares. A person is also deemed to hold shares if he has a financial instrument (i) whose rise in value depends in part on the rise in value of the underlying shares or on dividend or other payments on those shares (in other words, a long position must be held in those shares), and (ii) which does not entitle him to acquire shares in a listed company (i.e., it is a cash-settled financial instrument). In addition, a person who may, by virtue of an option, be obliged to buy shares in a listed company is also equated with a shareholder. Moreover, a person who has entered into a contract (other than a cash-settled financial instrument) that gives him an economic position comparable to that of a shareholder in a listed company is also deemed to hold shares for the purposes of the disclosure obligation.

The holder of a financial instrument representing a short position in our shares is required to notify the AFM if such short position, expressed in a capital percentage, reaches or crosses a threshold percentage. The threshold percentages are the same as referred to above in this section. Short position refers to the gross short position (i.e., a long position held by the holder cannot be offset against the short position). There is also a requirement to notify the AFM of the net short position (i.e., long positions are offset against short positions) if such short position, expressed in a capital percentage, reaches or crosses a threshold percentage; The threshold percentages are 0.2% and each 0.1% above that. Notifications as of 0.5% and each 0.1% above that will be published by the AFM. The notification shall be made no later than 3:30 pm CET on the following trading day.

Under Dutch law, the sole member of our Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest or potential interest in our share capital or voting rights. Under the European Market Abuse Regulation, the sole member of our Managing Board, the members of the Executive Committee and each of the members of our Supervisory Board, as well as any other person who would have the power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business prospects of the Company having regular access to inside information relating, directly or indirectly, to the Company, must notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for his or her own account relating to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is also based on the value of the shares. In addition, certain persons who are closely associated with members of the Managing Board, the Executive Committee and Supervisory Board or any of the other persons as described above, are required to notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for their own account relating to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is also based on the value of the shares.

91111


Table of Contents

 

The AFM publishes all notifications on its public website (www.afm.nl). Non-compliance with the notification obligations under European or Dutch law can lead to imprisonment or criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years, (suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our shareholders’ meeting (if it is likely that such resolution would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for a period of no more than five years. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own legal advisers to determine whether notification obligations apply to them.

Share Capital (Articles 4, 5 and 6)

Our shares may not be issued at less than their par value. Our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25% of their par value at the time of their issuance (and the remaining 75% if and when requested by our Managing Board). Our authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further capital calls by us. Our Articles of Association allows for the acquisition of own shares and the cancellation of shares.

Type II shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our shareholders register with the issue of a share certificate consisting of a main part without a dividend coupon. In addition to type II shares, type I shares are available. Type I shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without the issue of a share certificate. Type II shares are only available should our Supervisory Board decide to offer them. Our preference shares are in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate.

Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory Board’s decision. Other securities in circulation which give access to our share capital include (i) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the sole member of our Managing Board and our senior managers; (ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted in the past to the members of our Supervisory Board, its secretaries and controllers, as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”; (iii) our Bonds;bonds; and (iv) the option giving the right to subscribe to our preference shares to Stichting Continuïteit ST. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Preference Shares”Transactions”. We do not have securities not representing our share capital.

Our shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal and on the terms and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to issue shares and rights to subscribe for shares. The shareholders’ meeting may authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to issue shares and rights to subscribe for shares and to determine the terms and conditions of such issuances.

Each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns. There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.

Our shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal by our Supervisory Board, has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting must be taken with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if at such shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Our shareholders’ meeting may authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to limit or exclude preemptive rights.

Acquisition of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)

We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and of our Articles of Association. Share acquisitions may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders’ meeting has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases, which authorization may apply for a maximum period of 18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our purchases of our own shares are subject to acquisition price conditions as authorized by our shareholders’ meeting. Our Articles of Association provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share capital in order to transfer these shares under employee stock option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of our shareholders’ meeting.

92112


Table of Contents

 

Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our shareholders’ meeting may, in accordance with the legal provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the shares or by canceling our preference shares.

Liquidation Rights (Articles 42 and 43)

In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining shall be distributed among the registered holders of common shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.

Limitations on Right to Hold or Vote Shares

There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders to hold or vote the shares.

 

C.

Material Contracts

None.

 

D.

Exchange Controls

None.

 

E.

Taxation

Dutch Taxation

The following is a general summary and the tax consequences as described herein may not apply to a holder of common shares.  Any potential investor should consult his tax adviser for more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of common shares in his particular circumstances.

This summary solely addresses the principalsection only outlines certain material Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownershipholding and disposal of our common shares. This section does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to a holder or prospective holder of our common shares and does not purport to describe every aspectdeal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of taxation thatinvestors, some of which (such as trusts or similar arrangements) may be relevantsubject to a particular holder of common shares.special rules. In view of its general nature, this general summarysection should be treated with corresponding caution.

Tax matters are complex, and the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownershipholding and disposal to a particular holder of common shares will depend in part on such holder’s circumstances. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor for a full understanding of the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownershipholding and disposal to you, including the applicability and effect of Dutch tax laws.  

Where in this summarysection English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law. Where in this summarysection the terms “The Netherlands” and “Dutch” are used, these refer solely to the European part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands.  

This summarysection assumes that we are organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the manner outlined in this Form 20-F. A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of this summary,section, which will not be updated to reflect any such change.

This summary is based on the tax law of The Netherlands (unpublished case law not included) as it stands at the date ofPlease note that this Form 20-F.  The tax law upon which this summary is based, is subject to changes, possibly with retroactive effect.  Any such change may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect such change.

The summary in this Dutch Taxation paragraphsection does not address yourdescribe the Dutch tax consequences if you arefor a holder of our common shares who:shares:

 

(i)

who may be deemed an owner of our common shares for Dutch tax purposes pursuant to specific
statutory attribution rules in Dutch tax law;

 

(ii)

who has a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) or deemed substantial interest (fictief aanmerkelijk belang) in us under the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001).  Generally, a holder is althoughconsidered to hold a substantial interest in principle subject to Dutch corporation tax, in wholeus if such holder alone or, in part, specifically exempt from thatthe case of an individual, together with such holder’s partner for Dutch income tax purposes, or any  relatives by blood or marriage in connection with income from common shares;the direct line (including foster-children), directly or indirectly, holds (i) an interest of 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of us or of 5% or more

93113


Table of Contents

 

 

of the issued and outstanding capital of a certain class of shares; or (ii) rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such interest; or (iii) certain profit sharing rights that relate to 5% or more of our annual profits or to 5% or more of our liquidation proceeds. A deemed substantial interest may arise if a substantial interest (or part thereof) in has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a non-recognition basis;

(iii)

if the common shares held by such holder qualify or qualified as a participation (is an investment institution as defined indeelneming) for purposes of the Dutch CorporationCorporate Income Tax Act 1969;1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969). Generally, a holder's shareholding of, or right to acquire, 5% or more in our nominal paid-up share capital qualifies as a participation. A holder may also have a participation if (a) such holder does not have a shareholding of 5% or more but a related entity (statutorily defined term) has a participation or (b) we are a related entity (statutorily defined term);

 

(iv)

ownswhich is or who is entitled to the dividend withholding tax exemption (inhoudingsvrijstelling) with respect to any profits derived from the common shares (as defined in connection withArticle 4 of the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 (Wet op de dividendbelasting). Generally, a membershipholder of a management boardcommon shares may be entitled or a supervisory board,required to apply, subject to certain other requirements, the dividend withholding tax exemption if it is an employment relationship, a deemed employment relationshipentity and holds an interest of 5% or management role; ormore in our nominal paid-up share capital;

 

(v)

haspension funds, investment institutions (fiscale beleggingsinstellingen) and tax exempt investment institutions (vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen) (each as defined in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969) and other entities that are, in whole or in part, not subject to or exempt from Dutch corporate income tax, entities that have a substantial interest in usfunction comparable to an investment institution or a deemed substantial interesttax exempt investment institution, as well as entities that are exempt from corporate income tax in us for Dutch tax purposes.  Generally, you hold a substantial interest in us if (a) you — either alone or, intheir country of residence, such country of residence being another state of the case of an individual, together with your partnerEuropean Union, Norway, Liechtenstein, Iceland or any of your relatives by blood or by marriageother state with which The Netherlands has agreed to exchange information in the direct line (including foster-children) or of those of your partner for Dutch tax purposes — own or are deemed to own, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our shares or of any class of our shares, or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such an interest in our shares or profit participating certificates relating to five percent or more of our annual profits or to five percent or more of our liquidation proceeds, or (b) your shares, rights to acquire shares or profit participating certificates in us are held by you following the application of a non-recognition provision.with international standards; and

Taxes on income and capital gains

Dutch Resident Entities

Generally speaking, if you are an entity that is a resident or deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands for Dutch corporation tax purposes (a 'Dutch Resident Entity'), any payment under the common shares or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the common shares is subject to Dutch corporation tax at a rate of 16.5% with respect to taxable profits up to €200,000 and 25% with respect to taxable profits in excess of that amount (rates and brackets for 2020).

Dutch Resident Individuals

If you are an individual resident or deemed to be resident of The Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes (a 'Dutch Resident Individual'), any payment under the common shares or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the common shares is taxable at the progressive Dutch income tax rates (with a maximum of 49.50% in 2020), if:

 

(i)(vi)

if such holder is an individual for whom the common shares are attributableor any benefit derived from the common shares is a remuneration or deemed to an enterprise from which you derivebe a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer)remuneration for (employment) activities performed by such holder or pursuantcertain individuals related to a co-entitlement to the net value (medegerechtigd tot het vermogen) of such enterprise other than as a shareholderholder (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001); or.

(ii)

you are considered to perform activities with respect to the common shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (normaal, actief vermogensbeheer) or you derive benefits from the common shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden).

If the above-mentioned conditions (i) and (ii) do not apply to you, you will be taxed annually on a deemed return (with a maximum of 5.33% in 2020) on your net investment assets (rendementsgrondslag) for the year, insofar your net in-vestment assets for the year exceed a statutory threshold (heffingvrij vermogen). The deemed return on your net investment assets for the year is taxed at a rate of 30%. Actual income, gains or losses in respect of the common shares are as such not subject to Dutch income tax.

The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the allowable liabilities on January 1 of the relevant calendar year. The common shares are included as investment assets. For the net investment assets on January 1, 2020, the deemed return ranges from 1.7991% up to 5.33% (depending on the aggregate amount of the net investment assets of the individual on January 1, 2020). The deemed return will be adjusted annually on the basis of historic market yields.

94


Table of Contents

Non-resident Individuals

If you are not a Dutch Resident Individual, you will not be subject to Dutch income tax in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from or in connection with your common shares, except if:

(i)

you derive a share of the profit from an enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a shareholder, and such enterprise is carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands, and your common shares are attributable to such permanent establishment or permanent representative; or

(ii)

you derive benefits or are deemed to derive benefits from or in connection with common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities performed in The Netherlands.

Non-resident Entities

If you are a corporate entity, or an entity including an association, a partnership and a mutual fund, taxable as a corporate entity, which is neither resident, nor deemed to be resident of The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch corporation tax, you will not be subject to Dutch corporation tax in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from or in connection with your common shares, except if:

(i)

you derive profits from an enterprise directly which is carried on in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative which is taxable in The Netherlands, and to which permanent establishment or permanent representative your common shares are attributable; or

(ii)

you derive profits pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of an enterprise which is managed in The Netherlands, other than as a holder of securities, and to which enterprise your common shares are attributable.

General

If you are neither a Dutch Resident Individual nor a Dutch Resident Entity, you will for Dutch tax purposes not carry on or be deemed to carry on an enterprise, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands by reason only of acquisition or ownership of the common shares.

Dividend withholding tax

General

WeDividends distributed by us are generally requiredsubject to withhold Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15% from dividends distributed by us, subject to possible relief under Dutch domestic law,. Generally, we are responsible for the Treaty onwithholding of such dividend withholding tax at source; the Functioning of the European Union or an applicable Dutch income tax treaty depending on a particular holder of common shares’ individual circumstances.  The Dutch dividend withholding tax is for the account of the holder of common shares.  

The conceptexpression “dividends distributed by us” as used in this Dutch Taxation paragraphdistributed” includes, but is not limited to, the following:to:

 

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

liquidation proceeds, and proceeds of repurchase orfrom the redemption of common shares or proceeds from the repurchase of common shares (other than as temporary portfolio investment; tijdelijke belegging) by us or one of our subsidiaries or other affiliated entities, in excess ofeach case to the extent such proceeds exceed the average paid-in capital recognizedof those common shares as paid-inrecognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

an amount equal to the par value of the common shares issued by us to a holder of common shares or an increase of the par value of the common shares, as the case may be, to the extent that it does not appear that ano related contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and

 

partial repayment of the paid-in capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits,we have “net profits” (zuivere winst), unless (a) the(i) our general meeting of our shareholders has resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b)(ii) the par value of the common shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association. The term “net profits” includes anticipated profits that have yet to be realized.

95Corporate legal entities that are resident or deemed to be resident of The Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax purposes (“Dutch Resident Entities”) generally are entitled to an exemption from, or a credit for, any Dutch dividend withholding tax against their Dutch (corporate) income tax liability. The credit in any given year

114


Table of Contents

 

If we receive a profit distribution from a qualifying foreign entity,is, however, limited to the amount of Dutch corporate income tax payable in respect of the relevant year with an indefinite carry forward of any excess amount. Individuals who are resident or a repatriationdeemed to be resident of qualifying foreign branch profit, that is exempt fromThe Netherlands for Dutch corporationpersonal income tax and that has been subjectpurposes (“Dutch Resident Individuals”) generally are entitled to a foreign withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be entitled to retain a portion of thecredit for any Dutch dividend withholding tax imposed in respectagainst their Dutch personal income tax liability and to a refund of any residual Dutch dividend withholding tax. The above generally also applies to holders of common shares that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of The Netherlands (“Non-Resident Holders”) if the common shares are attributable to a Dutch permanent establishment of such Non-Resident Holder.

A holder of common shares resident of a country other than The Netherlands may, depending on such holder's specific circumstances, be entitled to exemptions from, reduction of, or full or partial refund of, Dutch dividend withholding tax under Dutch domestic tax law, EU law, or treaties for the avoidance of double taxation in effect between The Netherlands and such other country.

Dividend stripping

According to “Dutch domestic anti-dividend stripping” rules, no credit against Dutch tax, exemption from, reduction, or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax will be granted if the recipient of the dividends we paid is not considered the beneficial owner (uiteindelijk gerechtigde; as described in the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965) of those dividends. This legislation generally targets situations in which a shareholder retains its economic interest in shares but reduces the withholding tax costs on dividends by a transaction with another party. It is not required for these rules to apply that the recipient of the dividends is aware that a dividend stripping transaction took place. The Dutch State Secretary of Finance takes the position that the definition of beneficial ownership introduced by this legislation will also be applied in the context of a double taxation convention.

Conditional withholding tax on dividends (as of January 1, 2024)

As of January 1, 2024, a Dutch conditional withholding tax will be imposed on dividends distributed by us that ordinarily would be required to be remittedentities related (gelieerd) to us (within the meaning of the Dutch tax authorities.  Such portion is the lesser of:Withholding Tax Act 2021; Wet bronbelasting 2021), if such related entity:

 

(i)

3% ofis considered to be resident (gevestigd) in a jurisdiction that is listed in the dividends paid by us in respect of whichyearly updated Dutch dividend withholdingRegulation on low-taxing states and non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax is withheld; andpurposes (Regeling laagbelastende staten en niet-coöperatieve rechtsgebieden voorbelastingdoeleinden) (a “Listed Jurisdiction”); or

 

(ii)

3% ofhas a permanent establishment located in a Listed Jurisdiction to which the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have not been taken into account previously when applying this test).common shares are attributable; or

Holders

(iii)

holds the common shares with the main purpose or one of the main purposes of avoiding taxation for another person or entity and there is an artificial arrangement or transaction or a series of artificial arrangements or transactions; or

(iv)

is not considered to be the beneficial owner of the common shares in its jurisdiction of residence because such jurisdiction treats another entity as the beneficial owner of the common shares (a hybrid mismatch); or

(v)

is not resident in any jurisdiction (also a hybrid mismatch); or

(vi)

is a reverse hybrid (within the meaning of Article 2(12) of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969), if and to the extent (x) there is a participant in the reverse hybrid which is related (gelieerd) to the reverse hybrid, (y) the jurisdiction of residence of such participant treats the reverse hybrid as transparent for tax purposes and (z) such participant would have been subject to the Dutch conditional withholding tax in respect of dividends distributed by us without the interposition of the reverse hybrid,

all within the meaning of common shares are urged to consult theirthe Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021.

The Dutch conditional withholding tax advisers regardingon dividends will be imposed at the general creditability or deductibilityhighest Dutch corporate income tax rate in effect at the time of the distribution (2023: 25.8%). The Dutch conditional withholding tax on dividends will be reduced, but not below zero, by any regular Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld in respect of the same dividend distribution. As such, based on the currently applicable rates, the overall effective tax rate of withholding the regular Dutch dividend withholding tax (as described above) and the Dutch conditional withholding tax on dividends will not exceed the highest corporate income tax rate in particular,effect at the impacttime of the distribution (2023: 25.8%).

115


Table of Contents

Taxes on such investorsincome and capital gains

Dutch Resident Entities

Generally, if the holder of our potential abilitycommon shares is a Dutch Resident Entity, any income derived or deemed to receivebe derived from the common shares or any capital gains realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the common shares is subject to Dutch corporate income tax at a reduction as describedrate of 19% with respect to taxable profits up to €200,000 and 25.8% with respect to taxable profits in the previous paragraph.

Giftexcess of that amount (rates and inheritance taxesbrackets for 2023).

Dutch Resident Individuals

If the holder of common shares is a Dutch Resident Individual, any income derived or deemed to be derived from the common shares or any capital gains realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the common shares is subject to Dutch personal income tax at the progressive rates (with a maximum of 49.5% in 2023), if:

(i)

the common shares are attributable to an enterprise from which the holder of common shares derives a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or as a person who has a co-entitlement to the net worth (medegerechtigd tot het vermogen) of such enterprise without being a shareholder (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001); or

(ii)

the holder of common shares is considered to perform activities with respect to the common shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (normaal, actief vermogensbeheer) or otherwise derives benefits from the common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden).

Taxation of savings and investments. If the above-mentioned conditions (i) and (ii) do not apply to the Dutch Resident Individual, the common shares will be subject to an annual Dutch income tax under the regime for savings and investments (inkomen uit sparen en beleggen). Taxation only occurs insofar the Dutch Resident Individual's net investment assets for the year exceed a statutory threshold (heffingvrij vermogen). The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the fair market value of the liabilities on January 1 of the relevant calendar year (reference date; peildatum). The common shares are included as investment assets. The taxable benefit for the year (voordeel uit sparen en beleggen) is taxed at a flat rate of 32% (rate for 2023). Actual income or capital gains realized in respect of the common shares are as such not subject to Dutch income tax.

The taxable benefit for the year is calculated as follows:

(i)

The Dutch Resident Individual's assets and liabilities taxed under this regime, including the common shares, are allocated over the following three categories: (a) bank savings, (b) other investments, including the common shares, and (c) liabilities.

(ii)

The return (rendement) in respect of these assets and liabilities is calculated as follows (the return is at a minimum nihil):

a)a deemed return on the fair market value of the actual amount of bank savings and cash on January 1 of the relevant calendar year; plus

b)a deemed return on the fair market value of the actual amount of other investments, including the common shares, on January 1 of the relevant calendar year; minus

c)a deemed return on the sum of the fair market value of the actual amount of liabilities on January 1 of the relevant calendar year less the statutory threshold for liabilities (drempel).

(iii)

The return percentage (%) (rendementspercentage) is calculated as follows:

a)by dividing the return calculated under (ii) above by the net investment assets for the year of the Dutch Resident Individual; multiplied by

b)100.

(iv)

The taxable base (grondslag sparen en beleggen) is calculated as follows:

a)the net investment assets for the year of the Dutch Resident Individual; minus

b)the applicable statutory threshold.

116


Table of Contents

(v)

The taxable benefit for the year is equal to the taxable base calculated under (iv) above multiplied by the return percentage calculated under (iii) above.

At the date hereof, the deemed returns for the different investment categories mentioned under (ii) above have been temporarily set at: (a) 0.01%, (b) 5.69% and (c) 2.46%. The definitive percentages for the year 2023 will be published in the first months of 2024 and will have retroactive effect to January 1, 2023. Transactions in the three-month period before and after January 1 of the relevant calendar year implemented to arbitrate between the deemed return percentages applicable to bank savings, other investments and liabilities will for this purpose be ignored if the holder of common shares cannot sufficiently demonstrate that such transactions are implemented for other than tax reasons.

Non-Resident Holders

A holder of common shares that is neither a Dutch Resident Entity nor a Dutch Resident Individual will not be subject to Dutch income tax in respect of income derived or deemed to be derived from the common shares or in respect of capital gains realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the common shares, provided that:

(i)

such holder does not have an interest in an enterprise or deemed enterprise (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 and the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969, as applicable) which, in whole or in part, is either effectively managed in The Netherlands or carried on through a permanent establishment, a deemed permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise the common shares are attributable; and

(ii)

in the event the holder is an individual, such holder does not carry out any activities in The Netherlands with respect to the common shares that go beyond ordinary asset management and does not otherwise derive benefits from the common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in The Netherlands.

If you are neither a Dutch Resident Individual nor a Dutch Resident Entity, you will for Dutch tax purposes not carry on or be deemed to carry on an enterprise, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands by reason only of acquisition or holding of the common shares.

Gift and inheritance taxes

Residents of The Netherlands

Gift or inheritance taxes will arise in The Netherlands with respect to a transfer of common shares by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of common shares who is a resident or deemed a resident of The Netherlands at the time of the gift or thesuch holder's death.

Non-resident IndividualsNon-Residents

No Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance taxtaxes will arise in The Netherlands with respect to a transfer of common shares by way of a gift by, or uponon the death of, a holder of common shares who is neither a resident nor deemed to be resident of The Netherlands, unless:

(i)

in the case of a gift of a common share by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident of The Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident of The Netherlands; or

(ii)

in the case of a gift of a common shares is made under a condition precedent, the holder of common shares is resident or is deemed to be resident of The Netherlands at the time the condition is fulfilled; or

(iii)

the transfer is otherwise construed as a gift or inheritance made by, or on behalf of, a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be resident of The Netherlands.

For purposes of Dutch gift and inheritance taxes, amongst others, a person that holds the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident of The Netherlands if such person has been a resident of The Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or such person’s death. Additionally, for purposes of Dutch gift tax, oramongst others, a person not holding the Dutch inheritance tax except if, in the event of a gift whilst not being a resident nor being anationality will be deemed to be resident of The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance tax, the holder of common shares becomesif such person has been a resident or a deemed resident of The Netherlands and dies within 180 days afterat any

117


Table of Contents

time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift.

For purposes of Dutch gift Applicable tax and Dutch inheritance tax, a gift of common shares made under a condition precedent istreaties may override deemed to be made at the time the condition precedent is satisfied.residency.

Value added tax (VAT)

No Dutch VAT will be payable by a holder of common shares in respect of any payment in consideration for the ownershipholding or disposal of the common shares.  

Other taxes and dutiesStamp Duties

No Dutch registration tax,documentation taxes (commonly referred to as stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or dutyduties) will be payable by a holder of common shares in respect of any payment in consideration for the ownershipholding or disposal of the common shares.

96


Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a beneficial owner of common shares:

 

that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a U.S. domestic corporation or a U.S. domestic entity taxable as a corporation, (c) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (d) a trust, if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust;

 

that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of our voting power or outstanding share capital;

 

that holds the common shares as capital assets;

 

whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the U.S. dollar;

 

that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident of The Netherlands for purposes of the U.S.United States – The Netherlands Income Tax Treaty (the “U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;Treaty”);

 

that is entitled, under the “limitation on benefits” provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and

 

that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in The Netherlands.

This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be subject to special rules including, but not limited to, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax,taxes, banks, securities broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, or persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation. Because this is a general summary, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and applicable foreign tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. In addition, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor concerning whether you are entitled to benefits under the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds common shares, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership and the disposition of common shares.

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of this Form 20-F, all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect.

118


Table of Contents

Dividends

In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend income. The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency generally will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine the U.S. dollar amount includible in income in the case of taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers are urged to consult their own tax advisorsadvisers regarding the requirements and elections applicable in this regard.

97


Table of Contents

Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As described in “— Taxation — Dutch Taxation”Taxation Tax” above, under limited circumstances we may be entitled to retain a portion of the Dutch withholding tax that otherwise would be required to be remitted to the taxing authorities in The Netherlands. If we withhold an amount from dividends paid to you that we then are not required to remit to any taxing authority in The Netherlands, the amount in all likelihood would not qualify as a creditable tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will endeavor to provide you with information concerning the extent to which we have applied the reduction described above to dividends paid to you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the common shares generally will constitute “passive category income” or in the case of certain U.S. holders, “general category income”. The use of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such holder’s foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction does not reduce tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a credit, but the deduction for foreign taxes is not subject to the same limitations applicable to foreign tax credits. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent a credit would be available to you.

Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of “qualified dividend income”. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain minimum holding period and other requirements and the non-U.S. corporation satisfies certain requirements, including either that (i) the shares of the non-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our common shares should constitute “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular situation. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with respect to dividends paid by us to corporate U.S. holders.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss generally will be U.S.-source gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year. If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Net Investment Income Tax

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to a 3.8% tax on “net investment income”, including, among other things, dividends on, and gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of, our common shares, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the effect, if any, of such tax on your ownership and disposition of our common shares.

119


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

We believe that we should not be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 20192022 and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition of common shares may be materially less favorable than as described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable year in which we were to pay dividends or the prior taxable year, such dividends would not be “qualified dividend income” (as described above) and would be taxed at the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your ownership of our common shares.

98


Table of Contents

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply to you, however, if you furnish a correct taxpayer identification number and make any other required certification, or if you are otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. persons required to establish their exempt status generally must provide certification on IRS Form W-9. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

In addition, U.S. holders should be aware of annual reporting requirements with respect to the holding of certain foreign financial assets, including our common shares that are not held in an account maintained by certain types of financial institutions, if the aggregate value of all of such assets exceeds $50,000 (or $100,000 for married couples filing a joint return). You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to our common shares and the application of the annual reporting requirements to your particular situation.

 

F.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

 

G.

Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

 

H.

Documents on Display

Any statement in this Form 20-F about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to this Form 20-F the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this Form 20-F. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.

Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our AGM, reports of the auditors and other corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our head office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, The Netherlands, at the registered offices of the Managing Board in Geneva, Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9, Quai du Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.

120


Table of Contents

You may review a copy of our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including exhibits and schedules filed with it, at the SEC’s public reference facilities in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.

WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION FILED BY U.S. WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND COPIED AT THE SEC’S PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED ABOVE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET (WWW.SEC.GOV). AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT-SWING PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.

 

I.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

99


Table of Contents

Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to our operations in different foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various financial instruments used in the normal course of operations. The major financial risks to which we are exposed are the foreign exchange risks related to the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared to the Euro and the other major currencies in which costs are incurred, the variation of the interest rates and the risks associated to the investments of our available cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

Our interest income (expense), net, as reported in our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income,income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on our financial liabilities, andincluding bank fees (including fees on committed credit lines)lines or on the sale without recourse of receivables, if any). Our interest income is dependent upon fluctuations in interest rates, mainly in U.S. dollars and Euros, since we invest primarily on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Impact of Changes in Interest Rates”.

We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with financial institutions with at least a single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s and A- from S&P or Fitch, or better, invested as termshort-term deposits and Government debt securities and, as such, we are exposed to the fluctuations ofin the market interest rates on our placement and our cash, which can have an impact on our accounts.consolidated financial statements. We manage the credit risks associated with financial instruments through credit approvals, investment limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do not normally require collateral or other security from the parties to the financial instruments. As of December 31, 2019,2022, the marketable securities have a value of $133$679 million. They are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value. This fair value measurement corresponds to a Level 1 fair value hierarchy measurement. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration and/or other downgrading.

We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows resulting from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no assurance that these strategies will be effective or that transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.

121


Table of Contents

The information below summarizes our market risks associated with cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, marketable securities and debt obligations as of December 31, 2019.2022. The information below should be read in conjunction with Note 15 and Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The table below presents principal amounts and related weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages):

 

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Fair

Value at

December 31,

2019

 

 

Total

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Fair

Value at

December 31,

2022

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,597

 

 

$

3,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,258

 

Cash at bank and on hand

 

$

906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

906

 

Deposits at call with banks

 

$

1,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,691

 

Restricted Cash

 

$

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10

 

of which Cash at bank and on hand

 

$

262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

262

 

of which Deposits at call with banks

 

$

2,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,996

 

Short-term deposits

 

$

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

581

 

Current marketable securities

 

$

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

133

 

 

$

679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

679

 

Average yield to maturity

 

 

1.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

 

$

2,218

 

 

$

173

 

 

$

118

 

 

$

809

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

807

 

 

$

252

 

 

$

2,821

 

Average interest rate(1)

 

 

2.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt(1):

 

$

2,722

 

 

$

175

 

 

$

172

 

 

$

922

 

 

$

172

 

 

$

908

 

 

$

373

 

 

$

2,783

 

Average interest rate

 

 

0.82

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The average rate of the cash interests on our totalLong-term debt is presented at redemption value is 0.24principal amount%.

100


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Amounts in

millions of

U.S. dollars

 

Long-term debt by currency asAs of December 31, 2019:2022:

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

1,6591,500

 

Euro

 

 

5591,222

 

Total in U.S. dollars

 

 

2,2182,722

 

 

 

 

Amounts in

millions of

U.S. dollars

 

Long-term debt by currency asAs of December 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

1,7571,500

 

Euro

 

 

3371,152

 

Total in U.S. dollars

 

 

2,0942,652

 

122


Table of Contents

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options not designated as a hedge as of December 31, 2022 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

Amount

 

 

Average Rate

 

 

Fair Value

 

Buy

 

AUD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.67

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

399

 

 

 

1.06

 

 

 

(2

)

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

SEK

 

 

2

 

 

 

10.81

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

CNY

 

 

7

 

 

 

6.69

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

PHP

 

 

2

 

 

 

55.23

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

MAD

 

 

32

 

 

 

11.17

 

 

 

Buy

 

CHF

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

47

 

 

 

0.92

 

 

 

Buy

 

HKD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

7.79

 

 

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

32

 

 

 

141.64

 

 

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

49

 

 

 

133.45

 

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

MYR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

29

 

 

 

4.41

 

 

 

Buy

 

SEK

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

7

 

 

 

10.31

 

 

 

Buy

 

SGD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

149

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

4

 

Buy

 

TWD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

17

 

 

 

30.66

 

 

 

Buy

 

CNY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

73

 

 

 

7.02

 

 

 

2

 

Buy

 

PHP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

19

 

 

 

56.86

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

MAD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

5

 

 

 

10.64

 

 

 

Buy

 

INR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

47

 

 

 

82.22

 

 

(1

)

Buy

 

KRW

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

11

 

 

 

1,353.81

 

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

CNH

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

6.96

 

 

 

 

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options not designated as a hedge atas of December 31, 20192021 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS ATAS OF DECEMBER 31, 20192021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

Amount

 

 

Average Rate

 

 

Fair Value

 

Buy

 

AUD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

 

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

4

 

 

 

1.12

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

GBP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

3

 

 

 

1.32

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

JPY

 

 

9

 

 

 

121.92

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

JPY

 

 

1

 

 

 

109.89

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

MYR

 

 

1

 

 

 

4.14

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

CNY

 

 

2

 

 

 

7.10

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

INR

 

 

2

 

 

 

71.64

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

CHF

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

39

 

 

 

0.97

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

179

 

 

 

1.12

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

HKD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

2

 

 

 

7.79

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

34

 

 

 

121.96

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

12

 

 

 

108.90

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

MYR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

25

 

 

 

4.13

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

SEK

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

2

 

 

 

9.62

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

SGD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

113

 

 

 

1.36

 

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

TWD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

9

 

 

 

30.35

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

CNY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

52

 

 

 

7.04

 

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

PHP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

13

 

 

 

50.94

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

MAD

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

4

 

 

 

10.73

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

INR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

47

 

 

 

7.81

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

KRW

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

22

 

 

 

1,177.42

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

CNH

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

 

 

 

6.98

 

 

 

 

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options not designated as a hedge at December 31, 2018 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

101


Table of Contents

FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

Amount

 

 

Average Rate

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

Amount

 

 

Average Rate

 

 

Fair Value

 

Buy

 

AUD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

 

 

AUD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

0.72

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

43

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

5

 

 

 

1.13

 

 

 

Buy

 

GBP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

3

 

 

 

1.28

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

Sell

 

SEK

 

 

2

 

 

 

8.83

 

 

 

Buy

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

JPY

 

 

12

 

 

 

128.21

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

Sell

 

PHP

 

 

1

 

 

 

50.04

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

JPY

 

 

7

 

 

 

111.48

 

 

 

 

 

EUR

 

Sell

 

MAD

 

 

13

 

 

 

10.46

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

SGD

 

 

2

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

 

 

 

CHF

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

29

 

 

 

0.91

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

BRL

 

 

2

 

 

 

3.91

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

2

 

 

 

7.80

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

PHP

 

 

1

 

 

 

53.17

 

 

 

 

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

36

 

 

 

129.87

 

 

 

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

INR

 

 

2

 

 

 

67.00

 

 

 

 

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

29

 

 

 

114.41

 

 

 

Buy

 

CHF

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

43

 

 

 

0.99

 

 

 

 

 

MYR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

23

 

 

 

4.21

 

 

 

Buy

 

CZK

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

22.47

 

 

 

 

 

SEK

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

46

 

 

 

8.91

 

 

 

(1

)

Buy

 

USD

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

5

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

 

 

SGD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

131

 

 

 

1.35

 

 

 

1

 

Buy

 

HKD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

2

 

 

 

7.83

 

 

 

 

 

TWD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

15

 

 

 

27.79

 

 

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

20

 

 

 

127.53

 

 

 

 

 

CNY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

94

 

 

 

6.46

 

 

 

2

 

Buy

 

JPY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

18

 

 

 

110.22

 

 

 

 

 

PHP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

17

 

 

 

50.75

 

 

 

Buy

 

MYR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

27

 

 

 

4.17

 

 

 

 

 

INR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

39

 

 

 

75.29

 

 

 

Buy

 

SEK

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

3

 

 

 

9.00

 

 

 

 

 

KRW

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

18

 

 

 

1,188.06

 

 

 

Buy

 

SGD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

71

 

 

 

1.37

 

 

 

 

 

SEK

 

Sell

 

EUR

 

 

3

 

 

 

10.23

 

 

 

Buy

 

TND

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

3.00

 

 

 

 

 

CNH

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

1

 

 

 

6.39

 

 

 

Buy

 

TWD

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

8

 

 

 

30.52

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

CNY

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

43

 

 

 

6.91

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

PHP

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

10

 

 

 

53.00

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

ZAR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

 

 

 

14.37

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

INR

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

42

 

 

 

70.96

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

KRW

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

12

 

 

 

1,119.37

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

CNH

 

Sell

 

USD

 

 

 

 

 

6.89

 

 

 

 

 

Our FX forward contracts and FX currency options, including collars, designated as a hedge, are further described in Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

123


Table of Contents

Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

We sell ordinary shares in the United States that are evidenced by American registered certificates (“New York Shares”). In connection therewith, a holder of our New York Shares may have to pay, either directly or indirectly, certain fees and charges, as described in Item 12D.3. In addition, we receive fees and other direct and indirect payments from our New York Agent that are related to our New York Shares, as described in Item 12D.4.

Fees and Charges that a holder of our New York Shares May Have to Pay

J.P. Morgan collects fees for the delivery and surrender of New York Shares directly from investors depositing or surrendering New York Shares for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.

Persons depositing or withdrawing our New York Shares must pay to J.P. Morgan:

 

Up to $5.00 per 100 New York Shares (or portion of 100 New York Shares) for the issuance of New York Shares, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property, and cancellation of New York Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the New York Share agreement terminates;

 

Taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

Registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of New York Shares;

 

Cable, telex, facsimile and electronic transmission and delivery expenses;

102


Table of Contents

 

Expenses and charges incurred by J.P. Morgan in the conversion of foreign currency or the sale of any securities or property; and

 

Any charges incurred by J.P. Morgan in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to New York Shares.Shares

Fees and Other Payments Made by the New York Agent to Us

In 2019, J.P. Morgan paid a total of $1.7 million to us under ourUnder the New York Share program.  Specifically, the following types of fees were paid:  our NYSE annual listing fees; investor relations fees paid to third party vendors;program agreement with J.P. Morgan custodian fees, standard out-of-pocket maintenance coststhe annual amount (contribution) of USD 941,145 in respect of 2022 will be paid to vendors for the New York Shares (primarily consisting of expenses related to our AGM, such as those for the production and distribution of proxy materials, customization of voting cards and tabulation of shareholder votes) and other expenses related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance.in 2023.

103124


Table of Contents

 

PART ii

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Evaluation

Our management, including the CEOChief Executive Officer and CFO,Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (“Disclosure Controls”) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F. Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, such as this Form 20-F, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEOChief Executive Officer and CFO,Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of the controls’ objectives and design, our implementation of the controls and their effect on the information generated for use in this Form 20-F. The components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on an ongoing basis by our Corporate Audit Department, which reports directly to our Audit Committee. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.

Based on their evaluation, our CEOChief Executive Officer and CFOChief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F, our Disclosure Controls were effective.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the period covered by this form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

No system of internal control over financial reporting, including one determined to be effective, may prevent or detect all misstatements. It can provide only reasonable assurance regarding financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of the results of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting into future periods are subject to inherent risk. The relevant controls may become inadequate due to changes in circumstances or the degree of compliance with the underlying policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Other Reviews

We have sent this Form 20-F to our Audit Committee and Supervisory Board, which had an opportunity to raise questions with our management and independent auditors before we filed it with the SEC.

104125


Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. See Item“Item 3. “KeyKey Information — Risk Factors”.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control environment. The management assessment provided sufficient insight into any weaknesses in the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems which ensure that the financial reporting does not contain any material inaccuracies and identified the material risks and uncertainties that were relevant for the expectation of the company's continuity for the period of twelve months following the assessment.  Based on this assessment the management concluded that, as of December 31, 20192022 our internal control over financial reporting was effective and the financial reporting is prepared on a going concern basis.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20192022 has been audited by Ernst &Young AG, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Supervisory Board and Stockholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited STMicroelectronics N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, STMicroelectronics N.V. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of STMicroelectronics N.V. as of December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, and the related notes and financial statements schedule on page S-1, and our report dated February 26, 202023, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

105126


Table of Contents

 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

Petit-Lancy,Lancy - Geneva, Switzerland

February 26, 202023, 2023

106127


Table of Contents

 

Item 16.

Item 16A.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Martine Verluyten,Ana de Pro Gonzalo, the Chair of our Audit Committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A and is independent as defined in the listing standards applicable to us as a listed issuer as required by Item 16A(2) of Form 20-F.

Item 16B.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted written standards of business conduct and ethics (“Code of Conduct”) and related policies, which are designed to promote honest and ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and to provide principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and advocate. Our Code of Conduct is applicable to all of our employees and senior managers. We believe our Code of Conduct is effective in its mission and we believe our employees are in compliance with the Code of Conduct. We have adapted and will amend our Code of Conduct and related policies as appropriate to reflect regulatory or other changes. Our Code of Conduct provides that if any employee or senior manager to whom it applies acts in contravention of the principles set forth therein, we will take appropriate steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary action. This action may, in cases of severe breaches, include dismissal. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website in the Corporate Governance section, at http:https://investors.st.com.www.st.com/content/st_com/en/about/st_company_information/code-of-conduct.html.

Item 16C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Our independent external auditors are elected at the AGM. At our AGM held in May 2015, Ernst & Young was first appointed as our independent external auditor for the 2016-2019 fiscal years. At our AGM held  on June 17, 2020, our shareholders re-appointed Ernst & Young as our independent external auditor for the 2020-2023 fiscal years. The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered to us by Ernst & Young in 20192022 and 2018.2021.

 

 

2019

 

 

Percentage of

Total Fees

 

 

2018

 

 

Percentage of

Total Fees

 

 

2022

 

 

Percentage of

Total Fees

 

 

      2021

 

 

Percentage of

Total Fees

 

Audit Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory Audit, Certification, Audit of Individual

and Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

4,105,000

 

 

 

95.2

%

 

 

4,556,500

 

 

 

96.3

%

Audits of consolidated and statutory financial statements

 

$

4,950,590

 

 

 

95.2

%

 

 

$ 5,134,390

 

 

 

95.5

%

Audit-Related Fees

 

 

209,005

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

173,934

 

 

 

3.7

%

 

$

210,780

 

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

$     135,778

 

 

 

2.5

%

Non-audit Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

38,400

 

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

$   104,843

 

 

 

2.0

%

All Other Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

4,314,005

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

4,730,434

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

$   5,199,770

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$ 5,375,011

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services that only our independent external auditor can reasonably provide, such as comfort letters and carve-out audits in connection with strategic transactions.

Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services related to acquisitions and certain agreed-upon procedures.

Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit our financial statements, subject to ratification by the Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in(inter alia in accordance with Dutch law)law and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code) for the retention, compensation, oversight and

128


Table of Contents

termination of any independent external auditor employed by us. We adopted a policy (the “Policy”), which was approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent external auditors. The Policy defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by our Audit Committee.

107


Table of Contents

All engagements with our independent external auditors, regardless of amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee, pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or otherwise.

The independent external auditors submit a proposal for audit-related services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the services. The independent external auditors must state in the proposal that none of the proposed services affect their independence. The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFOChief Financial Officer with an explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of fees requested.

We do not intend to retain our independent external auditors for permissible non-audit services other than by exception and within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that such services must be explicitly authorized by our Audit Committee.

The Chief Audit and Risk Executive is responsible for monitoring that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount and scope authorized by our Audit Committee. During 2019,2022, all services provided to us by Ernst & Young were approved by our Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

On November 5, 2018July 1, 2021, we announced the launch of a share buy-back program of up to $750$1,040 million to be executed within a three-year3-year period. Shares repurchased underWe intend to carry out the buy-back program, are disclosed on a weekly basis and are heldhold the shares bought back as treasury shares and will be used to meetstock for the purpose of meeting our obligations in relation to our employee stock award plans.  Asplans and to support the potential settlement of December 31, 2019, we held 19.8 million treasury shares.our outstanding convertible debt.

 

Period

 

Total

Number of

Securities

Purchased

 

 

Average

Price

Paid per

Security

 

Total

Number of

Securities

Purchased

as Part of

Publicly

Announced

Programs

 

 

Maximum

Number

of Securities

that May

yet be

Purchased

Under the

Programs

 

2019-01-01 to 2019-01-31

 

 

1,504,667

 

 

12.28

 

 

5,847,644

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-02-01 to 2019-02-28

 

 

1,233,646

 

 

14.34

 

 

7,081,290

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-03-01 to 2019-03-31

 

 

1,301,909

 

 

14.24

 

 

8,383,199

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-04-01 to 2019-04-30

 

 

1,369,788

 

 

15.69

 

 

9,752,987

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-05-01 to 2019-05-31

 

 

2,316,985

 

 

14.49

 

 

12,069,972

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-06-01 to 2019-06-30

 

 

15,201

 

 

13.58

 

 

12,085,173

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-07-01 to 2019-07-31

 

 

1,425,164

 

 

16.01

 

 

13,510,337

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-08-01 to 2019-08-31

 

 

1,626,898

 

 

15.71

 

 

15,137,235

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-09-01 to 2019-09-30

 

 

457,650

 

 

17.05

 

 

15,594,885

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-10-01 to 2019-10-31

 

 

1,910,315

 

 

19.03

 

 

17,505,200

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-11-01 to 2019-11-30

 

 

728,506

 

 

21.38

 

 

18,233,706

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

2019-12-01 to 2019-12-31

 

 

24,432

 

 

21.78

 

 

18,258,138

 

 

 

47,000,000

 

Period

 

Total

Number of

Securities

Purchased

 

 

Average

Price

Paid per

Security

 

 

Total

Number of

Securities

Purchased

as Part of

Publicly

Announced

Programs

 

 

Maximum

Number

of Securities

that may be

Purchased

Under the

Programs

 

2022-01-01 to 2022-01-31

 

 

786,524

 

 

41.91

 

 

 

4,731,556

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-02-01 to 2022-02-28

 

 

1,116,854

 

 

39.28

 

 

 

5,848,410

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-03-01 to 2022-03-31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,848,410

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-04-01 to 2022-04-30

 

 

903,431

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

6,751,841

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-05-01 to 2022-05-31

 

 

1,092,540

 

 

36.11

 

 

 

7,844,381

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-06-01 to 2022-06-30

 

 

318,127

 

 

33.45

 

 

 

8,162,508

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-07-01 to 2022-07-31

 

 

927,706

 

 

31.66

 

 

 

9,090,214

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-08-01 to 2022-08-31

 

 

812,127

 

 

36.75

 

 

 

9,902,341

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-09-01 to 2022-09-30

 

 

761,737

 

 

35.23

 

 

 

10,664,078

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-10-01 to 2022-10-31

 

 

1,195,442

 

 

32.86

 

 

 

11,859,520

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-11-01 to 2022-11-30

 

 

908,504

 

 

33.67

 

 

 

12,768,024

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

2022-12-01 to 2022-12-31

 

 

421,304

 

 

35.63

 

 

 

13,189,328

 

 

 

28,500,000

 

 

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we held 19,752,431of7,416,157 of our common shares in treasury stock pursuant to repurchases made in prior years, and as of January 31, 20202023 we held 21,031,3698,103,962 of such shares.

Item 16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

Not applicable.

108129


Table of Contents

 

Item 16G.16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance

As we have common shares listed on the NYSE, pursuant to SEC and NYSE rules, in this Item 16G we provide a concise summary of any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. companies under NYSE listing standards.

As a Dutch company, we are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. We have summarized our policies and practices in the field of corporate governance in our Corporate Governance Charter, including our corporate organization, the remuneration principles which apply to our Managing and Supervisory Boards, our information policy and our corporate policies relating to business ethics and conflicts of interests. We are committed to informing our shareholders of any significant changes in our corporate governance policies and practices at our AGM. Along with our Supervisory Board Chartercharter (which we last updated in October 2019 and which also includes the charters of our Supervisory Board Committees) and our Code of Conduct, the current version of our Corporate Governance Charter is posted on our website (www.st.com), and these documents are available in print to any shareholder who may request them.

Below is a description of the significant ways our corporate governance practices as a Dutch company differ from those followed by U.S. companies listed on the NYSE:

 

Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports to the Supervisory Board, and our General Meetinggeneral meeting of Shareholdersshareholders appoints our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities with respect to, among others, the monitoring of our accounting, auditing, financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight of our external auditors. In addition, our Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter,charter, the Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on potential reported conflicts of interests between the Company and members of the Supervisory Board, as well as the Managing Board. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.

 

Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the combined experience and expertise of its members. In fulfilling their duties under Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serveshall be guided by the bestinterests of our Company and its business, and it shall take into account the relevant interests of all of our stakeholders and of(including our businessshareholders) and must act independently in their supervision of our management. Our Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess the independence of its members in accordance with corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE. Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed Dutch corporate governance standards, the implementing rules and corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as well as other corporate governance standards. The Supervisory Board has determined, based on the evaluations by an ad hoc committee, the following independence criteria for its members:  Supervisory Board members must not have any material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A “material relationship” can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.

We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well as the NYSE.

130


Table of Contents

Our consistent commitment to good corporate governance principles is evidenced by:

 

Our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the Managing Board. Members of our Managing Board and of our Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by our shareholders;

 

Our early adoption of policies on important issues such as business ethics, anticorruption and conflicts of interest and strict policies to comply with applicable regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider trading and public disclosures;

109


Table of Contents

 

Our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, as well as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities laws, as applicable, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries in which we do business;

 

Our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health, safety, educational and other related issues including our corporate governance statement which evidences our policy objectives with respect to diversity as well as the results of implementing our diversity policy for the year ended December 31, 2019;2022;

 

Our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel (managed by an independent third party)third-party). We encourage everyone, including external business partners, to express, in good faith, any concerns they might have regarding possible violations of our Code of Conduct, the Company’s policies, or the law through, amongst other things, our Code of Conduct, dedicated intranet web pages and our ST Integrity App. Our misconduct reporting process is communicated to all employees and includes, in addition to internal local and corporate reporting channels, an independent multilingual misconduct reporting hotline;

 

Our Corporate Ethics Committee and Local Ethics Committees, whose mandate is to provide support to our management in its efforts to foster a business ethics culture consistent across regions, functions and organizations;

 

Our Chief Compliance Officer, who reports to our CEO,Chief Executive Officer, also acts as Executive Secretary to our Supervisory Board; and

 

Our Executive Vice President, Chief Audit and Risk Executive, who reports directly to our Audit Committee for Internal Audit and directly to the CEOChief Financial Officer for Enterprise Risk Management and Resilience (business continuity and crisis management) is also responsible for our whistle-blowing hotline and related investigations.

No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been (i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent offenses during the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F, (ii) no member has been associated with any company in bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of member of the administrative, management or supervisory body, partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F or (iii) subject to any official public incrimination and/or sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date of this Form 20-F.

110131


Table of Contents

 

PART III

Item 17.

Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18.

Financial Statements

 

 

Page

Financial Statements:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Years Ended December 31, 20192022 and 20182021 (PCAOB ID:1460)

F-1

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020

F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as atof December 31, 20192022 and 20182021

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020

F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

Financial Statement Schedule:

 

For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

S-1

 

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

2.3

 

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)

8.1

 

Subsidiaries and Equity-method Investments of the Company.Company

12.1

 

Certification of Jean-Marc Chery, President and Chief Executive Officer and Sole Member of the Managing Board of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

12.2

 

Certification of Lorenzo Grandi, President, Finance, InfrastructurePurchasing, Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and ServicesResilience and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.2002

13.1

 

Certification of Jean-Marc Chery, President and Chief Executive Officer and Sole Member of the Managing Board of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Lorenzo Grandi, President, Finance, InfrastructurePurchasing, Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and
Services
Resilience and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2.2

15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

101

 

Inline Interactive Data File

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

 

111132


Table of Contents

 

CERTAIN TERMS

 

ASD

 

application-specific discrete technology

ASIC

 

application-specific integrated circuit

ASSP

 

application-specific standard product

BCD

 

bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology

Bi-CMOS

 

bipolar and CMOS process technology

CMOS

 

complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor

DMOS

 

diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor

DRAMs

 

dynamic random access memory

EEPROM

electrically erasable programmable read-only memory

EMAS

 

Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance

EEPROM

electrically erasable programmable read-only memory

EMS

 

electronics manufacturing services

EWS

 

electrical wafer sorting

FD-SOI

 

fully depleted silicon-on-insulator

GaN

GNSS

 

gallium nitride

Global Navigation Satellite System

GPS

 

global positioning system

HID

 

high-intensity discharge

IC

 

integrated circuit

IGBT

 

insulated gate bipolar transistors

IP

 

intellectual property

IPAD

 

integrated passive and active devices

ISO

 

International Organization for Standardization

LED

 

light-emitting diode

LoRa

long range low-power wide-area network modulation technique

LPWANs

low-power wide-area networks

MASK WORK

 

the two- or three-dimensional layout of an integrated circuit.

MEMS

 

micro-electro-mechanical system

MOS

 

metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology

MOSFET

 

metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor

NFC

 

near field communication

OEM

 

original equipment manufacturer

QFP

 

quad-flat no-leads package

QFN

 

quad-flat package

RAM

 

random access memory

RF

 

radio frequency

SAM

 

serviceable available market

SiGe

 

silicon germanium

SiC

 

silicon carbide

SOI

 

silicon on insulator

SOIC

 

small-outline integrated circuit

TAM

 

total available market

VIPpower

 

vertical integration power

 

 

112133


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.

 

 

 

Date: February 26,  202023, 2023

By:

/s/ Jean-Marc Chery

 

 

Jean-Marc Chery

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Sole Member of our Managing Board

 

 

113

134


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Supervisory Board and Stockholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of STMicroelectronics N.V. (the Company) as of December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, and the related notes and financial statements schedule on page S-1 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 26, 202023, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Recoverability of deferred tax assets

 

 

Description of the Matter:  

At December 31, 20192022 the Company reports deferred tax assets of $695$602 million. As explained in note 2.7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company performs an evaluation of the likelihood that future taxable income will be generated in an amount sufficient to utilize such deferred tax assets prior to their expiration, and, after having considered positive and negative available evidence, records a valuation allowance for any deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not deemed recoverable.they will not be realized.

Assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets involves significant judgement and estimates, including, among others: the prospective financial information used by management in order to assess future taxable income, transfer pricing policies and the timing of reversal of temporary differences. These assumptions have a high degree of uncertainty and subjectivity, since they

Assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets involves significant judgement and estimates in relation to the prospective financial information used by management in order to assess future taxable income, which are dependent on the outcome of future events.

How We Addressed the Matter

 

In Our Audit:

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of management’s controls around, among others: the calculation of the gross amount of deferred tax assets recorded, the preparation of the prospective financial information used to determine the Company’s future taxable income and the assessment of valuation allowance needed for deferred tax assets not deemed recoverable.

 

We involved tax professionals to assist with our procedures in evaluating management’smanagement's weighting of available positive and negative evidence used in their assessment aroundof the realizability of deferred tax assets by weighting available positive and negative evidence.assets. Among other procedures, we evaluated the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and management’s prospective financial information used to determine future taxable income and its consistency with current transfer pricing policies. We compared themanagement’s projections of future taxable income with the actual results of prior periods, as well as management’s consideration of current and expected industry and economic trends. We also assessed the historical accuracy of management’s projections.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

Petit-Lancy,Lancy - Geneva, Switzerland

 

February 26, 202023, 2023

STMicroelectronics N.V.

F-2


Table of Contents

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

Twelve months ended

 

 

Twelve months ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

In million of U.S. dollars except per share amounts

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net sales

 

 

9,529

 

 

 

9,612

 

 

 

8,308

 

 

 

16,083

 

 

 

12,729

 

 

 

10,181

 

Other revenues

 

 

27

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

38

 

Net revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(5,860

)

 

 

(5,803

)

 

 

(5,075

)

 

 

(8,493

)

 

 

(7,435

)

 

 

(6,430

)

Gross profit

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

3,861

 

 

 

3,272

 

 

 

7,635

 

 

 

5,326

 

 

 

3,789

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(1,095

)

 

 

(981

)

 

 

(1,454

)

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

(1,109

)

Research and development

 

 

(1,498

)

 

 

(1,398

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(1,901

)

 

 

(1,723

)

 

 

(1,548

)

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

103

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

202

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure

costs

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

Operating income

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

1,323

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

1

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(20

)

Other components of pension benefit costs

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(12

)

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Loss on financial instruments, net

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(26

)

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

953

 

 

 

4,486

 

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

1,267

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(520

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(159

)

Net income

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

2,006

 

 

 

1,108

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(2

)

Net income attributable to parent company

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

802

 

Net income attributable to parent company stockholders

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,106

 

Earnings per share (Basic) attributable to parent company

stockholders

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.43

 

 

 

0.91

 

 

 

4.37

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

 

1.24

 

Earnings per share (Diluted) attributable to parent

company stockholders

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.41

 

 

 

0.89

 

 

 

4.19

 

 

 

2.16

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

Twelve months ended

 

 

Twelve months ended

 

In million of U.S. dollars

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

Net income

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

2,006

 

 

 

1,108

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustments arising during the period

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

224

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(189

)

 

 

203

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains on disposal of equity investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

224

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(189

)

 

 

203

 

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for

-sale

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Net unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(79

)

 

 

122

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for (income) losses

included in net income

 

 

69

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(30

)

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities arising during the period

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for (income) losses included in net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives arising during the period

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(79

)

 

 

56

 

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses

included in net income

 

 

170

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

 

 

32

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

92

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

56

 

Net gains (losses) arising during the period

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

3

 

Less: amortization of prior service cost included in net

periodic pension cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Net gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans arising during the period

 

 

64

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

(12

)

Amortization of prior service cost included in net

periodic pension cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Defined benefit pension plans

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

(11

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(179

)

 

 

317

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(227

)

 

 

248

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

999

 

 

 

1,114

 

 

 

1,127

 

 

 

3,931

 

 

 

1,779

 

 

 

1,356

 

Less: comprehensive income (loss) attributable to

noncontrolling interest

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

2

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the company's

stockholders

 

 

998

 

 

 

1,108

 

 

 

1,119

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company's

stockholders

 

 

3,924

 

 

 

1,773

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

As at

 

 

As of

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

In million of U.S. dollars

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2,597

 

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

3,258

 

 

 

3,225

 

Restricted cash

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

291

 

Marketable securities

 

 

133

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

 

1,380

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

1,970

 

 

 

1,759

 

Inventories

 

 

1,691

 

 

 

1,562

 

 

 

2,583

 

 

 

1,972

 

Other current assets

 

 

442

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

581

 

Total current assets

 

 

6,257

 

 

 

5,854

 

 

 

9,805

 

 

 

7,828

 

Goodwill

 

 

162

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

313

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

299

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

438

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

4,007

 

 

 

3,495

 

 

 

8,201

 

 

 

5,660

 

Non-current deferred tax assets

 

 

695

 

 

 

672

 

 

 

602

 

 

 

652

 

Long-term investments

 

 

11

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

10

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

437

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

5,611

 

 

 

5,013

 

 

 

10,177

 

 

 

7,712

 

Total assets

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

10,867

 

 

 

19,982

 

 

 

15,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

173

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

143

 

Trade accounts payable

 

 

950

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

2,122

 

 

 

1,582

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

831

 

 

 

874

 

 

 

1,385

 

 

 

1,101

 

Dividends payable to stockholders

 

 

58

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

55

 

Accrued income tax

 

 

52

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

68

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,064

 

 

 

2,120

 

 

 

3,837

 

 

 

2,949

 

Long-term debt

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

2,542

 

 

 

2,396

 

Post-employment benefit obligations

 

 

445

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

442

 

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

 

 

19

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

64

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

330

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

454

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

3,387

 

 

 

3,318

 

Total liabilities

 

 

4,757

 

 

 

4,443

 

 

 

7,224

 

 

 

6,267

 

Commitment and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent company stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized, 0t issued;

common stock: Euro 1.04 par value, 1,200,000,000 shares authorized,

911,186,920 shares issued, 891,434,489 shares outstanding)

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

1,157

 

Capital surplus

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

2,843

 

Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized, not issued;

common stock: Euro 1.04 par value, 1,200,000,000 shares authorized,

911,281,920 shares issued, 903,865,763 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2022)

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

1,157

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,631

 

 

 

2,533

 

Retained earnings

 

 

2,747

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

8,713

 

 

 

5,223

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

475

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

496

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(328

)

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(200

)

Total parent company stockholders' equity

 

 

7,043

 

 

 

6,359

 

 

 

12,693

 

 

 

9,209

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

68

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

64

 

Total equity

 

 

7,111

 

 

 

6,424

 

 

 

12,758

 

 

 

9,273

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

10,867

 

 

 

19,982

 

 

 

15,540

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Capital

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

 

Common

 

 

Additional Paid-In

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

In million of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts

 

Stock

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Stock

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Stock

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,818

 

 

 

(242

)

 

 

431

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

4,596

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

(328

)

 

 

2,747

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

7,111

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(125

)

Issuance of senior unsecured convertible

bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

Settlement of senior unsecured convertible

bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

(403

)

 

 

361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42

)

Issuance of senior convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

Settlement of senior convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

 

 

258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

(102

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,108

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,356

 

Dividends to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(12

)

Dividends, $0.168 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(152

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(152

)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

3,062

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

3,599

 

 

 

723

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

8,506

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(485

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(485

)

Settlement of senior convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

(750

)

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(530

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

(158

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

221

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

2,006

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(227

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(227

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,779

 

Dividends, $0.24 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(218

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(218

)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

5,223

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

9,273

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(346

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(346

)

Transition effect of update in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

(117

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(92

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

(278

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,966

 

Other comprehensive income (loss),

net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(35

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,931

 

Dividends to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Dividends, $0.24 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(217

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(217

)

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,718

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

973

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

5,467

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1,293

 

Other comprehensive income (loss),

net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(179

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(179

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,114

 

Dividends to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Dividends, $0.24 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(216

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(216

)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,843

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

6,424

 

Contribution of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

Repurchase of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(61

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(250

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

Comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,033

 

Other comprehensive income (loss),

net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

999

 

Dividends to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Dividends, $0.24 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(213

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(213

)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

(328

)

 

 

2,747

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

7,111

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

2,631

 

 

 

(268

)

 

 

8,713

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

12,758

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents

 

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

In million of U.S. dollars

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

2,006

 

 

 

1,108

 

Items to reconcile net income and cash flows from

operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

854

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

 

1,045

 

 

 

923

 

Interest and amortization of issuance costs on convertible

bonds

 

 

38

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

44

 

Interest paid on settled convertible debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Interest on settled convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(41

)

Loss on financial instruments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

26

 

Non-cash stock-based compensation

 

 

145

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

155

 

Other non-cash items

 

 

(110

)

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(153

)

 

 

(130

)

Deferred income tax

 

 

25

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

(8

)

(Income) loss on equity-method investments

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

2

 

Income on equity-method investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure

costs, net of cash payments

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables, net

 

 

(103

)

 

 

(155

)

 

 

(206

)

 

 

(231

)

 

 

(307

)

 

 

(72

)

Inventories

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(254

)

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(650

)

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(84

)

Trade payables

 

 

(14

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

161

 

Other assets and liabilities, net

 

 

160

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

16

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

1,869

 

 

 

1,845

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

3,060

 

 

 

2,093

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for purchase of tangible assets

 

 

(1,181

)

 

 

(1,263

)

 

 

(1,301

)

 

 

(3,528

)

 

 

(1,830

)

 

 

(1,283

)

Proceeds from sale of tangible assets

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

Payment for purchase of marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(99

)

 

 

(687

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from matured marketable securities

 

 

200

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

Investment in short-term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from matured short-term deposits

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from (investment in) short-term deposits

 

 

(293

)

 

 

290

 

 

 

(577

)

Payment for purchase of intangible assets

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(71

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(75

)

Payment for purchase of financial assets

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payment for financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of equity investments

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash and cash

equivalents acquired

 

 

(127

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(113

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,172

)

 

 

(1,212

)

 

 

(1,468

)

 

 

(4,591

)

 

 

(1,518

)

 

 

(2,043

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

281

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

4

 

Net proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,567

 

Repayment of issued convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

(1,223

)

 

 

(709

)

Repayment of long-term debt

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(103

)

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(184

)

Repayment of issued debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(970

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(250

)

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(297

)

 

 

(346

)

 

 

(485

)

 

 

(125

)

Dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(216

)

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(205

)

 

 

(168

)

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(6

)

Proceeds from noncontrolling interests

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Payment of withholding tax on vested shares

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(31

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(343

)

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(106

)

Payment for deferred consideration on business acquisitions

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

 

(567

)

 

 

(1,314

)

 

 

348

 

Effect of changes in exchange rates

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

27

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

1

 

Net cash increase

 

 

341

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

399

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

3,225

 

 

 

3,006

 

 

 

2,607

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

1,759

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

 

3,258

 

 

 

3,225

 

 

 

3,006

 

Supplemental cash information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

 

13

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

7

 

Income tax paid

 

 

130

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

138

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-7


Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share amounts)

 

1.

THE COMPANY

STMicroelectronics N.V. (the "Company"“Company”) is registered in Thethe Netherlands with its corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its corporate headquarters located in Geneva, Switzerland.

The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commoditygeneral purpose components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full customfull-custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Company participates in the manufacturing value chain of smartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and smartcards.

 

 

2.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All balances and values in the current and prior periods are in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share amounts. Under Article 35 of the Company’s Articles of Association, the financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period-end of each fiscal year. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

 

2.1

- PrinciplesBasis of presentation and consolidation

The Company's consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries.subsidiaries, after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company assesses each investment in equity securities to determine whether the investee is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”).  The Company consolidates the VIEs for which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that: (i) has the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and (ii) is obligated to absorb losses or has the rights to receive returns that would be considered significant to the VIE. Assets, liabilities, and the noncontrolling interest of newly consolidated VIEs are initially measured at fair value in the same manner as if the consolidation resulted from a business combination.

When the Company owns some, but not all, of the voting stock of a consolidated entity, the shares held by third parties represent a noncontrolling interest. interest. The consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the total amount of assets and liabilities and income and expenses of the consolidated subsidiaries. subsidiaries. However, the portion of these items that does not belong to the Company’s shareholders is reported onin the line “Noncontrolling interest” inof the consolidated financial statements.statements.

 

2.2

- Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. assumptions. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by management include, but are not limited to:

 

sales returnsallowances and allowances,returns,

 

inventory obsolescence reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory,

 

recognition and measurement of loss contingencies,

 

valuation at fair value of assets acquired including intangibles,and liabilities assumed on business acquisitions, and measurement of any contingent consideration,

annual and trigger-based impairment review of goodwill investments and tangibleintangible assets, as well as the assessment of events which could trigger impairment testing on long-lived assets,

F-8


Table of Contents

 

 

annual and trigger-based impairment reviewassessment of goodwill and intangiblethe Company’s long-lived assets as well as the assessment, in each reporting period, of events, which could trigger impairment testing on long-lived assets,economic useful lives,

 

recognitionassumptions used in measuring expected credit losses and measurement of restructuringimpairment charges and other related closure costs;on financial assets,

 

assumptions used in assessing the number of awards expected to vest on stock-based compensation plans,

 

assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and other long-term employee benefits,

 

allocation between debt and equity of the various components of an issued, or converted, hybrid instrument and measurement at fair value of the liability component based on a discount rate adjustment technique income approach, and

determination of the amount of taxestax expected to be paid and tax benefit expected to be received, including deferred income tax assets, valuation allowance and provisions for uncertain tax positions and claims.

The Company bases the estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends, market information used by market participants and the latest available business plans that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While the Company regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions, the actual results experienced by the Company could differ materially and adversely from those estimates.estimates.

 

2.3

- Foreign currency

The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency of the Company. Company. The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency of reference for actual pricing in the market. market. Furthermore, the majority of the Company’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency. currency. However, certain significant costs are largely incurred in the countries of the Euro zoneEurozone and other non-U.S. dollar currency areas.

The functional currency of each subsidiary of the Company is either the local currency or the U.S. dollar, depending on the basis of the economic environment in which each subsidiary operates. Foreign currency transactions, including operations in local currency when the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, are measured into the functional currency using the prevailing exchange rate. rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the re-measurement at reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies other than the functional currency are recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other income and expenses, net”. of the consolidated statements of income.

For consolidation purposes, the results and financial position of the subsidiaries whose functional currency is different from the U.S. dollar are translated into the reporting currency as follows:

 

(a)

assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closinginto U.S. dollars using exchange rate as ofrates at the balance sheet date;dates;

 

(b)

income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income presented are translated atinto U.S dollars using the average monthly exchange rate;rates;

 

(c)

the resulting exchange differences are reported as Currency Translation Adjustments (“CTA”), a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

 

2.4

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includesinclude cash on hand, deposits held at call with external financial institutions and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities to the Company of three months or less. They are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. Bank overdraftsrates.

Short-term deposits representing cash equivalent with original maturity beyond three months are not netted against cash and cash equivalents and are shownreported as partcurrent assets in the line “Short-term deposits” of current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

2.5

- Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are amounts due from customers for goods sold and services rendered to third parties in the ordinary course of business.  They are reported net of allowances for doubtful accounts.  business. The Company evaluates its customers’ financial condition periodically and records anuses a lifetime expected losses allowance for any specific account it considers as doubtful.  Additionally,all trade receivables. The allowance includes reasonable assumptions about future credit trends. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macro-economic factors affecting the Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments.  The carrying amountability of the receivable is thus reduced by anCompany’s customers to settle the receivables. Adjustments to the expected credit losses allowance account, and the amount of the charge is recognizedare reported on the line “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of income.  Subsequent recoveries,income and write-offs, if any, of amounts previously provided for are creditedrecorded against the same line in the consolidated statements of income.  When a trade accounts receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the allowance account for trade accounts receivable.  expected credit losses allowance.

In the event of transfers of receivables such as factoring, the Company derecognizes the receivables only to the extent that the Company has surrendered control over the receivables in exchange for a consideration other than beneficial interest in the transferred receivables.receivables.

 

2.6

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. CostActual cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjustingan adjusted standard cost, to approximate actual manufacturing costswhich approximates cost on a quarterly basis; thefirst-in, first-out basis for all categories of inventory (raw materials, work-in-process, finished products). Actual cost is therefore dependent on the Company’s manufacturing performance.performance and cost is based on the normal utilization of its production capacity. In the case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs associated with the unused capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales. Net realizable value is based upon the estimated selling priceprices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.

The Company performs, on a continuous basis, inventory write-offs of products,inventories, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old production dates and technical obsolescence. Indeed, theThe Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or slow-selling items, as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality and records a specific reserve if the Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete. Reserve for obsolescence is estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on the previous quarterhistorical sales data, order backlog and production plans.  plans.  

 

2.7

- Income taxes

Income tax for the period comprises current and deferred income tax. Current income tax represents the income tax expected to be paid or the tax benefit expected to be received related to the current year taxable profit and loss in each tax jurisdiction. Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise fromon the initial recognition of goodwill.goodwill as a result of a business combination. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from changes in tax laws and tax rates is recognized on the line “Income tax benefit (expense)”expense” in the consolidated statements of income in the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred income tax assets are recognized in full but the Company assesses whether future taxable profit will be available against which temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when management considers it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes a deferred tax liability on undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when there is a presumption that thetaxable earnings will be remitted to the parent. A deferred tax asset is recognized on compensation for the grant of stock awards to the extent that such charge constitutes a temporary difference in the subsidiaries’ local tax jurisdictions. Changes in the stock price do not impactresult in any adjustments to the deferred tax asset and do not result in any adjustments prior to vesting.  

At each reporting date, the Company assesses all material opensignificant income tax positions in all tax jurisdictions to determine any uncertain tax positions. The Company uses a two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The first step consists in determiningassessing whether the tax benefit must be recognized. The second step consists in measuring the amount of tax benefit to be recognized on each uncertain tax position. In step 1 (recognition), the Company assesses whether a benefit maytax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be recognized; the assessment is based on a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold.  If the sustainability is lower than 50%, a full provision should be accounted for.  In case ofsustained upon examination. Only tax positions with a sustainability threshold in step one higher than 50%50% are recognized. In Step 2 (measurement), the Company must perform a second step in order to measuredetermines the amount of recognizable tax benefit, net of any liability for tax uncertainties.benefit. The measurement methodology in step two is based on a “cumulative probability” approach, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50%50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The unrecognized tax benefit is recorded as a reduction

F-10


Table of a deferred tax asset to the extent that a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of the tax position.  The Contents

Company accrues for interest and penalties on uncertain tax liabilities reported on the consolidated balance sheets. Interests and penalties are classified as components of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.income.

 

 

2.8

– Assets held for sale

Asset groups are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use.  The asset groups are classified as assets held for sale when the following conditions have been met: management has approved the plan to sell; assets are available for immediate sale; assets are actively being marketed; sale is probable of occurring within one year; price is reasonable in the market and it is unlikely that there will be significant changes in the assets to be sold or a withdrawal to the plan to sell.  Asset groups classified as held for sale are reported as current assets in the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.  Long-lived assets classified as held for sale are no longer depreciated.  When the held-for-sale accounting treatment requires an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying amount and fair value, such impairment is reflected on the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”.

2.9

Business combinations and goodwill

The acquisition method of accounting is applied to all business combinations. The identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments issued and liabilities assumed are measured at acquisition date fair value on the acquisition date.value. Any contingent purchase price and acquired contingencies areconsideration is recorded at acquisition date fair value on the acquisition date and remeasured at each reporting date. Acquisition-related transaction costs and restructuring costs relatingrelated to the acquired business are expensed as incurred. Acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) is capitalized and recorded as an intangible asset on theat acquisition date, subject to impairment testing until the research or development is completed or abandoned.completed. The excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree over the net of the acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net of related deferred tax impacts, is recorded as goodwill. In case of a bargain purchase, the Company reassesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed;assumed, the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, if any;any, the Company’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree, if any;any, and the consideration transferred. If after this review, a bargain purchase is still indicated, it is recognized in earnings attributedattributable to the Company.parent company stockholders. The purchase of additional interests in a partially owned subsidiary is treated as an equity transaction as well as all transactions concerning the sale of subsidiary stock or the issuance of stock by the partially owned subsidiary, as long asassuming there is no change in control of the subsidiary. If asIn the case of a consequencesale of selling subsidiary shares, whereby the Company no longer controlsmaintains control of the subsidiary, the Company recognizes a gain or loss in earnings.

F-11


Table of Contents

Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment orat least annually, and more frequently if indicatorswhenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of impairment exist.goodwill may not be recoverable. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at athe reporting unit level. The impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit forunder which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of theThe Company records an impairment loss on goodwill when a reporting unit goodwill is then compared to theunit’s carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”.exceeds its fair value. Significant management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows associated with the reporting unit, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting unit’s market penetration and its revenues evolution, the market acceptance of certain new technologies and products, the relevant cost structure, the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.

 

2.102.9

Intangible assets with definite useful lives

Intangible assets subject to amortization include the intangible assets purchased from third parties recorded at cost and intangible assets acquired in business combinations initially recorded at fair value. Amortization begins when the intangible asset is available for use and is calculated usingits intended use. Amortization reflects the pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, which usually consists in applying the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.  

The carrying value of intangible assets with definite useful lives is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at each reporting date to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.  amortization.  

Technologies and licenses

Separately acquired trademarkstechnologies and licenses are recorded at historical cost. TrademarksTechnologies and licenses acquired in a business combination are initially recognized at acquisition date fair value at the acquisition date.  Trademarksvalue. Technologies and licenses have a definite useful life which usually ranges from 3 to 78 years and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any.  

Computer software

Separately acquired computer software is recorded at historical cost. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are expensed as incurred and reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and

F-11


Table of Contents

administrative”, or “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income according to their intended use. The capitalization of costs for internally generated software developed by the Company for its internal use begins when the preliminary project stage is completed and when the Company, implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to funding a computer software project. It must be probable that the project will be completed and will be used to perform the function intended. Amortization onof computer software begins when the software is available for its intended use and is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life, which does not exceedexceed 4 years.

 

2.112.10

Property, plant and equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business combination are initially recognized at acquisition date fair value at the acquisition date.value. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, while minor replacements and repairs are expensed and reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative”, or “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income according to their intended use.  

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is computed using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, as follows:follows:

 

Buildings

 

33 years

Facilities and leasehold improvements

 

5-10 years

Machinery and equipment

 

2-10 years

Computer and R&D equipment

 

3-6 years

Other

 

2-5 years

F-12


TableProperty, plant and equipment are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of Contents

The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to suspect that tangible assetsan asset or groupsa group of assets held and used mightmay not be recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this assessment, such as: restructuring plans, significant changes in the technology, market, economic or legal environment in which the Company operates, available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, the Company initially assesses whether the carrying value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of the Company’s fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if appropriate, the assets’ useful lives at each reporting date. Any impairment loss is reported on the same income statement line as the depreciation expense recorded on the impaired group of assets, except in case of closure of operating sites or whenmajor restructuring plans and reorganizations. In such case, any impairment indicators are identified.loss is reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” in the consolidated statements of income.  

When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from the Company’s books. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income.  income.  

The Company recognizesdid not hold any significant assets held for sale as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

2.11

Leases

A lease arrangementscontract is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. If a lease is identified, classification between finance or operating is determined at lease commencement. Most leases entered by the Company are operating leases. Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the future lease payments at the lease commencement date. The rate implicit in the lease should be used as a discount rate whenever that rate is readily determinable. In most cases, this rate is not readily determinable and therefore, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which is derived from information available at the lease commencement date. The Company considers its recent debt issuances as well as publicly available data for instruments with similar characteristics when calculating its incremental borrowing rates. Operating lease right-of-use assets are based on the balance sheet as right-of-usecorresponding lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before commencement, initial direct costs, and lease incentives.

F-12


Table of Contents

Right-of-use assets as a category withinare included in the line “Property, plant and equipment, net”.  Lease arrangements with a sum of the consolidated balance sheet. Operating lease payments not exceeding $5,000 or a total duration lower than twelve monthsliabilities due within one year are excluded from capitalization.  Subsequentlyincluded in the line “Other payables and for income statement purposes, leasesaccrued liabilities”, while noncurrent operating lease liabilities are classified as either operating or finance leases.  Lease arrangementsincluded in which the Company has substantially allline “Other long-term liabilities” of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases.Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease expenses are recognized in the consolidated statements of income, statements, on a straight-line basis over the lease period and reported as “Cost of sale”sales”, “Selling, general and administrative”, or “Research and development”, according to the intended use of the leased asset.

Finance lease liabilities due within one year are included in the line “Short-term debt”, while noncurrent finance lease liabilities are included in the line “Long-term debt” of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Right-of-use assets for finance leases are depreciated on a straight-line basis since the lease commencement date over the lease period or the estimated useful life of the leased asset in case of transfer of ownership or purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised. The depreciation expense is reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative”, or “Research and development”, according to the intended use of the leased asset.

Certain lease contracts contain options to extend the lease. On these contracts, the Company estimates the lease term by including the extended duration when it is reasonably certain for the Company to exercise that option. In addition, for short-term leases, defined as leases with a term of twelve months or less, the Company elected the practical expedient to not recognize an associated lease liability and right-of-use asset. The short-term lease election is made at the commencement date only. Additionally, lease contracts with a sum of lease payments not exceeding$5,000 are excluded from recognition on the consolidated balance sheet.  

The right-of-use asset is a nonmonetary asset while the lease liability is a monetary liability. When accounting for a lease that is denominated in a foreign currency, the lease liability is remeasured using the current exchange rate, while the right-of-use asset is measured using the historical exchange rate as of the commencement date.

The Company does not separate lease and non-lease components and instead accounts for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate are included in the lease payments and are measured using the prevailing index or rate at the measurement date. Changes to index and rate-based variable lease payments are recognized in earnings in the period of the change.

 

2.12

– Investments in equity securities

Investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are classified as equity securities measured at fair value through earnings, as described in Note 2.23.  For investments in equity securities without readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, the Company has elected to apply the cost-method as a measurement alternative.  Under the cost-method of accounting, investments are carried at historical cost, less impairment adjusted for subsequent observable price changes.  An impairment loss is recorded when there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the value of the investment.  The loss is immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net” and is based on the Company’s assessment of any significant and sustained reductions in the investment’s value.  Gains and losses on investments sold are determined on the specific identification method and are recorded as a non-operating element on the line “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statements of income.

Equity-method investments are all entities over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but not control, generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.  These investments are valued under the equity-method and are initially recognized at cost.  Goodwill on equity-method investments is included in the carrying value of the investment and is not individually tested for impairment.  The Company’s share in the result of operations of equity-method investments is recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Income (loss) on equity-method investments” and in the consolidated balance sheets as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the investments.  Where there has been a change recognized directly in the equity of the investee, the Company recognizes its share in the adjustment, when applicable, directly in the consolidated statement of equity.  The financial statements of the equity-method investments are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company or with a time lag not exceeding three months if the investee cannot issue consolidated financial statements within the closing timeframe requirements of the Company.  At each period-end, the Company assesses whether there is objective evidence that its interests in equity-method investments are impaired.  Once a determination is made that an impairment exists, the Company writes down the carrying value of the equity-method investment to its fair value at the balance sheet date, which establishes a new cost basis.  The fair value of an equity-method investment is measured on a non-recurring basis using primarily a combination of an income approach, based on discounted cash flows, and a market approach with financial metrics of comparable public companies.  

F-13


Table of Contents

2.13

– ProvisionsLoss contingencies

In determining loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of the incurrence of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss from a loss contingency is accrued when information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.    estimated.

 

2.142.13

Long-term debt

 

(a)

Convertible debt

The Company evaluatesadopted on January 1, 2022 the new guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity by applying the modified retrospective approach, with the impact upon transition recorded in retained earnings for instruments outstanding as of the adoption date. Prior to the new guidance adoption, the Company evaluated, at initial recognition of a convertible debt, the different components and features of the hybrid instruments and determinesdetermined whether certain elements arewere embedded derivative instruments which requirerequired bifurcation.  Components of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion based on a net-share settlement basis arewere accounted for separately as long-term debt and equity when the conversion feature of the convertible bonds constituteconstituted an embedded equity instrument. When an equity instrument iswas identified, proceeds from issuance arewere allocated between debt and equity by measuring first the liability component and then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component iswas measured as the fair value of a similar nonconvertiblenon-convertible debt, which resultsresulted in the recognition of a debt discount. OnIn subsequent periods, the Company amortizesamortized the debt discount through earnings onin the line “Interest expense,income (expense), net” of the consolidated statements of income, using the effective interest method, based on the expectedcontractual maturity of the debt. The equity component, reported on the line “Capital Surplus”“Additional paid-in capital” of the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity, iswas not remeasured. Deferred taxes were recognized on the difference between the carrying amount of the liability component and its tax basis. In case of conversion from the bondholders, the fair value of the consideration transferred was allocated between the liability component and the equity component. The

F-13


Table of Contents

difference between the carrying amount of the debt at the settlement date and the fair value of the debt component was recorded in earnings as a loss on debt extinguishment and reported in the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” of the consolidated statements of income. The liability component was measured as the fair value of a similar non-convertible debt prior to settlement. The reacquired equity component was recorded in equity and reported on the line “Additional paid-in capital” of the consolidated statement of equity.  

The new accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2022 has eliminated the cash conversion model in ASC 470-20 applicable to the convertible debt issued by the Company, which required separate accounting for embedded conversion features. At initial recognition, total cash proceeds received at issuance are reported as financial debt and no equity conversion instrument is recorded separately in equity. Impact of the new guidance upon adoption is further described in Note 2.25.  

Debt issuance costs are reported as a deduction of debt. They are subsequently amortized through earnings on the line “Interest expense,income (expense), net” of the consolidated statements of income, using the effective interest rate method.  

In case of conversion from the bondholders, the fair value of the consideration transferred is allocated between the liability component and the equity component.  The difference between the carrying amount of the debt at the settlement date and the fair value of the debt component is recorded in earnings as a loss on debt extinguishment and reported on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” of the consolidated statements of income.  The liability component is measured as the fair value of a similar nonconvertible debt prior to settlement.  The reacquired equity component is recorded in equity and reported on the line “Capital Surplus” of the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.  method.  

 

(b)

Bank loans

Bank loans and non-convertible senior bonds are recognized at historical cost,the amount of cash proceeds received, net of debt issuance costs incurred. They are subsequently reported at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of debt issuance costs) and the redemption valueprincipal amount is recognized through earnings on the line “Interest expense,income (expense), net” of the consolidated statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.method.

 

 

2.152.14

Employee benefits

(a) Pension obligations

The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the countries in which the Company operates. Such plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. For defined benefit pension plans, the liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated as the difference between plan assets and the projected benefit obligations. Estimates are used in determining the assumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations, which is supported by input from independent actuaries. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of equity and are charged or credited to incomeearnings over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. Past service costs are recognized immediately in earnings on the line “Other components of pension benefit costs” of the consolidated income statements, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period (the vesting period).  In this case, the past service costs are recognized in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of equity and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The net periodic benefit cost of the year is determined based on the assumptions used at the end of the previous year. Past service costs are recognized in earnings on the line “Other components of pension benefit costs” of the consolidated statements of income if the changes to the pension scheme are not conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period (the vesting period).  

F-14


Table of Contents

For defined contribution pension plans, the Company pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.available.

The service cost component of net periodic benefit costs is presented in the same income statement line as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. The other components of the net periodic benefit cost are presented separately, outside operating income, on the line “Other components of pension benefit costs” of the consolidated income statements.statements of income. These elements include: interest cost; expected return on plan assets; amortization of transition (asset) obligation; amortization of prior service cost; amortization of net (gain) loss; (gain) loss recognized due to curtailment or settlement and; cost of special termination benefits.  benefits.  

(b) Other post-employment obligationsF-14


Table of Contents

The Company provides post-employment benefits to some of its retirees.  The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service period.  The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.  Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income over the expected average remaining working lives of the related employees. 

(c)(b) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when an employee is involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary termination in exchange for termination benefits. For the accounting treatment and timing recognition of involuntary termination benefits, the Company distinguishes between one-time termination benefit arrangements and ongoing termination benefit arrangements. A one-time termination benefit arrangement is established by a termination plan and applies to a specified termination event. One-time involuntary termination benefits are recognized as a liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria and has been communicated to employees. If employees are required to render future service in order to receive these one-time termination benefits, the liability is recognized ratably over the future service period.  Termination benefits other than one-time termination benefits are termination benefits for which the communication criterion is not met but that are committed to by management, or termination obligations that are not specifically determined in a new and single plan. These termination benefits are all legal, contractual and past practice termination obligations to be paid to employees in case of involuntary termination. These termination benefits are accrued for when commitment creates a present obligation to others for the benefits expected to be paid, when it is probable that employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  estimated.  

In case of special termination benefits related to voluntary redundancy programs, the Company recognizes a provision for voluntary termination benefits at the date on which the employee irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  estimated.  

(d)(c) Profit-sharing and bonus plans

The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing plans when a contractual obligation exists or where there is a past practice that has created a present obligation.obligation.  

(e)(d) Other long-term employee benefits

The Company provides long-term employee benefits such as seniority awards in certain countries.  The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing a minimum service period.  The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment.  Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to earnings in the period of change.the revised estimate.  These obligations are valued annually with the assistance of independent qualified actuaries.actuaries.

F-15


Table of Contents

(f)(e) Share-based compensation

The Company grants unvested stockaccounts for stock-based compensation for all stock-based awards granted to senior executives and selected employees.  Theemployees, including awards granted to employeesthat vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition and awards that vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. Both equity awards vest over a three-year service period.  For certain employees,period while performance-based awards contingently vest upon achievingalso require the Company’s attainment of certain performance conditions. The Company measures the cost of the awards based on the grant-date fair value of the awards, reflecting the market price of the underlying shares at the date of the grant, reduced by the present value of the dividends expected to be paid on the shares during the requisite service period. That cost is recognized using graded vesting over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award or the requisite service period. Compensation is recognized only for the awards that ultimately vest.  The compensation cost is recorded through earnings againstwith the corresponding amount reported in equity, under “Capital surplus” in“Additional paid-in capital” of the consolidated statements of equity. The compensation cost is calculated based on the number of awards expected to vest, which includes assumptions on thenet of an estimated number of awards to be forfeited due to the employees’employees failing to fulfillsatisfy the service condition and forfeitures following the non-completion ofor one or more performance conditions. By the end of the vesting period, compensation is recognized only for the awards that ultimately vest.

Liabilities for the Company’s portion of payroll taxes are recognized at vesting, which is the event triggering the payment of the social contributions in most of the Company’s local tax jurisdictions.  Employee-related social charges are measured based on the intrinsic value of the share and recorded at vesting date.

F-15


Table of Contents

 

 

2.162.15

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as “Common stock” within equity on the consolidated balance sheets.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.  proceeds received.  

Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital (treasury stock), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from parent company stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company’s shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued, or disposed of.

 

2.172.16

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business during a period except those changes resulting from investment by stockholders and distributions to stockholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, "OtherOther comprehensive income (loss)" and “Accumulated other comprehensive income” primarily consists of foreign currency translation adjustments, temporary unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities classified as available-for-sale, unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge and the impact of recognizing the funded status ofaccounting for defined benefit plans as described in Note 2.14, net of tax.tax.

 

2.182.17

Revenue Recognitionrecognition

AArrangements rrangements with customers are considered contracts if all the following criteria are met: (a) parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform their respective obligations; (b) each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred can be identified; (c) payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred can be identified; (d) the contract has commercial substance and (e) collectability of substantially all of the consideration is probable. The Company recognizes revenue from products sold to a customer, including distributors, when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to the customer. In certain circumstances, the Company may enter into agreements that concern principally revenues from services, where the performance obligation is satisfied over time. The objective when allocating the transaction price is to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. The payment terms typically range between 30 and 90 days.Certain customers require the Company to hold inventory as consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they require it. Revenue for sales of such inventory is recognized when, at the customer’s option, the products are withdrawn from the consignment and the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to the customer.

F-16


Table of Contents

Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers on their existing inventory of the Company’s products to compensate them for declineschanges in market prices. The Company accrues a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a significant change in the current marketselling price. The short outstanding inventory time, period, visibility into the inventory product pricing and long distributor pricing history have enabled the Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a deduction of “Net sales” in the consolidated statements of income at the time of the sale.

The Company’s customers occasionally return the Company’s products for technical reasons. The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if the Company determines that products do not conform, the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit note or rebate of the purchase price.  price. Quality returns are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing.  testing. Quality returns are usually associated with end-user customers, not with distribution channels.  channels. The Company records the accrued amounts as a deduction of “Net sales” in the consolidated statements of income, using past historyhistorical and current conditions to form a reasonable estimate of future returns.returns.  

The Company’s insurance policy relating to product liability covers third party physical damages and bodily injury, indirect financial damages as well as immaterial non-consequential damages caused by defective products.  F-16


Table of Contents

The Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge against “Cost of sales” in the consolidated statements of income, based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to the Company’s determination that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims usually must be submitted within a short period of time following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. The Company’s contractual terms and conditions typically limit its liability to the sales value of the products which gave rise to the claims.claims.

The Company’s insurance policy relating to product liability covers third-party physical damages and bodily injury, indirect financial damages as well as immaterial non-consequential damages caused by defective products.  

In addition to product sales, the Company enters into arrangements with customers consisting ofin transferring licenses or related to license services. The revenue generated from these arrangements are reported on the line “Other revenues” of the consolidated statementstatements of income. Other revenues also include patent royalty income, sale of scrap materials and manufacturing by-products.by-products.  

 

2.192.18

– FundingPublic funding

The Company receives funding mainly from governmental agencies and income is recognized when all contractual conditions for receipt of these funds are fulfilled. The Company’s primary sources for government funding are French, Italian and other country governmental entities. Such funding is generally provided to encourage research, development and developmentother innovation activities, industrialization and local economic development. The conditions for receipt ofto receive government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EUthe European Union authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts containinclude obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a certain period of time.period. There could be penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. Funding related to these contracts is recorded when the conditions required by the contracts are met. The Company’s funding programs are classified under threetwo general categories: funding for research, development and developmentother innovative activities, and capital investment, and loans.investments.

Funding for research, development and developmentinnovative activities is the most common form of funding that the Company receives. PublicThis public funding for research and development is recorded as “Other income and expenses, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. PublicThe funding for research and development is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met.  Furthermore, met. Other government assistance, such as funding received for industrialization and local economic development in certain regions, are reported as a deduction of cost of sales or other operating expenses according to the nature of the underlying costs eligible to the grants.  

French research tax credits (“Crédit Impôt Recherche”) and Italian research tax credits (“Credito d’Imposta Ricerca & Sviluppo”) are deemed to be grants in substance. The French research tax credits are to be paid in cash by the taxing authorities within three years in case they are not deducted from income tax payable during this period of time. The Italian tax credits are compensated against payroll-related social charges. Unlike other researchFrench and development funding, the amounts to be receivedItalian tax credits are determinable in advance as the funded research expenditures are made.  They are thus reported as a reduction of “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income.income.

F-17


Table of Contents

Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of “Property, plant and equipment, net” and is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income according toby offsetting the depreciation charges of the funded assets during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital funding in Italy, which can be recovered through the reduction of various governmental liabilities, including income taxes,tax, value-added tax and employee-related social charges.  charges.  

Funding receivables are reported as non-current assets unless cash settlement features of the receivables evidence that collection is expected within one year. Long-term receivables that do not present any tax attribute or legal restriction are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at their net present value.value when the discounting effect is deemed to be significant.

The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates.  The Company records these loans as “Long-term debt” in the consolidated balance sheets.F-17


Table of Contents

 

 

2.202.19

– Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of income.  Advertising expenses for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $17 million, $15 million and $14 million, respectively.  

2.21

Research and development

Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the Company, the Company’s share of costs incurred by other research and development interest groups, and costs associated with co-development contracts.  Research and development expenses do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of income and process engineering, pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as “Cost of sales” in the consolidated statements of income. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third parties to facilitate the Company’s research and development activities is reported as “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income.income.  

 

2.222.20

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of income. Advertising expenses for 2022, 2021 and 2020 were $18 million, $14 million and $12 million, respectively.  

2.21

Start-up and phase-out costs

Start-up costs represent costs incurred in the start-up, testing and qualificationramp-up phase of the Company's newly integrated manufacturing facilities. The costs of phase-outs are associated with the latest stages of facilities closure when the relevant production volumes become immaterial. Start-up costs and phase-out costs are included in "Otherthe line Other income and expenses, net" innet of the consolidated statements of income.income.  

  

 

2.232.22

– Financial assetsInvestments in equity securities

The Company did not hold at December 31, 2019Investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and 2018 any financial assets classified as held-to-maturity or financial assets for which the Company woulddoes not have electedthe ability to apply the fair value option.  Consequently, the Companyexercise significant influence are classified its financial assets in the following categories: trading and available-for-sale.  The classification depends on the nature of the instruments and the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired.  Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.  

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date – the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset.  Equityas equity securities measured at fair value through earningsearnings. Changes in the fair value of these securities are reported in the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and debtexpenses, net” when these instruments are held within the Company’s operating activities. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of securities classifiednot related to operating activities are presented in the consolidated statements of income as available-for-sale are initially recognizednon-operating elements within “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net” in the period in which they arise.

For investments in equity securities without readily determinable fair values and subsequently carried at fair value.  Financial assets are derecognized whenfor which the rightsCompany does not have the ability to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred andexercise significant influence, the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership;elected to apply the relevant gain (loss) is reportedcost method as a non-operating elementmeasurement alternative. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at historical cost, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. An impairment loss is recorded when there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the value of the investment. Loss is immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net”.  The basis and is based on which the costCompany’s assessment of a securityany significant and sustained reductions in the investment’s value. Gains and losses on investments sold and the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings, if any, are determined ison the specific identification method.  method and are recorded as non-operating element in the line “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net” of the consolidated statements of income when the transaction is not related to operating activities.

F-18


Table of Contents

The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs.  inputs.  

Financial assets measured at fair value through earnings

A financial asset is classified in this category if it is a security acquired principally for the purposeThe Company did not hold any material equity securities as of selling in the short term, an equity security for which the Company has not elected the cost-method measurement alternative or a derivative instrument not designated as a hedge.  Financial assets in this category are classified as current assets when they are expected to be realized within twelve months of the balance sheet date.  Marked-to-market gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of trading financial assets are reported in the consolidated statements of income within “Other incomeDecember 31, 2022 and expenses, net” in the period in which they arise, when the transactions for such instruments occur within the Company’s operating activities, as it is the case for trading derivatives that do not qualify as hedging instruments, as described in Note 2.24.  Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial assets not related to operating activities are presented in the consolidated statements of income as a non-operating element within “Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net” in the period in which they arise.December 31, 2021.

2.23

Investments in debt securities

Debt securities classified as available-for-sale financial assets

Debt securities are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or are not measured at fair value through earnings.  They are included in current assets when they represent investments of funds available for current operations or when management intends to dispose of the securities within twelve months of the balance sheet date.  date.  

Changes in fair value including declines determined to be temporary, of debt securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a debt security or group of debt securities classified as available-for-sale is

F-18


Table of Contents

impaired. If a creditAn unrealized impairment loss exists butwhen the fair value of the instrument declines below its amortized cost basis. An impairment loss is recognized in earnings, through a direct reduction of the value of the asset, when the Company does not intendintends to sell the impaireddebt security andor when it is not more likely than not tothat the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Moreover, an impairment loss is separated into the estimated amount relating torecognized in earnings through a credit loss and the amount relating to all other factors of declines in fair value.  Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized immediately in earnings, with the remainderallowance for any portion of the unrealized impairment loss amount recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated balance sheets.resulting from a credit loss. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income are not reversed through earnings.  earnings.  

The fair values of quoted debt securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs.    

The Company did not hold any debt securities classified as held-to-maturity or for which the Company would have elected to apply the fair value option.

 

2.24

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at fair value. The method of recognizing the gain or loss resulting from the derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the hedge transaction. The Company has designated certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly probable forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge).  

The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are classified as trading financial assets, as described in Note 2.23.

F-19


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments classified as trading

The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies.  As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates.  The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currenciesmeasured at the Company's subsidiaries.  These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments, and are marked-to-market at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value recognized in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income, as described in Note 2.23.through earnings.

Cash Flow Hedge

As part of its ongoing operating, investing and financing activities, the Company may enterenters into certain derivative transactions that may be designated and may qualify as hedging instruments. To reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated forecasted transactions that cover at the reporting date a large part of its research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods within cost of sales through the use of currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars. The Company also hedges through the use of currency forward contracts certain Singapore dollar-denominated manufacturing forecasted transactions.  

The derivative instruments are designated and qualify for cash flow hedge at inception of the contract and on an ongoing basis over the duration of the hedge relationship. They are reflected at their fair value as “Other current assets” or “Other payables and accrued liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include the instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction and a one-to-one matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction with the critical terms of the hedging instrument matching the terms of the hedged forecasted transaction. This enables the Company to conclude that changes in cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to be substantially offset by the hedging instruments.  

For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the change in fair value for the effective portion of the hedge is reported as a component of “Other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income line as the hedged transaction. For these derivatives, ineffectiveness appears if the cumulative gain or loss on the derivative hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transaction. Effectiveness on transactions hedged through purchased options is measured on the full fair value of the option, including time value.  value.  

F-20F-19


Table of Contents

 

Derivative financial instruments not designated as a hedge

The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the Company's subsidiaries.

Financial instruments not designated as a hedge are classified as current assets when they are expected to be realized within twelve months of the balance sheet date. Marked-to-market gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported in the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and expenses, net” in the period in which they arise, since the transactions for these instruments occur within the Company’s operating activities.  

 

2.25

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

(a)

Accounting pronouncements adoptedeffective in 20192022

Lease accounting

The Company adopted on January 1, 2019 ASC 842In August 2020, the FASB issued new guidance on leasedistinguishing liabilities from equity and EPS, to simplify an issuer’s accounting for convertible instruments by eliminating the cash conversion and beneficial conversion feature models in ASC 470-20 that require separate accounting for embedded conversion features. The guidance also simplifies the settlement assessment that issuers perform to determine whether a contract in their own equity qualifies for equity classification. Finally, the guidance requires entities to use in the calculation of the diluted EPS the if-converted method for all convertible instruments and to include the effect of share settlement for instruments that may be settled in cash or shares. The new guidance was effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The guidance could be adopted either on a full retrospective basis or by applying the optional simplifiedmodified retrospective approach, with the impact upon transition method with no cumulative impact recorded in retained earnings atfor existing instruments outstanding as of the adoption date.

The guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and no restatement of previous periods.  In compliance with2022. The Company adopted the new lease accounting guidance as a lessee,by applying the Company recognizes lease arrangementsmodified retrospective method on instruments outstanding at transition date. These instruments correspond solely to the dual-tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, which are convertible instruments with cash conversion features in the scope of the new guidance. The impact of the new guidance on the balance sheet as right-of-use assets asCompany’s consolidated financial statements resulted at adoption date in a category within “Property, plant$107 million increase in Long-term debt, to reflect the convertible debt at its $1,500 million nominal value, less $6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, and equipment, net”a $15 million decrease in Long-term deferred tax liabilities, with a corresponding $92 million decrease in equity (composed of a $117 million decrease in Additional paid-in capital and a $25 million increase in Retained earnings). The corresponding lease liabilities areOn subsequent periods, the carrying value of the convertible bonds, reported on the line “Other long-term liabilities” when paymentLong-term debt of the consolidated balance sheet, is expected beyond twelve months, and onincremented up to its nominal value over the line “Other payables and accrued liabilities”amortization pattern of the $6 million unamortized debt issuance costs. The Company also determines the dilutive effect of the convertible bonds by applying the if-converted method, which results in the fully dilutive effect of the convertible bonds for the current portiontotal 33,825,000 number of underlying shares.

In November 2021, the FASB issued new guidance on disclosures about government assistance, to increase the transparency in reporting government assistance, including the disclosure of (1) the types of assistance, (2) an entity’s accounting for the assistance, and (3) the effect of the lease obligations.  For income statement purposes, the new guidance is still basedassistance on a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance leases.  Classification criteria are largely similar to current lease accounting guidance, except that the new guidance does not contain explicit bright lines.an entity’s financial statements. The new guidance has not changed the way operating lease expenses are recognizedwas effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted in the consolidated income statements, which is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease period and reported as “Cost of sales”, “Selling, general and administrative”, or “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income according to the intended use of the leased asset.  

Lessor accounting is similar to the previously applied model, but updated to align with certain changes to the lessee model and the new revenue recognition guidance.  Existing sale-leasebackfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The guidance has been replaced with a new model applicable to both lessees and lessors.  The Company did not report any existing sale-leaseback transaction upon adoption.  Moreover, the Company is not involved in any significant lease arrangement in which it acts as a lessor.

Prior to the new guidance adoption, the Company classified as capital leases arrangements in which the Company had substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.  Only assets leased under capital leases were included in “Property, plant and equipment, net” and recorded at the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments.  The Company did not report any material capital lease arrangement as at December 31, 2018.

The Company elected the package of transition practical expedients, which allowed the Company not to (1) reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (3) reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.  Additionally, the Company has elected not to allocate the consideration in existing contracts between lease and nonlease components.  

The Company also elected to exclude from capitalization lease arrangements with a sum of lease payments not exceeding $5,000 or a total duration lower than twelve months.  The impact upon adoption was an increase of property, plant and equipment to reflect the right-of-use assetsbecame effective for the existing lease arrangements, with a corresponding increase in other payables and accrued liabilities, for the operating lease obligations which payment is expected within one year, and other long-term liabilities for obligations with payments beyond one year.  The value of capitalized lease arrangements totaled $206 million as of December 31, 2019, which is further described in Note 11.

Hedge accounting

The Company adopted on January 1, 2019 the improvements to hedge accounting issued in August 2017.  The changes to existing guidance are intended to align hedge accounting2022, with companies’ risk management strategies by simplifying the application of hedge accounting and enlarging the scope and results of hedging programs.  The amendments to the existing guidance include designation of hedged items, effectiveness measurement, presentation and disclosure.  The amended guidance has had no materialsignificant impact on the Company’s existing foreign-exchange hedge strategy and hedge transactions classified as cash flow hedge.  

F-21


Table of Contents

its annual disclosures. Relevant disclosures are included in Note 7.

 

(b)

Accounting pronouncements expected to impact the Company’s operations that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted early by the Company

In June 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on measuring credit losses for financial instruments.  The objective of the new guidance is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments, primarily financial assets measured at amortized cost and available-for-sale debt securities, and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date.  The amended guidance replaces the current methodology applied in current practice with an approach that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit losses estimates.  The new guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those years.  The Company does not expect any material impact from the new credit impairment model applicable to available-for-sale debt securities, as the Company only classifies in this category U.S.  Treasury debt securities held as marketable securities.  The Company does not expect any material impact which the currently expected credit loss (“CECL”) model may have on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including cash equivalents, loans and receivables.  

In January 2017, the FASB simplified the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation.  A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.  The amended guidance is effective for public companies for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early application permitted for goodwill impairment tests with measurement dates after January 1, 2017.  The Company will adopt the new guidance when effective and does not expect any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

In August 2018, the FASB clarifies the accounting for costs of implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract.  The amended guidance aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license).  The amended guidance is effective for public companies for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company will adopt the new guidance when effective and is currently finalizing its review of the impact the amended guidance may have on its consolidatedCompany’s financial statements which isand operations are not expected to be material.significantly impacted by any accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and not early adopted by the Company.

F-20


Table of Contents

 

 

3.

SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS AND MARKETABLE SECURITIES

To optimize the return yield on its short-term investments, the Company invested $581 million of available cash in short-term deposits as of December 31, 2022, compared to $291 million as of December 31, 2021. These short-term deposits represent liquid assets with original maturity beyond three months and no significant risk of changes in fair value.

Changes in the fair value of marketable securities as reported in current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are detailed in the tables below:

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Purchase

 

 

Proceeds

at maturity

 

 

Change in

fair value

included

in OCI*

 

 

Change in

fair value

recognized

in earnings

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

Purchase

 

 

Accretion

 

 

Proceeds

at maturity

 

 

Change in

fair value

included

in OCI*

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

U.S. Treasury debt securities

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

679

 

Total

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

679

 

 

*

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

Purchase

 

 

Proceeds

at maturity

 

 

Change in

fair value

included

in OCI*

 

 

Change in

fair value

recognized

in earnings

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

Purchase

 

 

Accretion

 

 

Proceeds

at maturity

 

 

Change in

fair value

included

in OCI*

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

U.S. Treasury debt securities

 

 

431

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

431

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

*

Other Comprehensive Income

F-22


Table of Contents

As at December 31, 2019In, 2022, the Company held $133invested $687 million ofavailable cash in U.S. Treasury Bonds, all transferred to a financial institution with high credit quality.  These transactions were concluded in compliance with the Company’s policy to optimize the return on its short-term interest rate investments, always placed with institutions with high credit rating.  The Company, acting as the securities lender, does not hold any collateral on the unsecured securities lending transactions. The Company retains effective control on the transferred securities. U.S. Treasury Bonds totaling $200 million matured in 2019.  The amount was reported as proceeds from matured marketable securities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the period ended December 31, 2019.  

bonds. The debt securities hadhave an average rating of Aaa/AA+/AAA from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, respectively, with a weighted average maturity of 1.5 years.3.5 years. The debt securities wereare reported as current assets on the line “Marketable Securities”securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as atof December 31, 2019,2022, since they represented investments of funds available for current operations. The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis. The bonds wereare classified as available-for-sale financial assets and recorded at fair value as atof December 31, 2019.  This2022. The fair value measurement corresponds to a Level 1 fair value hierarchy measurement. The aggregate amortized cost basis of these securities totaled $132$695 million as atof December 31, 2019.2022.

Marketable securities totaling $750 million at principal amount were transferred to financial institutions as part of short-term securities lending transactions, in compliance with corporate policies. The Company, acting as the securities lender, does not hold any collateral in this unsecured securities lending transaction. The Company retains effective control on the transferred securities.

The Company did not hold debt securities as of December 31, 2021. 

 

4.

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

 

1,396

 

 

 

1,292

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

1,778

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(15

)

Current expected credit losses allowance (CECLA)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(19

)

Total

 

 

1,380

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

1,970

 

 

 

1,759

 

The Company uses a lifetime expected losses allowance for all trade receivables based on failure rates, as applied to the gross amounts of trade accounts receivable. The allowance also includes reasonable assumptions about future credit trends. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macro-economic factors affecting the ability of the Company’s customers to settle the receivables. In addition to the factors already embedded in the failure rates, as applied on trade accounts receivable, the Company has identified cyclicality and uncertainties around continued growth for the semiconductor industry and its serviceable available market to be the most relevant factors. These macro-

F-21


Table of Contents

economic factors are weighted into different economic scenarios, in line with estimates and methodologies applied by other business entities, including financial institutions.  

On that basis, the changes in reported CECLA for the year ended December 31, 2022 are presented below:

CECLA As of December 31, 2021

(19)

Current-period adjustment to CECLA

(2)

CECLA As of December 31, 2022

(21)

Adjustments to the expected credit losses allowance are reported in the line “Selling, general and administrative” in the consolidated statements of income.

 

There was 0 material bad debt expensewere no significant write-offs in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017.  In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s largest customer, Apple represented 17.6%, 13.1% and 10.5% of consolidated net revenues, respectively, reported in the ADG, AMS and MDG segments.2020.     

In 2019, $75 million of trade accounts receivable were sold without recourse (nil in 2018).

 

5.

INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Raw materials

 

 

137

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

223

 

Work-in-process

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

1,490

 

 

 

1,235

 

Finished products

 

 

450

 

 

 

425

 

 

 

744

 

 

 

514

 

Total

 

 

1,691

 

 

 

1,562

 

 

 

2,583

 

 

 

1,972

 

 

Reserve for obsolescence is estimated for excess uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarter’shistory of sales, backlog of orders and production plans.

F-23


Table of Contents

 

6.

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Receivables from government agencies

 

 

216

 

 

 

114

 

Public funding receivables

 

 

190

 

 

 

296

 

Taxes and other government receivables

 

 

71

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

119

 

Advances

 

 

47

 

 

 

126

 

Prepayments

 

 

56

 

 

 

44

 

Advances and prepayments

 

 

125

 

 

 

118

 

Loans and deposits

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

Interest receivable

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

1

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

8

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

6

 

Other current assets

 

 

27

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

33

 

Total

 

 

442

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

581

 

 

Derivative instruments are further described in Note 27.

The Company applies a current expected credit losses model on all financial assets measured at amortized cost, including deposits, loans and receivables. The major portion of other current assets to which this model applies corresponds to government receivables. Due to the existing history of zero-default on receivables originated by governments, the expected credit losses are assumed to be not significant as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Other current assets presented in the table above within the lines “Loans and deposits” and “Other current assets” are composed of individually insignificant amounts at exposure of default. Consequently, no significant loss allowance was reported on those current assets as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Public funding receivables are described in Note 7.

Taxes and other government receivables include receivables related to value-added tax, primarily in European tax jurisdictions.

F-22


Table of Contents

 

7.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONPUBLIC FUNDING

 

In 2019,The Company receives public funding mainly from French, Italian and other European Union governmental entities. Such funding is usually provided to encourage research and innovation activities, industrialization and other local economic development. Government assistance is generally available to all companies, regardless of their ownership structure or country of incorporation. The conditions for the Company acquiredreceipt of government funding may include restrictions on eligible expenditures, approval by European Union authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Union regulations, royalties or contingent return provisions as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts may imply compliance with extensive regulatory requirements. They may also set forth conditions relating to the Swedish silicon carbide (SiC) wafer manufacturer Norstel AB (“Norstel”).  funded programs, including penalties in case certain conditions are not fulfilled, or repayment obligations.

The purchase consideration, net of $1 million of cash acquired, was funded with available cash.  The full acquisition was executed in two stages.  On February 6, 2019, the Company acquired 55% of Norstel’s common stock, obtaining control over the entity.  The fair value of the business as a whole was estimated at $138 million, of which $77 million was paidmain government assistance received by the Company are classified under four general categories: funding for its majority stake, with an option to acquire the remaining 45% at a later date, subject to certain conditions.  On December 2, 2019, the Company exercised its option to acquire the remaining 45% stake.  Research and Development (R&D), R&D and Innovation activities (RDI), funding for First Industrial Deployment activities (FID) and capital investments for pilot lines and other industrial activities.

The Company also benefits from research tax credits and other tax incentives to foster research and innovation activities, together with capital investments in certain tax jurisdictions, primarily in France and Italy. These research tax credits and tax incentive schemes are further described in Note 23. French research tax credits (“Crédit Impôt Recherche”) and Italian research tax credits (“Credito d’Imposta Ricerca & Sviluppo”) are deemed to be grants in substance. The Italian research tax credit scheme ended in 2019. The French research tax credits are to be paid $51in cash by the taxing authorities within three years in case they are not deducted from income tax payable during this period of time. The Italian tax credits were compensated against payroll-related social charges. French and Italian tax credits are reported as a reduction of “Research and development” in the consolidated statements of income.

Receivables related to public funding totaled $346 million to complete the closing of the full acquisition.  Asas of December 31, 2019, an amount2022, of $10which $190 million was held in an escrow accountreported on the line “Other current assets” and $156 million reported on the line “Other non-current assets”, as protection for any claimscollection is expected beyond 12 months. Research tax credit receivables totaled $294 million and were reported on the line “Other non-current assets” of the consolidated balance sheet as current restricted cash inof December 31, 2022.

Liabilities related to public funding totaled $88 million as of December 31, 2022, of which $37 million advances from grants reported on the line “Other payables and accrued liabilities” and $51 million reported on the line “Other long-term liabilities” of the consolidated balance sheet.

This acquisition will extendLong-term liabilities related to public funding included $46 million grants received mainly as part of the Company’s silicon carbide ecosystemNano2017 program with the French government, which is subject to a financial return and strengthen the Company’s flexibility to serve fast growing automotive and industrial applications.  depends on future cumulative sales of a certain product group over a five-year period.

This transaction has been accounted forAdditionally, $95 million capital investment grants were reported as a business combination.reduction of Property, plant and equipment, net as of December 31, 2022. Tax incentives reducing the carrying amount of Property, plant and equipment are further described in Note 10 and in Note 23.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $177 million of public funding related to R&D and innovation activities, reported on the line “Other income and expenses, net” of the consolidated statement of income. The activitiesresearch tax credit received in France totaled $106 million and was reported as a reduction of this business are included“Research and development” in the Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG) reportable segment.  Asconsolidated statement of 31 December 2019, completion of the initial accountingincome for the business combination remains subjectyear ended December 31, 2022. The Company reported as a reduction of cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 a total $59 million amount related to finalizationcapital investment and industrialization funding programs.

The impact on depreciation expense of tax incentives received in certain tax jurisdictions and reducing the tax impact, if any, associated with the acquired technologycarrying amount of “Property, plant and equipment, net”, are further described in process.  The preliminary fair value of the identifiable assetsNote 10 and assumed liabilities acquired from Norstel at acquisition date were as follows:in Note 23.

Fair value

recognized at

acquisition date

Property, plant and equipment

11

Technology in process

86

Net working capital

(2

)

Goodwill(1)

43

Total net assets at fair value

138

Purchase consideration

138

(1)

The primary item that generated goodwill is the value of the future synergies between Norstel technology in silicon carbide and the Company, which do not qualify as an amortizable intangible asset.  The goodwill is allocated to the ADG reportable segment as detailed in Note 8.

F-24F-23


Table of Contents

 

 

8.

GOODWILL

Goodwill allocated to reportable segments as of December 31, 20192022 and 20182021 and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 20192022 and 20182021 are as follows:

 

 

 

Automotive

and Discrete

Group (ADG)

 

 

Microcontrollers

and Digital ICs

Group (MDG)

 

 

Analog,

MEMS & Sensors

Group (AMS)

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

123

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

121

 

Business combination

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

December 31, 2019

 

 

43

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

ADG

 

AMS

 

MDG

 

Total

December 31, 2020

 

91

 

2

 

237

 

330

Measurement period adjustment

 

 

 

1

 

1

Foreign currency translation

 

(8)

 

 

(10)

 

(18)

December 31, 2021

 

83

 

2

 

228

 

313

Measurement period adjustment

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(9)

 

 

(7)

 

(16)

December 31, 2022

 

74

 

2

 

221

 

297

 

As described in Note 7, the acquisition of Norstel resulted in the recognition of $43 million in goodwill which has been included in the ADG segment to align the goodwill of the acquired Company with the segment under which the related activities will be reported.

As of the end of the third quarters of 2019In 2022, 2021 and 2018, the Company performed its annual impairment test.  The Company did not elect to perform a qualitative assessment.  The impairment test was conducted following a two-step process.  In the first step, the Company compared the fair value of the reporting units tested to their carrying value.  Based upon the first step of the goodwill impairment test,2020, no impairment was recorded since the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value.  

Goodwill as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $102 million, of which $96 million relates to the MDG segment and $6 million to Others.  In 2019, 2018 and 2017, 0 impairment loss was recorded by the Company.

 

 

9.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Other intangible assets, net consisted of the following:

 

December 31, 2019

 

Gross

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Cost

 

December 31, 2022

 

Gross

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Technologies & licenses

 

 

699

 

 

 

(578

)

 

 

121

 

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

(795

)

 

 

269

 

Purchased & internally developed software

 

 

486

 

 

 

(427

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

(514

)

 

 

95

 

Technologies in progress

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

70

 

 

 

(70

)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1,374

 

 

 

(1,075

)

 

 

299

 

 

 

1,714

 

 

 

(1,309

)

 

 

405

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Gross

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Cost

 

December 31, 2021

 

Gross

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Technologies & licenses

 

 

705

 

 

 

(592

)

 

 

113

 

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

(746

)

 

 

304

 

Purchased & internally developed software

 

 

459

 

 

 

(404

)

 

 

55

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

(485

)

 

 

82

 

Technologies in progress

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

69

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

(1,065

)

 

 

212

 

 

 

1,669

 

 

 

(1,231

)

 

 

438

 

As described in Note 7, the acquisition of Norstel resulted in the recognition of technology in process for $86 million in the line “Technologies in progress”.

 

The line “Technologies in progress” in the table above also includes internally developed software under construction and software not ready for their intended use.

The

Amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization was $103 million, $93 million and $79 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2022 is as follows:

Year

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

112

 

2024

 

 

98

 

2025

 

 

72

 

2026

 

 

42

 

2027

 

 

20

 

Thereafter

 

 

61

 

Total

 

 

405

 

In 2022, the Company recorded a $38 million impairment loss reported in 2019, 2018the line “Research and 2017development” of the consolidated statements of income. The impairment loss was $69 million, $64related to certain technologies acquired as part of one of the Company’s recent business combinations.

In 2021 and 2020, the Company impaired $1 million and $58$4 million, respectively.respectively, of acquired licenses and technologies with no alternative future use.  

F-25F-24


Table of Contents

The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible assets for the following years is:

Year

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

81

 

2021

 

 

62

 

2022

 

 

45

 

2023

 

 

27

 

2024

 

 

17

 

Thereafter

 

 

67

 

Total

 

 

299

 

In both 2019 and 2018, the Company impaired $4 million and $2 million, respectively, of acquired licenses and technologies for which it was determined that they had no alternative future use, while in 2017, there was 0 impairment of intangible assets. 

 

10.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

December 31, 2019

 

Gross

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Depreciation

 

 

Net

Cost

 

December 31, 2022

 

Gross

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Depreciation

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Land

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

Buildings

 

 

905

 

 

 

(505

)

 

 

400

 

 

 

1,116

 

 

 

(563

)

 

 

553

 

Facilities & leasehold improvements

 

 

3,193

 

 

 

(2,762

)

 

 

431

 

 

 

3,877

 

 

 

(2,895

)

 

 

982

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

15,336

 

 

 

(12,790

)

 

 

2,546

 

 

 

18,751

 

 

 

(14,023

)

 

 

4,728

 

Computer and R&D equipment

 

 

382

 

 

 

(335

)

 

 

47

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

(319

)

 

 

79

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

266

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

206

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

(118

)

 

 

193

 

Finance lease right-of-use assets

 

 

57

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

55

 

Other tangible assets

 

 

110

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

74

 

Construction in progress

 

 

282

 

 

 

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,454

 

Total

 

 

20,552

 

 

 

(16,545

)

 

 

4,007

 

 

 

26,216

 

 

 

(18,015

)

 

 

8,201

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Gross

Cost

 

 

Accumulated

Depreciation

 

 

Net

Cost

 

December 31, 2021

 

Gross

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Depreciation

 

 

Net

Amount

 

Land

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

Buildings

 

 

902

 

 

 

(487

)

 

 

415

 

 

 

951

 

 

 

(562

)

 

 

389

 

Facilities & leasehold improvements

 

 

3,170

 

 

 

(2,748

)

 

 

422

 

 

 

3,490

 

 

 

(2,936

)

 

 

554

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

14,882

 

 

 

(12,582

)

 

 

2,300

 

 

 

17,085

 

 

 

(13,786

)

 

 

3,299

 

Computer and R&D equipment

 

 

381

 

 

 

(334

)

 

 

47

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

(333

)

 

 

62

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

314

 

 

 

(114

)

 

 

200

 

Other tangible assets

 

 

123

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

30

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

50

 

Construction in progress

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,022

 

Total

 

 

19,739

 

 

 

(16,244

)

 

 

3,495

 

 

 

23,488

 

 

 

(17,828

)

 

 

5,660

 

 

The line “Construction in progress” in the table above includes property, plant and equipment under construction and equipment under qualification before operating.and not ready for their intended use.

On January 1, 2019,In 2022, the Company adopted thetransferred from construction in progress to definitive long-lived assets, approximately $650 million corresponding to assets dedicated to its new guidance on lease accounting and lease right-of-use assets are included300mm fab in plant, property and equipment.  The impact of the adoption of this new guidance is further describedAgrate, Italy, where operations started in Note 11.December 2022.

The depreciation charge was $785$1,113 million, $727$952 million and $592$844 million in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

As described in Note 7, the acquisition of Norstel resulted in the recognition of property, plant and equipment of $11 million.

F-26


Table of Contents

Tax incentives and capital investment funding which has reduced property, plant and equipment, hasreported as a reduction of capital expenditures totaled $54$25 million, $149$13 million and $139$10 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017, respectively.  2020, respectively. Tax incentives and public funding reduced depreciation charges by $53$56 million, $42$61 million and $21$59 million in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Capital investment public funding is described in Note 7. Tax incentives related to capital expenditures is further described in Note 23.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020, the Company sold property, plant and equipment for cash proceeds of $7$4 million, $1$2 million and $3$4 million, respectively.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded impairment charges of $3 million on long-lived assets.  There was 0no significant impairment recognized for the years ended December 31, 20182022, 2021 and 2017.2020.

 

11.

LEASINGLEASES

A lease contract is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration.  The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception.  Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets within plant, property and equipment.  Current operating lease liabilities are included in other payables and accrued liabilities, while noncurrent operating lease liabilities are included in other long-term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  Finance leases are included in property and equipment and long-term debt.

Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease.  Right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term.  

The right-of-use asset is a nonmonetary asset while the lease liability is a monetary liability.  When accounting for a lease that is denominated in a foreign currency, the lease liability is remeasured using the current exchange rate, while the right-of-use asset is remeasured using the exchange rate as of the commencement date.

The Company leases land, buildings, cars and certain equipment (including IT equipment) which have remaining lease terms between less than one year and 3747 years.  Certain lease contracts contain options to extend the leases by up to 30 years, which the Company has included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain for the Company to exercise that option. In addition, the Company made an accounting policy election for all the asset classes to not account for the short-term leases.  A short-term lease is defined as a lease that, at the commencement date, has a lease term of 12 months or less and does not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise.  The short-term lease election can only be made at the commencement date.  

Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate are included in the lease payments and are measured using the prevailing index or rate at the measurement date (January 1, 2019 for initial measurement of the leases existing at that date and commencement date for subsequent lease contracts).  Changes to index and rate-based variable lease payments are recognized in profit or loss in the period of the change.

Lease contracts with a sum of lease payments not exceeding $5,000 have been excluded from the capitalization in the balance sheet.  

Significant assumptions and judgements may be made in applying the requirements of lease accounting, such as the exercise of extension options and determination of discount rates.

F-27F-25


Table of Contents

 

Practical expedients

The Company applied the following practical expedients at standard adoption:

1.

Practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.  This practical expedient was applied to the real estate (land and buildings), equipment, IT and cars.

2.

The package of transition practical expedients (elected as a package and applied consistently to all leases) not to reassess leases that commenced before the effective date consisting in:

a)

No need to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases.  

b)

No need to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases.  

c)

No need to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.  

3.

The transition option allowing to not apply the new leases standard in the comparative periods presented in the financial statements in the year of adoption.

Discount rates

The rate implicit in the lease should be used whenever that rate is readily determinable.  In most cases, this rate is not readily determinableOperating and the Company used its incremental borrowing rate, which was derived from information available at the lease commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments.  The Company gives consideration to its recent debt issuances as well as publicly available data for instruments with similar characteristics when calculating its incremental borrowing rates.  Discount rates at implementation were established as of January 1, 2019.  Going forward, due to immateriality of any intra-quarter discount rate changes, the Company will determine the discount rate based on the mid-quarter date.

As of December 31, 2019, finance lease right-of-use asset was less than $1 million.  The below information is presented for the operating leases only.

Operating leases consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

2019

Assets

Right-of-use assets

206

Total right-of-use assets

206

Lease liabilities

Current

55

Noncurrent

152

Total lease liabilities

207

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Operating leases

 

 

193

 

 

 

200

 

   Finance Leases

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

Total right-of-use assets

 

 

248

 

 

 

200

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

59

 

 

 

55

 

   Operating leases

 

 

52

 

 

 

55

 

   Finance Leases

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

 

191

 

 

 

148

 

   Operating leases

 

 

141

 

 

 

148

 

   Finance Leases

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

250

 

 

 

203

 

 

Maturities of operating lease liabilities are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

2020

 

 

60

 

2021

 

 

44

 

2022

 

 

31

 

2023

 

 

23

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

65

 

2024

 

 

17

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

45

 

2025

 

 

27

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

32

 

2026

 

 

19

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

24

 

2027

 

 

12

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

40

 

Thereafter

 

 

83

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

109

 

Total future undiscounted cash outflows

 

 

258

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

315

 

Effect of discounting

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(65

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

 

207

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

250

 

 

F-28Operating and finance lease terms and discount rates are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) – operating leases

 

 

9.46

 

 

 

9.38

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) – finance leases

 

 

9.89

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate – operating lease

 

 

3.12

%

 

 

2.69

%

Weighted average discount rate – finance lease

 

 

3.86

%

 

 

 

Operating and finance lease cost and cash paid are as follows:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

62

 

 

 

68

 

Finance lease cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

   Interest

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Operating lease cash paid

 

 

63

 

 

 

67

 

Finance lease cash paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

Operating

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease term and discount rateliabilities are as follows:

 

December 31,

2019

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

9.26

Weighted average discount rate

2.79

%

 

 

2022

 

2021

Operating leases

 

60

 

80

Finance leases

 

55

 

 

Operating lease cost and cash paid in are as follows:

2019

Operating lease cost

65

Operating lease cash paid

65

 

 

12.

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Equity-method investments

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Other long-term investments

 

 

11

 

 

 

12

 

Total

 

 

11

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Long-term investments

 

 

11

 

 

 

10

 

Total

 

 

11

 

 

 

10

 

 

Equity-method investments

Equity-method investments as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Carrying

value

 

 

Ownership

percentage

 

 

Carrying

value

 

 

Ownership

percentage

 

ST-Ericsson SA, in liquidation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

50.0

%

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

ST-Ericsson SA, in liquidation

On February 3, 2009, the Company announced the closing of a transaction to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named ST-Ericsson.  As part of the transaction, the Company received an interest in ST-Ericsson Holding AG in which the Company owned 50% plus a controlling share.  In 2010, ST-Ericsson Holding AG was merged in ST-Ericsson SA.  

The Company evaluated that ST-Ericsson SA was a variable interest entity (VIE).  The Company determined that it controlled ST-Ericsson SA and therefore consolidated ST-Ericsson SA.  

On September 9, 2013, the Company sold 1 ST-Ericsson SA share to Ericsson for its nominal value changing the ownership structure of ST-Ericsson SA to bring both partners to an equal ownership proportion.  As a result, and in combination with the new shareholder agreement, the Company lost the control of ST-Ericsson SA and as such ST-Ericsson SA was deconsolidated from the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The deconsolidation of ST-Ericsson SA did 0t result in a gain or loss for the Company.  The fair value of the Company’s retained noncontrolling interest was evaluated at $55 million.  In addition, the Company and its partner signed funding commitment letters, capped at $149 million for each partner, to the residual joint wind-down operations to ensure solvency.  These were not drawn as of December 20, 2019.

Before the deconsolidation of ST-Ericsson SA, certain assets and companies of the ST-Ericsson SA group of companies were transferred to both partners for their net book values which were representative of their fair values.  These transactions did not result in cash exchange between the partners.

ST-Ericsson SA entered into liquidation on April 15, 2014.  For the years 2019, 2018 and 2017, the line “Income (loss) on equity-method investments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income included a profit of $2 million, $4 million and less than $1 million, respectively, in relation with ST-Ericsson SA.

F-29


Table of Contents

On December 20, 2019, the Company and Ericsson agreed to complete the wind-down of the joint venture.  As part of the transaction, the Company acquired from ST-Ericsson SA 100% of the share capital of ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of ST-Ericsson SA, and simultaneously sold its ST-Ericsson SA shares to Ericsson.  The transaction did not result in a gain or loss for the Company.

Other long-term investments

Other long-termLong-term investments are equity securities with no readily determinable fair value for which the Company has elected to apply the cost alternative measurement.method as a measurement alternative. It includes principally the Company’s investment in DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A (“DNP”). The Company has identified the joint ventureDNP as a VIE but has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary. The significant activities of DNP revolve around the creation of masks and development of high-levelhigh level mask technology. The Company does not have the power to direct suchthese activities. The Company’s current maximum exposure to losses as a result of its involvement with the joint ventureDNP is limited to its investment. The Company has not provided additional financial support to DNP in years 20192022 and 20182021 and currently has no current requirement or intent to provide further financial support to the joint venture.DNP.

 

13.

OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Equity securities

 

 

23

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

29

 

Long-term state receivables

 

 

358

 

 

 

391

 

Deposits and other non-current assets

 

 

56

 

 

 

42

 

Receivables from government agencies

 

 

156

 

 

 

124

 

French research tax credit receivable

 

 

294

 

 

 

376

 

Defined benefit plans

 

 

9

 

 

 

15

 

Prepayments and deposits to third parties

 

 

107

 

 

 

21

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

56

 

 

 

74

 

Total

 

 

437

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

639

 

 

Long-term state receivables from government agencies, including the French research tax credit scheme, which is considered to be, in substance, public funding, are described in Note 7.

Prepayments and deposits to third parties include receivables related to fundinglong-term supply agreements involving purchase of raw materials, capacity commitments, cloud-hosting arrangements, and receivables related to tax refund.  Funding are mainly public grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy and France as part of long-term research and development, industrialization and capital investment projects.  Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.other services.

In 20192022 and 2018,2021, and 2020, the Company entered into a factoring transactiontransactions to accelerate the realization in cash of some non-current assets.  As at December 31, 2019, $131 million of the non-current assets werecertain long-term receivables. The Company sold without recourse compared to $122$110 million as atand $118 million of these receivables in the years ended December 31, 2018,2022 and 2021 respectively, with a financial cost of less than $1 million for both periods.years.

F-30The major portion of other non-current assets to which the expected credit loss model applies are long-term State receivables. Due to the existing history of zero-default on receivables originated by governments, the expected credit losses are assumed to be negligible as of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. Other non-current assets presented in the table above on the line “Other non-current assets” are composed of individually not significant amounts not deemed to have exposure of default. Consequently, no significant expected credit loss allowance was reported on other non-current assets at reporting date.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

 

14.

OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Employee related liabilities

 

 

375

 

 

 

384

 

Employee compensated absences

 

 

138

 

 

 

125

 

Taxes other than income taxes

 

 

53

 

 

 

60

 

Advances

 

 

63

 

 

 

77

 

Payables to equity-method investments

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

7

 

 

 

34

 

Provision for restructuring

 

 

10

 

 

 

22

 

Defined benefit plans – current portion

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Defined contribution plans – accrued benefits

 

 

20

 

 

 

18

 

Other long-term benefits – current portion

 

 

7

 

 

 

6

 

Royalties

 

 

21

 

 

 

26

 

Current lease obligation

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

Deferred consideration for business combinations

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Others

 

 

62

 

 

 

61

 

Total

 

 

831

 

 

 

874

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Employee related liabilities

 

 

599

 

 

 

536

 

Employee compensated absences

 

 

196

 

 

 

181

 

Taxes other than income taxes

 

 

68

 

 

 

58

 

Advances from customers

 

 

225

 

 

 

25

 

Advances from grants

 

 

37

 

 

 

34

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

35

 

 

 

43

 

Defined benefit and contribution plans

 

 

39

 

 

 

34

 

Royalties

 

 

32

 

 

 

29

 

Current operating lease liabilities

 

 

52

 

 

 

55

 

Deferred and contingent consideration on business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Others

 

 

102

 

 

 

79

 

Total

 

 

1,385

 

 

 

1,101

 

 

Derivative instruments are further described in Note 27.

As

Defined benefit and defined contribution plans and other long-term employee benefits are further described in Note 16.

Lease liabilities are described in Note 11. In 2022, the Company paid $25 million of December 31, 2019, payablesdeferred and contingent consideration related to equity-method investmentsbusiness acquisitions.

Liabilities related to public funding are described in Note 7.

Advances from customers are primarily related to multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment agreements signed in 2022 with certain customers. Some of these arrangements include take-or-pay clauses, according to which the Company is entitled to receive the full amount of the contractual committed fees in case of non-compliant orders from those customers. Certain agreements include penalties in case the Company is not able to fulfill its contractual obligations. No significant provision for those penalties was nil compared to $49 millionreported on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, as a result of the wind-down of the joint venture with Ericsson.2022.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted the new guidance on lease accounting and the current portion of the lease obligation is now included in other payables and accrued liabilities.  The impact of the adoption of this new guidance is further described in Note 11.

Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, presented cumulatively in line “Others”.

F-31F-28


Table of Contents

 

 

15.

LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Funding program loans from European

   Investment Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.05% due 2020, floating interest rate at

   Libor + 1.099%

 

 

13

 

 

 

25

 

2.84% due 2020, floating interest rate at

   Libor + 0.956%

 

 

28

 

 

 

55

 

0.41% due 2020, floating interest rate at

   Euribor + 0.817%

 

 

14

 

 

 

29

 

2.46% due 2021, floating interest rate at

   Libor + 0.525%

 

 

60

 

 

 

90

 

2.48% due 2021, floating interest rate at

   Libor + 0.572%

 

 

58

 

 

 

86

 

0.24% due 2028, floating interest rate at

   Euribor + 0.589%

 

 

258

 

 

 

292

 

0.21% due 2029, floating interest rate at

   Euribor + 0.564%

 

 

275

 

 

 

 

Dual tranche senior unsecured convertible

   bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NaN-coupon, due 2022 (Tranche A)

 

 

700

 

 

 

681

 

0.25% due 2024 (Tranche B)

 

 

654

 

 

 

635

 

Other funding program loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.31% (weighted average), due 2020-2023,

   fixed interest rate

 

 

12

 

 

 

16

 

Other long-term loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.87% (weighted average), due 2020,

   fixed interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

2,072

 

 

 

1,910

 

Less current portion

 

 

(173

)

 

 

(146

)

Total long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

1,899

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Funding program loans from European Investment Bank ("EIB"):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.67% due 2028, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.589%

 

 

163

 

 

 

202

 

1.20% due 2029, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.564%

 

 

183

 

 

 

222

 

1.31% due 2031, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.583%

 

 

322

 

 

 

379

 

0.89% due 2031, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.660%

 

 

159

 

 

 

187

 

Credit Facility from Cassa Depositi e Prestiti SpA ("CDP")

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.15% due 2027, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.690%

 

 

120

 

 

 

156

 

1.85% due 2027, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.550%

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

2.15% due 2027, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.850%

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

Dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zero-coupon, due 2025 (Tranche A)

 

 

748

 

 

 

713

 

Zero-coupon, due 2027 (Tranche B)

 

 

747

 

 

 

674

 

Finance leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.86% due 2027, fixed interest rate

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

3.78% due 2042, fixed interest rate

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

Other funding program loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.32% (weighted average), due 2023-2028, fixed interest rate

 

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

2,717

 

 

 

2,539

 

Less current portion

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(143

)

Total long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

2,542

 

 

 

2,396

 

 

Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

U.S. dollar

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

1,387

 

Euro

 

 

559

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

1,152

 

Total

 

 

2,072

 

 

 

1,910

 

 

 

2,717

 

 

 

2,539

 

On July 3, 2014,August 4, 2020, the Company issued $1,000 milliona $1.5 billion principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds (Tranche A for $600 million and Tranche B for $400 million)$750 million each tranche), due 20192025 and 2021, respectively.  2027, respectively. Tranche A bonds were issued at 105.8% as 0-couponzero-coupon bonds while Tranche B bonds bore a 1% per annum nominal interest, payable semi-annually.  were issued at 104.5% as zero-coupon bonds. The conversion price at issuance was approximately $12,$43.62 for Tranche A equivalent to a 30%47.5% conversion premium and a 31% premium, respectively, on each tranche.  On October 3, 2016, the conversion price was adjusted up to 1.24% on each tranche, pursuant$45.10 for Tranche B, equivalent to a dividend adjustment symmetric provision, which corresponded52.5% conversion premium. These conversion features correspond to 16,491 and 16,366an equivalent of 4,585 shares per each Tranche A bond $200,000 bond par value for Tranche A and Tranche B, respectively.  On October 2, 2017, the conversion price was adjusted up to 1.16% on Tranche B, pursuant to a dividend adjustment symmetric provision, which corresponded to 16,178an equivalent of 4,435 shares per each Tranche B bond $200,000 bond par value.  value. The bonds wereare convertible by the bondholders or wereare callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, in both cases on a full-cash, full-shares or net-share settlement basis, at issuer’s decision.  except if the issuer elects a full-cash or full-share conversion as an alternative settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were approximately $994$1,567 million, after deducting issuance costs payablepaid by the Company.  Proceeds

On January 1, 2022, the Company adopted the new guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity to simplify an issuer’s accounting for convertible instruments by eliminating the cash conversion and beneficial conversion

F-29


Table of Contents

feature models in ASC 470-20. The Company adopted the new guidance by applying the modified retrospective method on instruments outstanding at transition date. These instruments correspond solely to the dual-tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020, which are convertible instruments with cash conversion features in the scope of the new guidance.

Under previous guidance, proceeds were allocated between debt and equity by measuring first the liability component and then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to

F-32


Table of Contents

a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement.  The fair value of the liability component at initial recognition totaled $878$1,362 million before the allocation of issuance costs and was estimated by calculating the present value of cash flows using a discount rate of 2.40% and 3.22% (including 1% per annum nominal interest), respectively, on each tranche, which were determined to be consistent with the market rates at the time for similar instruments with 0 conversion rights.deferred tax effect. An amount of $121$215 million, net of allocated issuance costsbefore the allocation of $1 million issuance costs and a $30 million deferred tax effect, was recorded in shareholders’ equity as the value of the conversion features of the instruments.

InUnder the second quarter of 2017,new guidance, the Company is no longer required to separately present in equity the cash conversion features embedded in the convertible bonds. Instead, the convertible bonds are wholly accounted for as debt and thus, are stated at principal amount less unamortized debt issuance costs. The new guidance does not affect the separation model for embedded conversion features of convertible debt instruments issued a redemption noticewith substantial premium, for which the premium is required to inform bondholders of the early redemption of the Tranche A bonds in July 2017.  As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $598 million nominal value on the total of $600 million of the Tranche A.be recorded as additional paid-in capital. The remainder amount of $2 million was early redeemed in cashpremium received by the Company.  Each conversion exercised by the bondholders was net-share settled,Company upon the Company’s election.  As a result, the Company settled $600 million in cash and approximately 13.0 million shares from treasury shares.  The Company allocated the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche A prior to settlement then determining the equity component as a residual amount.  The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and consisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 2.09%, which corresponds to current market rates for similar bonds that have 0 conversion rights.  The fair value of the liability component, as measured prior to extinguishment was $574 million for Tranche A bonds, which generated a loss amounting to $5 million, reported on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the period ended December 31, 2017.

Between September 13, 2017 and October 10, 2017, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $340 million nominal value on the total of $400 million of the Tranche B bonds.  On October 11, 2017, the Company issued a redemption notice to inform bondholders of the early redemption of the remaining $60 million nominal value of the Tranche B on November 10, 2017.  As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights for $59 million nominal value on the remaining $60 million of the Tranche B.  The remainder amount of $1 million was early redeemed in cash by the Company.  As the Company elected to net share settle the bonds, each conversion followed the process defined in the original terms and conditionsissuance of the convertible bonds which determinedremains therefore in equity and amounts to $77 million, net of the actual numbercorresponding deferred tax effect. The impact upon adoption on the Company’s consolidated financial statements was a $107 million increase in Long-term debt, to reflect the convertible debt at its $1,500 million nominal value, less $6 million of shares to be transferred upon each conversion.  unamortized debt issuance costs, and a $15 million decrease in Long-term deferred tax liabilities, with a corresponding $92 million decrease in equity (composed of a $117 million decrease in Additional paid-in capital and a $25 million increase in Retained earnings).

As a result,of December 31, 2022, the Company settled $400 million in cash and approximately 13.7 million shares from treasury shares.  The Company allocatedstock price did not exceed the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche B prior to settlement then determining the equity component as a residual amount.  The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and consisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 2.47%, which corresponds to current market rates for similar bonds that have 0 conversion rights.  The fair valueprices of the liability component, as measured prior to extinguishment was $370 million for Tranche Bdual-tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds which generated a loss amounting to $11 million, reportedissued on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the period ended December 31, 2017.August 4, 2020.

On July 3, 2017, the Company issued a $1.5 billion principal amount of dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds (Tranche A and Tranche B for $750 million each tranche), due 2022 and 2024, respectively.  respectively. Tranche A bonds were issued at 101.265% as zero-coupon bonds, while Tranche B bonds were issued at par and bear a 0.25% per annum nominal interest, payable semi-annually.  semi-annually. The conversion price at issuance was $20.54, equivalent to a 37.5% premium on both tranches, which correspondscorresponded to 9,737 equivalent shares per each $200,000 bond par value.  value. The bonds arewere convertible by the bondholders or arewere callable by the issuer upon certain conditions, on a net-share settlement basis, except if the issuer electselected a full-cash or full-share conversion as an alternative settlement.  settlement. The net proceeds from the bond offering were $1,502 million, after deducting issuance costs payable by the Company.  ProceedsCompany. Based on the former applicable guidance, proceeds were allocated between debt and equity by measuring first the liability component and then determining the equity component as a residual amount.  amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement.  measurement. The fair value of the liability component at initial recognition totaled $1,266 million before allocation of issuance costs and was estimated by calculating the present value of cash flows using a discount rate of 2.70% and 3.28% (including 0.25% per annum nominal interest), respectively, on each tranche, which were determined to be consistent with the market rates at the time for similar instruments with no conversion rights.  An amount of $242 million, net of allocated issuance costs of $1 million, was recorded in shareholders’ equity as the value of the conversion features of the instruments.  Unamortized

The call option available to the Company for the early redemption of Tranche A was exercised in July 2020. As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights on Tranche A. As the Company elected to net share settle the bonds, each conversion exercised by the bondholders followed the process defined in the original terms and conditions of the senior unsecured convertible bonds, which determined the actual number of shares to be transferred upon each conversion. The Company settled the bonds upon conversion, by redeeming through cash the $750 million principal amount, and by settling the residual consideration through the delivery of 11.4 million treasury shares. The Company allocated the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche A prior to settlement, then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and issuance costsconsisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 0.8%, which approximated current market rates for similar bonds with no conversion rights. The fair value of the liability component as measured prior to extinguishment was $739 million for Tranche A, which generated a loss amounting to $25 million reported on the newly issued convertible debt totaled $146 million as atline “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019.  As at December 31, 2019, the Company stock price exceeded the conversion price of the convertible bonds.2020.

F-33F-30


Table of Contents

 

The call option available to the Company for the early redemption of Tranche B was exercised in July 2021. As a consequence, bondholders exercised their conversion rights on the full Tranche B. Each conversion exercised by the bondholders followed the process defined in the original terms and conditions of the convertible bonds, which determined the actual consideration to be transferred to bondholders upon each conversion. Out of the 3,750 bonds composing Tranche B, the Company elected to settle 1,238 bonds on a net-share basis for a total consideration of $479 million, through the payment of the $248 million nominal value in cash and the delivery of approximately 5.8 million treasury shares. The remaining 2,512 bonds were settled on a full cash basis for a total consideration of $1,015 million. The Company allocated the total consideration transferred between debt and equity by measuring at fair value the liability component of Tranche B prior to settlement, then determining the equity component as a residual amount. The liability component was measured at fair value based on a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponded to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement and consisted in calculating the present value of cash flows using an average estimated discount rate of 1.1%, which approximated current market rates for similar bonds that have no conversion rights. The fair value of the liability component as measured prior to extinguishment was $689 million for the full Tranche B, which generated a loss amounting to $44 million, in addition to $1 million write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, reported on the line “Loss on financial instruments, net” in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt (including current portion) at redemption valueprincipal amount are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2022

 

2020

 

 

173

 

2021

 

 

118

 

2022

 

 

809

 

2023

 

 

59

 

 

 

175

 

2024

 

 

807

 

 

 

172

 

2025

 

 

922

 

2026

 

 

172

 

2027

 

 

908

 

Thereafter

 

 

252

 

 

 

373

 

Total

 

 

2,218

 

 

 

2,722

 

 

The difference between the total aggregated future maturities in the preceding table and the total carrying amount of long-term debt is due to unamortized debt discount and issuance costs on the dual tranche senior unsecured convertible bonds.

Credit facilities

The Company’s long-term debt contained standard conditions but does not impose minimum financial ratios. The Company had unutilized committed medium-term credit facilities with core relationship banks totalling $568$1,281 million as of December 31, 2019.2022.

The Company also hasEIB Loans are comprised of three long-term amortizing credit facilities with the European Investment Bank as part of R&D funding programs. The first one, signed on September 27, 2010, a €350 million multi-currency loan for R&D programs in Europe, was drawn mainly in U.S.  dollars for an amount of $321 million and only partially in Euros for an amount of €100 million, of which $55 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2019.  The second one, signed on March 12, 2013, a €350 million multi-currency loan which also supports R&D programs, was drawn in U.S.  dollars for $471 million, of which $118 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2019.  The third one, signed in August 2017, is a new long-term credit facility with the European Investment Bank for a total of €500 million loan in relation to R&D and capital expenditure investmentsexpenditures in the European Union for the years 2017 and 2018. As of December 31, 2019, theThe entire amount was fully drawn in Euros corresponding to $533$346 million outstanding as of December 31, 2019.2022. The second one, signed in 2020, is a €500 million credit facility agreement with EIB to support R&D and capital expenditure programs in Italy and France. The amount was fully drawn in Euros representing $481 million outstanding as of December 31, 2022. In 2022, the Company signed a third long-term amortizing credit facility with EIB of €600 million, out of which, no amount had been drawn as of December 31, 2022.  

The CDP loans are comprised of two long-term credit facilities. The first, signed in 2021, is a €150 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $120 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2022. The second one, signed in 2022, is a €200 million loan, fully drawn in Euros, of which $214 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

 

16.

POST-EMPLOYMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS

The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of defined benefit pension plans, mainly unfunded, and other long-term employees’ benefits covering employees in various countries. The defined benefit plans provide pension benefits based on years of service and employee compensation levels. The other long-term employees’ plans provide benefits due during the employees’ period of service after certain seniority levels. The Company uses a December 31 as measurement date for its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. For Italian termination indemnity plan (“TFR”), generated before July 1, 2007, the Company continues to measuremeasures the vested benefits to which Italian employees are entitled as if they left the companyamounts were immediately due as of December 31, 2019,2022, in compliance with U.S. GAAP guidance on determining vested benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans.

F-34


Table of Contents

The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as follows:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

 

911

 

 

 

936

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

101

 

Service cost

 

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

13

 

Interest cost

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Employee contributions

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan amendments

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(5

)

Effect of curtailment

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of settlement

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

117

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(260

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

4

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(5

)

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(16

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

911

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year

 

 

527

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

81

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on plan assets

 

 

(157

)

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

21

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee contributions

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of settlement

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

6

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation and other adjustments

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value at end of year

 

 

597

 

 

 

527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

 

(439

)

 

 

(384

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(319

)

 

 

(422

)

 

 

(86

)

 

 

(94

)

The actuarial gains in 2022 were primarily due to an increase in discount rates applied against future expected benefit payments and resulted in a decrease of the benefit obligation mainly for the plans located in France, in the United States and Switzerland. The actuarial gains in 2021 were primarily due to an increase in discount rates applied against future expected benefit payments and resulted in a decrease of the benefit obligation mainly for the plans located in France, in the United Kingdom and in the United States.

 

Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Non-current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(4

)

Long-term liabilities

 

 

(433

)

 

 

(376

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(75

)

 

 

(317

)

 

 

(426

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(90

)

Net amount recognized

 

 

(439

)

 

 

(384

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(319

)

 

 

(422

)

 

 

(86

)

 

 

(94

)

F-32


Table of Contents

Pension plans net assets are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in the line “Other non-current assets” while current and non-current liability positions are reported in the lines “Other payables and accrued liabilities” and “Post-employment benefit obligations” respectively.

Other long-term benefits current and non-current net liability positions are reported in our consolidated balance sheets in the lines “Other payables and accrued liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” respectively.

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) before tax effects were as follows:

 

 

Actuarial

(gains)/losses

 

 

Prior service

cost

 

 

Total

 

 

Actuarial

(gains)/losses

 

 

Prior service

cost

 

 

Total

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as at

December 31, 2017

 

 

144

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

146

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of

December 31, 2020

 

 

216

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

219

 

Net amount generated/arising in current year

 

 

22

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

Amortization

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(13

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as at

December 31, 2018

 

 

152

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

155

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of

December 31, 2021

 

 

142

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

144

 

Net amount generated/arising in current year

 

 

57

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

 

 

 

(84

)

Amortization

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as at

December 31, 2019

 

 

197

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

200

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of

December 31, 2022

 

 

45

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

46

 

In 2020, the Company expects to amortize $12 million of actuarial losses.

F-35


Table of Contents

The accumulated benefit obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Accumulated benefit obligations

 

 

896

 

 

 

804

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-Term Benefits

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Accumulated benefit obligations

 

 

778

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

79

 

 

For pension plans and other long-term benefits with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were $952$409 million and $562$139 million, respectively, as of December 31, 20192022 and $835$528 million and $493$134 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018.  2021.  

For pension plans and other long-term benefits with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were $1,094$839 million and $562$427 million, respectively, as of December 31, 20192022 and $945$1,030 million and $493$499 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018.2021.

The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the following:

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-term Benefits

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Long-term Benefits

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Service cost

 

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

11

 

Interest cost

 

 

24

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of actuarial net loss

(gain)

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of settlement

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of curtailment

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

 

43

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

The Company adopted on January 1, 2018 the guidance on the presentation of net periodic benefit cost in the consolidated statement of income.  The guidance requires the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost to be presented in the same income statement line items as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period, and the other components of the net periodic benefit cost to be presented separately from the line items that include the service cost and outside of any subtotal of operating income.  This guidance was applied retrospectively and the comparative amounts for the year ended December 31, 2017 were restated accordingly.  Defined benefit plan expensePension benefits components other than service cost, recognized outside of Operating income in “Other components of pension benefit costs” in the Company’s Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Income,income, were $16$11 million, $11$10 million and $12 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

F-33


Table of Contents

The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation and the plan assets for the pension plans and the other long-term benefits were as follows:

 

Assumptions

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Discount rate

 

 

1.95

%

 

 

2.75

%

 

 

4.18

%

 

 

1.84

%

Salary increase rate

 

 

2.48

%

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

2.31

%

 

 

2.27

%

Expected long-term rate of return on funds for

the pension expense of the following year

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

4.16

%

 

 

2.66

%

 

 

3.19

%

 

The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of the net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans and the other long-term benefits were as follows:

 

Assumptions

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Discount rate

 

 

2.75

%

 

 

2.54

%

 

 

2.57

%

 

 

1.84

%

 

 

1.45

%

 

 

1.95

%

Salary increase rate

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

2.37

%

 

 

2.74

%

 

 

2.27

%

 

 

2.43

%

 

 

2.48

%

Expected long-term rate of return on funds for

the pension expense of the year

 

 

4.16

%

 

 

4.23

%

 

 

4.24

%

 

 

3.19

%

 

 

3.44

%

 

 

4.04

%

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The discount rate was determined by reference to market yields on high quality long-term corporate bonds applicable to the respective country of each plan, with terms consistent with the termterms of the benefit obligations concerned.obligations.  In developing the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of return for broad categories of investments held by the plan against a number of various potential economic scenarios.  

The Company’s pension plan asset allocation atas of December 31, 20192022 and at December 31, 20182021 is as follows:

 

 

Percentage of Plan Assets

at December

 

 

Percentage of Plan Assets

as of December 31,

 

Asset Category

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

Equity securities

 

 

24

%

 

 

27

%

 

 

17

%

 

 

17

%

Government debt securities

 

 

12

%

 

 

3

%

 

 

10

%

 

 

12

%

Corporate debt securities

 

 

16

%

 

 

26

%

 

 

21

%

 

 

22

%

Investments in funds(a)

 

 

21

%

 

 

17

%

 

 

16

%

 

 

21

%

Real estate

 

 

2

%

 

 

3

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

Other (mainly insurance assets – contracts and

reserves)

 

 

24

%

 

 

22

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

26

%

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2019,2022, investments in funds were composed of commingled and multi-strategy funds invested in diversified portfolios of fixed income (79%) - mainly corporate bonds, (37%time deposits and money market (11%), government and other instruments (10%). As of December 31, 2021, investments in funds were composed of commingled and multi-strategy funds invested in diversified portfolios of fixed income (73%) - mainly corporate bonds, (32%), equity (15%) and other instruments (16%(12%).  As of December 31, 2018, investments in funds were composed approximately for two thirds of commingled funds mainly invested in corporate bonds (55%) and treasury bonds and notes (45%) and for one third of multi-strategy funds invested in broadly diversified portfolios of corporate and government bonds, equity and derivative instruments.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company’s plan asset allocation iswas in line with the target fixedtargets set for each plan.

The Company’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair-value measurements of those plan assets as at December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets

for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

144

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

Government debt securities

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

12

 

Investment funds

 

 

127

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Other (mainly insurance assets –

   contracts and reserves)

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

101

 

TOTAL

 

 

597

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

113

 

F-37F-34


Table of Contents

 

The Company’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair-value measurements of those plan assets as atof December 31, 20182022 is as follows:

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets

for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets

for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

145

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

Government debt securities

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

22

 

Investment funds

 

 

90

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

Other (mainly insurance assets – contracts and

reserves)

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

156

 

TOTAL

 

 

527

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

178

 

The Company’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair-value measurements of those plan assets as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets

for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

130

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

Government debt securities

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

25

 

Investment funds

 

 

156

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Other (mainly insurance assets –

   contracts and reserves)

 

 

191

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

142

 

TOTAL

 

 

743

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

167

 

 

The fair value of insurance contracts is based on the value of the assets held by the provider. The approach is consistent with prior years.  

For plan assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, 20192022 and December 31, 20192022 is presented as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value

Measurements

using

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

January 1, 20192022

 

 

117167

 

Contributions (employer and employee)

 

 

1121

 

Actual return on plan assets

(1

)

Net benefit payments (b)(a)

 

 

9

 

Settlements

 

 

(3414

)

Transfer in Level 3

11

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(5

)

December 31, 20192022

 

 

113178

 

 

(b)(a)

Net cash flows between benefits paid from the insurance contracts and benefits transferred into the insurance contracts by employees.

F-38F-35


Table of Contents

 

For plan assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, 20182021 and December 31, 20182021 is presented as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value

Measurements

using

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

January 1, 20182021

 

 

107162

 

Contributions (employer and employee)

 

 

1215

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

(12

)

Net benefit payments (b)(a)

 

 

51

 

Settlements

 

 

(48

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(25

)

December 31, 20182021

 

 

117167

 

 

(b)(a)

Net cash flows between benefits paid from the insurance contracts and benefits transferred into the insurance contracts by employees.

The Company’s investment strategy for its pension plans is to optimize the long-term investment return on plan assets in relation to the liability structure to maintain an acceptable level of risk while minimizing the cost of providing pension benefits and maintaining adequate funding levels in accordance with applicable rules in each jurisdiction. The Company’s practice is to periodically conduct a review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy, in such a way that the asset allocation is in line with the targeted asset allocation withwithin reasonable boundaries. The Company’s asset portfolios are managed in such a way as to achieve adapted diversity and in certain jurisdictions they are entirely managed by the multi-employer funds.diversity. The Company does not manage any assets internally.  

After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year in excess of required amounts. The Company’s contributions to plan assets were $21$25 million in 20192022 and $26$17 million in 2018 2021 and the Company expects to contribute cash of $23$30 million to plan assets in 2020.2023.

The Company’s estimated future benefit payments as of December 31, 20192022 are as follows:

 

Years

 

Pension

Benefits

 

 

Other

Long-term

Benefits

 

2020

 

 

32

 

 

 

7

 

2021

 

 

29

 

 

 

7

 

2022

 

 

32

 

 

 

5

 

2023

 

 

41

 

 

 

6

 

2024

 

 

51

 

 

 

9

 

From 2025 to 2029

 

 

272

 

 

 

35

 

Years

 

Pension

Benefits

 

 

Other

Long-term

Benefits

 

2023

 

 

41

 

 

 

5

 

2024

 

 

46

 

 

 

6

 

2025

 

 

57

 

 

 

9

 

2026

 

 

70

 

 

 

8

 

2027

 

 

51

 

 

 

9

 

From 2028 to 2032

 

 

319

 

 

 

43

 

 

The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their employment period based on their individual salaries. The Company’s accrued benefits related to defined contribution pension plans of $20for $24 million as of December 31, 20192022 and $18$23 million as of December 31, 2018.2021. The annual cost of these plans amounted to approximately $86$100 million in 2019, $842022, $101 million in 20182021 and $77$91 million in 2017.2020.

F-36


Table of Contents

17.OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

December 31,

2021

Non-current operating lease liabilities

 

141

 

148

Contingent consideration on business combinations

 

31

 

70

Other long-term employee benefits

 

81

 

90

Long-term liabilities related to public funding

 

51

 

44

Long-term advances from customers

 

73

 

Derivative instruments

 

4

 

Others

 

73

 

64

Total

 

454

 

416

Lease liabilities are described in Note 11.

Deferred and contingent consideration related to business acquisitions are further described in Note 27.

Other long-term employee benefits are described in Note 16.

Long-term liabilities related to public funding are described in Note 7.

Advances from customers are described in Note 14 and Note 19.

Derivative instruments are described in Note 27.

Other long-term liabilities also include individually not significant amounts as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, presented cumulatively in the line “Others”.

 

17.18.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

17.118.1

Outstanding shares

The authorized share capital of the Company is Euro 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of €1.04. As atof December 31, 20192022, the number of shares of common stock issued was 911,186,920911,281,920 shares (911,156,920 at(911,276,920 as of December 31, 2018)2021).

F-39


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 891,434,489 (898,305,080 at903,865,763 (906,518,057 as of December 31, 2018)2021).

 

17.218.2

Preference shares

The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to dividends and distributions upon liquidation.  

The Company is a party to an option agreement regarding the preference shares with Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), entered into on January 22, 2007, with a duration of ten years, which agreement was extended for another ten years in October 2016. The Managing Board and Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is independent of the Company. The option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shares would be issued to the Stichting upon its request and in its sole discretion and upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued. The shares would be issuable in the event of actions which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the Company’s interests, shareholders and other stakeholders and which in the event of a creeping acquisition or offer for the Company’s common shares are not supported by the Company’s Managing Board and Supervisory Board. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control as well as to create a level-playing field in the event actions which are considered to be hostile by the Company’s Managing Board and

F-37


Table of Contents

Supervisory Board, as described above, occur and which the board of the Stichting determines to be contrary to the Company’s interests, shareholders and other stakeholders.

There were 0no preference shares issued as of December 31, 20192022 and December 31, 20182021 respectively.

18.3

Treasury stock

17.3 Treasury stock

In 2014 and 2017, the Company announced share buy-back programs following the issuance of new convertible bonds.  Pursuant to a resolution passed at the shareholders’ meeting held on June 13, 2014, the Company repurchased 20.0 million shares of its common stock in 2014, reflected at cost, as a reduction of the parent company stockholders’ equity. Pursuant to a resolution passed at the shareholders’ meeting held on June 20, 2017 and announced on June 22, 2017, the Company repurchased 18.6 million shares of its common stock in 2017 for a total of $297 million, reflected at cost, as a reduction of the parent company stockholders’ equity.  

In the second half of 2017, the Company delivered 26.8 million shares from its treasury shares following the conversion of the Tranche A and Tranche B of the convertible bonds issued on July 3, 2014.

On November 5, 2018, the Company announced a three years buy-back program of up to $750 million.  As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company repurchased 18.3 millionowned 7,416,157 shares classified as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of its common stock for a totalequity compared to 4,758,863 shares as of $312 million under the share buy-back program, reflected at cost, as a reduction of the parent company stockholders’ equity.  December 31, 2021.

The treasury shares have been originally designated for allocation under the Company’s share-based remuneration programs of unvested shares.programs. As of December 31, 2019, 53,224,1122022, 74,520,215 of these treasury shares were transferred to employees under the Company’s share-based remuneration programs, of which 7,014,570 in6,587,002 during the year ended December 31, 2019.2022.

As of December 31, 2019,On July 1, 2021, the Company owned 19,752,431announced the launch of a share buy-back program of up to $1,040 million to be executed within a three-year period. During 2022, the Company repurchased approximately 9.2 million shares classified as treasuryof its common stock in the consolidated statementfor a total amount of equity compared to 12,851,840 shares as of December 31, 2018.$346 million.

 

17.418.4

Unvested share awards for the Supervisory Board

On an annual basis and until the year 2012, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board and with its approval) used to grant stock-based awards (the options(options to acquire common shares in the share capital of the Company) to the members and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The Supervisory Board Plan”). The awards were granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 (exercise price of the option).  The options granted under the Supervisory Board Plan vestvested and becomebecame exercisable immediately, while the shares resulting from these awards vestvested and therefore becomebecame available for trade evenly over three years (one third every year), with no market, performance or service conditions.  

F-40


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes grants under the outstanding stock award plans, as authorized by the Compensation Committee:

Year of grant

 

Options

granted

and vested

 

 

Options

waived

at grant

 

2008

 

 

165,000

 

 

 

(22,500

)

2009

 

 

165,000

 

 

 

(7,500

)

2010

 

 

172,500

 

 

 

(7,500

)

2011

 

 

172,500

 

 

 

(30,000

)

2012

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

(22,500

)

2013 to 2019

 

No options granted

 

A summary of the options’ activity by plan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is presented below:

Year of grant

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2017

 

 

Exercised

 

 

Expired / Cancelled

 

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2018

 

 

Exercised

 

 

Expired / Cancelled

 

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2019

 

2008

 

 

16,500

 

 

 

(16,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

22,500

 

 

 

(22,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

(7,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

22,500

 

 

 

(22,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

52,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,500

 

 

 

(7,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

2012

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year 2019, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $1 million in each year.  The total intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 amounted to $3 million and $2 million, respectively.

At the Company’s Annual General Meeting of ShareholdersAGM held on June 21, 2013, it was resolved to abolish and terminate the stock-based compensation for the Supervisory Board members and professionals.

The table below summarizes grants under the outstanding stock award plans, as authorized by the Compensation Committee:

Year of grant

 

Options

granted

 

 

Options

waived

at grant

 

2011

 

 

172,500

 

 

 

(30,000

)

2012

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

(22,500

)

Since 2013

 

No options granted

 

A summary of the options’ activity by plan for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is presented below:

Year of grant

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2020

 

 

Exercised

 

 

Expired / Cancelled

 

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2021

 

 

Exercised

 

 

Expired / Cancelled

 

 

Outstanding

as of

December 31, 2022

 

2011

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

(7,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

(30,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(15,000

)

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year 2022 were not significant, compared to $2 million in 2021 and $2 million in 2020.  The total intrinsic value of options outstanding was $1 million as of December 31, 2021.

 

17.518.5

Unvested share awards for the employees

On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the Supervisory Board and with its approval) grants stock-based awards to the senior executives along withand selected employees (the “Employee Plan”). The awards

F-38


Table of Contents

are granted for services under the Employee Plan. There are two types of unvested shares: (1) shares granted to employees, which are subject only to service conditions and vest over the requisite service period, and (2) shares granted to senior executives, whose vesting is subject to performance conditions.  

For the plans 2017, 20182019 and 2019,2020, the performance conditions consisted of two external targets (sales evolution and operating income compared to a basket of competitors) weighting for two thirds of the total number of awards granted and of one internal target (return on net assets compared to the previous period), weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. For the plan 2016,plans 2021 and 2022, the performance conditions consisted of two external targets (sales evolution and operating income compared to a basket of competitors) weighting for 80%two thirds of the total number of awards granted and of twoone internal targets (days of sales outstanding compared to the budgettarget (Company’s sustainability and return on net assets compared to budget)diversity performance), weighting for 20%one third of the total number of awards granted.  All the

Stock awards usually vest over a three-year service period (32% as of the first anniversary of the grant, 32% as of the second anniversary of the grant and 36% as of the third anniversary of the grant). In addition, in 2016for each of the years 2019 and 2017, there was2020, a Special Bonus was granted to the Company’s CEO.

F-41


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes grants under the outstanding stock award plans in 20192022, as authorized by the Compensation Committee:

 

Date of grant

 

Plan name

 

Number of

shares granted

 

 

Number of

shares waived

 

 

Number of

shares lost on

performance

conditions

 

July 26, 2016

 

2016 Employee Plan

 

 

6,621,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,628,376

)

December 19, 2016

 

2016 Employee Plan

 

 

376,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53,900

)

July 25, 2017

 

2017 Employee Plan

 

 

7,634,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 22, 2017

 

2017 Employee Plan

 

 

347,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2018

 

2018 Employee Plan

 

 

7,552,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 20, 2018

 

2018 Employee Plan

 

 

443,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2019

 

2019 Employee Plan

 

 

7,752,940

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

 

December 26, 2019

 

2019 Employee Plan

 

 

246,750

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

 

Date of grant

 

Plan name

 

Number of

shares granted

 

 

Number of

shares waived

 

 

Number of

shares lost on

performance

conditions

 

May 23, 2019

 

2019 CEO Special Bonus

 

 

34,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 24, 2019

 

2019 Employee Plan

 

 

7,752,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,161,966

)

December 26, 2019

 

2019 Employee Plan

 

 

246,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,013

)

June 17, 2020

 

2020 CEO Special Bonus

 

 

16,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 23, 2020

 

2020 Employee Plan

 

 

7,437,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 24, 2020

 

2020 Employee Plan

 

 

562,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 28, 2021

 

2021 Employee Plan

 

 

6,327,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

(920,263

)

December 21, 2021

 

2021 Employee Plan

 

 

213,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

(60,483

)

July 27, 2022

 

2022 Employee Plan

 

 

6,243,670

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

 

December 22, 2022

 

2022 Employee Plan

 

 

287,675

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

 

 

 

(*)

As at December 31, 2019,of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, a final determinationdecision by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board on the achievement of the performance conditions had not yet been made by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board.  yet.

A summary of the unvested share activity by plan for the year ended December 31, 20192022 is presented below:

 

Unvested Shares

 

Unvested as at

December 31,

2018

 

 

Granted

 

 

Forfeited /

waived

 

 

Cancelled on

failed vesting

conditions

 

 

Vested

 

 

Unvested as at

December 31,

2019

 

 

Unvested as at

December 31,

2021

 

 

Granted

 

 

Forfeited /

waived

 

 

Cancelled on

failed vesting

conditions

 

 

Vested

 

 

Unvested as at

December 31,

2022

 

2016 Employee Plan

 

 

1,804,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,706

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,794,434

)

 

 

 

2017 Employee Plan

 

 

5,268,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

(64,290

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,556,306

)

 

 

2,648,379

 

2018 Employee Plan

 

 

7,973,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

(111,826

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,663,830

)

 

 

5,197,924

 

2019 CEO Special Bonus

 

 

11,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,652

)

 

 

 

2019 Employee Plan

 

 

 

 

 

7,999,690

 

 

 

(22,320

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,977,370

 

 

 

2,356,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,988

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,345,411

)

 

 

 

2020 CEO Special Bonus

 

 

10,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,333

)

 

 

5,334

 

2020 Employee Plan

 

 

5,325,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,492,520

)

 

 

2,780,796

 

2021 Employee Plan

 

 

6,497,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65,958

)

 

 

(980,746

)

 

 

(1,751,287

)

 

 

3,699,514

 

2022 Employee Plan

 

 

 

 

 

6,531,345

 

 

 

(34,820

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,496,525

 

Total

 

 

15,046,695

 

 

 

7,999,690

 

 

 

(208,142

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,014,570

)

 

 

15,823,673

 

 

 

14,201,889

 

 

 

6,531,345

 

 

 

(164,116

)

 

 

(980,746

)

 

 

(6,606,203

)

 

 

12,982,169

 

The grant date fair value of unvested shares granted to the CEO under the 2019 CEO Special Bonus Plan was $14.97, which was based on the market price of the shares at the date of the grant.

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 20162019 Employee Plan was $6.37.$19.28. On March 28, 2017,25, 2020, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect to the shares subject to performance conditions, two performance conditions were fully met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 20162019 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of shares subject to performance conditions – 45%two thirds of the awards granted representing the weight of the two performance conditions met, will fully vest, as far as the service condition is met.

F-39


Table of Contents

The grant date fair value of unvested shares granted to the CEO under the 2020 CEO Special Bonus Plan was $26.64, which was based on the market price of the shares at the date of the grant.  

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 20172020 Employee Plan was $16.52.$30.17. On March 27, 2018,24, 2021, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect to the shares subject to performance conditions, all three performance conditions were fully met.  Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 20172020 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of shares subject to performance conditions – 100% of the awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service condition is met.

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 20182021 Employee Plan was $22.78.$39.20. On March 27, 2019,23, 2022, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that with respect to the shares subject to performance conditions, all threetwo performance conditions were fully met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 20182021 Employee Plan reflects the statement that – for the portion of shares subject to performance conditions – 100%two thirds of the awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service condition is met.

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested shares granted to employees under the 20192022 Employee Plan was $19.28.$35.92. Moreover, for the portion of the shares subject to performance conditions (3,550,300(2,705,521 shares) the Company estimatesestimated the number of awards expected to vest by assessing the probability of achieving the performance conditions. At December 31, 2019,As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, a final determination by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board of the achievement of the performance conditions had not yet been made yet by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board. However, theThe Company has estimated that two thirds100% of the awards subject to performance conditions are expected to vest. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded for the 20192022 Employee Plan reflects the vesting of the two thirds100% of the awards granted with performance conditions, subject to the service condition being met. The assumption of the expected number of awards to be vested upon achievement of the performance conditions is subject to changes based on the final measurement of the conditions, which is expected to occur in the first half of 2020.

F-42


Table of Contents

2023.

The following table illustrates the classification of pre-payroll tax and social contribution stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 20182022, 2021 and December 31, 2017:2020:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

22

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

25

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

46

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

31

 

Research and development

 

 

77

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

18

 

R&D

 

 

69

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

51

 

SG&A

 

 

112

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

79

 

Total pre-payroll tax and social contribution

compensation

 

 

145

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

155

 

 

The grant date fair value of the shares that vested in 20192022 was $114$189 million compared to $68$181 million for 2018in 2021 and $38$141 million for 2017.in 2020.

Compensation cost,Stock-based compensation, excluding payroll tax and social contribution, capitalized as part of inventory was $11 million as of December 31, 2022, compared to $9 million as of December 31, 2021 and $6 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $6 million as of December 31, 2018 and $3 million as of December 31, 2017.2020. As of December 31, 2019, 2022, there was $138$228 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of unvested shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 9 months.months.

The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to unvested share-based compensation expense amounted to $9$15 million, $7$14 million and $3$10 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

F-43F-40


Table of Contents

 

 

17.618.6

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to parent company stockholders

The table below details the changes in AOCI attributable to the company’s stockholders by component, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017:2020:

 

 

Gains (Losses)

on Cash Flow

Hedges

 

 

Gains (Losses)

on Available-

For-Sale

Securities

 

 

Defined Benefit

Pension Plan

Items

 

 

Foreign Currency

Translation

Adjustments

(“CTA”)

 

 

Total

 

 

Gains (Losses)

on Cash Flow

Hedges

 

 

Gains (Losses)

on Available-

For-Sale

Securities

 

 

Defined Benefit

Pension Plan

Items

 

 

Foreign Currency

Translation

Adjustments

(“CTA”)

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

(47

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

544

 

 

 

329

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

December 31, 2016, net of tax

 

 

(47

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

544

 

 

 

371

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

122

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

224

 

 

 

338

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2017

 

 

92

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

318

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2017,

net of tax

 

 

92

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

317

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

(166

)

 

 

768

 

 

 

647

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

December 31, 2017, net of tax

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

768

 

 

 

688

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

(83

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(196

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2018

 

 

(84

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(186

)

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2018,

net of tax

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(179

)

December 31, 2018

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(179

)

 

 

681

 

 

 

461

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

December 31, 2018, net of tax

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(135

)

 

 

681

 

 

 

509

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

(43

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(133

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

36

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(40

)

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2019,

net of tax

 

 

32

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(34

)

December 31, 2019

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(223

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(223

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

421

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

December 31, 2019, net of tax

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(169

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(169

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

475

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

203

 

 

 

245

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

203

 

 

 

259

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2020,

net of tax

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

203

 

 

 

248

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

61

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(231

)

 

 

849

 

 

 

680

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

December 31, 2020, net of tax

 

 

53

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(180

)

 

 

849

 

 

 

723

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

56

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

(224

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

69

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

(230

)

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2021,

net of tax

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

(227

)

December 31, 2021

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

660

 

 

 

450

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

December 31, 2021, net of tax

 

 

(42

)

 

 

 

 

 

(122

)

 

 

660

 

 

 

496

 

OCI before reclassifications

 

 

(126

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

80

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(211

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

197

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2022

 

 

71

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

84

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(10

)

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

(9

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

OCI for the year ended December 31, 2022,

net of tax

 

 

62

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(36

)

December 31, 2022

 

 

23

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(78

)

 

 

511

 

 

 

440

 

Cumulative tax impact

 

 

(3

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

December 31, 2022, net of tax

 

 

20

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

511

 

 

 

460

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

Items reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 20172022, 2021, 2020 are listed in the table below:

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Details about AOCI components

 

Amounts

reclassified from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Amounts

reclassified from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Amounts

reclassified from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Affected line item in the

statement where

net income (loss) is presented

 

Amounts

reclassified

from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Amounts

reclassified

from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Amounts

reclassified

from

AOCI in the

year ended

December 31,

2020

 

 

Affected line item in the

statement where

net income (loss) is presented

Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow

Hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange derivative

contracts

 

 

(51

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

16

 

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(129

)

 

 

15

 

 

 

(3

)

 

Cost of sales

Foreign exchange derivative

contracts

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

3

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(15

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

Foreign exchange derivative

contracts

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

11

 

 

Research and development

 

 

(53

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

Research and development

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

27

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

30

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

(170

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

Net of tax

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of actuarial gains

(losses)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(10

)

 

Other components of pension benefit costs

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(13

)

 

Other components of pension benefit costs

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Other components of pension benefit costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

Other components of pension benefit costs

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(8

)

 

Net of tax

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(11

)

 

Net of tax

Total reclassifications for the year

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

(173

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

Attributable to noncontrolling

interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to the Company’s

stockholders

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

Attributable to the parent company

stockholders

 

 

(173

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

17.718.7

Dividends

The Annual General MeetingAGM held on May 25, 2022, authorized the distribution of Shareholdersa cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2022 and first quarter of 2023. An amount of $55 million corresponding to the first installment, $54 million corresponding to the second installment and $48 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2022. The amounts of $6 million corresponding to the remaining portion of the third installment and $54 million corresponding to the last installment were presented in the line “Dividends payable to stockholders” in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

The AGM held on May 27, 2021 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2021 and first quarter of 2022. The amounts of $54 million corresponding to the first installment, $55 million corresponding to the second installment and $54 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2021. An amount of $55 million corresponding to the fourth installment was paid in 2022.

The AGM held on June 17, 2020 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.168 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.042 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2020 and first quarter of 2021. An amount of $37 million corresponding to the first installment, $38 million corresponding to the second installment and $34 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2020. The remaining $4 million portion of the third installment and the fourth installment of $38 million, were paid in 2021.

The AGM held on May 31, 2019 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third

F-42


Table of Contents

and fourth quarters of 2019 and first quarter of 2020. The amountamounts of $53 million corresponding to the first installment, $53 million corresponding to the second installment and $48 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2019. The remaining portion of $5$6 million related to the third installment and the last installment of $53 million are presented in the line “Dividends payable to stockholders” in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 31, 2018 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2018 and first quarter of 2019.  The amount of $54 million corresponding to the first installment, $54 million corresponding to the second installment and $48 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2018.  The remaining portion of the third instalment amounting to $6 million and the fourth instalment of $54 million were paid in the first half of 2019.

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on June 20, 2017 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2017 and first quarter of 2018.  The amount of $53 million corresponding to the first installment, $53 million corresponding to the second installment and $47 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2017.  The remaining portion of the third installment amounting to $7 million and the last installment of $53 million were paid in the first half of 2018.

F-45


Table of Contents2020.

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 25, 2016 authorized the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.24 per outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, to be distributed in quarterly installments of $0.06 in each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2016 and first quarter of 2017.  The amount of $53 million corresponding to the first installment, $53 million corresponding to the second installment and $47 million corresponding to the third installment were paid as of December 31, 2016.  The remaining portion of the third installment amounting to $6 million and the fourth installment of $53 million were paid in the first half of 2017.  

 

18.19.

REVENUES

19.1

18.1 Nature of goods and services

The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and application specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Company participates in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcardsmartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.smartcards.

The principal activities – separated by reportable segments – from which the Company generates its revenues are described in Note 19.20.

Other revenues consist of license revenue, service revenue related to transferring licenses, patent royalty income, sale of scrap materials and manufacturing by-products.

While the majority of the Company’s sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple performance obligations or terms and conditions. Those agreements concern principally the revenues from services, where the performance obligation is satisfied over time. The objective when allocating the transaction price is to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer.

 

18.219.2

Revenue recognition and disaggregation

The Company recognizes revenue from products sold to a customer, including distributors, when it satisfies a performance obligation at a point in time by transferring control over a product to the customer. This usually occurs at the time of shipment. The performance obligations linked to the sale of goods contracts usually have the original expected length of less than one year. The transaction price is determined based on the contract terms, adjusted for price protection, if applicable. The revenues from services are usually linked to performance obligations transferred over time and are recognized in line with the contract terms.  

In 2022, the Company signed several multi-annual capacity reservation and volume commitment arrangements with certain customers. These agreements constitute a binding commitment for the customers to purchase and for the Company to supply allocated commitment volumes in exchange for additional consideration. The consideration related to commitment fees is reported as revenues from sale of products as it is usually based on delivered quantities. Advances from customers received as part of those agreements are described in Note 14 and Note 17.

The payment terms typically range between 30 and 90 days.

F-46F-43


Table of Contents

 

The Company’s consolidated net revenues disaggregated by product groupreportable segment are presented in Note 19.20. The following tables present the Company’s consolidated net revenues disaggregated by geographical region of shipment, nature and nature.market channel:

 

 

Year ended

 

 

Year ended

 

 

December

31, 2019

 

 

December

31, 2018

 

 

December

31, 2017

 

 

December

31, 2022

 

 

December

31, 2021

 

 

December

31, 2020

 

Net revenues by geographical region of

shipment(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMEA

 

 

2,265

 

 

 

2,478

 

 

 

2,142

 

 

 

3,619

 

 

 

2,557

 

 

 

1,966

 

Americas

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

1,264

 

 

 

1,085

 

 

 

2,310

 

 

 

1,525

 

 

 

1,165

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

5,940

 

 

 

5,922

 

 

 

5,120

 

 

 

10,199

 

 

 

8,679

 

 

 

7,088

 

Total revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

Total net revenues

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

Net revenues by nature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from sale of products

 

 

9,381

 

 

 

9,461

 

 

 

8,175

 

 

 

15,953

 

 

 

12,560

 

 

 

10,049

 

Revenues from sale of services

 

 

148

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

132

 

Other revenues

 

 

27

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

38

 

Total revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

Total net revenues

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

Net revenues by market channel(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”)

 

 

6,720

 

 

 

6,325

 

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

10,764

 

 

 

8,486

 

 

 

7,411

 

Distribution

 

 

2,836

 

 

 

3,339

 

 

 

2,798

 

 

 

5,364

 

 

 

4,275

 

 

 

2,808

 

Total revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

Total net revenues

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

(1)

Net revenues by geographical region of shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced or reclassified by shipment destination in line with customer demand.  For example, products ordered by U.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the Company, among the different periods, may be affected by shifts in shipments from one location to another, as requested by customers.

(2)

Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) are the end-customers to which the Company provides direct marketing application engineering support, while Distribution customers refers to the distributors and representatives that the Company engages to distribute its products around the world.

As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the converged guidance on revenue from contract with customers with no material impact on the Company’s recognition practices as substantially similar performance conditions exist under the new guidance and past practice.

The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice for services performed.

In 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s largest customer, Apple represented 16.8%, 20.5% and 23.9% of consolidated net revenues, respectively, reported in the ADG, AMS and MDG segments.

 

19.20.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commodity components application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”),ASICs, full custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”)ASSPs for analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcardsmartcard products, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.smartcards.

The Company’s reportable segments are as follows:

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG), comprised of dedicated automotive ICs (both digital and analog)integrated circuits (“ICs”), and discrete and power transistor products for all market segments.products.

 

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS), comprised of low-power high-end analog, ICs (both custom and general purpose) for all markets, smart power, products for Industrial, Computer and personal electronics markets, Touch Screen Controllers, Low Power Connectivity solutions (both wireline and wireless) for IoT, power conversion products, metering solutions for Smart Grid, specialized imagingMEMS sensors and modules,actuators, and all MEMS products for sensors or Actuators.optical sensing solutions.

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG), comprised of general purposegeneral-purpose microcontrollers and secure microcontrollers, EEPROMmicroprocessors, connected security products (e.g. embedded secured elements and NFC readers), memories Digital ASICs, Aerospace & Defense products including components for microwave(e.g. serial and millimeter wave.page EEPROM) and RF and Communications products.

F-47Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS (within the Analog sub-group) to MDG (within the Microcontrollers and Memories sub-group) with no significant impact on the Company’s segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.  

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Subsystems business unit was transferred from Others to AMS.  Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

For the computation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrativeSG&A expenses and a part of research and developmentR&D expenses. In compliance with the Company’s internal policies, certain costs are not allocated to the segments, but reported in “Others”. Those includecomprise unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, management reorganization expenses, unused capacity charges, phase-out and start-up costs of certain manufacturing facilities, certain one-time corporate items,and other unallocated income (expenses) such as: strategic andor special research and developmentR&D programs, or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate-level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and certain other miscellaneous charges.costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as operating earnings of other products. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense is part of the manufacturing costs allocated to the segments and is neither identified as part of the inventory variation nor as part of the unused capacity charges; therefore, it cannot be isolated in the costscost of goods sold.sales. Finally, R&Dpublic grants are allocated to the Company’s segments proportionally to the incurred R&D expenses on the sponsored projects.

Wafer costs are allocated to the segments based on actual cost. From time to time, with respect to specific technologies, wafer costs are allocated to segments based on market price.

The following tables present the Company’s consolidated net revenues and consolidated operating income by reportable segment.

Net revenues by reportable segment:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December

31, 2022

 

 

December

31, 2021

 

 

December

31, 2020

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

 

3,606

 

 

 

3,556

 

 

 

3,059

 

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

 

 

3,299

 

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

2,630

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG)

 

 

2,638

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

2,646

 

ADG

 

 

5,969

 

 

 

4,350

 

 

 

3,284

 

AMS(1)

 

 

4,911

 

 

 

4,587

 

 

 

3,858

 

MDG(1)

 

 

5,228

 

 

 

3,802

 

 

 

3,064

 

Total net revenues of product segments

 

 

9,543

 

 

 

9,650

 

 

 

8,335

 

 

 

16,108

 

 

 

12,739

 

 

 

10,206

 

Others

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

13

 

Total consolidated net revenues

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.

Operating income by reportable segment:

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

Automotive and Discrete Group (ADG)

 

 

357

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

291

 

Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS)

 

 

596

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

364

 

Microcontrollers and Digital ICs Group (MDG)

 

 

354

 

 

 

547

 

 

 

405

 

Total operating income of product segments

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

1,060

 

Others(1) (2)

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(55

)

Total consolidated operating income (3)

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

December

31, 2022

 

 

December

31, 2021

 

 

December

31, 2020

 

ADG

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

182

 

AMS(1)

 

 

1,237

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

816

 

MDG(1)

 

 

1,830

 

 

 

908

 

 

 

498

 

Total operating income of product segments

 

 

4,536

 

 

 

2,442

 

 

 

1,496

 

Others(2)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(173

)

Total consolidated operating income

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

1,323

 

 

(1)

Effective July 1, 2022, the Low Power RF business unit was transferred from AMS to MDG with no significant impact on segment reporting. Prior year periods have been adjusted accordingly.

(2)

Operating resultsincome (loss) of “Others” includeincludes items such as unused capacity charges, including reduced manufacturing activity due to COVID-19 and incidents leading to power outage, impairment, & restructuring charges and other related closure costs, management reorganization expenses, phase outcosts, phase-out and start-up costs of certain manufacturing facilities, and other unallocated expensesincome (expenses) such as: strategic or special research and developmentR&D programs, certain corporate-level operating expenses, patent claims and litigations, and other costs that are not allocated to product groups, as well as assembly services andoperating earnings of other revenue.

(2)products.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Subsystems business unit was transferred from Others to Analog, MEMS and Sensors Group (AMS).  Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

(3)

Certain amounts presented in the year ended December 31, 2017 have been adjusted to reflect the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2017-07 related to the reclassification of certain pension costs.

F-48

F-45


Table of Contents

 

Reconciliation

The reconciliation of operating income of reportable segments to the total consolidated operating income:income is presented in the below table:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December

31, 2022

 

 

December

31, 2021

 

 

December

31, 2020

 

Total operating income of segments

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

1,060

 

Total operating income of reportable segments

 

 

4,536

 

 

 

2,442

 

 

 

1,496

 

Impairment, restructuring charges and

other related closure costs

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

Unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

(90

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused capacity charges

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(153

)

Other unallocated manufacturing results

 

 

(57

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(8

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

11

 

Strategic and other research and development

programs and other non-allocated provisions(1)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(12

)

Total operating loss Others

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(173

)

Total consolidated operating income

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,005

 

 

 

4,439

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

1,323

 

 

(1)

Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain corporate-level operating expenses and other costs/income (costs) that are not allocated to the product segments.

The following is a summary of operations by entities located within the indicated geographic areas for 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017.2020. Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country in which each entitysubsidiary is located.domiciled. The Company is incorporated under Dutch law with head offices located in the Netherlands while the Company’s operational office and headquarters are located in Switzerland. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net (PP&E, net).net. A significant portion of property, plant and equipment expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end facilities, located in the different countries in which the Company operates. As such, the Company mainly allocates capital spending resources according to geographic areas rather than along product segment areas.

Net revenues

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December

31, 2022

 

 

December

31, 2021

 

 

December

31, 2020

 

Netherlands

 

 

2,842

 

 

 

2,917

 

 

 

2,223

 

Switzerland

 

 

4,569

 

 

 

3,282

 

 

 

2,795

 

France

 

 

108

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

89

 

Italy

 

 

59

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

52

 

USA

 

 

1,157

 

 

 

1,132

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

1,981

 

 

 

1,253

 

 

 

976

 

Singapore

 

 

4,857

 

 

 

4,873

 

 

 

4,444

 

 

 

8,604

 

 

 

7,442

 

 

 

5,817

 

Japan

 

 

520

 

 

 

534

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

586

 

 

 

479

 

Other countries

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

11

 

Total

 

 

9,556

 

 

 

9,664

 

 

 

8,347

 

Total net revenues

 

 

16,128

 

 

 

12,761

 

 

 

10,219

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Netherlands

 

 

897

 

 

 

775

 

 

 

2,753

 

 

 

1,476

 

France

 

 

726

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

1,154

 

Italy

 

 

900

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

1,683

 

 

 

1,469

 

Other European countries

 

 

117

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

136

 

USA

 

 

25

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

36

 

Singapore

 

 

670

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

671

 

Malaysia

 

 

218

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

221

 

Other countries

 

 

454

 

 

 

436

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

497

 

Total

 

 

4,007

 

 

 

3,495

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

8,201

 

 

 

5,660

 

 

F-49F-46


Table of Contents

 

 

20.21.

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET

Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Research and development funding

 

 

132

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

65

 

Phase-out and start-up costs

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

Public funding

 

 

177

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

231

 

Start-up and phase-out costs

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Exchange gain (loss), net

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

Patent costs

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(11

)

Gain on sale of businesses and non-current assets

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

14

 

COVID-19 incremental costs

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(32

)

Other, net

 

 

3

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

103

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

202

 

 

The Company receives significant public funding from governmental agenciesbodies in several jurisdictions. Public funding for research and development is recognized ratably as the relatedfurther described in Note 7.

Start-up costs arerepresent costs incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions have been met.  R&D funding received in the year ended December 31, 2017 fromramp-up phase of the Nano2017 program with the French government is subject to a financial return in the year 2024 and depends on the future cumulative sales of a certain product group from 2019 to 2024. As such, an accrual amounting to $47 million was recorded as of December 31, 2019 compared to $42 million as of December 31, 2018.  

Company’s newly integrated manufacturing facilities. Phase-out costs are costs incurred during the closing stage of a Company’s manufacturing facility.  They are treated in the same manner as start-up costs.  Start-up costs represent costs incurred in the start-up and testing of the Company’s new manufacturing facilities, before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or six months after the fabrication line’s quality certification.  

Exchange gains and losses, net represent the portion of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than an entity’s functional currency and the changes in fair value of trading derivative instruments which are not designated as hedge and which have a cash flow effect related to operating transactions,hedges, as described in Note 27.27.  

Patent costs mainly include legal and attorney fees and payment for claims, patent pre-litigation consultancy and legal fees.  fees. They are reported net of settlements, if any, which primarily include reimbursements of prior patent litigation costs.costs.

In 2019, gain on saleCOVID-19 incremental costs are mainly composed of businesses and non-current assets was related to the sale of one of our non-strategic assets.  In 2018, it was related to the sale of one of the Company’s non-strategic investments while in 2017, it was related to the sale of assets.

21.

IMPAIRMENT, RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs incurred in 2019, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2019

 

Impairment

 

 

Restructuring

charges

 

 

Other related

closure costs

 

 

Total

impairment,

restructuring

charges and

other related

closure costs

 

Set-top Box restructuring plan

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Long-lived asset impairment charge

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Total

 

 

(7

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

F-50


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2018

 

Impairment

 

 

Restructuring

charges

 

 

Other related

closure costs

 

 

Total

impairment,

restructuring

charges and

other related

closure costs

 

Set-top Box restructuring plan

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

Long-lived asset impairment charge

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Total

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

Year ended December 31, 2017

 

Impairment

 

 

Restructuring

charges

 

 

Other related

closure costs

 

 

Total

impairment,

restructuring

charges and

other related

closure costs

 

Set-top Box restructuring plan

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

EPS restructuring plan

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

$600-650 million net opex plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Other restructuring initiatives

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(45

)

Impairment charges

In 2019, the Company recorded a $7 million impairment charge, primarily on equipment or licenses dedicated exclusively to certain development projects that were cancelled, while no alternative future use was identified internally.  

In 2018, the Company recorded a $2 million impairment charge on acquired technologies for which it was determined that they had no alternative future use.

In 2017, the Company did not record any significant impairment charges.

Restructuring charges and other related closure costs

The Company has been engaged in one major restructuring plan, the Set-top Box plan.  In 2016, the Company announced its decision to cease the development of new platforms and standard products for set-top-box and home gateway products.  This decision resulted in a global workforce review affecting approximately 1,400 employees worldwide, which included about 430 employees in France through a voluntary departure plan, about 670 employees in Asia and about 120 employees in the United States of America.  The Company recorded $19 million and $34 million of restructuring charges for this plan in 2018 and 2017 respectively,incremental expenses primarily related to the employee termination benefits on the voluntary leave plan in France.  The Company reported in 2019 a $2 million reversal on this plan as a total adjustment on unused provisions.  

Changessanitary measures undertaken to the restructuring provisions recorded on the consolidated balance sheets from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2019 are summarized as follows:protect employees.

 

 

 

Set-top Box

restructuring

plan

 

 

Other

restructuring

initiatives

 

 

Total

 

Provision as at December 31, 2017

 

 

39

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

52

 

Charges incurred in 2018

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

Amounts paid

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(33

)

Currency translation effect

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

Provision as at December 31, 2018

 

 

34

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

35

 

Adjustment for unused provisions

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Amounts paid

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(21

)

Currency translation effect

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Provision as at December 31, 2019

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

F-51


Table of Contents

An amount of $10 million is expected to be paid within twelve months, as detailed in Note 14.

The Set-top Box restructuring plan was expected to result in pre-tax charges of approximately $170 million.  Since inception, restructuring charges, totaling $133 million, were incurred as of December 31, 2019.  The plan was substantially completed in 2018 in all locations.  The Company still incurs payments related to the voluntary plan in France.  

In 2019, total amounts paid for restructuring and related closure costs amounted to $21 million.  The total actual costs that the Company will incur may differ from these estimates based on the timing required to complete the restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the transfer of equipment, products and processes.

 

22.

INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Interest income (expense), net consisted of the following:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Income

 

 

55

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

34

 

Expense

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(54

)

Total

 

 

1

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(20

)

Interest income recorded in 2022 was composed of $71 million of interest income, partially offset by interest expense on borrowings and banking fees of $13 million.  

Interest income is related to the cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities held by the Company.     

On January 1, 2022, the Company adopted the new U.S. GAAP reporting guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity and EPS. The new guidance was adopted by applying the modified retrospective method, under which prior year periods are not restated. Interest expense recorded in 2019, 20182021 and 20172020 included respectively a charge of $39 million, $38$34 million and $37$42 million onrespectively, related to the outstanding senior unsecured convertible bonds, issued in July 2017 and July 2014, of which respectively $37 million, $36 million and $33 million was a non-cash interest expensemainly resulting from the non-cash accretion expense, as recorded under the previous accounting guidance. With the adoption of the discount onnew guidance, the liability component.  Net interest includes also charges relatedfinance cost of the convertible debt instruments outstanding at the date of adoption is limited to the banking fees and the saleamortization expense of trade and other receivables.debt issuance costs.      

NaNF-47


Table of Contents

No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017.2020.  Interest income on government bonds and floating rate notesU.S. Treasury Bonds classified as available-for-sale marketable securities amounted to $6$1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, $62022, $1 million for the year ended December 31, 20182021 and $6$3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.2020.

 

23.

INCOME TAX

Income (loss) before income tax is comprised of the following:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(17

)

Income (loss) recorded in the Netherlands

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(19

)

Income (loss) from foreign operations

 

 

1,198

 

 

 

1,402

 

 

 

970

 

 

 

4,508

 

 

 

2,357

 

 

 

1,286

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

953

 

 

 

4,486

 

 

 

2,337

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions.  Tax losses can only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring such loss.

F-52


Table of Contents

Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

The Netherlands Taxes - current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

The Netherlands taxes - current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign taxes - current

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(114

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(171

)

Total current taxes

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(114

)

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(171

)

The Netherlands Taxes - deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Netherlands taxes - deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign taxes - deferred

 

 

(25

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

12

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

(25

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

12

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(143

)

Income tax expense

 

 

(520

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(159

)

Effective tax rate

 

 

13

%

 

 

7

%

 

 

15

%

 

 

12

%

 

 

14

%

 

 

13

%

 

The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes computed at the Netherlands statutory rate of 25.0%25.8% in 2019, 20182022, 25% in 2021 and 2017,25% in 2020, and the effective income tax rate are the following:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Income tax benefit (expense) computed at

statutory rate

 

 

(297

)

 

 

(353

)

 

 

(238

)

 

 

(1,158

)

 

 

(584

)

 

 

(316

)

Non-deductible and non-taxable permanent

differences, net

 

 

4

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(1

)

Income (loss) on equity-method investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance adjustments

 

 

2

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

11

 

Effect on deferred taxes of changes in enacted

tax rates

 

 

14

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(70

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(5

)

Current year credits

 

 

50

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

40

 

Other tax and credits

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(40

)

Benefits from tax holidays

 

 

129

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

37

 

Net impact of changes to uncertain tax positions

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(1

)

Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

443

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

116

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(520

)

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(159

)

 

The variation on the valuation allowance is related to the assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax assets in France, Malta and the US following the improved stability of profits of the Group.

The increase in the benefit from tax holidays between 2021 and 2022 is the result of the increase in profit in the countries where tax holidays are applicable.

F-48


Table of Contents

The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to attract foreign technological investment in certain tax jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits, from tax holidays for countries which are profitable,on basic earnings per share was $0.14, $0.15$0.07, $0.05 and $0.13$0.04 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018,2022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. These agreements are present in various countries and include programs that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes in years affected by the agreements. The Company’s tax holidays expire at various dates through the year ending December 31, 2028.2029. In certain countries, tax holidays can be renewed depending on the Company still meeting certain conditions at the date of expiration of the current tax holidays.

In May 2019, Switzerland voted a tax reform which cancelled all favourable tax regimesComponent of the Net Deferred Tax Asset and introduced a single tax rate for all companies, which triggered the revaluation of all deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Enactment of this law occurred in third quarter of 2019, which resulted in a tax benefit of $20 million.  The remeasurement of deferred taxes was reconciled in the fourth quarter of 2019 to include the current year activity, which did not have a material impact on the net remeasurement.

F-53


Table of Contents

Liability

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits

 

 

612

 

 

 

603

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

707

 

Less unrecognized tax benefit

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(81

)

Tax loss carryforwards net of unrecognized tax

benefit

 

 

591

 

 

 

583

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

626

 

Inventory valuation

 

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

28

 

Impairment and restructuring charges

 

 

6

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Fixed asset depreciation in arrears

 

 

39

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

52

 

Increased depreciation incentives

 

 

213

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

128

 

Capitalized development costs

 

 

118

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

121

 

Receivables for government funding

 

 

14

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

64

 

Tax credits granted on past capital investments

 

 

1,151

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

213

 

Pension service costs

 

 

81

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

82

 

Stock awards

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

14

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

39

 

Commercial accruals

 

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

12

 

Other temporary differences

 

 

22

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

25

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

2,324

 

 

 

2,255

 

 

 

1,276

 

 

 

1,408

 

Valuation allowances

 

 

(1,534

)

 

 

(1,548

)

 

 

(416

)

 

 

(576

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

790

 

 

 

707

 

 

 

860

 

 

 

832

 

Accelerated fixed asset depreciation

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(32

)

Acquired intangible assets

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(22

)

Advances of government funding

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(115

)

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(39

)

Other temporary differences

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(36

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(114

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(244

)

Net deferred income tax asset

 

 

676

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

588

 

 

For a particular tax-paying component of the Company and within a particular tax jurisdiction, all current deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset and presented as a single amount, similarly to non-current deferred tax liabilities and assets.amount. The Company does not offset deferred tax liabilities and assets attributable to different tax-paying components or to different tax jurisdictions.

The netA valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets are recorded in legal entities which have been historically profitable and are expected towhen management considers it is more likely than not that they will not be profitable in the next coming years.realized.

F-49


Table of Contents

Deferred tax asset expiration

As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company and its subsidiaries have gross deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards and investment credits that expire starting 2020, as follows:from 2023.

 

 

December 31,

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

2020

 

15

 

2021

 

 

3

 

2022

 

 

7

 

2023

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

2024

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

2025

 

 

2

 

2026

 

 

2

 

2027

 

 

5

 

Thereafter

 

 

580

 

 

 

506

 

Total

 

 

612

 

 

 

520

 

F-54


TableThe majority of Contents

the amount reported on the line “Thereafter” has no expiration date.

The “Tax credits granted on past capital investments” is mainly related to a 2003 agreement granting the Company certain tax credits for capital investments purchased through the year ending December 31, 2006.  Any unused tax credits granted under the agreement will be impacted yearly by a legal inflationary index (currently -0.18%2.56% per annum). The credits may be utilized through 2020 or later depending on the Company meeting certain program criteria.criteria and have no expiration date. In addition to this agreement, starting infrom 2007 the Company continues to receive tax credits on the yearly capital investments, which may be used to offset that year’s tax liabilities and increases by the legal inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the inability to utilize these credits currently and in future years, the Company did not recognize any deferred tax asset on such tax allowance. As a result, there is no financial impact to the net deferred tax assets of the Company.

The amounts ofDeferred Tax expense recognized through Other Comprehensive Income

In 2022, we recognized a deferred tax benefit (expense) recordedexpense of $26 million as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) was $6, compared to a deferred tax income of $3 million in 2019 and $7 million in 2018, respectively.2021. They were related primarily to the tax effects of the recognized unfunded status on defined benefits plan.

Deferred tax on undistributed Earnings from foreign subsidiaries

The cumulative amount of distributable earnings related to the Company’s investments in foreign subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures was $3,628$7,140 million and $2,863$4,148 million as atof December 31, 20192022 and December 31, 2018,2021, respectively. Due to the Company’s legal and tax structure, with the parent company established in the Netherlands, there wasis no significant tax impact from the distribution of earnings for $6,612 million from investments in foreign subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures.  ventures. This is because there is no tax impact on dividends paid up to a Dutch holding company.company by qualifying investments. The amount of distributable earnings becoming taxable upon repatriation amount to $528 million. An amount of $308 million is indefinitely reinvested by the foreign subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2022, a deferred tax liability is recognized for $22 million on the amount of earnings expected to be repatriated in a foreseeable future.

F-50


Table of Contents

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

December 31,

2017

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

December 31,

2020

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

38

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

48

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the

current year

 

 

7

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

1

 

Additions based on acquisitions related to the current year

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

1

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Reduction for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(310

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

Settlements

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Prepayment / Refund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

31

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

48

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

48

 

 

AtIn addition, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, $212022, $25 million and $20 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits were classified as a reduction of deferred tax assets.  The finalisation inassets (as of December 31, 2021, the fourth quarter of 2018 of pending tax litigations triggered the reversal of uncertain tax positions in major tax jurisdictions for a total amount of $310 million.was $81 million) . It is reasonably possible that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the table above could increase or decrease within the next 12 months due to ongoing tax audits. The Company is not able to make an estimate of the range of the reasonably possible change.change impacting the annual effective tax rate.

Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income, theyincome. They were less than $1 million in 2019, $1 million in 2018,2022, less than $1 million in 2017,2021and $1 million in 2016, $1 million in 2015, $27 million in 2014 and not material in the previous years.2020. Accrued interest and penalties amounted to $6 million atas of December 31, 20192022 and $5$7 million atas of December 31, 2018.2021.

The tax years that remain open for review in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions, including France, Italy, United States and India, are from 1997 to 2019.

F-55


Table of Contents

2022.

 

24.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, earnings per share (“EPS”) was calculated as follows:

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2017

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2022

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2021

 

 

Year ended

December 31,

2020

 

Basic EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to parent company

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

802

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

894,297,697

 

 

 

899,363,170

 

 

 

884,707,764

 

Net income attributable to parent company as reported

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,106

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

905,606,885

 

 

 

904,332,429

 

 

 

894,578,477

 

Basic EPS

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.43

 

 

 

0.91

 

 

 

4.37

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

 

1.24

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to parent company

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,287

 

 

 

802

 

Net income attributable to parent company as reported

 

 

3,960

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,106

 

add-back interest expense, net of income tax effect

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to parent company as adjusted

 

 

3,962

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,106

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

894,297,697

 

 

 

899,363,170

 

 

 

884,707,764

 

 

 

905,606,885

 

 

 

904,332,429

 

 

 

894,578,477

 

Dilutive effect of stock awards

 

 

7,014,595

 

 

 

7,251,641

 

 

 

7,459,507

 

 

 

6,789,662

 

 

 

9,107,124

 

 

 

8,860,216

 

Dilutive effect of convertible debt

 

 

2,333,493

 

 

 

4,341,334

 

 

 

13,918,602

 

Dilutive effect of convertible bonds

 

 

33,825,000

 

 

 

11,402,645

 

 

 

16,291,279

 

Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS

 

 

903,645,785

 

 

 

910,956,145

 

 

 

906,085,873

 

 

 

946,221,547

 

 

 

924,842,198

 

 

 

919,729,972

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

1.41

 

 

 

0.89

 

 

 

4.19

 

 

 

2.16

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

On January 1, 2022, the Company adopted the new guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity and EPS by applying the modified retrospective method, under which prior year periods are not restated.

F-51


Table of Contents

Under the previous guidance, the Company applied the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of convertible bonds as past experience, existing stated policies, and the contractual terms of the bonds provided a reasonable basis to expect that the settlement would include cash, shares, or a mix of both.

With the adoption of the new guidance, the treasury stock method is no longer admitted and the application of the if-converted method is mandatory to determine the dilutive effect of convertible bonds. The senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020 are consequently fully dilutive, with the total underlying shares presented in the line “Dilutive effect of convertible bonds” of the table above for the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

25.

COMMITMENTS

The Company’s commitments as of December 31, 20192022 were as follows:

 

In millions of U.S. dollars

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

 

2027

 

 

Thereafter

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

1,576

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

5,554

 

 

 

4,556

 

 

 

424

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

124

 

of which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment purchase

 

 

514

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,587

 

 

 

3,584

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foundry purchase

 

 

905

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

1,827

 

 

 

872

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

275

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

124

 

Software, design, technologies and licenses

 

 

157

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other obligations

 

 

436

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1,864

 

 

 

1,072

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

326

 

Total

 

 

2,012

 

 

 

1,341

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

7,418

 

 

 

5,628

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

450

 

 

Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses.  

Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual commitments with respect to partnership and cooperation agreements and other service agreements.

 

26.

CONTINGENCIES, CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is subject to possible loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but are not limited to: product liability claims and/or warranty cost on the products of the Company, contractual disputes, indemnification claims, claims for unauthorized use of third-party intellectual property, employee grievances, tax claims beyond assessed uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of impairing an asset or the incurrence of a liability at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss. The Company records a provision for a loss contingency when information available before the consolidated financial statements are issued or are available to be issued indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and when the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company regularly re-evaluates claims to determine whether provisions need to be readjusted based on the most current information available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could result in an adverse material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for the period in which they occur.

F-56


Table of Contents

The Company has received and may in the future receive communications alleging possible infringements of third partythird-party patents or other third partythird-party intellectual property rights. Furthermore, the Company from time to time enters into discussions regarding a broad patent cross license arrangement with other industry participants. There is no assurance that such discussions may be brought to a successful conclusion and result in the intended agreement. The Company may become involved in costly litigation brought against the Company regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to the Company, the Company may be required to take a license to third partythird-party patents and/or other intellectual property rights at economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use and/or face an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, financial position and/or ability to compete.

The Company has contractual commitments to various customers which could require the Company to incur costs to repair or replace defective products it supplies to such customer. The duration of these contractual

F-52


Table of Contents

commitments varies and, in certain cases, is indefinite. The Company is otherwise also involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries, inspections, investigations and/or proceedings incidental to its business and operations. Such matters, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial or managerial resources. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position.

The Company regularly evaluates claims and legal proceedings together with their related probable losses to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to the Company. There can be no assurance that its recorded reserves will be sufficient to cover the extent of its potential liabilities.  Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation which is adversely determined with respect to the Company’s interests, or in the event the Company needs to change its evaluation of a potential third-party claim, based on new evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could impact its operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize.

As of December 31, 2019,2022 and 2021, respectively, provisions for estimated probable losses with respect to claims and legal proceedings were not considered material.

 

27.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

 

27.1

Financial risk factors

The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to its operations in different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and financing activities.  The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Financial risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Corporate Treasury). Additionally, a Treasury Committee, chaired by the CFO,Chief Financial Officer, steers treasury activities and ensures compliance with corporate policies. Treasury activities are thus regulated by the Company’s policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management ofmanaging financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal audits.  Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from Corporate Treasury.  Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Company’s operating units.subsidiaries. It provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, price risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments, and investments of excess liquidity.  

The majority of cash and cash equivalents is held in U.S. dollars and Euros and is placed with financial institutions rated at least a single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’sS&P and Fitch, Ratings, or better. These ratings are closely and continuously monitored in order to manage exposure to the counterparty’s risk. Hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from operating, investing and financing activities conducted in the normal course of business.

F-57


Table of Contents

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

The Company conducts its business on a global basisglobally in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect toregarding the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly arises from recognized assets and liabilities at the Company’s subsidiaries and future commercial transactions.

Management has set up a policy to require the Company’s subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk exposure with the Company through financial instruments transacted or overseen by Corporate Treasury. ToSubsidiaries use forward contracts and purchased currency options to manage their foreign exchange risk arising from foreign-currency-denominated assets and liabilities, subsidiaries use forward contracts and purchased currency options.liabilities. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. These instruments do

F-53


Table of Contents

not qualify as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Forward contracts and currency options, including collars, are also used by the Company to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany transactions that cover a large part of its researchR&D and development, selling, general and administrativecorporate costs expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods. The Company also hedges through the use of currency forward contracts certain Singapore dollar-denominated manufacturing forecasted transactions. The derivative instruments used to hedge these forecasted transactions meet the criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged forecasted transactions have a high probability of occurring for hedge accounting purposes.  

It is the Company’s policy to have the foreign exchange exposures in all the currencies hedged month by month against the monthly standard rate. At each month end, the forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged together with the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason, the hedging transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded onin the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of the Company, which consists inof the balance sheet positions and other contractually agreed transactions, is always close to zero and any movement in the foreign exchange rates will therefore not therefore influence the exchange effect on items of the consolidated statement of income. Any discrepancy frombetween the forecasted values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt actions are taken, if needed.  

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge

The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies inat the Company’s subsidiaries. These include receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries, payables for foreign currency-denominated purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising from intercompany transactions.

The notional amount of these financial instruments totaled $575$931 million, $376$505 million and $644$897 million aton December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The principal currencies covered at the end of the year 20192022 are the Euro, the Singapore dollar, the Japanese yen, the China Yuan Renminbi, the Indian rupee, the Swiss franc, the Moroccan dirham, the Malaysian ringgit, the Philippines peso, the Taiwan dollar, the South Korean won the Philippines peso and the Taiwan dollar.Swedish krona.  

The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss associated with purchased currency options is equal to the premium paid when the option is not exercised.

Foreign currency forward contracts not designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of December 31, 20192022 have remaining terms of 64 days to 121188 days, maturing on average after 3029 days.

Derivative Instruments Designated as a Hedge

To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company hedges through the use of currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, certain Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany transactions that cover at year-end a large part of its researchR&D and development, selling, general and administrativeSG&A expenses, as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods within cost of sales. The Company also hedges through the use of currency forward contracts certain manufacturing transactions within cost of sales denominated in Singapore dollars.

F-58


Table of Contents

  

The principles regulating the hedging strategy for derivatives designated as cash flow hedge are established as follows: (i) for R&D and corporate costs, up to 80% of the total forecasted transactions; (ii) for manufacturing costs, up to 70% of the total forecasted transactions. In order to follow a dynamic hedge strategy, the Company may change the percentage of the designated hedged item within the limit of 100% of the forecasted transaction.  The maximum length of time over which the Company could hedge its exposure to the variability of cash flows for forecasted transactions is 24 months.

F-54


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, the Company recorded an increase in cost of sales of $51$129 million and an increase in operating expenses of $28$68 million, related to the realized losses incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, the Company recorded a decrease in cost of sales of $4$15 million and an increasea decrease in operating expenses of $3$4 million, related to the realized gains (losses) incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, the Company recorded a decreasean increase in cost of sales of $16$3 million and a decrease in operating expenses of $14$3 million, related to the realized losses and gains incurred on such hedged transactions.  NaN significant ineffective portion of the hedge was recorded on the line “Other income and expenses, net” of the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and currency options, including collars, designated as cash flow hedge totaled $1,328$3,192 million, $1,597$2,165 million and $1,393$1,502 million aton December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The forecasted transactions hedged atas of December 31, 20192022 were determined to have a high probability of occurring.

As of December 31, 2019, $32022, $14 million of deferred lossesgains on derivative instruments included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of equity were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next 12 months based on the monthly forecasted research and developmentR&D expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. NaN amount was reclassified as “Other income and expenses, net” into the consolidated statement of income from “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statement of equity.  Foreign currency forward contracts currency options and collars designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of December 31, 20192022 have remaining terms of 64 days to 1520 months, maturing on average after 126239 days.

As atof December 31, 2019,2022, the Company had the following outstanding derivative instruments that were entered into to hedge Euro-denominated and Singapore dollar-denominated forecasted transactions:

 

In millions of Euros

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted R&D and other

operating expenses

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted manufacturing costs

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted R&D and other

operating expenses

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted manufacturing costs

 

Forward contracts

 

 

203

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

986

 

Currency collars

 

 

243

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In millions of Singapore dollars

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted R&D and other

operating expenses

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted manufacturing costs

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted R&D and other

operating expenses

 

 

Notional amount for hedge on

forecasted manufacturing costs

 

Forward contracts

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

247

 

 

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Company’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.  

The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. The Company invests primarily on a short-term basis and as such the Company’s liquidity is invested in floating interest rate instruments. As a consequence, the Company is exposed to interest rate risk due to potential mismatch between the return on its short termshort-term floating interest rate investments and the portion of its long termlong-term debt issued at fixed rate.  

F-59


Table of Contents

Price risk

As part of its ongoing investing activities, the Company may invest in publicly traded equity securities and be exposed to equity security price risk for investments in public entities.risk. In order to hedge the exposure to this market risk, the Company may enter into certain derivative hedging transactions.  

F-55


Table of Contents

Information on fair value of derivative instruments and their location in the consolidated balance sheets as atof December 31, 20192022 and December 31, 20182021 is presented in the table below:

 

 

As at December 31, 2019

 

 

As at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

As of December

31, 2022

 

 

As of December

31, 2021

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Balance sheet location

 

Fair

value

 

 

Balance sheet location

 

Fair

value

 

 

Balance sheet classification

 

Fair

value

 

 

Fair

value

 

Derivatives designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other current assets

 

 

4

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

2

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

37

 

 

 

2

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Currency collars

 

Other current assets

 

 

1

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

10

 

 

 

1

 

Total derivatives designated as a hedge

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Currency collars

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

3

 

Derivatives not designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other current assets

 

 

3

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

3

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

9

 

 

 

3

 

Total derivatives not designated as a

hedge:

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

3

 

Total Derivatives

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2019

 

 

As at December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

As of December

31, 2022

 

 

As of December

31, 2021

 

Liability Derivatives

 

Balance sheet location

 

Fair

value

 

 

Balance sheet location

 

Fair

value

 

 

Balance sheet classification

 

Fair

value

 

 

Fair

value

 

Derivatives designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(4

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(22

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(29

)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

Currency collars

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(2

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(11

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(13

)

Total derivatives designated as a hedge

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

(33

)

Currency collars

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(42

)

Derivatives not designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(1

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(1

)

 

Other payables and

accrued liabilities

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

Total derivatives not designated as a

hedge:

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

Total Derivatives

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(43

)

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and on the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” (“AOCI”) as reported in the statements of equity as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge is presented in the table below:

 

 

Gain (loss) deferred in

OCI on derivative

 

 

Location of gain (loss)

reclassified from OCI into

earnings

 

Gain (loss) reclassified from

OCI into earnings

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(18

)

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(2

)

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1

)

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

 

Research and development

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(2

)

Currency collars

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(9

)

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(15

)

 

 

6

 

Currency collars

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

Currency collars

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Research and development

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

Total

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

1

 

F-60


Table of Contents

No significant ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships was recorded in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.  No amount was excluded from effectiveness measurement on foreign exchange forward contracts and collars.  

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 of derivative instruments not designated as a hedge is presented in the table below:

 

 

Location of gain recognized in earnings

 

Gain recognized in earnings

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

9

 

Total

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

9

 

The Company did not enter into any derivative containing significant credit-risk-related contingent features. 

The Company entered into currency collars as combinations of two options, which are reported, for accounting purposes, on a net basis. TheAs of December 31, 2022, the fair value of these collars represented as at December 31, 2019 assets totalling $1 million (a grossfor a net amount of $2$15 million recognized as(composed of $19 million assets offset with a liability of $1 million)$4 million liability) and liabilities totalling $2 million (a grossfor a net amount of $2$10 million recognized as(composed of $15 million liabilities offset with a nil asset amount)$5 million asset). In addition, the Company entered into other derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, which are governed by standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) agreements and are compliant with Protocols of the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), which are not offset in the statement of financial position and representing total assets of $7$54 million and liabilities of $5$29 million as atof December 31, 2019.2022.

F-56


Table of Contents

The effect of derivative instruments designated as cashflow hedge on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and on the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” (“AOCI”) as reported in the consolidated statements of equity as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is presented in the table below:

 

 

Gain (loss) deferred in

OCI on derivative

 

 

Location of gain (loss)

 

Gain (loss) reclassified from

OCI into earnings

 

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

 

reclassified from OCI into

earnings

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

14

 

 

 

(20

)

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(83

)

 

 

11

 

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

2

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward

   contracts

 

 

4

 

 

 

(9

)

 

Research and development

 

 

(32

)

 

 

1

 

Currency collars

 

 

1

 

 

 

(11

)

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(46

)

 

 

4

 

Currency collars

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(6

)

 

 

1

 

Currency collars

 

 

1

 

 

 

(5

)

 

Research and development

 

 

(21

)

 

 

2

 

Total

 

 

23

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(197

)

 

 

19

 

No significant ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships was recorded in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. No amount was excluded from effectiveness measurement on foreign exchange forward contracts and collars.  

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 of derivative instruments not designated as a hedge is presented in the table below:

 

 

Location of gain

 

Gain (loss) recognized in earnings

 

 

 

(loss) recognized

in earnings

 

December 31,

2022

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Other income and expenses, net

 

 

24

 

 

 

9

 

Total

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

9

 

The Company did not enter into any derivative containing significant credit-risk-related contingent features.  

Credit risk

The expected credit loss and impairment methodology applied on each category of financial assets is further described in each respective note. While cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the expected credit loss model, the identified expected credit loss is deemed to be immaterial. The maximum credit risk exposure for all financial assets is their carrying amount.

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. Credit risk typically arises from cash and cash equivalents, contractual cash flows of debt investments carried at amortized cost, the counterparty of derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposure to customers, including outstanding receivables.

The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions, foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments. Credit risk is managed at the Group level. The Company selects banks and/or financial institutions that operate with the group based on the criteria of long-term rating from at least two major Rating Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument with each bank not to exceed 20% of the total. For derivative financial instruments, management has established limits so that, at any time, the fair value of contracts outstanding is not concentrated with any individual counterparty.   

The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the customer’s credit quality, of the customer, taking into accountconsidering its financial position, past

F-57


Table of Contents

experience and other factors.  Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to customers are primarily settled in cash.  Atcash, which mitigates credit risk. As of December 31, 20192022 and 2018, 02021, no customer represented more than 10% of trade accounts receivable, net. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

The Company’s investments in instruments carried at amortized cost primarily include receivables towards government bodies. As such, they are investments with immaterial expected credit loss. Any remaining receivable is of low credit risk and is individually not significant. The credit ratings of the investments are monitored for credit deterioration.

Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, the availability of funding from committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. The Company’s objective is to maintain a significant cash position and a low debt-to-equity ratio, which ensureensures adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity management policy is to finance the Company’s investments with net cash provided from operating activities.  

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve based on expected cash flows.  

 

27.2

Capital risk management

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to create sustainable value, for shareholders and benefits and returns for otherits stakeholders, as to maintain an optimal capital structure. In order to maintain or adjust theits capital structure, the Company may review the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new shares.  

F-61


Table of Contents

Consistent with othersother peers in the industry, the Company monitors capital on the basis of the net debt-to-equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as the net financial position of the Company, defined as the difference between total cash position (cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, marketable securities – current and non-current – and current restricted cash, if any) net ofand total financial debt (bank overdrafts, if any, short-term borrowings(short-term and current portion of long-term debt as well as long-term debt), divided by total parent company stockholders’ equity.  

 

27.3

Fair value measurement

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Company is the bid price. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using significant assumptions and estimates. When measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs.  

F-58


Table of Contents

The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as atof December 31, 2019:2022:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements using

 

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Marketable securities – U.S. Treasury debt

   securities

 

 

133

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities measured at fair value through

   earnings

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

Derivative assets not designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities not designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Contingent consideration on business

   combinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

157

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements using

 

 

December 31,

2022

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

Marketable securities – U.S. Treasury debt securities

 

679

 

679

 

 

Short-term deposits

 

581

 

581

 

 

Equity securities measured at fair value through earnings

 

26

 

26

 

 

Derivative assets designated as cash flow hedge

 

60

 

 

60

 

Derivative assets not designated as cash flow hedge

 

9

 

 

9

 

Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow hedge

 

(36)

 

 

(36)

 

Derivative liabilities not designated as cash flow hedge

 

(3)

 

 

(3)

 

Contingent consideration on business acquisitions

 

(31)

 

 

 

(31)

Total

 

1,285

 

1,286

 

30

 

(31)

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as atof December 31, 2018:2021:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements using

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Marketable securities – U.S. Treasury debt

   securities

 

 

330

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities measured at fair value through

   earnings

 

 

19

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

(33

)

 

 

 

 

 

(33

)

 

 

 

Derivative assets not designated as cash flow

   hedge

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities not designated as cash

   flow hedge

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Contingent consideration on business

   combinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

320

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements using

 

 

December 31,

2021

 

Quoted

Prices in

Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

Short-term deposits

 

291

 

291

 

 

Equity securities measured at fair value through earnings

 

29

 

29

 

 

Derivative assets designated as cash flow hedge

 

3

 

 

3

 

Derivative assets not designated as cash flow hedge

 

3

 

 

3

 

Derivative liabilities designated as cash flow hedge

 

(42)

 

 

(42)

 

Derivative liabilities not designated as cash flow hedge

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

 

Contingent consideration on business acquisitions

 

(77)

 

 

 

(77)

Total

 

206

 

320

 

(37)

 

(77)

 

There was no material asset (liability)For liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as at December 31, 2019, the reconciliation between January 1, 2022 and December 31, 2018.  2022 is presented as follows:

The liability component

Fair Value

Measurements

using Significant

Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

January 1, 2022

77

Changes in fair value measurement

(35)

Currency translation adjustment

(4)

Payments made

(7)

December 31, 2022

31

Amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in earnings attributable to liabilities

   still held at the reporting date

35

F-59


Table of Contents

Contingent consideration reported as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is based on the probability that the milestones defining the variable components of the convertible bonds issued on July 3, 2017consideration will be achieved. In 2022, the probability of achievement of these variable components was measured at initial recognition at fair value based onreassessed, resulting in a discount rate adjustment technique (income approach), which corresponds to a Level 3 fair value hierarchy measurement.  Thereduction of $35 million of the fair value of the liability component at initial recognition totaled $1,266 million before allocationcontingent consideration related to certain 2020 business acquisitions. The Company reported this change in fair value in the lines “Research and development” and “Cost of issuance costs, and was estimated by calculating the present value of cash flows using a discount rate of 2.70% and 3.28% (including 0.25% per annum nominal interest), respectively, on each tranche, which were determined to be consistent with the market rates at the time for similar instruments with no conversion rights.  The liability componentSales” of the convertible bondsconsolidated statement of income, for $33 million and $2 million respectively.

Contingent consideration is composed of $31 million reported in the line “Other long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022, compared to $7 million reported in the line “Other payables and accrued liabilities” and $70 million reported in the line “Other long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

For liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, 2021 and December 31, 2021 is presented as follows:

Fair Value

Measurements

using Significant

Unobservable

Inputs (Level 3)

January 1, 2021

123

Changes in fair value measurement

(38)

Currency translation adjustment

(8)

December 31, 2021

77

Amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in earnings attributable to liabilities

   still held at the reporting date

(2)

No asset (liability) was subsequently reportedmeasured at amortized cost.  fair value on a non-recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

The Company evaluated in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 for impairment the aggregate carrying amount of long-term investments for which the Company applies the cost method as a measurement alternative, as described in Note 2.25. NaN2.22. No significant impairment charge was recorded on these investments in 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017.      2020.

The following table includes additional fair value information on financial assets and liabilities as atof December 31, 20192022 and 2018:2021:

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

Level

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Level

 

Carrying

Amount

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Carrying

Amount

 

Estimated

Fair Value

Cash equivalents (1)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,691

 

 

 

1,691

 

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

2,138

 

 

1

 

2,996

 

2,996

 

2,883

 

2,883

Short-term, deposits

 

1

 

581

 

581

 

291

 

291

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Bank loans (including current portion)

 

 

2

 

 

 

718

 

 

 

718

 

 

 

594

 

 

 

594

 

 

2

 

1,165

 

1,165

 

1,152

 

1,152

– Senior unsecured convertible bonds (2)

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

2,103

 

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

1,501

 

– Finance leases (including current portion)

 

2

 

57

 

57

 

 

– Senior unsecured convertible bonds issued on August 4, 2020(2)

 

1

 

1,495

 

1,561

 

1,387

 

1,975

 

(1)

Cash equivalents primarily correspond to deposits at call with banks.

(2)

The carrying amount as of December 31, 2022, of the senior unsecured convertible bonds as reported above, corresponds to the liability component only.  For the convertible bonds issued on July 3, 2017 and outstanding as at December 31, 2017, the carrying amount of the senior unsecured convertible bonds corresponds to the liability component only, since, at initial recognition, an amount of $242 million was recorded directly in shareholders’ equity as thenominal value of the equity instrument embeddedbonds, net of $5 million unamortized debt issuance costs, in compliance with the convertible instrument.  new accounting guidance. The impact of the adoption is described in Note 2 and Note 15. The fair value represented the market price of the bonds trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.

F-63F-60


Table of Contents

 

There were 0The Company did not report any debt securities that were in an unrealized loss position for more than one year as atof December 31, 2019.  The table below details debt securities that were in an unrealized loss position as at2022 and December 31, 2018.  The securities are segregated by investment type and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized position as at December 31, 2018.  

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

More than 12 months

 

 

Total

 

Description

 

Fair Values

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Values

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Values

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

U.S. Treasury Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

330

 

 

 

(2

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

330

 

 

 

(2

)

2021.

The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:

Debt securities classified as available-for-sale

The fair value of these debt securities is estimated based upon quoted market prices for identical instruments.

Foreign exchange forward contracts, currency options and collars

The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments.

Equity securities measured at fair value through earnings

The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon quoted market prices for identical instruments.

Equity securities carried at cost as a measurement alternative

The non-recurring fair value measurement is based on the valuation of the underlying investments on a new round of third party financing or upon liquidation.

Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

The fair value of bank loans is determined by estimating future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future cash flows using the Company's incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

The senior unsecured convertible bonds have been trading on the open market segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange since their issuance on July 3, 2017. The fair value of these instruments is the observable price of the bonds on that market.

Components

Methodology used to estimate fair value

Debt securities classified as available-for-sale

Quoted market prices for identical instruments

Foreign exchange forward contracts, currency options and collars

Quoted market prices for similar instruments

Equity securities measured at fair value through earnings

Quoted market prices for identical instruments

Equity securities carried at cost as a measurement alternative

Valuation of the underlying investments on a new round of third-party financing or upon liquidation

Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

Future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future cash flows using the Company's incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings, and accounts payable

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements are considered as reasonable estimates of fair value due to the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realization.

 

28.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

TransactionsThe below table summarizes transactions incurred in 2022, 2021 and 2020 with significant shareholders, their affiliates and other related parties were as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales & other services

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other purchases

 

 

18

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

51

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the related party transactions were primarily with significant shareholderscompanies for which certain members of the Company, or their subsidiaries and companies in whichCompany’s management of the

F-64


Table of Contents

Company perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Orange MicroOLED and Telecom Italia.  The related party transactions presented in the table above also include transactions betweenIdemia France.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Sales & other services

 

 

13

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

5

 

Other purchases

 

 

25

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

21

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

5

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, the Company andshares one member of its Supervisory Board with Cassa Depositi e Prestiti SpA (CDP). The Company holds two long-term credit facilities with CDP, which contractual financing terms are described in Note 15.

The Company did not hold any significant equity-method investments as listedof December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Consequently, the Company did not report any material transaction with this type of investees in Note 12.the corresponding years.

The Company made a cash contribution of $0.4$1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 20172022 to the ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver and coordinateco-ordinate independent programs in line with its mission. A cash contribution of $0.5 million was made for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Certain members of the Foundation’s Board are senior members of the Company’s management.

 

F-65F-61


Table of Contents

 

STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Valuation and qualifying accounts deducted from the

related asset accounts

 

Balance at

beginning

of period

 

 

Translation

adjustment

 

 

Charged to

costs and

expenses

 

 

Additions/

(Deductions)

 

 

Balance

at end of

period

 

 

Balance at

beginning

of period

 

 

Translation

adjustment

 

 

Charged to

costs and

expenses

 

 

Additions/

(Deductions)

 

 

Balance

at end of

period

 

 

(Currency—millions of U.S. dollars)

 

 

(Currency—millions of U.S. dollars)

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

21

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

1,534

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

416

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

19

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

143

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

576

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(103

)

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

1,534

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(913

)

 

 

638

 

 

S-1